RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS INC
S-3/A, 1999-12-07
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE PASS THROUGH CERT SERIES 1999-2, 8-K, 1999-12-07
Next: MEVC DRAPER FISHER JURVESTON FUND I INC, 8-A12G, 1999-12-07











                        December 7, 1999

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

          Re: Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc.
              Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3
              relating to Mortgage Asset-Backed Pass-Through
              Certificates and Asset-Backed Notes (Registration Statement No.
              333-91561)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     On behalf of the Depositor,  Residential Asset Mortgage Products,  Inc., we
have  caused to be filed with you  electronically  under  EDGAR,  the  captioned
Amendment No. 1 ("Amendment No. 1") to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 as
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  November  24,  1999
(Registration Statement No. 333-91561).

     We have been  advised  that  payment  of the  filing  fee in the  amount of
$791,736  has been made to you by the  Depositor  on December 7, 1999,  and that
$278 was paid to you by the Depositor on November 23, 1999.

     The Depositor is filing  Amendment  No. 1 to increase the proposed  maximum
amount  of  securities  to be  registered  from  $1,000,000  to  $3,000,000,000.
Amendment  No. 1 has been  marked to show all changes  made to the  Registration
Statement since it was filed.

     If you have  any  questions  concerning  Amendment  No.  1,  please  do not
hesitate to call the  undersigned at (212) 506-5043 or Katharine  Crost at (212)
506-5070.




                              Very truly yours,



                              /s/ Julie Buck
                                  Julie Buck





cc:  Mark Green, Esq.
Division of Corporation Finance
Branch 11 (Mail Stop 3-10)



<PAGE>

      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON ^ DECEMBER 7, 1999
                                   REGISTRATION NO. 333-^ 91561

=============================================================================
            SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                            -------------------------
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

                                   ^ FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            -------------------------

                    RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

(EXACT NAME OF  REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS  CHARTER)DELAWARE(State  or other
jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                                   41-1955181
                     (I.R.S. employer identification number)

                    RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS,INC.
                         8400 NORMANDALE LAKE BOULEVARD
                          MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55437

                                 (612) 832-7000

(Address,  including zip code,  and telephone  number,  including  area code, of
registrant's principle executive offices)

                                BRUCE J. PARADIS
                   RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.
                         8400 NORMANDALE LAKE BOULEVARD
                          MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55437

                                 (612) 832-7000


(Name, address,  including zip code, and telephone number,  including area code,
of agent for service)

                       COPIES TO:ROBERT L. SCHWARTZ, ESQ.
                           GMAC MORTGAGE GROUP, INC.
                           3031 WEST GRAND BOULEVARD
                            DETROIT, MICHIGAN 48232
<TABLE>

<S>                                       <C>                               <C>
 KATHARINE I. CROST, ESQ.                  ROBERT C. WIPPERMAN               STEVEN S. KUDENHOLDT,ESQ.
ORRICK HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP666     ^ STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP      PAUL D. TVETENSTRAND, ESQ.
666 FIFTH AVENUE                           180 MAIDEN LANE                  THACHER PROFFITT & WOOD
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103                   NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10038        TWO WORLD TRADE CENTER
                                                                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10048

</TABLE>

       Approximate  date of commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  From
time to time after this  Registration  Statement becomes effective as determined
by market conditions.

        If the only securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
box. ____

        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933,  other than  securities  offered only in  connection  with  dividend or
interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. __X__

        If this Form is filed to register additional  securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  Registration  Statement  number  of the  earlier
effective Registration Statement for the same offering. ____

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
Registration  Statement number of the earlier effective  Registration  Statement
for the same offering. _____

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. _____

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

- ------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- =================
  TITLE OF SECURITIES TO BE        AMOUNT TO BE        PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM        AMOUNT OF
          REGISTERED                REGISTERED        AGGREGATE PRICE PER    AGGREGATE OFFERING    REGISTRATION FEE
                                                             UNIT                   PRICE

- ------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- =================
- ------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- =================
    Mortgage Asset-Backed
<S>                                <C>                       <C>               <C>                   <C>
  PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES      ^ $3,000,000,000            100%            ^ $3,000,000,000(1)     $792,014(2)
                                   ==============                              =================     ===========
    and Asset-Backed Notes
     (Issuable in Series)

- ------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- =================

</TABLE>

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)  $278 OF THIS AMOUNT WAS PREVIOUSLY  PAID AND WAS CALCULATED  USING THE $278
     PER $1,000,000  METHOD.  THE ADDITIONAL  REGISTRATION  FEE OF $791,736 IS A
     RESULT OF AN INCREASE IN THE AMOUNT TO BE REGISTERED BY $2,999,000,000. THE
     ADDITIONAL FEE WAS CALCULATED USING THE $264 PER $1,000,000 METHOD.

                                     -------------------
        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, or until this  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>



                                       EXPLANATORY NOTE

        This Registration  Statement includes (i) the basic prospectus  relating
to Mortgage Asset-Backed  Pass-Through Certificates and Asset-Backed Notes, (ii)
an illustrative form of prospectus supplement for use in an offering of Mortgage
Asset-Backed   Pass-Through   Certificates   representing  beneficial  ownership
interests in a trust fund  consisting  primarily of mortgage  loans and (iii) an
illustrative   form  of  prospectus   supplement  for  use  in  an  offering  of
Asset-Backed Notes representing  beneficial  ownership interests in a trust fund
consisting  primarily of closed-end home equity loans and second lien fixed rate
home loans.


<PAGE>





PROSPECTUS

MORTGAGE ASSET-BACKED PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES AND
ASSET -BACKED NOTES

RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

Depositor

The  depositor may  periodically  form  separate  trusts to issue  securities in
series, secured by assets of that trust.

OFFERED SECURITIES

     The  securities  in  a  series  will  consist  of   certificates  or  NOTES
REPRESENTING  INTERESTS IN A TRUST AND WILL BE PAID ONLY from the assets of that
trust.  Each series may include  multiple  classes of securities  with differing
payment  terms and  priorities.  Credit  enhancement  will be  provided  for all
offered securities.

TRUST ASSETS Each trust will consist primarily of:

o    mortgage  loans  secured  by first or junior  liens on one- to  four-family
     residential properties;

o    home equity  revolving  lines of credit secured by first or junior liens on
     one- to four-family residential  properties,  including partial balances of
     those lines of credit;

o    home   improvement   installment   sales  contracts  and  installment  loan
     agreements, either unsecured or secured;

o    manufactured  housing  installment  sales  contracts and  installment  loan
     agreements; or

o    mortgage  or  asset-backed  securities  backed  by,  and  whole or  partial
     participations in, the types of assets listed above.

NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  OF THESE  SECURITIES OR DETERMINED  THAT
THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                            , 1999


<PAGE>

          TABLE OF CONTENTS             PAGE

INTRODUCTION..............................1
THE TRUSTS................................1
    General...............................1
    Characteristics of Loans..............4
    Revolving Credit Loans...............12
    The Contracts........................15
    Mexico Loans.........................16
    The Mortgaged Properties.............17
    The Agency Securities................18
    Private Securities...................20
TRUST ASSET PROGRAM......................20
    Underwriting Standards...............20
    The Portfolio Transaction Program....26
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES............28
    General..............................28
    Form of Securities...................29
    Assignment of Loans..................31
    Representations with Respect to Loans33
    Repurchases of Loans.................35
    Limited Right of Substitution........37
    Certain Insolvency and Bankruptcy
      Issues ............................38
    Assignment of Agency or Private
          Securities ....................38
    Excess Spread and Excluded Spread....39
    Payments on Loans....................39
    Withdrawals from the Custodial Account42
    Distributions of Principal and
     Interest on the Securities .........43
    Advances............................ 45
    Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.......46
    Funding Account......................46
    Reports to Securityholders...........47
    Servicing and Administration of Loans48
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT........54
    General..............................54
    Letters of Credit....................55
    Subordination........................56
    Overcollateralization................57
    Mortgage Pool Insurance Policies.....58
    Special Hazard Insurance Policies....60
    Bankruptcy Bonds.....................60
    Reserve Funds........................61
    Financial Guaranty Insurance
     Policies; Surety Bonds .............62
    Maintenance of Credit Enhancement....62
    Reduction or Substitution of Credit
     Enhancement ........................63
OTHER FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS RELATED TO
          THE SECURITIES ................63
    Swaps and Yield Supplement Agreements63
    Purchase Obligations.................64
INSURANCE POLICIES ON LOANS..............64
    Primary Insurance Policies...........65
    Standard Hazard Insurance on Mortgaged
     Properties .........................67
    Standard Hazard Insurance on
          Manufactured Homes ............68
    Description of FHA Insurance Under
               Title I ..................69
    FHA Mortgage Insurance...............71
    VA Mortgage Guaranty.................71
THE DEPOSITOR............................72
RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION..........72
THE AGREEMENTS...........................73
    Events of Default; Rights Upon Event
     of Default .........................74
    Amendment............................77
    Termination; Retirement of Securities79
    The Trustee..........................80
    The Owner Trustee....................80
    The Indenture Trustee................80
YIELD CONSIDERATIONS.....................81
MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS...86
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS.......90
    The Mortgage Loans...................91
    The Manufactured Housing Contracts..102
    The Home Improvement Contracts......104
    Enforceability of Certain Provisions106
    Consumer Protection Laws............107
    Applicability of Usury Laws.........107
    Environmental Legislation...........107
    Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
     Act of 1940 .......................109
    Default Interest and Limitations on
          Prepayments ..................109
    Forfeitures in Drug and RICO
          Proceedings ..................109
    Negative Amortization Loans.........110
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES110
    General.............................110
    Classification of REMICs and FASITs.111
    Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT
     Regular Certificates ..............112
    Pass-through Entities Holding FASIT
     Regular Certificates ..............118
    Taxation of Owners of REMIC Residual
     Certificates ......................118
    Backup Withholding with Respect to
     Securities ........................128
    Foreign Investors in Regular
     Certificates ......................129
STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES........129
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS....................130
        ERISA Plan Asset Regulations....130
    Prohibited Transaction Exemptions...132
    Insurance Company General Accounts..135
    Representations From Investing Plans136
    Tax-Exempt Investors................137
    Consultation with Counsel...........137
LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS................138
USE OF PROCEEDS.........................139
METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION.................139
LEGAL MATTERS...........................140
FINANCIAL INFORMATION...................141
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION..................141
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS..............141
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY
     REFERENCE .........................142
GLOSSARY....... ..........................1






                     IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
                    PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

We provide  information  to you about the  securities in two separate  documents
that provide progressively more detail:

o    this prospectus, which provides general information,  some of which may not
     apply to your series of securities; and

o    the accompanying prospectus supplement,  which describes the specific terms
     of your series of securities.

IF THE DESCRIPTION OF YOUR SECURITIES IN THE ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
DIFFERS FROM THE RELATED DESCRIPTION IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE
INFORMATION IN THAT PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

You should  rely only on the  information  provided in this  prospectus  and the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  including the information  incorporated by
reference.  See  "Additional  Information",  "Reports  to  Securityholders"  and
"Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference" in this prospectus.  You can
request  information  incorporated by reference from Residential  Asset Mortgage
Products,  Inc.  by  calling  us at  (612)  832-7000  or  writing  to us at 8400
Normandale Lake Boulevard, Suite 600, Minneapolis,  Minnesota 55437. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not offering
the securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

Some  capitalized  terms used in this  prospectus  are  defined in the  Glossary
beginning on page _________.



<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                         Page


<PAGE>






                                  INTRODUCTION

        The  securities  offered  may be sold from time to time in series.  Each
series of  certificates  will  represent in the aggregate the entire  beneficial
ownership  interest in, and each series of notes in the aggregate will represent
indebtedness of, a trust  consisting  primarily of the trust assets described in
the following section. The trust assets will have been acquired by the depositor
from  one or more  affiliated  or  unaffiliated  institutions.  Each  series  of
certificates  will be issued under a pooling and servicing  agreement  among the
depositor,  the trustee and master  servicer or servicer,  or a trust  agreement
between  the  depositor  and  trustee,  all as  specified  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  Each series of notes will be issued  under an indenture
between  the  related  trust  and  the  indenture   trustee   specified  in  the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  Unless the context  indicates  otherwise,
references in this  prospectus to the trustee refer to the indenture  trustee in
the case of a series of notes. The trust assets for each series of notes will be
held in a trust under a trust  agreement  and  pledged  under the  indenture  to
secure a series of notes as described in this prospectus and in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.  The ownership of the trust fund for each series of notes
will be  evidenced  by  certificates  issued  under the trust  agreement,  which
certificates are not offered by this prospectus.

                                   THE TRUSTS

GENERAL

        As specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the trust for a
series of securities will consist primarily of a segregated pool of assets.  The
trust assets will primarily include any combination of the following:

o          one-  to  four-family  first or junior  lien  mortgage  loans,
           including  closed-end  home equity loans,  Home Loans and Cooperative
           Loans;

o          one- to four-family  first or junior lien home equity revolving lines
           of credit,  which are  referred to in this  prospectus  as  revolving
           credit loans, including partial balances of revolving credit loans;

o          home  improvement  installment  sales contracts and installment  loan
           agreements,  which  are  referred  to  in  this  prospectus  as  home
           improvement contracts,  that are either unsecured or secured by first
           or junior liens on one- to four-family  residential  properties or by
           purchase money security  interests in the home improvements  financed
           by those home improvement contracts;

o          manufactured housing installment sales contracts and installment loan
           agreements,  which are referred to in this prospectus as manufactured
           housing  contracts,  secured by security  interests  in  manufactured
           homes;

o    partial  balances of, or partial  interests in, any of the assets described
     above;

o          Agency  Securities  and  private  securities,  which  as used in this
           prospectus,  are mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities issued by
           entities  other  than  Freddie  Mac,  Fannie  Mae and Ginnie Mae that
           represent  interests in or are secured by any of the assets described
           above,    including    pass-through    certificates,    participation
           certificates or other  instruments that evidence  interests in or are
           secured by these assets;

o          all payments and collections  derived from the trust assets described
           above after the related  cut-off date,  other than Excluded Spread or
           other  interest  retained by the

<PAGE>

          depositor or any of its affiliates with respect to any trust asset, as
          from time to time are identified as deposited in the Custodial Account
          and in the related Payment Account;

o          property acquired by foreclosure on the mortgaged properties or other
           security  for the trust  assets or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  and
           portions of proceeds from the  disposition of any related  Additional
           Collateral or Pledged Assets;

o        hazard insurance policies and primary insurance policies, if any; and

o          any one or a combination,  if applicable and to the extent  specified
           in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  of a letter of credit,
           purchase  obligation,  mortgage pool insurance policy,  contract pool
           insurance policy,  special hazard insurance policy,  bankruptcy bond,
           financial guaranty insurance policy, derivative products, surety bond
           or other type of credit  enhancement as described under  "Description
           of Credit Enhancement."

        Unless the  context  indicates  otherwise,  as used in this  prospectus,
mortgage loans includes:

o    mortgage  loans or closed-end  home equity loans secured by first or junior
     liens on one-to four- family residential properties;

o        Home Loans; and

o        Cooperative Loans.

        Unless the  context  indicates  otherwise,  as used in this  prospectus,
Contracts includes:

o        manufactured housing contracts; and

o        home improvement contracts.

        The  mortgage  loans,  revolving  credit loans and, if  applicable,  the
contracts  will be evidenced by mortgage  notes secured by  mortgages,  deeds of
trust or other similar  security  instruments  creating first or junior liens on
one-  to  four-family  residential  properties.  Unless  the  context  indicates
otherwise,   mortgage  notes  includes  Cooperative  Notes;  mortgages  includes
security agreements for Cooperative Notes; and mortgaged  properties may include
shares  in the  related  Cooperative  and  the  related  proprietary  leases  or
occupancy  agreements securing  Cooperative Notes. In addition,  if specified in
the accompanying  prospectus  supplement  relating to a series of securities,  a
mortgage pool may contain Additional  Collateral Loans or Pledged Asset Mortgage
Loans that are  secured,  in  addition  to the related  mortgaged  property,  by
Additional Collateral or Pledged Assets.

        The  mortgage  loans,  revolving  credit  loans  and the  contracts  are
referred to in this  prospectus  collectively as the loans. In connection with a
series of  securities  backed by revolving  credit  loans,  if the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  indicates that the pool consists of certain  balances of
the  revolving  credit  loans,  then the term  "revolving  credit loans" in this
prospectus refers only to those balances.

        If  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  trust
underlying a series of securities may include  private  securities.  The private
securities  in the trust may have been issued  previously by the depositor or an
affiliate,  an unaffiliated financial institution or other entity engaged in the
business of mortgage lending or a limited purpose corporation  organized for the
purpose of, among other things,  acquiring and depositing loans into trusts, and
selling  beneficial

                                        2
<PAGE>

interests in those  trusts.  As to any series of  securities,  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement will include a description of any private securities along
with any related  credit  enhancement,  and the trust  assets  underlying  those
private  securities  will be  described  together  with any other  trust  assets
included in the pool relating to that series.

        Each trust asset will be selected by the  depositor  for  inclusion in a
pool from among  those  purchased  by the  depositor  from any of the  following
sources:

o    directly  or  through  its  affiliates,   including   Residential   Funding
     Corporation;

o    sellers who are affiliates of the depositor including HomeComings Financial
     Network,   Inc.,   Residential  Money  Centers,  Inc.,  and  GMAC  Mortgage
     Corporation; or

o    savings banks,  savings and loan  associations,  commercial  banks,  credit
     unions,  insurance  companies or similar  institutions  that are supervised
     and/or examined by a federal or state  authority,  lenders  approved by the
     United States  Department of Housing and Urban  Development,  known as HUD,
     mortgage bankers,  investment  banking firms, the Federal Deposit Insurance
     Corporation, known as the FDIC, or other regulated and unregulated mortgage
     loan  originators or sellers,  including  brokers,  not affiliated with the
     depositor, all as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        The  sellers  may  include  state or local  government  housing  finance
agencies.  If so  described  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the
depositor  may  issue  one  or  more  classes  of  securities  to  a  seller  as
consideration  for the  purchase  of the trust  assets  securing  such series of
securities.  If a pool is composed  of trust  assets  acquired by the  depositor
directly  from  sellers  other  than  Residential   Funding   Corporation,   the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement  will specify the extent of trust assets so
acquired.

        The trust assets may also be delivered to the  depositor in a Designated
Seller  Transaction.  Those  securities  may be sold in  whole or in part to any
designated  seller  identified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  in
exchange for the related trust assets,  or may be offered under any of the other
methods  described in this  prospectus  under  "Methods of  Distributions."  The
accompanying  prospectus  supplement for a Designated  Seller  Transaction  will
include  information  provided by the  designated  seller  about the  designated
seller, the trust assets and the underwriting standards applicable to the loans.
None  of  the  depositor,   Residential  Funding   Corporation,   GMAC  Mortgage
Corporation or any of their affiliates will make any  representation or warranty
with respect to the trust assets sold in a Designated Seller Transaction, or any
representation as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by
the  designated  seller,  unless  that  entity is the  designated  seller.  GMAC
Mortgage Corporation, an affiliate of the depositor, may be a designated seller.

        Any seller,  including any designated  seller,  or  Residential  Funding
Corporation  may  retain  or  acquire  any  Excluded  Balances  for any  related
revolving  credit loans, or any loan secured by a mortgage senior or subordinate
to any loan included in any pool.

        The depositor will cause the trust assets  constituting  each pool to be
assigned without  recourse to the trustee named in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, for the benefit of the holders of all of the securities of a series.
The master  servicer or servicer,  which may be an  affiliate of the  depositor,
named in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement will service the loans, either
directly or through  subservicers under a servicing agreement and will receive a
fee for its services.  See "The Trusts" and  "Description of the Securities." As
to  those  loans  serviced  by the  master  servicer  or a  servicer  through  a
subservicer,  the master servicer or servicer, as applicable, will remain liable
for its servicing  obligations under the related  servicing  agreement as if the
master


                                        3
<PAGE>

servicer or servicer alone were servicing the trust assets.  In addition
to or in place of the master  servicer or servicer  for a series of  securities,
the accompanying  prospectus  supplement may identify an  Administrator  for the
trust. The Administrator may be an affiliate of the depositor. All references in
this  prospectus to the master servicer and any discussions of the servicing and
administration  functions of the master  servicer or servicer will also apply to
the Administrator to the extent  applicable.  The master servicer's  obligations
relating  to the  trust  assets  will  consist  principally  of its  contractual
servicing  obligations  under the related  pooling and  servicing  agreement  or
servicing agreement, including its obligation to use its best efforts to enforce
purchase  obligations of Residential  Funding Corporation or, in some instances,
the  designated  seller  or  seller,  as  described  in  this  prospectus  under
"Description  of the  Securities--Representations  with  Respect  to Loans"  and
"--Assignment of Loans" or under the terms of any private securities.

CHARACTERISTICS OF LOANS

        The loans may be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust, deeds to secure
debt or other similar security instruments creating a first or junior lien on or
other  interests  in the related  mortgaged  properties.  Cooperative  Loans are
evidenced by  promissory  notes  secured by a first or junior lien on the shares
issued by  Cooperatives  and on the  related  proprietary  leases  or  occupancy
agreements   granting  exclusive  rights  to  occupy  specific  units  within  a
Cooperative.

        The  loans  may   include   loans   insured  by  the   Federal   Housing
Administration,  known as FHA, a division of HUD, loans partially  guaranteed by
the  Veterans  Administration,  known as VA, and loans  that are not  insured or
guaranteed  by the  FHA or  VA.  As  described  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, the loans may include one or more of the following:

o        adjustable rate loans, known as ARM loans;

o        negatively amortizing ARM loans;

o        Balloon Loans;

o        Convertible Mortgage Loans;

o        Buy-Down Loans;

o        Additional Collateral Loans;

o        Pledged Asset Mortgage Loans;

o        simple interest loans;

o        actuarial loans;

o        delinquent loans;

o        re-performing loans;

o        Mexico Loans;

o        Cooperative Loans;

o        High Cost Loans;


                                        4
<PAGE>

o        GPM Loans;

o        GEM Loans;

o        fixed rate loans;

o        loans that have been modified;

o    loans that  provide for payment on a bi-weekly or other  non-monthly  basis
     during the term of the loan; and

o    loans that  provide for the  reduction  of the  interest  rate based on the
     payment performance of the loans.

        The  accompanying   prospectus   supplement  will  provide   information
concerning the types and  characteristics of the loans and other assets included
in the related  trust.  Each  prospectus  supplement  applicable  to a series of
securities  will  include  information  to  the  extent  then  available  to the
depositor,  as of the related  cut-off date, if  appropriate,  on an approximate
basis. No more than five percent (5%) of the trust assets by aggregate principal
balance as of the cut-off date will have characteristics that deviate from those
characteristics described in the accompanying prospectus supplement. Other trust
assets  available for purchase by the depositor may have  characteristics  which
would make them  eligible  for  inclusion  in a pool but were not  selected  for
inclusion in a pool at that time.

        The information in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement may include,
if applicable:

o        the aggregate principal balance of the loans;

o    the type of property securing the loans and related lien priority, if any;

o    the original or modified and/or remaining terms to maturity of the loans;

o    the  range  of  principal   balances  of  the  loans  at   origination   or
     modification;

o    the  aggregate  credit limits and the range of credit limits of the related
     credit line agreements in the case of revolving credit loans;

o        the range of the years of origination of the loans;

o    the earliest  origination or modification  date and latest maturity date of
     the loans;

o    the loan-to-value  ratios,  known as LTV ratios, or the combined LTV ratios
     of the loans, as applicable;

     o the  weighted  average  loan  rate and range of loan  rates  borne by the
loans;

o    the  applicable  index,  the range of gross margins,  the weighted  average
     gross margin, the frequency of adjustments and maximum loan rate;

o        the geographic distribution of the mortgaged properties;

o    the number and percentage of home improvement  contracts that are partially
     insured by the FHA under Title I;

                                        5
<PAGE>

o        the weighted average junior ratio and Credit Utilization Rate;

o        the weighted average and range of debt-to-income ratios;

o        the distribution of loan purposes; and

o        the range of Credit Scores.

        A Current  Report on Form 8-K will be available on request to holders of
the related  series of securities  and will be filed,  together with the related
pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or  trust  agreement,  for  each  series  of
certificates,  or the related trust agreement and indenture,  for each series of
notes, with the Securities and Exchange Commission within fifteen days after the
initial  issuance of the securities.  The composition and  characteristics  of a
pool containing  revolving credit loans may change from time to time as a result
of any Draws made after the related  cut-off date under the related  credit line
agreements  that are  included  in the  pool.  If trust  assets  are added to or
deleted from the trust after the date of the accompanying  prospectus supplement
other than as a result of any Draws,  the addition or deletion  will be noted in
the Form 8-K. Additions or deletions of this type, if any, will be made prior to
the closing date.

        In some cases, loans may be prepaid by the borrowers at any time without
payment  of any  prepayment  fee or  penalty.  The  prospectus  supplement  will
disclose  whether a  material  portion  of the loans  provide  for  payment of a
prepayment  charge if the borrower prepays within a specified time period.  This
charge may affect the rate of prepayment.  The master  servicer or servicer will
be entitled to all prepayment  charges and late payment charges  received on the
loans and those  amounts  will not be available  for payment on the  securities.
However,  some states' laws restrict the  imposition of prepayment  charges even
when the loans  expressly  provide for the  collection  of those  charges.  As a
result,  it is possible  that  prepayment  charges may not be collected  even on
loans that provide for the payment of these charges.

        Some of the loans may be "equity refinance" loans, as to which a portion
of the  proceeds  are used to  refinance  an existing  loan,  and the  remaining
proceeds may be retained by the  borrower or used for purposes  unrelated to the
mortgaged  property.  Alternatively,  the loans may be "rate and term refinance"
loans,  as to which  substantially  all of the  proceeds,  net of related  costs
incurred by the borrower, are used to refinance an existing loan or loans, which
may include a junior lien,  primarily  in order to change the  interest  rate or
other terms of the existing loan.

        The loans  may be loans  that have  been  consolidated  and/or  have had
various terms changed, loans that have been converted from adjustable rate loans
to fixed  rate  loans,  or  construction  loans  which  have been  converted  to
permanent  loans.  If a loan  is a  modified  loan,  references  to  origination
typically shall refer to the date of modification.

        ARM LOANS

        In most  cases,  ARM loans will have an  original  or  modified  term to
maturity of not more than 30 years.  The loan rate for ARM loans usually adjusts
initially  after a specified  period  subsequent to the initial payment date and
thereafter  at  either  one-month,  three-month,  six-month,  one-year  or other
intervals,  with  corresponding  adjustments in the amount of monthly  payments,
over  the  term  of the  loan,  and at any  time  is  equal  the  sum of a fixed
percentage  described in the related  mortgage note,  known as the gross margin,
and an index,  subject to the maximum rate  specified  in the mortgage  note and
permitted  by  applicable  law.  The  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  will
describe the relevant index and the highest,  lowest and weighted  average gross
margin  for the ARM  loans in the  related  pool.  The  accompanying  prospectus
supplement will also indicate any periodic or lifetime limitations on changes in
any per annum loan rate at the time of

                                        6
<PAGE>

any adjustment.  An ARM loan may include a provision that allows the borrower to
convert the adjustable  loan rate to a fixed rate at specified  times during the
term of the ARM  loan.  The  index or  indices  for a  particular  pool  will be
specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement and may include one of the
following indexes:

o    the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
     maturity of six months, one year or other terms to maturity;

o    the weekly  auction  average  investment  yield of U.S.  Treasury  bills of
     various maturities;

o    the daily bank prime loan rate made available by the Federal Reserve Board;

o    the cost of funds of member  institutions  of any of the  regional  Federal
     Home Loan Banks;

o    the interbank  offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits in the London market,
     each  calculated  as of a  date  prior  to  each  scheduled  interest  rate
     adjustment  date which will be  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
     supplement; or

o    the  weekly  average  of  secondary  market  interest  rates  on  six-month
     negotiable certificates of deposit.

        ARM loans have features that provide different investment considerations
than fixed-rate  loans.  Adjustable loan rates can cause payment  increases that
may exceed some borrowers' capacity to cover those payments. Some ARM loans, may
be teaser  loans,  with an  introductory  rate that is lower  than the rate that
would be in  effect  if the  applicable  index  and  gross  margin  were used to
determine  the  loan  rate.  As a  result  of the  introductory  rate,  interest
collections  on the loans may  initially be lower than  expected.  Commencing on
their first adjustment date, the loan rates on the teaser loans will be based on
the applicable  index and gross margin,  subject to any rate caps  applicable to
the first adjustment date. An ARM loan may provide that its loan rate may not be
adjusted  to a rate  above  the  applicable  maximum  loan  rate  or  below  the
applicable minimum loan rate, if any, for the ARM loan. In addition, some of the
ARM loans may provide for  limitations on the maximum amount by which their loan
rates may adjust for any single  adjustment  period.  Some ARM loans provide for
limitations  on the amount of scheduled  payments of principal and interest,  or
may have other  features  relating to payment  adjustment  as  described  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

        NEGATIVELY AMORTIZING ARM LOANS

        Certain ARM loans may be subject to negative  amortization  from time to
time prior to their  maturity.  Negative  amortization  results  if the  accrued
monthly  interest  exceeds  the  scheduled   payment.   In  addition,   negative
amortization often results from either the adjustment of the loan rate on a more
frequent basis than the adjustment of the scheduled  payment or the  application
of a cap on the size of the scheduled  payment.  If the scheduled payment is not
sufficient to pay the accrued monthly  interest on a negative  amortization  ARM
loan, the amount of accrued monthly interest that exceeds the scheduled  payment
on the loans is added to the principal  balance of the ARM loan,  bears interest
at the loan rate and is repaid from future scheduled payments.

        Negatively  amortizing  ARM loans in most cases do not  provide  for the
extension of their original stated maturity to accommodate changes in their loan
rate.  Investors  should be aware that a loan  secured  by a junior  lien may be
subordinate to a negatively amortizing senior loan. An increase in the principal
balance of the loan secured by a senior lien on the related  mortgaged  property
may cause the sum of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the senior loan and
the  outstanding  principal

                                        7
<PAGE>

balance of the junior  loan to exceed the sum of the  principal  balances at the
time of origination of the junior loan. The accompanying  prospectus  supplement
will  specify  whether  the ARM loans  underlying  a series  allow for  negative
amortization and the percentage,  if known, of any loans that are subordinate to
any related senior loan that allows for negative amortization.

        BALLOON LOANS

        With respect to Balloon  Loans,  payment of the Balloon  Amount,  which,
based  on  the  amortization  schedule  of  those  loans,  is  expected  to be a
substantial  amount  and will  typically  depend on the  mortgagor's  ability to
obtain  refinancing  of the  related  mortgage  loan  or to sell  the  mortgaged
property  prior to the  maturity  of the  Balloon  Loan.  The  ability to obtain
refinancing  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors  prevailing  at  the  time
refinancing  or sale is required,  including,  without  limitation,  real estate
values,  the mortgagor's  financial  situation,  the level of available mortgage
loan interest rates, the mortgagor's  equity in the related mortgaged  property,
tax laws,  prevailing  general economic  conditions and the terms of any related
first  lien  mortgage  loan.  Neither  the  depositor,  the master  servicer  or
servicer,  the  trustee,  as  applicable,  nor any of their  affiliates  will be
obligated to refinance or repurchase  any mortgage loan or to sell the mortgaged
property.

        CONVERTIBLE MORTGAGE LOANS

        On any conversion of a Convertible  Mortgage  Loan,  the depositor,  the
master  servicer or servicer or a third party may be  obligated  to purchase the
converted  mortgage  loan.  Alternatively,  if  specified  in  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement, the depositor, Residential Funding Corporation or another
party may agree to act as  remarketing  agent for the converted  mortgage  loans
and, in that  capacity,  to use its best  efforts to arrange for the sale of the
converted mortgage loans under specified conditions. On the failure of any party
so obligated to purchase  any  converted  mortgage  loan,  the  inability of any
remarketing agent to arrange for the sale of any converted  mortgage loan or the
unwillingness of the remarketing  agent to exercise any election to purchase any
converted  mortgage loan for its own account,  the related pool will  thereafter
include both fixed rate and adjustable  rate mortgage loans. If specified in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  neither the depositor nor any other party
will be obligated to repurchase or remarket any converted mortgage loan, and, as
a result, converted mortgage loans will remain in the related pool.

        BUY-DOWN LOANS

        In the case of Buy-Down Loans, the monthly payments made by the borrower
during the Buy-Down Period will be less than the scheduled  monthly  payments on
the mortgage loan, the resulting difference to be made up from:

o    Buy-Down  Funds  contributed  by the seller of the  mortgaged  property  or
     another source and placed in the Buy-Down Account;

o    if the Buy-Down Funds are contributed on a present value basis,  investment
     earnings

           on the Buy-Down Funds; or

o    additional  buydown  funds to be  contributed  over time by the  borrower's
     employer or another source.

        ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL LOANS

        If  stated  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a trust  will
contain Additional Collateral Loans. The Additional Collateral  Requirement will
in most cases  terminate when the

                                             8
<PAGE>

LTV Ratio of the mortgage  loan is reduced to a  predetermined  level,  which in
most cases shall not be more than 75%,  as a result of a  reduction  in the loan
amount caused by principal  payments by the borrower  under the mortgage loan or
an increase in the appraised value of the related mortgaged property.

        The servicer of the  Additional  Collateral  Loan will be  required,  in
accordance with the master servicer's or servicer's  servicing guidelines or its
normal servicing procedures,  to attempt to realize on any Additional Collateral
if the related Additional Collateral Loan is liquidated on default. The right to
receive   proceeds  from  the  realization  of  Additional   Collateral  on  any
liquidation will be assigned to the related  trustee.  No assurance can be given
as to the amount of proceeds, if any, that might be realized from the Additional
Collateral and thereafter remitted to the trustee.

        Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, an
insurance  company  whose  claims-paying  ability  is  rated  by  at  least  one
nationally recognized rating agency in a rating category at least as high as the
highest  long-term  rating  category  assigned  to one or  more  classes  of the
applicable  series of securities  will have issued a limited purpose surety bond
insuring any  deficiency in the amounts  realized by the  Additional  Collateral
Loan seller from the liquidation of Additional  Collateral,  up to the amount of
the Additional Collateral Requirement.  For additional considerations concerning
the  Additional  Collateral  Loans,  see "Certain  Legal  Aspects of  Loans--The
Mortgage Loans--Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders" in
this prospectus.

        PLEDGED ASSET MORTGAGE LOANS

        If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a mortgage pool may
include  Pledged  Asset  Mortgage  Loans.  Each Pledged  Asset will be held by a
custodian  for the  benefit of the  trustee  for the trust in which the  related
Pledged  Asset  Mortgage  Loan is  held,  and  will be  invested  in  investment
obligations  permitted  by the  rating  agencies  rating the  related  series of
securities. The amount of the Pledged Assets will be determined by the seller in
accordance with its underwriting  standards,  but in most cases will not be more
than an amount that, if applied to reduce the original  principal balance of the
mortgage  loan,  would  reduce  that  principal  balance to less than 70% of the
appraised value of the mortgaged property.

        If,  following  a default by the  borrower  and the  liquidation  of the
related mortgaged property, there remains a loss on the related mortgage loan, a
limited  liability company will be required to pay to the master servicer or the
servicer  on behalf of the  trustee  the amount of that loss,  up to the pledged
amount for that mortgage loan. If the borrower  becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy
proceeding,  there is a  significant  risk that the  Pledged  Assets will not be
available to be paid to the  securityholders.  At the borrower's request, and in
accordance with some conditions,  the Pledged Assets may be applied as a partial
prepayment  of the  mortgage  loan.  The Pledged  Assets will be released to the
limited liability  company if the outstanding  principal balance of the mortgage
loan has been reduced by the amount of the Pledged Assets.

        ACTUARIAL LOANS

        Monthly  payments made by or on behalf of the borrower for each loan, in
most cases,  WILL BE ONE-TWELFTH  of the  applicable  loan rate times the unpaid
principal balance, with any remainder of the payment applied to principal.  This
is known as an actuarial loan.

        SIMPLE INTEREST LOANS


                                        9
<PAGE>

        If specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a portion of the
loans  underlying a series of securities may be simple  interest loans. A simple
interest loan provides the  amortization  of the amount  financed under the loan
over a series of equal monthly payments,  except, in the case of a Balloon Loan,
the final payment.  Each monthly payment  consists of an installment of interest
which is calculated  on the basis of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
loan  multiplied  by the stated loan rate and further  multiplied by a fraction,
with the numerator  equal to the number of days in the period  elapsed since the
preceding  payment of interest was made and the denominator  equal to the number
of days in the annual period for which interest accrues on the loan. As payments
are received under a simple  interest loan, the amount received is applied first
to  interest  accrued to the date of payment  and then the  remaining  amount is
applied to pay any unpaid fees and then to reduce the unpaid principal  balance.
Accordingly, if a borrower pays a fixed monthly installment on a simple interest
loan before its  scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to
interest for the period since the  preceding  payment was made will be less than
it would have been had the payment  been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of
the  payment   applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid   principal   balance   will  be
correspondingly  greater.  On the other hand, if a borrower pays a fixed monthly
installment  after its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment  allocable
to interest for the period since the preceding  payment was made will be greater
than it  would  have  been  had the  payment  been  made as  scheduled,  and the
remaining portion, if any, of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal
balance will be  correspondingly  less. If each scheduled payment under a simple
interest  loan is made on or prior to its  scheduled  due  date,  the  principal
balance of the loan will amortize more quickly than scheduled.  However,  if the
borrower consistently makes scheduled payments after the scheduled due date, the
loan will  amortize  more slowly than  scheduled.  If a simple  interest loan is
prepaid,  the  borrower  is  required  to  pay  interest  only  to the  date  of
prepayment.  The variable  allocations  among principal and interest of a simple
interest  loan may affect the  distributions  of  principal  and interest on the
securities, as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        DELINQUENT LOANS

        Some pools may include loans that are one or more months delinquent with
regard to payment of principal  or interest at the time of their  deposit into a
trust. The accompanying  prospectus  supplement will set forth the percentage of
loans  that are so  delinquent.  Delinquent  loans are more  likely to result in
losses than loans that have a current payment status.

        RE-PERFORMING LOANS

        The term  "re-performing  loans"  includes (i) repayment  plan loans and
bankruptcy  plan loans that had  arrearages of at least three  monthly  payments
when the repayment  plan was entered into,  and (ii) trial  modification  loans.
These  loans may be  acquired  by a  designated  seller or  Residential  Funding
Corporation  from a wide variety of sources through bulk or periodic sales.  The
re-performing loans were originally either:

o    acquired by the designated seller or Residential  Funding  Corporation as a
     performing loan;

o    acquired under  Residential  Funding  Corporation's  portfolio  transaction
     program; or

o          acquired by the designated seller or Residential  Funding Corporation
           as a  delinquent  loan with a view  toward  establishing  a repayment
           plan.

        In  the  case  of  loans  that  are  acquired  by  Residential   Funding
Corporation  as  delinquent  loans with a view toward  establishing  a repayment
plan,  no  determination  is made as to  whether  the  loans  complied  with the
underwriting  criteria  of any  specific  origination  program.  In  each  case,

                                             10
<PAGE>

however, at the time of purchase, every loan is evaluated by Residential Funding
Corporation.  This  evaluation  includes  obtaining at least  validation  of the
related  property  value,  a review of the credit and  collateral  files,  and a
review of the servicing  history on the loan. The  information is used to assess
both  the  borrower's  willingness  and  capacity  to pay,  and  the  underlying
collateral  value. The rate of default on re-performing  loans is more likely to
be higher  than the rate of default on loans  that have not  previously  been in
arrears.

        REPAYMENT PLAN LOANS AND BANKRUPTCY PLAN LOANS. Some of the loans may be
loans  where the  borrower  in the past has  failed to pay one or more  required
scheduled monthly payments or tax and insurance  payments,  and the borrower has
entered into either a repayment  plan, or a confirmed  bankruptcy plan in a case
under Chapter 13 of Title 11 of the United States Code,  known as the Bankruptcy
Code,  under  which  the  borrower  has  agreed  to repay  these  arrearages  in
installments  under a schedule,  in exchange for the related master  servicer or
servicer  agreeing not to foreclose on the related  mortgaged  property or other
security.  For each loan subject to a repayment plan, or a confirmed  bankruptcy
plan,  the  borrower  shall  have made at least an  aggregate  of its three most
recent scheduled monthly payments prior to the cut-off date.

        The right to receive all  arrearages  payable under the  repayment  plan
will not be included  as part of the trust and,  accordingly,  payments  made on
these arrearages will not be payable to the securityholders. The borrowers under
any confirmed  bankruptcy  plan will make separate  payments for their scheduled
monthly  payments and for their  arrearages.  The borrowers  under any repayment
plan will make a single payment,  which will be applied first to their scheduled
monthly payment and second to the arrearage. In either case, the master servicer
or servicer may immediately commence foreclosure if, in the case of a bankruptcy
plan,  both payments are not received and the  bankruptcy  court has  authorized
that action or, in the case of a repayment  plan, the payment is insufficient to
cover both the monthly payment and the arrearage.

        TRIAL  MODIFICATION  LOANS.  Some of the  loans  may be loans  where the
borrower in the past has failed to pay three or more required  scheduled monthly
payments,  and the  borrower has entered  into a trial  modification  agreement.
Under this arrangement:

o    the borrower  agrees to pay a reduced monthly payment for a specified trial
     period typically lasting 3 to 6 months;

o          if the borrower makes all required  monthly payments during the trial
           period, at the end of the trial period,  the original loan terms will
           be  modified  to  reflect  terms  stated  in the  trial  modification
           agreement. The modifications may include a reduced interest rate, the
           forgiveness  of  some   arrearages,   the   capitalization   of  some
           arrearages,  an  extension  of the  maturity,  or a  provision  for a
           balloon payment at maturity;

o          if the borrower makes all required  payments during the trial period,
           the monthly payment amount will continue to be the monthly payment in
           effect  during the trial  period,  with no  additional  repayment  of
           arrearages; and

o          if the borrower fails to make any of the required payments during the
           trial  period,  the  modified  terms  will  not  take  effect,  and a
           foreclosure  action  may  be  commenced  immediately.   None  of  the
           depositor,  the seller, the designated seller, the master servicer or
           the servicer,  as applicable,  will have any obligation to repurchase
           the related loan under those circumstances.

                                             11
<PAGE>

        For each trial  modification loan, the borrower shall have made at least
its  aggregate  of the three most recent  scheduled  monthly  payments as of the
cut-off date under the terms of the trial modification agreement.

REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS

        GENERAL

        The  revolving  credit  loans  will  be  originated  under  credit  line
agreements  subject  to a maximum  amount or credit  limit.  In most  instances,
interest on each revolving  credit loan will be calculated  based on the average
daily balance  outstanding  during the billing cycle.  The billing cycle in most
cases will be the calendar month  preceding a due date.  Each  revolving  credit
loan will have a loan rate that is subject to adjustment on the day specified in
the related  mortgage note,  which may be daily or monthly,  equal to the sum of
the index on the day specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and
the gross margin  specified in the related  mortgage note,  which may vary under
circumstances if stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  subject to
the maximum rate  specified in the mortgage note and the maximum rate  permitted
by applicable  law. If specified in the  prospectus  supplement,  some revolving
credit  loans may be teaser loans with an  introductory  rate that is lower than
the rate that would be in effect if the  applicable  index and gross margin were
used to determine the loan rate. As a result of the introductory rate,  interest
collections  on the loans may  initially be lower than  expected.  Commencing on
their first adjustment date, the loan rates on the teaser loans will be based on
the applicable index and gross margin. The index or indices will be specified in
the related  prospectus  supplement and may include one of the indices mentioned
under "--Characteristics of Loans," in this prospectus.

        Unless  specified  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,   each
revolving  credit loan will have a term to maturity from the date of origination
of not more than 25 years.  The borrower for each revolving credit loan may make
a Draw under the  related  credit  line  agreement  at any time  during the Draw
Period.  Unless specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the Draw
Period  will not be more than 15 years.  Unless  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  for each  revolving  credit loan, if the Draw Period is
less than the full term of the revolving  credit loan, the related borrower will
not be  permitted  to make any Draw during the  Repayment  Period.  Prior to the
Repayment  Period,  or prior to the date of maturity for loans without Repayment
Periods,  the borrower for each revolving  credit loan will be obligated to make
monthly  payments on the revolving  credit loan in a minimum amount as specified
in the related  mortgage note, which usually will be the finance charge for each
billing cycle as described in the second following paragraph.  In addition, if a
revolving credit loan has a Repayment Period,  during this period,  the borrower
is required to make monthly payments  consisting of principal  installments that
would substantially  amortize the principal balance by the maturity date, and to
pay any current finance charges and additional charges.

        The borrower for each revolving credit loan will be obligated to pay off
the  remaining  account  balance on the related  maturity  date,  which may be a
substantial  principal amount.  The maximum amount of any Draw for any revolving
credit  loan is  equal to the  excess,  if any,  of the  credit  limit  over the
principal  balance  outstanding under the mortgage note at the time of the Draw.
Draws  will be  funded  by the  master  servicer  or  servicer  or other  entity
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        Unless specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  for each
revolving credit loan:

o          the finance charge for any billing cycle,  in most cases,  will be an
           amount equal to the aggregate  of, as calculated  for each day in the
           billing  cycle,  the   then-applicable   loan  rate  divided  by  365
           multiplied by that day's principal balance,

                                             12

<PAGE>

o          the account balance on any day in most cases will be the aggregate of
           the unpaid  principal of the revolving credit loan outstanding at the
           beginning of the day,  PLUS all related  Draws funded on that day and
           outstanding  at the beginning of THAT DAY, PLUS the sum of any unpaid
           finance  charges and any unpaid  fees,  insurance  premiums and other
           charges,  collectively known as additional  charges,  THAT ARE DUE ON
           THE  REVOLVING  CREDIT LOAN MINUS the  aggregate  of all payments and
           credits  that are applied to the  repayment of any Draws on that day,
           and

o          the principal  balance on any day usually will be the related account
           balance minus the sum of any unpaid  finance  charges and  additional
           charges that are due on the revolving credit loan.

        Payments made by or on behalf of the borrower for each revolving  credit
loan, in most cases, will be applied,  first, to any unpaid finance charges that
are due on the revolving credit loan,  second, to any unpaid additional  charges
that are due thereon, and third, to any related Draws outstanding.

        The  mortgaged  property  securing  each  revolving  credit loan will be
subject to the lien created by the related loan in the amount of the outstanding
principal  balance of each related Draw or portion thereof,  if any, that is not
included in the related  pool,  whether made on or prior to the related  cut-off
date or  thereafter.  The lien will be the same rank as the lien  created by the
mortgage   relating  to  the  revolving  credit  loan,  and  monthly   payments,
collections and other recoveries under the credit line agreement  related to the
revolving  credit loan will be allocated as described in the related  prospectus
supplement among the revolving credit loan and the outstanding principal balance
of each Draw or  portion  of Draw  excluded  from the pool.  The  depositor,  an
affiliate of the depositor or an unaffiliated seller may have an interest in any
Draw or portion  thereof  excluded from the pool. If any entity with an interest
in a Draw or  portion  thereof  excluded  from  the pool or any  other  Excluded
Balance  were to become a debtor under the  Bankruptcy  Code and  regardless  of
whether the  transfer  of the  related  revolving  credit  loan  constitutes  an
absolute  assignment,  a  bankruptcy  trustee or creditor of such entity or such
entity as a debtor-in-possession could assert that such entity retains rights in
the  related  revolving  credit  loan  and  therefore  compel  the  sale of such
revolving  credit loan,  including any Trust Balance,  over the objection of the
trust and the securityholders. If that occurs, delays and reductions in payments
to the trust and the securityholders could result.

        In most cases,  each revolving  credit loan may be prepaid in full or in
part at any time and without  penalty,  and the related  borrower  will have the
right  during  the  related  Draw  Period  to make a Draw in the  amount  of any
prepayment  made for the  revolving  credit loan.  The mortgage note or mortgage
related  to  each  revolving  credit  loan  will  usually  contain  a  customary
"due-on-sale" clause.

        As to each revolving credit loan, the borrower's rights to receive Draws
during the Draw Period may be suspended, or the credit limit may be reduced, for
cause under a limited number of circumstances, including, but not limited to:

o        a materially adverse change in the borrower's financial circumstances;

o    a decline in the value of the mortgaged  property  significantly  below its
     appraised value at origination; or

o        a payment default by the borrower.

                                        13
<PAGE>

However,  as to each  revolving  credit loan, a suspension or reduction  usually
will not affect the payment  terms for  previously  drawn  balances.  The master
servicer or the servicer, as applicable,  will have no obligation to investigate
as to whether any of those  circumstances have occurred or may have no knowledge
of their  occurrence.  Therefore,  there can be no assurance that any borrower's
ability  to  receive  Draws  will  be  suspended  or  reduced  if the  foregoing
circumstances  occur. In the event of default under a revolving  credit loan, at
the discretion of the master servicer or servicer, the revolving credit loan may
be  terminated  and  declared  immediately  due and  payable  in full.  For this
purpose, a default includes but is not limited to:

o        the borrower's failure to make any payment as required;

o    any action or  inaction  by the  borrower  that  materially  and  adversely
     affects the mortgaged property or the rights in the mortgaged property; or

o    any fraud or material  misrepresentation  by a borrower in connection  with
     the loan.

        The  master  servicer  or  servicer  will  have the  option  to allow an
increase in the credit limit  applicable to any revolving credit loan in certain
limited circumstances.  In most cases, the master servicer or servicer will have
an unlimited ability to allow increases  provided that the specified  conditions
are met including:

o        a new appraisal or other indication of value is obtained; and

o    the new combined  LTV ratio is less than or equal to the original  combined
     LTV ratio.

        If a new  appraisal  is not  obtained  and the other  conditions  in the
preceding sentence are met, the master servicer or servicer will have the option
to allow a credit limit  increase for any  revolving  credit loan subject to the
limitations described in the related agreement

        The proceeds of the  revolving  credit loans may be used by the borrower
to improve  the  related  mortgaged  properties,  may be retained by the related
borrowers or may be used for purposes unrelated to the mortgaged properties.

        ALLOCATION OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN BALANCES

        For any series of  securities  backed by  revolving  credit  loans,  the
related  trust may  include  either  (i) the  entire  principal  balance of each
revolving credit loan outstanding at any time,  including balances  attributable
to Draws made after the related  cut-off date, or (ii) the Trust Balance of each
revolving credit loan.

        The  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  will  describe  the  specific
provisions  by which  payments and losses on any  revolving  credit loan will be
allocated as between the Trust Balance and any Excluded Balance.  Typically, the
provisions (i) may provide that principal  payments made by the borrower will be
allocated as between the Trust Balance and any Excluded  Balance either on a pro
rata basis,  or first to the Trust Balance  until  reduced to zero,  then to the
Excluded Balance, or according to other priorities specified in the accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  and (ii) may provide that interest payments, as well as
liquidation  proceeds or similar  proceeds  following a default and any Realized
Losses,  will be allocated between the Trust Balance and any Excluded Balance on
a pro rata basis or according to other priorities  specified in the accompanying
prospectus supplement.

        Even where a trust initially  includes the entire  principal  balance of
the  revolving  credit  loans,  the related  agreement  may provide that after a
specified

                                        14
<PAGE>

date or on the  occurrence  of  specified  events,  the  trust  may not  include
balances  attributable to additional  Draws made  thereafter.  The  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  will  describe  these  provisions as well as the related
allocation provisions that would be applicable.

THE CONTRACTS

        HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

        The trust for a series may include a contract pool evidencing  interests
in  home  improvement   contracts.   The  home  improvement   contracts  may  be
conventional  home  improvement  contracts  or, to the extent  specified  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  home  improvement  contracts  may be
partially insured by the FHA under Title I.

        In most cases, the home  improvement  contracts will be fully amortizing
and may have fixed loan rates or adjustable loan rates and may provide for other
payment characteristics as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        The home  improvements  securing  the  home  improvement  contracts  may
include, but are not limited to, replacement  windows,  house siding, new roofs,
swimming pools,  satellite  dishes,  kitchen and bathroom  remodeling  goods and
solar heating panels. The proceeds of contracts under the Title I Program may be
used only for permitted purposes, including, but not limited to, the alteration,
repair or improvement of  residential  property,  the purchase of a manufactured
home and/or lot on which to place that home, or cooperative interest in the home
and/or lot.

        Home  improvements,   unlike  mortgaged   properties,   in  most  cases,
depreciate in value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is possible,
especially  in the case of home  improvement  contracts  with high LTV ratios at
origination,  that the market value of a home  improvement may be lower than the
principal amount outstanding under the related contract.

        MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS

        The trust for a series may include a contract pool evidencing  interests
in manufactured housing contracts originated by one or more manufactured housing
dealers,  or  the  other  entity  or  entities  described  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The manufactured  housing contracts may be conventional
manufactured  housing contracts or manufactured housing contracts insured by the
FHA or partially  guaranteed by the VA. Each manufactured  housing contract will
be secured by a manufactured  home. The manufactured  housing  contracts will be
fully  amortizing or, if specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
Balloon Loans.

        The manufactured homes securing the manufactured  housing contracts will
consist of  "manufactured  homes" within the meaning of 42 U.S.C.  ss.  5402(6),
which are treated as "single  family  residences"  for the purposes of the REMIC
provisions  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  or Internal  Revenue  Code.
Accordingly,  a  manufactured  home  will be a  structure  built on a  permanent
chassis,  which is transportable in one or more sections and customarily used at
a fixed  location,  has a minimum of 400 square feet of living space and minimum
width in excess of 8 1/2 feet,  is  designed  to be used as a  dwelling  with or
without a permanent  foundation  when connected to the required  utilities,  and
includes  the  plumbing,  heating,  air  conditioning,  and  electrical  systems
contained therein.

        Manufactured  homes,  unlike  mortgaged   properties,   in  most  cases,
depreciate in value. Consequently, at any time after origination it is possible,
especially in the case of manufactured housing contracts with high LTV ratios at
origination,  that the market value of a manufactured home may be lower than the
principal amount outstanding under the related contract.


                                                  15
<PAGE>
MEXICO LOANS

        Each Mexico Loan will be secured by the beneficial ownership interest in
a separate trust,  the sole asset of which is a residential  property located in
Mexico.  The  residential  property may be a second home,  vacation  home or the
primary  residence of the borrower.  The borrower of a Mexico Loan may be a U.S.
borrower or an international borrower.

        Because of the  uncertainty  and delays in  foreclosing on real property
interests in Mexico and because non-Mexican  citizens are prohibited from owning
real  property  located  in some areas of  Mexico,  the  nature of the  security
interest and the manner in which the Mexico  Loans are secured  differ from that
of mortgage  loans  typically made in the United  States.  Record  ownership and
title to the Mexican  property  will be held in the name of a Mexican  financial
institution  acting as Mexican  trustee for a Mexican trust under the terms of a
trust agreement. The trust agreement will be governed by Mexican law and will be
filed (in Spanish) in the real property records in the jurisdiction in which the
property is located. The original term of the Mexican trust will be 50 years and
will be renewable at the option of the borrower.  To secure the repayment of the
Mexico Loan,  the lender is named as a  beneficiary  of the Mexican  trust.  The
lender's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust grants to the lender the right
to direct the Mexican trustee to transfer the borrower's  beneficial interest in
the  Mexican  trust or to  terminate  the  Mexican  trust  and sell the  Mexican
property.  The borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust grants to the
borrower the right to use,  occupy and enjoy the Mexican  property so long as it
is not in default of its obligations relating to the Mexico Loan.

        As security for repayment of the Mexico Loan,  under the loan agreement,
the  borrower  grants  to the  lender  a  security  interest  in the  borrower's
beneficial  interest in the Mexican  trust.  If the borrower is domiciled in the
United States, the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust should be
considered under  applicable  state law to be an interest in personal  property,
not real property,  and, accordingly,  the lender will file financing statements
in the appropriate state to perfect the lender's security interest.  Because the
lender's security interest in the borrower's  beneficial interest in the Mexican
trust is not, for purposes of  foreclosing  on that  collateral,  an interest in
real property, the depositor either will rely on its remedies that are available
in the United States under the applicable  Uniform  Commercial Code, or UCC, and
under the trust agreement and foreclose on the collateral securing a Mexico Loan
under the UCC, or direct the  Mexican  trustee to conduct an auction to sell the
borrower's   beneficial  interest  or  the  Mexican  property  under  the  trust
agreement.  If a borrower is not a resident of the United  States,  the lender's
security interest in the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust may
be  unperfected  under the UCC. If the lender  conducts  its  principal  lending
activities in the United States, the loan agreement will provide that rights and
obligations  of the  borrower and the lender  under the loan  agreement  will be
governed under applicable United States state law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Loans -- The Mortgage Loans."

        In connection  with the assignment of a Mexico Loan into a trust created
under the related  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or trust  agreement,  the
depositor will transfer to the trustee, on behalf of the securityholders, all of
its right,  title and interest in the  mortgage  note,  the lender's  beneficial
interest in the Mexican trust, the lender's  security interest in the borrower's
beneficial  interest in the Mexican  trust,  and its interest in any policies of
insurance on the Mexico Loan or the Mexican property. The percentage of mortgage
loans,  if any,  that are Mexico  Loans will be  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.


                                             16
<PAGE>

THE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

        The mortgaged  properties will consist primarily of attached or detached
individual   dwellings,    Cooperative   dwellings,   individual   or   adjacent
condominiums,  townhouses,  duplexes, row houses, modular housing,  manufactured
homes,   individual  units  or  two-to  four-unit   dwellings  in  planned  unit
developments and two- to four-family dwellings.  Each mortgaged property,  other
than a Cooperative  dwelling or Mexican property,  will be located on land owned
by the borrower or, if specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, land
leased by the borrower.  The ownership of the Mexican properties will be held in
a Mexican trust.  Attached  dwellings may include structures where each borrower
owns the land on which the unit is built with the remaining  adjacent land owned
in common.  Mortgaged  properties may also include  dwellings on  non-contiguous
properties,  multiple dwellings on one property,  or dwelling units subject to a
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement in an apartment  building  owned by a
Cooperative. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement securing a Cooperative
Loan is  subordinate,  in most  cases,  to any  blanket  mortgage on the related
cooperative apartment building or on the underlying land.  Additionally,  in the
case of a Cooperative Loan, the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement may be
terminated and the cooperative shares may be cancelled by the Cooperative if the
tenant-stockholder fails to pay maintenance or other obligations or charges owed
by the tenant-stockholder. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans."

        Mortgaged  properties  consisting  of  modular  housing,  also  known as
pre-assembled,  pre-fabricated,  sectional or pre-built homes, are factory built
and constructed in two or more three dimensional  sections,  including  interior
and exterior finish, plumbing, wiring and mechanical systems. On completion, the
modular  home is  transported  to the property  site to be joined  together on a
permanent foundation.

        Mortgaged  properties  consisting of manufactured  homes must be legally
classified as real estate,  have the wheels and axles removed and be attached to
a  permanent  foundation  and may not be  located  in a mobile  home  park.  The
manufactured  homes will also have other  characteristics  as  specified  in the
prospectus supplement.

        The mortgaged  properties may be located in any of the fifty states, the
District  of  Columbia or the  Commonwealth  of Puerto  Rico.  In  addition,  if
specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the trust  assets  may
contain  Mexico  Loans,  which are  secured  by  interests  in  trusts  that own
residential  properties  located in Mexico. The Mexico Loans will not exceed ten
percent  (10%) by  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  mortgage  loans in any
mortgage pool as of the cut-off date  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

        The mortgaged properties may be owner occupied or non-owner occupied and
may  include  vacation  homes,  second  homes  and  investment  properties.  The
percentage of loans secured by mortgaged properties that are owner-occupied will
be  disclosed  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The  basis for any
statement  that a  given  percentage  of the  loans  are  secured  by  mortgaged
properties that are owner-occupied will be one of the following:

o          the making of a  representation  by the borrower at  origination of a
           loan that the  borrower  intends to use the  mortgaged  property as a
           primary residence for at least the first six months of occupancy,

o    a  representation  by the originator of the loan, which may be based solely
     on the above clause, or

o    the fact  that the  mailing  address  for the  borrower  is the same as the
     address of the mortgaged property.

                                        17
<PAGE>
Any representation and warranty regarding owner-occupancy may be based solely on
this  information.  Loans secured by investment  properties,  including  two- to
four-unit  dwellings,  may also be secured by an  assignment of leases and rents
and operating or other cash flow guarantees relating to the loans.

        A mortgaged  property securing a loan may be subject to the senior liens
securing one or more conventional  mortgage loans at the time of origination and
may be subject to one or more junior liens at the time of  origination  or after
that  origination.  Loans  evidencing liens junior or senior to the loans in the
trust will likely not be included in the related trust,  but the  depositor,  an
affiliate of the depositor or an unaffiliated seller may have an interest in the
junior or senior loan.

THE AGENCY SECURITIES

        GOVERNMENT NATIONAL MORTGAGE ASSOCIATION

        Ginnie Mae is a  wholly-owned  corporate  instrumentality  of the United
States within HUD.  Section  306(g) of Title III of the National  Housing Act of
1934, as amended,  referred to in this prospectus as the Housing Act, authorizes
Ginnie Mae to guarantee  the timely  payment of the principal of and interest on
securities  representing  interests in a pool of  mortgages  insured by the FHA,
under the Housing Act or under Title V of the Housing Act of 1949,  or partially
guaranteed  by the VA  under  the  Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act of  1944,  as
amended, or under Chapter 37 of Title 38, United States Code.

        Section  306(g) of the  Housing  Act  provides  that "the full faith and
credit of the United  States is pledged to the payment of all amounts  which may
be required to be paid under any guarantee  under this  subsection." In order to
meet its obligations under that guarantee,  Ginnie Mae may, under Section 306(d)
of the Housing Act,  borrow from the United States Treasury an amount that is at
any time  sufficient to enable Ginnie Mae to perform its  obligations  under its
guarantee.   See  "Additional  Information"  for  the  availability  of  further
information regarding Ginnie Mae and Ginnie Mae securities.

        GINNIE MAE SECURITIES

        In most cases, each Ginnie Mae security relating to a series,  which may
be a Ginnie Mae I Certificate  or a Ginnie Mae II  Certificate as referred to by
Ginnie Mae, will be a "fully modified pass-through"  mortgage-backed certificate
issued and serviced by a mortgage  banking  company or other  financial  concern
approved  by  Ginnie  Mae,  except  any  stripped   mortgage  backed  securities
guaranteed  by Ginnie  Mae or any REMIC  securities  issued by Ginnie  Mae.  The
characteristics of any Ginnie Mae securities  included in the trust for a series
of securities will be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION

        Freddie Mac is a corporate  instrumentality of the United States created
under Title III of the Emergency  Home Finance Act of 1970,  as amended,  or the
Freddie  Mac Act.  Freddie  Mac was  established  primarily  for the  purpose of
increasing  the  availability  of mortgage  credit for the  financing  of needed
housing.  The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently consists of purchasing
first-lien, conventional,  residential mortgage loans or participation interests
in mortgage  loans and reselling the mortgage  loans so purchased in the form of
guaranteed  mortgage  securities,  primarily  Freddie Mac  securities.  In 1981,
Freddie  Mac  initiated  its  Home  Mortgage  Guaranty  Program  under  which it
purchases  mortgage loans from sellers with Freddie Mac securities  representing
interests in the mortgage loans so purchased.  All mortgage  loans  purchased by
Freddie  Mac must  meet  certain  standards  set forth in the  Freddie  Mac Act.
Freddie Mac is confined to  purchasing,  so far as

                                          18
<PAGE>

practicable,  mortgage  loans that it deems to be of the  quality  and type that
generally meets the purchase standards imposed by private institutional mortgage
investors.   See  "Additional  Information"  for  the  availability  of  further
information regarding Freddie Mac and Freddie Mac securities. Neither the United
States nor any agency thereof is obligated to finance  Freddie Mac's  operations
or to assist Freddie Mac in any other manner.

        FREDDIE MAC SECURITIES

        In most  cases,  each  Freddie  Mac  security  relating to a series will
represent  an  undivided  interest  in a pool of mortgage  loans that  typically
consists  of  conventional  loans,  but may  include  FHA  loans  and VA  loans,
purchased by Freddie Mac, except any stripped  mortgage backed securities issued
by  Freddie  Mac.   Each  of  those  pools  will  consist  of  mortgage   loans,
substantially  all of  which  are  secured  by one- to  four-family  residential
properties  or, if  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  are
secured by  multi-family  residential  properties.  The  characteristics  of any
Freddie Mac Securities  included in the trust for a series of securities will be
set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        FEDERAL NATIONAL MORTGAGE ASSOCIATION

        Fannie Mae is a federally  chartered  and  privately  owned  corporation
organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage  Association  Charter
Act (12  U.S.C.  ss.  1716 et seq.).  It is the  nation's  largest  supplier  of
residential  mortgage funds. Fannie Mae was originally  established in 1938 as a
United  States  government  agency  to  provide  supplemental  liquidity  to the
mortgage  market and was  transformed  into a  stockholder-owned  and  privately
managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968. Fannie Mae provides funds to
the mortgage  market  primarily by  purchasing  home  mortgage  loans from local
lenders,   thereby   replenishing  their  funds  for  additional  lending.   See
"Additional  Information" for the availability of further information respecting
Fannie Mae and Fannie Mae securities.  Although the Secretary of the Treasury of
the  United  States  has  authority  to  lend  Fannie  Mae up to  $2.25  billion
outstanding  at any time,  neither the United  States nor any agency  thereof is
obligated to finance  Fannie  Mae's  operations  or to assist  Fannie Mae in any
other manner.

        FANNIE MAE SECURITIES

        In most  cases,  each  Fannie Mae  security  relating  to a series  will
represent a fractional  undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans formed by
Fannie Mae, except any stripped mortgage backed securities issued by Fannie Mae.
Mortgage loans underlying Fannie Mae securities will consist of fixed,  variable
or adjustable  rate  conventional  mortgage  loans or fixed-rate FHA loans or VA
loans.  Those  mortgage  loans may be secured by either one- to  four-family  or
multi-family  residential  properties.  The  characteristics  of any  Fannie Mae
securities included in the trust for a series of securities will be set forth in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                                   19
<PAGE>

PRIVATE SECURITIES

        Any private  securities  underlying any  securities  will (i) either (a)
have  been  previously  registered  under  the  Securities  Act,  or (b) will be
eligible  for sale  under  Rule  144(k)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, and (ii) will be acquired in secondary market transactions from persons
other  than  the  issuer  or  its  affiliates.  Alternatively,  if  the  private
securities were acquired from their issuer or its affiliates,  or were issued by
the  depositor or any of its  affiliates,  then the private  securities  will be
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the same time as the
securities.

        For any  series of  securities  backed by private  securities  or Agency
Securities,  the  entity  that  administers  the  private  securities  or Agency
securities  may be referred  to as the  manager,  if stated in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.  References in this prospectus to Advances to be made and
other actions to be taken by the master  servicer or servicer in connection with
the loans may include  Advances  made and other actions taken under the terms of
the private  securities.  Each security offered by this prospectus will evidence
an interest in only the related  pool and  corresponding  trust,  and not in any
other pool or trust related to securities issued in this prospectus.

        In  addition,  as  to  any  series  of  securities  secured  by  private
securities,  the private  securities  may consist of an ownership  interest in a
structuring  entity formed by the  depositor for the limited  purpose of holding
the trust assets relating to a series of securities. This special purpose entity
may be  organized  in the  form  of a  trust,  limited  partnership  or  limited
liability  company,  and will be  structured  in a manner that will insulate the
holders of  securities  from  liabilities  of the special  purpose  entity.  The
provisions  governing  the  special  purpose  entity will  restrict  the special
purpose  entity  from  engaging in or  conducting  any  business  other than the
holding of trust  assets and the  issuance of  ownership  interests in the trust
assets and some incidental  activities.  Any ownership interest will evidence an
ownership  interest in the related  trust assets as well as the right to receive
specified  cash  flows  derived  from the  trust  assets,  as  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement.  The obligations of the depositor as to any
ownership  interest  will be  limited  to some  representations  and  warranties
relating to the trust assets, as described in this prospectus. Credit support of
any of the types  described  in this  prospectus  under  "Description  of Credit
Enhancement"  may be provided  for the  benefit of any  ownership  interest,  if
stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                               TRUST ASSET PROGRAM

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

        GENERAL

        The depositor expects that the originator of each of the loans will have
applied,  consistent  with  applicable  federal and state laws and  regulations,
underwriting  procedures intended to evaluate the borrower's credit standing and
repayment  ability  and/or the value and  adequacy  of the  related  property as
collateral.  The depositor expects that any FHA loans or VA loans will have been
originated  in  compliance  with  the  underwriting  policies  of the FHA or VA,
respectively.  The underwriting criteria applied by the originators of the loans
included  in a pool may  vary  significantly  among  sellers.  The  accompanying
prospectus  supplement will describe most aspects of the underwriting  criteria,
to the extent known by the  depositor,  that were applied by the  originators of
the loans.  In most cases,  the depositor  will have less  detailed  information
concerning  the  origination  of  seasoned  loans  than it will have  concerning
newly-originated loans.

        The  underwriting  standards  of  any  particular  originator  typically
include a set of specific criteria by which the underwriting evaluation is made.
However, the application of the underwriting  standards does not imply that each

                                   20
<PAGE>

specific criterion was satisfied individually. Rather, a loan will be considered
to be originated in accordance  with a given set of  underwriting  standards if,
based  on  an  overall  qualitative  evaluation,  the  loan  is  in  substantial
compliance  with  the  underwriting  standards.  For  example,  a  loan  may  be
considered to comply with a set of underwriting  standards,  even if one or more
specific criteria included in the underwriting standards were not satisfied,  if
other  factors  compensated  for the criteria  that were not satisfied or if the
loan  is  considered  to be in  substantial  compliance  with  the  underwriting
standards.  In the  case of a  Designated  Seller  Transaction,  the  applicable
underwriting  standards  will  be  those  of  the  designated  seller  or of the
originator of the loans,  and will be described in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

        The depositor  anticipates  that loans,  other than the Mexico Loans and
some loans secured by mortgaged  properties located in Puerto Rico,  included in
pools for  certain  series of  securities  will  have been  originated  based on
underwriting standards and documentation  requirements that are less restrictive
than for other mortgage loan lending programs. In such cases, borrowers may have
credit  histories that contain  delinquencies on mortgage and/or consumer debts.
Some borrowers may have initiated  bankruptcy  proceedings within a few years of
the time of  origination  of the related loan. In addition,  some loans with LTV
ratios  over 80% will not be  required  to have and may not have the  benefit of
primary mortgage insurance. Loans and contracts that are secured by junior liens
generally  will not be  required  by the  depositor  to be  covered  by  primary
mortgage insurance. Likewise, loans included in a trust may have been originated
in connection  with a governmental  program under which  underwriting  standards
were  significantly less stringent and designed to promote home ownership or the
availability  of affordable  residential  rental  property  regardless of higher
risks of default and losses.  As discussed above, in evaluating  seasoned loans,
the depositor may place  greater  weight on payment  history or market and other
economic trends and less weight on underwriting factors usually applied to newly
originated loans.

        LOAN DOCUMENTATION

        In most cases, under a traditional "full  documentation"  program,  each
borrower will have been required to complete an application  designed to provide
to the original lender pertinent credit information  concerning the borrower. As
part of the description of the borrower's financial condition, the borrower will
have  furnished  information,  which may or may not be verified,  describing the
borrower's assets,  liabilities,  income, credit history and employment history,
and furnished an  authorization to apply for a credit report that summarizes the
borrower's  available  credit  history with local  merchants and lenders and any
record of  bankruptcy.  The  borrower  may also have been  required to authorize
verifications  of deposits at  financial  institutions  where the  borrower  had
demand or savings accounts.  In the case of investment  properties,  only income
derived from the mortgaged  property may have been  considered for  underwriting
purposes,  rather  than the  income of the  borrower  from  other  sources.  For
mortgaged  property  consisting of vacation or second homes,  no income  derived
from the property will typically have been considered for underwriting purposes.

        The  underwriting  standards  applied by originators in some cases allow
for  loans to be  supported  by  alternative  documentation.  For  alternatively
documented loans, a borrower may demonstrate  income and employment  directly by
providing alternative  documentation in the form of copies of the borrower's own
records  relating to income and  employment,  rather than having the  originator
obtain  independent  verifications  from third  parties,  such as the borrower's
employer or mortgage servicer.

        As described in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  some loans may
have  been  originated  under  "limited  documentation"  or  "no  documentation"
programs that require less  documentation  and verification  than do traditional
"full documentation" programs. Under a limited

                                             21
<PAGE>

documentation or no documentation program,  minimal or no investigation into the
borrower's credit history and income profile is undertaken by the originator and
the  underwriting  may be based  primarily  or entirely on an appraisal or other
valuation  of the  mortgaged  property  and the LTV or  combined  LTV  ratio  at
origination.

        APPRAISALS

        The  adequacy at  origination  of a mortgaged  property as security  for
repayment  of the  related  loan  will  typically  have  been  determined  by an
appraisal.  Appraisers may be either staff appraisers employed by the originator
or independent  appraisers selected in accordance with guidelines established by
or acceptable to the  originator.  The  appraisal  procedure  guidelines in most
cases will have  required the  appraiser or an agent on its behalf to personally
inspect the  property and to verify  whether the property was in good  condition
and that construction,  if new, had been substantially  completed. The appraisal
will have  considered  a market  data  analysis  of recent  sales of  comparable
properties and, when deemed  applicable,  an analysis based on income  generated
from the  property or  replacement  cost  analysis  based on the current cost of
constructing or purchasing a similar  property.  In certain  instances,  the LTV
ratio or  combined  LTV  ratio  may have been  based on the  appraised  value as
indicated  on  a  review  appraisal  conducted  by  the  seller  or  originator.
Alternatively,  as specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  values
may be supported by:

o        a statistical valuation;

o        a broker's price opinion;

o    an automated appraisal, drive by appraisal or other certification of value;
     or

o        a statement of value by the borrower.

        A  statistical   valuation  estimates  the  value  of  the  property  as
determined by a form of appraisal which uses a statistical model to estimate the
value of a property. The stated value will be value of the property as stated by
the related  borrower in his or her application.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  an appraisal of any manufactured home
will not be required.

        LOAN-TO-VALUE AND COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS

        In the case of each first lien loan made to finance  the  purchase  of a
mortgaged property,  the Loan-to-Value Ratio, or LTV ratio, in most cases is the
ratio,  expressed as a percentage,  of the original  principal  amount or credit
limit,  as  applicable,  of the related loan to the lesser of (1) the  appraised
value determined in an appraisal obtained at origination of the related loan and
(2) the sales price for the related mortgaged property,  except that in the case
of some employee or preferred  customer loans,  the denominator of the ratio may
be the sales price.

        In the case of some  non-purchase  first lien mortgage  loans  including
refinance, modified or converted mortgage loans, the LTV ratio at origination is
defined as the ratio, expressed as a percentage,  of the principal amount of the
mortgage loan to either the appraised value determined in an appraisal  obtained
at the time of  refinancing,  modification or conversion or, if no appraisal has
been obtained, the value of the related mortgaged property which value generally
will be supported by either:

o        a representation by the related seller as to value;

                                        22
<PAGE>

o        an appraisal or other valuation obtained prior to origination; or

o    the sales price, if the related mortgaged property was purchased within the
     previous twelve months.

        In the case of some mortgage loans seasoned for over twelve months,  the
LTV ratio may be  determined  at the time of purchase  from the  related  seller
based on the  ratio of the  current  loan  amount  to the  current  value of the
mortgaged property as determined by an appraisal or other valuation.

        For any loan secured by a junior lien on the related mortgaged property,
the  combined  LTV  ratio,  in most  cases,  will be the ratio,  expressed  as a
percentage,  of (A) the sum of (1) the original  principal balance or the credit
limit,  as  applicable,  and (2) the  principal  balance of any  related  senior
mortgage loan at origination  of the loan together with any loan  subordinate to
it, to (B) the appraised value of the related mortgaged property.  The appraised
value  for any  junior  lien  loan will be the  appraised  value of the  related
mortgaged  property  determined in the appraisal used in the  origination of the
loan, which may have been obtained at an earlier time.  However, if the loan was
originated simultaneously with or not more than 12 months after a senior lien on
the related  mortgaged  property,  the appraised value will in most cases be the
lesser of the  appraised  value at the  origination  of the senior  lien and the
sales price for the mortgaged property.

        As to each loan secured by a junior lien on the mortgaged property,  the
junior  ratio will be the ratio,  expressed  as a  percentage,  of the  original
principal balance or the credit limit, as applicable,  of the loan to the sum of
(1) the original  principal  balance or the credit limit, as applicable,  of the
loan and (2) the principal  balance of any related senior loan at origination of
the  loan.  The  credit  utilization  rate  for  any  revolving  credit  loan is
determined  by dividing  the cut-off  date  principal  balance of the  revolving
credit loan by the credit limit of the related credit line agreement.

        Some of the loans which are subject to negative  amortization  will have
LTV ratios that will increase  after  origination  as a result of their negative
amortization. In the case of some seasoned loans, the values used in calculating
LTV ratios may no longer be accurate  valuations  of the  mortgaged  properties.
Some mortgaged  properties may be located in regions where property  values have
declined significantly since the time of origination.

        The underwriting  standards  applied by an originator  typically require
that the underwriting officers be satisfied that the value of the property being
financed,  as indicated by an appraisal or other acceptable  valuation method as
described above,  currently supports,  except with respect to Home Loans, and is
anticipated to support in the future the outstanding loan balance. In fact, some
states where the mortgaged properties may be located have "anti-deficiency" laws
requiring,  in general,  that lenders providing credit on single family property
look solely to the  property  for  repayment  in the event of  foreclosure.  See
"Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the  Loans."  Any of  these  factors  could  change
nationwide  or merely  could affect a locality or region in which all or some of
the mortgaged properties are located. However,  declining values of real estate,
as experienced  periodically in certain  regions,  or increases in the principal
balances of some loans,  such as GPM Loans and negative  amortization ARM loans,
could  cause the  principal  balance of some or all of these loans to exceed the
value of the mortgaged properties.

        CREDIT SCORES

        Credit Scores are obtained by some mortgage  lenders in connection  with
loan  applications to help assess a borrower's  credit-worthiness.  In addition,
Credit  Scores  may  be  obtained  by  Residential  Funding  Corporation  or the
designated seller after the origination of a loan if the seller does not provide

                                             23
<PAGE>

a current Credit Score.  Credit Scores are obtained from credit reports provided
by various credit  reporting  organizations,  each of which may employ differing
computer models and methodologies.

        The Credit Score is designed to assess a borrower's  credit history at a
single  point in time,  using  objective  information  currently on file for the
borrower at a particular  credit reporting  organization.  Although each scoring
model  varies,   typically  Credit  Scores  range  from   approximately  350  to
approximately  840,  with higher scores  indicating  an  individual  with a more
favorable credit history compared to an individual with a lower score.  However,
a Credit Score purports only to be a measurement of the relative  degree of risk
a borrower  represents  to a lender,  i.e.,  a borrower  with a higher  score is
statistically  expected to be less likely to default in payment  than a borrower
with a lower  score.  In  addition,  it should be noted that Credit  Scores were
developed  to indicate a level of default  probability  over a two-year  period,
which in most cases,  does not  correspond  to the life of a loan.  Furthermore,
many Credit Scores were not developed  specifically  for use in connection  with
mortgage  loans,  but for  consumer  loans  in  general,  and  assess  only  the
borrower's past credit history. Therefore, in most cases, a Credit Score may not
take into  consideration  the  differences  between  mortgage loans and consumer
loans, or the specific  characteristics  of the related loan,  including the LTV
ratio or combined LTV ratio, as applicable,  the collateral for the loan, or the
debt to income  ratio.  There can be no assurance  that the Credit Scores of the
borrowers  will be an accurate  predictor of the  likelihood of repayment of the
related loans or that any borrower's Credit Score would not be lower if obtained
as of the date of the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                                             24
<PAGE>
        APPLICATION OF UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

        Based on the data provided in the application and certain verifications,
if required,  and the appraisal or other valuation of the mortgaged property,  a
determination  will have been  generally  made by the  original  lender that the
borrower's monthly income would be sufficient to enable the borrower to meet its
monthly  obligations  on the loan and other  expenses  related to the  property.
Examples of other expenses  include  property  taxes,  utility  costs,  standard
hazard  and  primary  mortgage  insurance,  maintenance  fees and  other  levies
assessed by a Cooperative, if applicable, and other fixed obligations other than
housing expenses including, in the case of loans secured by a junior lien on the
related mortgaged property, payments required to be made on any senior mortgage.
The  originator's  guidelines  for  loans  will,  in most  cases,  specify  that
scheduled  payments  on a loan  during the first year of its term plus taxes and
insurance,  including primary mortgage insurance,  and all scheduled payments on
obligations  that extend beyond one year,  including  those  mentioned above and
other fixed obligations,  would equal no more than specified  percentages of the
prospective borrower's gross income. The originator may also consider the amount
of liquid assets available to the borrower after  origination.  The loan rate in
effect from the  origination  date of an ARM loan or other types of loans to the
first adjustment date are likely to be lower,  and may be  significantly  lower,
than the sum of the then applicable index and Note Margin. Similarly, the amount
of the monthly payment on Buy-Down Loans,  GEM Loans or other graduated  payment
loans will, and on negative  amortization loans may, increase  periodically.  If
the  borrowers'  incomes  do not  increase  in an amount  commensurate  with the
increases in monthly  payments,  the  likelihood  of default will  increase.  In
addition,  in the case of either ARM loans or  graduated  payment or other loans
that are  subject to  negative  amortization,  due to the  addition  of deferred
interest  the  principal  balances  of those  loans are more  likely to equal or
exceed the value of the underlying mortgaged properties,  thereby increasing the
likelihood  of defaults and losses.  For Balloon  Loans,  payment of the Balloon
Amount will depend on the  borrower's  ability to obtain  refinancing or to sell
the mortgaged  property prior to the maturity of the Balloon Loan, and there can
be no  assurance  that  refinancing  will be available to the borrower or that a
sale will be possible.

        In  some  circumstances,  the  loans  have  been  made to  employees  or
preferred  customers  of the  originator  for  which,  in  accordance  with  the
originator's mortgage loan programs,  income, asset and employment verifications
and appraisals  may not have been required.  As to loans made under any employee
loan program  maintained  by  Residential  Funding  Corporation,  GMAC  Mortgage
Corporation or any of their affiliates,  in limited  circumstances  preferential
note rates may be allowed.

        A portion of the loans may be purchased in negotiated transactions,  and
those  negotiated  transactions  may be governed by agreements,  known as master
commitments,  relating  to ongoing  purchases  of loans by  Residential  Funding
Corporation or the designated  seller,  from sellers who will represent that the
loans have been originated in accordance with  underwriting  standards agreed to
by Residential  Funding  Corporation or the  designated  seller,  as applicable.
Residential Funding Corporation or the designated seller, as the case may be, on
behalf of the depositor or a designated third party, will normally review only a
limited  portion  of the  loans in any  delivery  from the  related  seller  for
conformity with the applicable underwriting standards. A portion of loans may be
purchased  from sellers who may represent that the loans were  originated  under
underwriting  standards  acceptable to  Residential  Funding  Corporation or the
designated  seller.  Loans purchased  under  Residential  Funding  Corporation's
portfolio  transaction  program are not typically  purchased  pursuant to master
commitments.

        The level of review by  Residential  Funding  Corporation,  if any, will
vary depending on several  factors,  including its  experience  with the seller.
Residential  Funding  Corporation,  on behalf of the  depositor,  typically will
review a portion of the loans  constituting  the pool for a series of securities

                                   25
<PAGE>

for conformity with Residential Funding Corporation's  underwriting standards or
applicable  underwriting  standards  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  and to assess  the  likelihood  of  repayment  of the loan from the
various  sources for such  repayment,  including  the  borrower,  the  mortgaged
property,  and primary mortgage insurance,  if any. In reviewing seasoned loans,
or loans that have been outstanding for more than 12 months, Residential Funding
Corporation  may  take  into  consideration,  in  addition  to or in lieu of the
factors  described above,  the borrower's  actual payment history in assessing a
borrower's   current  ability  to  make  payments  on  the  loan.  In  addition,
Residential Funding Corporation may conduct additional  procedures to assess the
current  value of the  mortgaged  properties.  Those  procedures  may consist of
statistical  valuations,  drive-by  appraisals  or real  estate  broker's  price
opinions.  The  depositor  may also  consider a specific  area's  housing  value
trends.  These alternative  valuation methods are not necessarily as reliable as
the type of borrower  financial  information  or  appraisals  that are typically
obtained at  origination.  In its  underwriting  analysis,  Residential  Funding
Corporation  may also  consider  the  applicable  Credit  Score  of the  related
borrower used in connection  with the origination or acquisition of the loan, as
determined  based  on a  credit  scoring  model  acceptable  to  the  depositor.
Residential  Funding  Corporation will not undertake any review of loans sold to
the depositor in a Designated Seller Transaction.

THE PORTFOLIO TRANSACTION PROGRAM

        Some of the  loans  included  in a trust  may  have  been  acquired  and
evaluated under Residential Funding Corporations' portfolio transaction program.
The portfolio  transaction  program  targets  loans with document  deficiencies,
program violations,  unusual property types,  seasoned loans,  delinquent loans,
and loans not eligible for Residential Funding  Corporations' other programs. In
most  cases,  the  portfolio  transaction  loans  fall  into  three  categories:
Portfolio Programs, Program Violations and Seasoned Loans.

        PORTFOLIO  PROGRAMS:  These loans are originated by various  originators
for their own mortgage loan portfolio and not under any of  Residential  Funding
Corporation's   standard   programs  or  any  other  secondary  market  program.
Typically,  these  loans are  originated  under  programs  offered by  financial
depository  institutions that were designed to provide the financial institution
with a competitive  origination  advantage.  This is achieved by permitting loan
terms and  underwriting  criteria  that did not conform with  typical  secondary
market  standards,  with the  intention  that these  loans  would be held in the
originating  institution's  portfolio rather than sold in the secondary  market.
However,  for various reasons including merger or acquisition or other financial
considerations  specific to the originating  institution,  that  institution may
offer the loans for sale, and the loans are then acquired by Residential Funding
Corporation in the secondary market.

        PROGRAM VIOLATIONS: These loans are originated for sale in the secondary
market with the intention that the loans will meet the criteria and underwriting
guidelines  of  a  standard  loan  purchase   program  of  Residential   Funding
Corporation,  Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or another secondary market  participant.
However,  after  origination it may be determined that the loans do not meet the
requirements of the intended  program for any of a number of reasons,  including
the failure to reach required  loan-to-value  ratios,  debt-to-income  ratios or
credit scores, or because the mortgage file has document deficiencies.

        SEASONED  LOANS:  These  loans  are  acquired  by  Residential   Funding
Corporation  through  the  exercise  of a right  to  repurchase  loans in a pool
previously  securitized by the depositor or any of its affiliates,  or are other
seasoned  loans.  In most  cases,  these loans are  seasoned  longer than twelve
months. Due to the length of time since  origination,  no assurance can be given
as to whether  such loans will conform  with  current  underwriting  criteria or
documentation  requirements.  Although at origination some of the loans may have
been purchased through one of Residential  Funding  Corporation's  standard loan

                                             26
<PAGE>

purchase  programs,  seasoned  loans are typically  not purchased  through these
programs  because  these  programs  require  current  information  regarding the
mortgagor's credit and the property value.

        EVALUATION  STANDARDS FOR PORTFOLIO  TRANSACTION  LOANS: Every portfolio
transaction  loan is evaluated by Residential  Funding  Corporation to determine
whether the characteristics of the loan, the borrower and the collateral,  taken
as a whole, represent a prudent lending risk. The factors considered include:

o        the mortgage loan's payment terms and characteristics,

o        the borrower's credit score,

o    the value of the mortgaged property which may be estimated using a broker's
     price opinion or a statistical valuation,

o        the credit and legal documentation associated with the loan,

o        the seasoning of the loan,

o    a reevaluation of the financial capacity, eligibility and experience of the
     seller and/or servicer of the loan, and

o        the representations and warranties made by the seller.

        In most cases,  Residential Funding Corporation orders an updated credit
score for each loan  reviewed.  For seasoned  loans,  an updated credit score is
ordered  for the  primary  borrower  as  reported  on the tape data or loan file
submitted  by the  seller.  Periodic  quality  control  reviews  are  performed.
Broker's  price  opinions  are obtained  if,  among other  reasons,  the loan is
delinquent or the principal  balance of the mortgage loan exceeds  $400,000.  In
addition,  statistical  property valuations and drive-by appraisals may be used,
or a review may be done of the original appraisal.

        Many  of  the  portfolio   transaction  loans  include   characteristics
representing  underwriting  deficiencies  as  compared to other  mortgage  loans
originated in compliance  with standard  origination  programs for the secondary
mortgage market. In addition,  some of the mortgaged  properties for these loans
are  not  typically  permitted  in the  secondary  market,  including  mixed-use
properties,  incomplete  properties,  properties with deferred maintenance,  and
properties with excess acreage.

        The  portfolio  transaction  loans may have  missing or  defective  loan
documentation.  Neither  Residential  Funding Corporation nor the seller will be
obligated to repurchase a portfolio  transaction loan because of such missing or
defective documentation unless the omission or defect materially interferes with
the  servicer's  or  master  servicer's  ability  to  foreclose  on the  related
mortgaged property.

                                        27
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

        The securities will be issued in series. Each series of certificates or,
in some instances,  two or more series of  certificates,  will be issued under a
pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or,  in the case of  certificates  backed by
private securities,  a trust agreement,  similar to one of the forms filed as an
exhibit to the  registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, for the certificates of which this prospectus is a part. Each series of
notes will be issued under an indenture between the related trust and the entity
named in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement as indenture  trustee for the
series.  A form of  indenture  has been filed as an exhibit to the  registration
statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  for the notes of which
this  prospectus  forms  a  part.  In the  case of each  series  of  notes,  the
depositor, the related trust and the entity named in the accompanying prospectus
supplement  as  master  servicer  for the  series  will  enter  into a  separate
servicing  agreement.  Each pooling and servicing  agreement,  trust  agreement,
servicing  agreement,  and  indenture  will be  filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  as an  exhibit  to a Form  8-K.  The  following  summaries
(together with additional  summaries under "The Agreements"  below) describe all
material  terms  and  provisions  relating  to the  securities  common  to  each
agreement. All references to an "agreement" and any discussion of the provisions
of any agreement applies to pooling and servicing agreements,  trust agreements,
servicing agreements and indentures, as applicable. The summaries do not purport
to be  complete  and are  subject  to, and are  qualified  in their  entirety by
reference to, all of the provisions of related  agreement for each trust and the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

        Each series of securities may consist of any one or a combination of the
following:

o        a single class of securities;

o          one or more  classes  of  senior  securities,  of  which  one or more
           classes of securities  may be senior in right of payment to any other
           class or classes  of  securities  subordinate  to it, and as to which
           some classes of senior  securities  may be senior to other classes of
           senior  securities,   as  described  in  the  respective   prospectus
           supplement;

o          one or more classes of  mezzanine  securities  which are  subordinate
           securities  but which  are  senior to other  classes  of  subordinate
           securities relating to such distributions or losses;

o          one or more classes of strip securities which will be entitled to (a)
           principal  distributions,   with  disproportionate,   nominal  or  no
           interest   distributions   or  (b)   interest   distributions,   with
           disproportionate, nominal or no principal distributions;

o    two or more classes of securities which differ as to the timing, sequential
     order,  rate,  pass-through rate or amount of distributions of principal or
     interest or both, or as to which  distributions of principal or interest or
     both on any class may be made on the  occurrence  of specified  events,  in
     accordance  with a schedule or  formula,  including  "planned  amortization
     classes"  and  "targeted   amortization   classes",  or  on  the  basis  of
     collections from designated  portions of the pool, which series may include
     one or more classes of accrual  securities for which some accrued  interest
     will not be distributed but rather will be added to their principal balance
     on the  distribution  date,  which will be  specified  in the  accompanying
     prospectus supplement; or

                                           28
<PAGE>

o    other types of classes of  securities,  as  described  in the  accompanying
     prospectus supplement.

        Credit  support  for each  series of  securities  will be  provided by a
mortgage pool insurance  policy,  special hazard  insurance  policy,  bankruptcy
bond,  letter of credit,  purchase  obligation,  reserve  fund,  excess  spread,
overcollateralization, financial guaranty insurance policy, derivative products,
surety bond or other credit  enhancement  as  described  under  "Description  of
Credit  Enhancement,"  or by  the  subordination  of  one  or  more  classes  of
securities as described under "Description of Credit Enhancement--Subordination"
or by any combination of the foregoing.

FORM OF SECURITIES

        As specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the securities
of each series will be issued  either as physical  securities  or in  book-entry
form.  If  issued  as  physical  securities,  the  securities  will be in  fully
registered  form  only  in  the  denominations  specified  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  and  will  be  transferable  and  exchangeable  at  the
corporate trust office of the certificate  registrar appointed under the related
pooling and servicing  agreement or indenture to register the  certificates.  No
service  charge  will be made for any  registration  of  exchange or transfer of
securities, but the trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental  charge.  The term  securityholder or holder refers to
the entity whose name appears on the records of the  security  registrar  or, if
applicable,  a transfer  agent,  as the  registered  holder of the  certificate,
except as otherwise indicated in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        If issued in book-entry form, the classes of a series of securities will
be initially  issued through the book-entry  facilities of The Depository  Trust
Company,  or DTC, or Cedelbank,  SA or the Euroclear  System (in Europe) if they
are participants of those systems, or indirectly through organizations which are
participants  in those systems,  or through any other  depository or facility as
may be specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  As to any class of
book-entry  securities so issued,  the record holder of those securities will be
DTC's nominee. Cedelbank, SA and Euroclear System will hold omnibus positions on
behalf  of  their  participants   through  customers'   securities  accounts  in
Cedelbank,  SA's and Euroclear  System's names on the books of their  respective
depositaries,  which in turn will hold those positions in customers'  securities
accounts  in  the   depositaries'   names  on  the  books  of  DTC.   DTC  is  a
limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York,
which  holds  securities  for its DTC  participants,  which  include  securities
brokers and dealers,  banks,  trust  companies  and clearing  corporations.  DTC
together with the Cedelbank, SA and Euroclear System participating organizations
facilitates  the clearance and  settlement  of securities  transactions  between
participants   through   electronic   book-entry  changes  in  the  accounts  of
participants.   Other  institutions  that  are  not  participants  but  indirect
participants  which  clear  through or maintain a  custodial  relationship  with
participants have indirect access to DTC's clearance system.

        Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, no
beneficial  owner in an interest in any book-entry  security will be entitled to
receive a security representing that interest in registered,  certificated form,
unless  either  (i) DTC  ceases to act as  depository  for that  security  and a
successor  depository is not obtained,  or (ii) the depositor elects in its sole
discretion to discontinue the registration of the securities  through DTC. Prior
to any such event,  beneficial owners will not be recognized by the trustee, the
master  servicer  or the  servicer  as holders  of the  related  securities  for
purposes  of the  related  agreement,  and  beneficial  owners  will  be able to
exercise their rights as owners of their securities only indirectly through DTC,
participants  and indirect  participants.  Any beneficial  owner that desires to
purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer any interest in book-entry  securities may
do so only through DTC, either directly if the beneficial owner is a participant
or indirectly through  participants and, if applicable,  indirect  participants.

                                        29
<PAGE>

Under the  procedures  of DTC,  transfers  of the  beneficial  ownership  of any
book-entry  securities  will be  required  to be made in  minimum  denominations
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement. The ability of a beneficial
owner to pledge  book-entry  securities  to  persons  or  entities  that are not
participants  in the  DTC  system,  or to  otherwise  act  with  respect  to the
securities, may be limited because of the lack of physical securities evidencing
the securities and because DTC may act only on behalf of participants.

        Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Cedelbank,
SA or  Euroclear  System  participant  as a result of a  transaction  with a DTC
participant,  other  than a  depositary  holding on behalf of  Cedelbank,  SA or
Euroclear  System,  will be credited during a subsequent  securities  settlement
processing  day,  which must be a business  day for  Cedelbank,  SA or Euroclear
System,  as the case may be,  immediately  following  the DTC  settlement  date.
Credits or any transactions in those  securities  settled during this processing
will be reported to the relevant Euroclear System  participant or Cedelbank,  SA
participants  on that business day. Cash received in Cedelbank,  SA or Euroclear
System  as a  result  of sales of  securities  by or  through  a  Cedelbank,  SA
participant or Euroclear System participant to a DTC participant, other than the
depositary for Cedelbank, SA or Euroclear System, will be received with value on
the DTC settlement date, but will be available in the relevant Cedelbank,  SA or
Euroclear  System cash account only as of the business day following  settlement
in DTC.

        Transfers between  participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedelbank,  SA participants and Euroclear System  participants
will occur in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

        Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding  directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through  Cedelbank,  SA
participants or Euroclear System participants, on the other, will be effected in
DTC  in  accordance   with  DTC  rules  on  behalf  of  the  relevant   European
international clearing system by the relevant  depositaries;  however, the cross
market  transactions  will  require  delivery of  instructions  to the  relevant
European  international  clearing  system by the  counterparty in that system in
accordance  with its rules and procedures and within its  established  deadlines
defined  with respect to European  time.  The  relevant  European  international
clearing  system will, if the  transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,
deliver instructions to its depositary to take action to effect final settlement
on its  behalf by  delivering  or  receiving  securities  in DTC,  and making or
receiving  payment  in  accordance  with  normal  procedures  for same day funds
settlement  applicable to DTC.  Cedelbank,  SA participants and Euroclear System
participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries.

        Cedelbank,  SA, as a professional  depository,  holds securities for its
participating  organizations  and  facilitates  the clearance and  settlement of
securities  transactions  between Cedelbank,  SA participants through electronic
book-entry   changes  in  accounts  of  Cedelbank,   SA  participants,   thereby
eliminating  the need for physical  movement of  securities.  As a  professional
depository,  Cedelbank,  SA is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg  Monetary
Institute.

        Euroclear  System was created to hold  securities  for  participants  of
Euroclear System and to clear and settle  transactions  between Euroclear System
participants  through  simultaneous   electronic   book-entry  delivery  against
payment,  thereby  eliminating the need for physical  movement of securities and
any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and cash.  Euroclear
System operator is the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York,  under contract with the clearance  cooperative,  Euroclear  System
Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian co-operative  corporation.  All operations are
conducted by the Euroclear System operator,  and all Euroclear System securities
clearance  accounts and  Euroclear  System cash  accounts are accounts  with the
Euroclear System operator, not the clearance cooperative.

                                        30
<PAGE>

        The clearance  cooperative  establishes  policy for Euroclear  System on
behalf of Euroclear  System  participants.  The Euroclear System operator is the
Belgian branch of a New York banking  corporation  which is a member bank of the
Federal Reserve System.  As a result,  it is regulated and examined by the Board
of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System and the New York  State  Banking
Department,  as well as the Belgian  Banking  Commission.  Securities  clearance
accounts and cash accounts with the  Euroclear  System  operator are governed by
the terms and  conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  System and the  related
operating  procedures of the Euroclear  System and  applicable  Belgian law. The
terms and conditions  govern  transfers of securities and cash within  Euroclear
System,  withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear System,  and receipts
of payments for  securities  in Euroclear  System.  All  securities in Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without  attribution of specific  securities
to specific securities clearance accounts.

        Distributions  on the  book-entry  securities  will be  forwarded by the
trustee to DTC, and DTC will be  responsible  for  forwarding  those payments to
participants,  each of which will be responsible  for disbursing the payments to
the beneficial owners it represents or, if applicable, to indirect participants.
Accordingly,  beneficial owners may experience delays in the receipt of payments
relating to their  securities.  Under DTC's  procedures,  DTC will take  actions
permitted to be taken by holders of any class of book-entry securities under the
related  agreement  only at the direction of one or more  participants  to whose
account the  book-entry  securities  are credited and whose  aggregate  holdings
represent  no less than any minimum  amount of  percentage  interests  or voting
rights required  therefor.  DTC may take  conflicting  actions for any action of
securityholders  of any class to the extent that  participants  authorize  those
actions. None of the master servicer, the servicer,  the depositor,  the trustee
or any of their respective  affiliates will have any liability for any aspect of
the  records  relating to or payments  made on account of  beneficial  ownership
interests in the  book-entry  securities,  or for  maintaining,  supervising  or
reviewing any records relating to those beneficial ownership interests.

ASSIGNMENT OF LOANS

        At the time of issuance of a series of  securities,  the depositor  will
cause the  loans  and any  other  assets  included  in the  related  trust to be
assigned without recourse to the trustee or owner trustee or its nominee,  which
may be the  custodian,  together  with,  unless  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  all principal and interest received on the trust assets
after the cut-off  date,  but not  including  principal  and  interest due on or
before the cut-off date or any Excluded Spread.  Each loan will be identified in
a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to the related  agreement.  Each schedule of
loans will include, among other things,  information as to the principal balance
of each loan as of the cut-off date, as well as information  respecting the loan
rate, the currently  scheduled  monthly  payment of principal and interest,  the
maturity of the mortgage note and the LTV ratio or combined LTV ratio and junior
mortgage ratio, as applicable, at origination or modification.

        If stated in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  and in accordance
with the rules of  membership  of  MERSCORP,  Inc.  and/or  Mortgage  Electronic
Registration Systems,  Inc. or, MERS(R),  assignments of mortgages for any trust
asset in the related trust will be registered  electronically  through  Mortgage
Electronic  Registration  Systems,  Inc.,  or MERS(R)  System.  For trust assets
registered  through the MERS(R)  System,  MERS(R)  shall serve as  mortgagee  of
record  solely  as a  nominee  in an  administrative  capacity  on behalf of the
trustee and shall not have any interest in any of those trust assets.

        In  addition,  except as provided  below for some  series of  securities
backed by Trust Balances of revolving  credit loans,  the depositor  will, as to
each  loan  that  is a  trust  asset,  deliver  to an  entity  specified  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  which may be the trustee,  a custodian or

                                             31
<PAGE>

another entity  appointed by the trustee,  the legal documents  relating to each
loan that are in  possession  of the  depositor.  Depending on the type of trust
asset, the legal documents may include the following, as applicable:

o          the mortgage note and any modification or amendment  thereto endorsed
           without  recourse  either in blank or to the order of the  trustee or
           owner trustee or a nominee or a lost note  affidavit  together with a
           copy of the related mortgage note;

o          the  mortgage,  except for any mortgage not returned  from the public
           recording office, with evidence of recording indicated thereon or, in
           the case of a  Cooperative  Loan or a  Mexico  Loan,  the  respective
           security agreements and any applicable UCC financing statements;

o          an assignment in recordable form of the mortgage,  except in the case
           of a mortgage  registered with MERS(R) or, for a Cooperative Loan, an
           assignment of the  respective  security  agreements,  any  applicable
           financing   statements,   recognition   agreements,   relevant  stock
           certificates,  related blank stock powers and the related proprietary
           leases or occupancy agreements and, with respect to a Mexico Loan, an
           assignment  of the  borrower's  beneficial  interest  in the  Mexican
           trust;

o    if  applicable,  any  riders  or  modifications  to the  mortgage  note and
     mortgage,  together with any other  documents at such times as described in
     the related agreement; and

o          if  applicable,  the original  contract  and copies of documents  and
           instruments  related to each contract and,  other than in the case of
           unsecured  contracts,  the security interest in the property securing
           the related contract.

        Assignments  of the  loans,  including  contracts  secured  by  liens on
mortgaged property, will be recorded in the appropriate public recording office,
except for mortgages  registered with MERS(R) or in states where, in the opinion
of counsel  acceptable to the trustee,  the recording is not required to protect
the  trustee's  interests  in the  loans  against  the  claim of any  subsequent
transferee or any successor to or creditor of the depositor or the originator of
the loans,  or except as  otherwise  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

        The assignments may be blanket assignments covering mortgages secured by
mortgaged  properties  located in the same  county,  if  permitted by law. If so
provided in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the depositor may not be
required to deliver one or more of the related documents if any of the documents
are missing from the files of the party from whom the loans were purchased.

        In the case of  contracts,  the  depositor,  the master  servicer or the
servicer  will cause a  financing  statement  to be  executed  by the  depositor
identifying  the trustee as the secured party and  identifying  all contracts as
collateral.  However,  unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus
supplement,  the  contracts  will not be stamped or otherwise  marked to reflect
their  assignment  from the  depositor to the trust and no recordings or filings
will be made in the  jurisdictions in which the manufactured  homes are located.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans -- The Manufactured  Housing  Contracts"
and "--The Home Improvement Contracts."

        Any mortgage for a loan secured by mortgaged  property located in Puerto
Rico will be either a Direct Puerto Rico  Mortgage or an Endorsable  Puerto Rico
Mortgage.  Endorsable  Puerto Rico  Mortgages  do not require an  assignment  to
transfer  the  related  lien.  Rather,  transfer of those  mortgages  follows an
effective  endorsement of the related mortgage note and, therefore,  delivery of
the  assignment   referred  to  in  the  fifth  preceding   paragraph  would  be
inapplicable. Direct Puerto Rico Mortgages, however, require an assignment to be

                                        32
<PAGE>

recorded  for any  transfer  of the  related  lien and the  assignment  would be
delivered to the trustee, or the custodian.

        If, for any loan  including any contract  secured by a lien on mortgaged
property,  the  depositor  cannot  deliver the mortgage or any  assignment  with
evidence of recording  thereon  concurrently  with the execution and delivery of
the related  agreement because of a delay caused by the public recording office,
the  depositor  will  deliver  or cause to be  delivered  to the  trustee or the
custodian a true and  correct  photocopy  of the  mortgage  or  assignment.  The
depositor  will deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee or the custodian
such mortgage or assignment with evidence of recording  indicated  thereon after
receipt  thereof  from the public  recording  office or from the related  master
servicer or servicer.

        In most  cases,  the  trustee  or the  custodian  will  review the legal
documents within 90 days after receipt. If any document is found to be defective
in any material  respect,  the trustee or the custodian  shall notify the master
servicer or servicer and the depositor, and the master servicer, the servicer or
the trustee shall notify the seller,  including a designated seller.  Other than
with  respect  to  loans  purchased  under  Residential  Funding   Corporation's
portfolio  transaction  program,  if the seller cannot cure the defect within 60
days, or within the other period specified in the related prospectus supplement,
after  notice of the defect is given to the seller,  the seller is required  to,
not later than 90 days after such notice,  or within the other period  specified
in the related prospectus supplement,  either repurchase the related loan or any
property acquired in respect of it from the trustee or, if permitted, substitute
for that loan a new loan in  accordance  with the  standards  described  in this
prospectus.   Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the   accompanying   prospectus
supplement,  the  purchase  price  for any loan  will be equal to the  principal
balance thereof as of the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest less
the amount,  expressed  as a  percentage  per annum,  payable for  servicing  or
administrative  compensation  and the Excluded  Spread,  if any. There can be no
assurance  that the  applicable  seller or  designated  seller will  fulfill its
obligation to purchase or substitute any loan as described  above. In most cases
only  the  seller  or  the  designated  seller,  and  not  Residential   Funding
Corporation,  will be obligated to repurchase a loan for a material  defect in a
constituent  document.  The  obligation to  repurchase or substitute  for a loan
constitutes the sole remedy available to the securityholder or the trustee for a
material  defect  in a  constituent  document.  Any  loan  not so  purchased  or
substituted for shall remain in the related trust.

        For any  series of  securities  backed by Trust  Balances  of  revolving
credit loans, the foregoing  documents in most cases will have been delivered to
an entity specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  which may be the
trustee,  a custodian or another  entity  appointed by the trustee.  That entity
shall hold those documents as or on behalf of the trustee for the benefit of the
securityholders,  for the  Trust  Balances  thereof,  and on behalf of any other
applicable  entity  for  any  Excluded  Balance  thereof,  as  their  respective
interests may appear.  In those cases, the review of the related  documents need
not be performed if a similar review has previously been performed by the entity
holding  the  documents  for an Excluded  Balance  and such  review  covered all
documentation for any Trust Balance.

        Under some circumstances,  as to any series of securities, the depositor
may have the option to  repurchase  trust assets from the trust for cash,  or in
exchange for other trust assets or Permitted Investments. Alternatively, for any
series of securities secured by private  securities,  the depositor may have the
right to  repurchase  loans from the entity that issued the private  securities.
All  provisions  relating  to  these  optional  repurchase  provisions  will  be
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO LOANS


                                             33
<PAGE>

        Sellers  will  typically  make  certain  limited   representations   and
warranties  with  respect to the trust  assets  that they sell.  However,  trust
assets  purchased from certain  unaffiliated  sellers may be purchased with very
limited or no representations  and warranties.  In addition,  unless provided in
the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the representations and warranties of
the seller will not be assigned to the trustee for the benefit of the holders of
the related series of securities,  and therefore a breach of the representations
and warranties of the seller,  in most cases,  will not be enforceable on behalf
of the trust.

        Except  in the  case  of a  Designated  Seller  Transaction,  all of the
representations  and warranties of a seller  relating to a trust asset will have
been made as of the date on which the related seller sold the trust asset to the
depositor,  Residential Funding Corporation, GMAC Mortgage Corporation or one of
their affiliates.  The date as of which the  representations and warranties were
made  typically  will be a date  prior to the date of  issuance  of the  related
series of securities.  A substantial  period of time may elapse between the date
as of  which  the  representations  and  warranties  were  made  and the date of
issuance of the related series of securities. The seller's repurchase obligation
if any, or, if  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  limited
substitution  option,  will not arise if,  after the sale of the  related  trust
asset,  an event occurs that would have given rise to such an obligation had the
event occurred prior to that period.

        Except in the case of a Designated  Seller  Transaction,  loans acquired
under Residential Funding Corporation's  portfolio transaction program, or loans
underlying  any private  securities,  for any loan,  in most cases,  Residential
Funding Corporation will represent and warrant that:

o    as of the  cut-off  date,  the  information  set forth in a listing  of the
     related loans was true and correct in all material respects;

o       except in the case of Cooperative  Loans, a policy of title insurance in
        the form and amount  acceptable to  Residential  Funding  Corporation or
        similar alternative coverage was effective or an attorney's  certificate
        was  received at  origination  or, if not in place at  origination,  was
        subsequently obtained, and each policy remained in full force and effect
        on the date of sale of the related loan to the depositor;

o       to the best of Residential Funding Corporation's  knowledge, if required
        by applicable  underwriting  standards or unless otherwise stated in the
        accompanying prospectus supplement, each loan that is secured by a first
        lien on the  related  mortgaged  property  is the  subject  of a primary
        insurance policy;

o       Residential  Funding Corporation had good title to the loan and the loan
        is not subject to offsets,  defenses or  counterclaims  except as may be
        provided  under the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940, as
        amended,  or Relief  Act,  and except for any  buydown  agreement  for a
        Buy-Down Loan;

o    to the best of Residential Funding Corporation's knowledge,  each mortgaged
     property is free of material damage and is in good repair;

o    each loan  complied in all material  respects  with all  applicable  local,
     state and federal laws at the time of origination;

o    to the best of Residential  Funding  Corporation's  knowledge,  there is no
     delinquent tax or assessment lien against the related  mortgaged  property;
     and

                                        34
<PAGE>

o       to the best of Residential  Funding  Corporation's  knowledge,  any home
        improvement  contract that is partially insured by the FHA under Title I
        was  originated in accordance  with  applicable FHA  regulations  and is
        insured, without set-off, surcharge or defense by the FHA.

        In  addition,  except in the case of a  Designated  Seller  Transaction,
unless   otherwise   specified  in  the  accompanying   prospectus   supplement,
Residential  Funding  Corporation  will be obligated to repurchase or substitute
for any loan as to which it is  discovered  that the related  mortgage  does not
create a valid lien having at least the priority  represented  and  warranted in
the related  agreement  on or, in the case of a  Cooperative  Loan,  a perfected
security  interest  in, the  related  mortgaged  property,  subject  only to the
following:

o        liens of real property taxes and assessments not yet due and payable;

o       covenants,  conditions and  restrictions,  rights of way,  easements and
        other  matters  of  public  record as of the date of  recording  of such
        mortgage and certain other permissible title exceptions;

o    liens of any senior mortgages, in the case of loans secured by junior liens
     on the related mortgaged property; and

o       other  encumbrances to which like properties are commonly  subject which
        do  not  materially  adversely  affect  the  value,  use,  enjoyment  or
        marketability of the mortgaged property.

        In a Designated Seller  Transaction,  unless otherwise  specified in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  designated  seller  will  have  made
representations  and  warranties  regarding  the loans to the  depositor in most
cases similar to those made by  Residential  Funding  Corporation  and described
above.

REPURCHASES OF LOANS

        If a designated seller,  Residential  Funding Corporation or the seller,
if the agreement under which  Residential  Funding  Corporation  purchased loans
from  a  seller  is  assigned  to  the  trust,  cannot  cure  a  breach  of  any
representation  or warranty made by it relating to any loan within 90 days after
notice from the master  servicer,  the servicer or the  trustee,  and the breach
materially  and adversely  affects the interests of the  securityholders  in the
loan, the designated seller,  Residential  Funding Corporation or the seller, as
the case may be,  will be  obligated  to  purchase  the loan.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the purchase price for any
loan will be equal to the principal  balance  thereof as of the date of purchase
plus accrued and unpaid interest less the amount,  expressed as a percentage per
annum,  payable for servicing or  administrative  compensation  and the Excluded
Spread,  if any. In certain limited cases, a substitution may be made in lieu of
such repurchase obligation. See "--Limited Right of Substitution" below.

        In most instances,  Residential Funding Corporation will not be required
to repurchase or substitute for any loan if the circumstances giving rise to the
requirement  also  constitute  fraud in the  origination  of the  related  loan.
Furthermore,  because  the listing of the  related  loan in most cases  contains
information  for the loan as of the cut-off  date,  prepayments  and, in certain
limited  circumstances,  modifications  to the interest  rate and  principal and
interest  payments  may  have  been  made for one or more of the  related  loans
between the cut-off  date and the  closing  date.  No seller will be required to
repurchase  or  substitute  for any loan as a result of any such  prepayment  or
modification.

                                   35
<PAGE>

        In  addition,  except in the case of a  Designated  Seller  Transaction,
unless otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the loan
files for certain of the loans may be missing  the  original  executed  mortgage
notes as a result of being lost, misfiled,  misplaced or destroyed. With respect
to all such  loans,  the  depositor  in most  cases  will  deliver  a lost  note
affidavit to the trustee or custodian certifying that the original mortgage note
has been lost or destroyed,  together with a copy of the related  mortgage note.
In addition, some of the loans may be missing intervening  assignments.  Neither
the depositor nor Residential  Funding Corporation will be obligated to purchase
loans acquired under the portfolio  transaction program for missing or defective
documentation.  However,  in the event of foreclosure on one of these loans,  to
the extent  those  missing  documents  materially  adversely  affects the master
servicer's or servicer's  ability to foreclose on the related loan,  Residential
Funding  Corporation  will be obligated to repurchase  or  substitute  for such.
Residential  Funding will not be required to repurchase  or  substitute  for any
loan if the  circumstances  giving rise to the requirement also constitute fraud
in the origination of the related loan.

        The master  servicer or the servicer,  as  applicable,  will be required
under the related pooling and servicing  agreement or trust agreement to use its
best reasonable efforts to enforce the repurchase  obligations of the designated
seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation or the seller, for the benefit of the
trustee and the  securityholders,  using  practices  it would employ in its good
faith business  judgment and which are normal and usual in its general servicing
activities.

        The master  servicer or servicer will be entitled to  reimbursement  for
any costs and  expenses  incurred in  pursuing  these  purchase or  substitution
obligations,  including but not limited to any costs or expenses associated with
litigation.  In instances where a seller is unable,  or disputes its obligation,
to purchase  affected  loans,  the master  servicer or servicer,  employing  the
standards described in the preceding paragraph, may negotiate and enter into one
or more  settlement  agreements  with that seller that could provide for,  among
other things,  the purchase of only a portion of the affected  loans or coverage
of some loss  amounts.  Any such  settlement  could  lead to losses on the loans
which would be borne by the related  credit  enhancement,  and to the extent not
available, on the related securities.

        Furthermore,  the master servicer or servicer may pursue  foreclosure or
similar  remedies  concurrently  with  pursuing  any  remedy  for a breach  of a
representation  and warranty.  However,  the master  servicer or servicer is not
required to continue to pursue both remedies if it determines that one remedy is
more  likely  to  result in a greater  recovery.  In  accordance  with the above
described  practices,  the master  servicer or servicer  will not be required to
enforce any purchase  obligation  of a designated  seller,  Residential  Funding
Corporation  or seller,  if the master  servicer or servicer  determines  in the
reasonable  exercise of its business  judgment  that the matters  related to the
misrepresentation  did not directly  cause or are not likely to directly cause a
loss on the related loan.  The foregoing  obligations  will  constitute the sole
remedies  available  to  securityholders  or the  trustee  for a  breach  of any
representation by a designated seller,  Residential  Funding  Corporation in its
capacity as a seller of loans to the  depositor or the seller,  or for any other
event giving rise to the obligations.

        Neither  the  depositor  nor the master  servicer  or  servicer  will be
obligated to purchase a loan if a seller or  designated  seller  defaults on its
obligation  to do so, and no assurance  can be given that the sellers will carry
out those  obligations for loans. This type of default by a seller or designated
seller is not a default by the depositor or by the master  servicer or servicer.
However,  to the extent that a breach of the representations and warranties of a
seller or designated  seller also constitutes a breach of a representation  made
by Residential Funding  Corporation,  Residential Funding Corporation may have a
purchase or  substitution  obligation.  Any loan not so purchased or substituted

                                        36
<PAGE>

for shall remain in the related  trust and any losses  related  thereto shall be
allocated to the related credit enhancement, and to the extent not available, to
the related securities.

        For any seller that requests the master servicer's or servicer's consent
to the  transfer  of  subservicing  rights  relating to any loans to a successor
servicer, the master servicer or servicer may release that seller from liability
under its representations  and warranties  described above, on the assumption of
the successor  servicer of the seller's  liability for the  representations  and
warranties as of the date they were made. In that event,  the master  servicer's
or  servicer's  rights  under the  instrument  by which the  successor  servicer
assumes  the  seller's  liability  will  be  assigned  to the  trustee,  and the
successor  servicer  shall be  deemed to be the  "seller"  for  purposes  of the
foregoing provisions.

        The depositor  generally monitors whether each seller or, in the case of
a Designated Seller Transaction,  the designated seller, is under the control of
the FDIC, or are insolvent,  otherwise in  receivership  or  conservatorship  or
financially distressed. Those sellers may not be able or permitted to repurchase
loans for which there has been a breach of representation or warranty. Moreover,
any seller may make no  representations  or warranties for loans sold by it. The
FDIC,  either in its  corporate  capacity or as receiver  or  conservator  for a
depository  institution,  may also be a seller,  in which event neither the FDIC
nor the related  depository  institution may make  representations or warranties
for the loans sold, or only limited  representations  or warranties may be made,
for example, that the related legal documents are enforceable. The FDIC may have
no  obligation  to  repurchase  any  loan for a breach  of a  representation  or
warranty.

LIMITED RIGHT OF SUBSTITUTION

        In the case of a loan  required  to be  repurchased  from the  trust,  a
designated seller or Residential  Funding  Corporation may substitute a new loan
for the  repurchased  loan that was removed  from the trust,  during the limited
time period described below. Any such  substitution  must be effected within 120
days of the date of the  issuance  of the  securities  for a trust  for which no
REMIC  election is to be made.  For a trust for which a REMIC  election is to be
made, except as otherwise  provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
the  substitution  must be effected within two years of the date of the issuance
of the securities, and may not be made if the substitution would cause the trust
to fail to qualify as a REMIC or result in a  prohibited  transaction  tax under
the Internal Revenue Code.

        In most  cases,  any  qualified  substitute  loan  will,  on the date of
substitution:

o       have an outstanding principal balance,  after deduction of the principal
        portion of the monthly payment due in the month of substitution,  not in
        excess of the outstanding principal balance of the repurchased loan;

o       have a loan  rate and a Net Loan Rate not less  than,  and not more than
        one  percentage  point  greater  than,  the loan rate and Net Loan Rate,
        respectively, of the repurchased loan as of the date of substitution;

o    have an LTV ratio or  combined  LTV ratio,  as  applicable,  at the time of
     substitution no higher than that of the repurchased loan;

o    have a remaining  term to maturity not greater than,  and not more than one
     year less than, that of the repurchased loan;

o       be secured by mortgaged  property  located in the United States,  unless
        the  repurchased  loan was a Mexico Loan or a loan  secured by mortgaged
        property located in Puerto Rico, in which case the qualified  substitute
        loan  may be a  Mexico  Loan or a loan  secured  by  mortgaged  property
        located in Puerto Rico, respectively; and

                                             37
<PAGE>

o    comply with all of the  representations and warranties made with respect to
     the repurchased loans as of the date of substitution.

        If the outstanding  principal balance of a qualified  substitute loan is
less than the outstanding principal balance of the related repurchased loan, the
amount of the shortfall  shall be deposited  into the  Custodial  Account in the
month of substitution for distribution to the related securityholders. There may
be  additional  requirements  relating  to ARM loans,  revolving  credit  loans,
negative  amortization  loans or other  specific  types of loans,  or additional
provisions relating to meeting the foregoing  requirements on an aggregate basis
where a  number  of  substitutions  occur  contemporaneously.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a seller,  will have no
option to substitute for a loan that it is obligated to repurchase in connection
with a breach of a representation and warranty.

CERTAIN INSOLVENCY AND BANKRUPTCY ISSUES

        Each  seller,  including a designated  seller,  and the  depositor  will
represent and warrant that its respective transfer of trust assets constitutes a
valid sale and assignment of all of its right, title and interest in and to such
trust assets, except to the extent that such seller or the depositor retains any
security. Nevertheless, if a seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case
and a  creditor  or  bankruptcy  trustee  of such  seller,  or such  seller as a
debtor-in-possession, were to assert that the sale of the trust assets from such
seller to the  depositor  should be  recharacterized  as a pledge of such  trust
assets to secure a  borrowing  by such  seller,  then  delays in payments to the
depositor (and therefore to the trust and the  securityholders)  could occur and
possible reductions in the amount of such payments could result. In addition, if
a court  were to  recharacterize  the  transfer  as a  pledge  and a  subsequent
assignee  were  to take  physical  possession  of any  mortgage  notes,  through
negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  the trustee's  interest in such mortgage notes
could be defeated.

        If an entity with an interest in a loan of which only a partial  balance
has been  transferred  to the trust were to become a debtor under the Bankruptcy
Code and  regardless of whether the transfer of the related loan  constitutes an
absolute  assignment,  a  bankruptcy  trustee or creditor of such entity or such
entity as a debtor-in-possession could assert that such entity retains rights in
the  related  loan and  therefore  compel the sale of such loan,  including  any
partial balance  included in the trust,  over the objection of the trust and the
securityholders.  If that occurs, delays and reductions in payments to the trust
and the securityholders could result.

        The  depositor  has  been  structured  such  that  (i) the  filing  of a
voluntary or involuntary  petition for relief by or against the depositor  under
the Bankruptcy  Code and (ii) the  substantive  consolidation  of the assets and
liabilities of the depositor with those of an affiliated seller is unlikely. The
certificate  of  incorporation  of the  depositor  restricts  the  nature of the
depositor's  business  and the ability of the  depositor to commence a voluntary
case or proceeding  under such laws without the prior  unanimous  consent of all
directors.

ASSIGNMENT OF AGENCY OR PRIVATE SECURITIES

        The  depositor  will  transfer,  convey and assign to the trustee or its
nominee,  which may be the  custodian,  all  right,  title and  interest  of the
depositor in the Agency  Securities or private  securities and other property to
be included in the trust for a series. The assignment will include all principal
and interest due on or for the Agency Securities or private securities after the
cut-off date specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, except for any
Excluded  Spread.  The  depositor  will cause the Agency  Securities  or private
securities to be  registered in the name of the trustee or its nominee,  and the

                                   38
<PAGE>

trustee  will  concurrently  authenticate  and  deliver the  securities.  Unless
otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the trustee will
not be in possession of or be assignee of record of any underlying assets for an
Agency Security or private  security.  Each Agency Security or private  security
will  be  identified  in a  schedule  appearing  as an  exhibit  to the  related
agreement,  which will  specify as to each Agency  Security or private  security
information  regarding the original  principal amount and outstanding  principal
balance of each Agency  Security or private  security as of the cut-off date, as
well as the annual  pass-through  rate or interest rate for each Agency Security
or private security conveyed to the trustee.

EXCESS SPREAD AND EXCLUDED SPREAD

        The depositor,  the servicer,  the seller, the master servicer or any of
their affiliates,  or any other entity specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement may retain or be paid a portion of interest due for the related trust
assets.  The payment of any portion of interest in this manner will be disclosed
in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  This payment may be in addition to
any other  payment,  including a servicing  fee,  that the  specified  entity is
otherwise  entitled  to  receive  for the trust  assets.  Any of these  payments
generated  from the trust  assets will  represent  the Excess  Spread or will be
excluded  from the assets  transferred  to the  related  trust,  referred  to as
Excluded  Spread.  The  interest  portion  of a  Realized  Loss and any  partial
recovery of interest on the trust assets will be allocated between the owners of
any  Excess  Spread or  Excluded  Spread  and the  securityholders  entitled  to
payments of interest.

PAYMENTS ON LOANS

        COLLECTION OF PAYMENTS ON LOANS

        The servicer or the master servicer, as applicable, will deposit or will
cause to be  deposited  into the  Custodial  Account  payments  and  collections
received by it  subsequent  to the cut-off  date,  other than payments due on or
before the cut-off date,  as  specifically  described in the related  agreement,
which in most cases, except as otherwise provided, will include the following:

o        all payments on account of principal of the loans comprising a trust;

o          all  payments  on account of interest  on the loans  comprising  that
           trust,  net of the portion of each  payment  thereof  retained by the
           master  servicer or servicer,  if any, as Excess or Excluded  Spread,
           its servicing or other compensation;

o        Liquidation Proceeds;

o          all amounts,  net of  unreimbursed  liquidation  expenses and insured
           expenses incurred,  and unreimbursed  Servicing Advances made, by the
           related  subservicer,  received  and  retained,  including  Insurance
           Proceeds or proceeds from any alternative arrangements established in
           lieu of any such insurance and described in the applicable prospectus
           supplement,  other than proceeds to be applied to the  restoration of
           the related  property or released to the borrower in accordance  with
           the master servicer's or servicer's normal servicing procedures;

o    any  Buy-Down  Funds  and,  if  applicable,  investment  earnings  thereon,
     required to be paid to securityholders;

o          all proceeds of any loan in the trust  purchased or, in the case of a
           substitution,  amounts  representing a principal  adjustment,  by the
           depositor,  the designated seller,  Residential Funding  Corporation,
           any  seller  or any  other  person  under  the  terms of the  related
           agreement;


                                             39
<PAGE>

o    any amount  required to be deposited by the master  servicer or servicer in
     connection  with  losses  realized  on  investments  of  funds  held in the
     Custodial Account; and

o    any amounts  required  to be  transferred  from the Payment  Account to the
     Custodial Account.

        See  "Description of the Securities --  Representations  with Respect to
Loans" and "--Repurchases of Loans".

        In addition to the Custodial  Account,  the master  servicer or servicer
will establish and maintain the Payment Account.  Both the Custodial Account and
the Payment Account must be either:

o          maintained with a depository  institution  whose debt  obligations at
           the time of any deposit  therein are rated by any rating  agency that
           rated any  securities of the related series not less than a specified
           level comparable to the rating category of the securities;

o          an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured to the
           limits  established  by the FDIC,  provided  that any deposits not so
           insured  shall be otherwise  maintained  so that,  as evidenced by an
           opinion of counsel,  the securityholders have a claim with respect to
           the funds in such  accounts or a perfected  first  priority  security
           interest in any  collateral  securing those funds that is superior to
           the claims of any other  depositors  or creditors  of the  depository
           institution with which the accounts are maintained;

o          in the case of the  Custodial  Account,  a trust  account or accounts
           maintained in either the corporate trust  department or the corporate
           asset services  department of a financial  institution which has debt
           obligations that meet specified rating criteria;

o    in the case of the Payment Account, a trust account or accounts  maintained
     with the trustee; or

o        any other Eligible Account.

        The collateral that is eligible to secure amounts in an Eligible Account
is limited to some Permitted Investments. A Payment Account may be maintained as
an interest-bearing or a  non-interest-bearing  account, or funds therein may be
invested  in  Permitted  Investments  as  described  in  this  prospectus  under
"Description of the  Securities--Payments  on Loans".  The Custodial Account may
contain funds relating to more than one series of securities as well as payments
received  on other loans and assets  serviced  or master  serviced by the master
servicer or servicer that have been deposited into the Custodial Account.

        Unless otherwise  described in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
not later than the business day preceding  each  distribution  date,  the master
servicer or servicer,  as applicable,  will withdraw from the Custodial  Account
and deposit into the applicable Payment Account, in immediately available funds,
the amount to be distributed  therefrom to  securityholders on that distribution
date.  The master  servicer,  the  servicer or the trustee  will also deposit or
cause to be deposited into the Payment Account:

o    the amount of any Advances  made by the master  servicer or the servicer as
     described in this prospectus under "--Advances;"

                                             40

<PAGE>

o          any payments under any letter of credit, financial guaranty insurance
           policy,   derivative   product,   and  any  amounts  required  to  be
           transferred to the Payment  Account from a reserve fund, as described
           under "Description of Credit Enhancement" in this prospectus;

o          any amounts  required  to be paid by the master  servicer or servicer
           out of its own funds due to the  operation of a deductible  clause in
           any blanket policy  maintained by the master  servicer or servicer to
           cover  hazard  losses  on the  loans as  described  under  "Insurance
           Policies on Loans" below;

o    any distributions  received on any Agency Securities or private  securities
     included in the trust; and

o        any other amounts as described in the related agreement.

        The  portion  of any  payment  received  by the master  servicer  or the
servicer  relating  to a trust  asset  that is  allocable  to  Excess  Spread or
Excluded Spread will typically be deposited into the Custodial Account,  but any
Excluded  Spread will not be  deposited  in the Payment  Account for the related
series  of  securities  and  will be  distributed  as  provided  in the  related
agreement.

        Funds on deposit in the  Custodial  Account may be invested in Permitted
Investments  maturing in general not later than the business day  preceding  the
next  distribution  date and funds on deposit in the related Payment Account may
be invested in Permitted  Investments  maturing,  in general,  no later than the
distribution date. Except as otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  all income and gain  realized from any  investment  will be for the
account  of  the  servicer  or  the  master  servicer  as  additional  servicing
compensation.  The  amount  of any loss  incurred  in  connection  with any such
investment must be deposited in the Custodial Account or in the Payment Account,
as the case may be, by the servicer or the master  servicer out of its own funds
at the time of the realization of the loss.

        For each  Buy-Down  Loan,  the  subservicer  will  deposit  the  related
Buy-Down Funds  provided to it in a Buy-Down  Account which will comply with the
requirements  described in this  prospectus for a Subservicing  Account.  Unless
otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the terms of all
Buy-Down Loans provide for the contribution of Buy-Down Funds in an amount equal
to or exceeding  either (i) the total payments to be made from those funds under
the related  buydown plan or (ii) if the Buy-Down Funds are to be deposited on a
discounted basis, that amount of Buy-Down Funds which,  together with investment
earnings  thereon  will  support the  scheduled  level of payments due under the
Buy-Down Loan.

        Neither the master  servicer nor the servicer nor the depositor  will be
obligated to add to any  discounted  Buy-Down  Funds any of its own funds should
investment  earnings  prove  insufficient  to maintain  the  scheduled  level of
payments.  To the extent  that any  insufficiency  is not  recoverable  from the
borrower or, in an appropriate  case,  from the  subservicer,  distributions  to
securityholders  may be affected.  For each Buy-Down Loan, the subservicer  will
withdraw from the Buy-Down  Account and remit to the master servicer or servicer
on or before the date specified in the subservicing  agreement described in this
prospectus under "Description of the  Securities--Payments on Loans" the amount,
if any, of the Buy-Down Funds, and, if applicable,  investment earnings thereon,
for each Buy-Down  Loan that,  when added to the amount due from the borrower on
the Buy-Down  Loan,  equals the full monthly  payment  which would be due on the
Buy-Down  Loan if it were not subject to the buydown  plan.  The Buy-Down  Funds
will in no event be a part of the related trust.

                                        41
<PAGE>

        If the  borrower on a Buy-Down  Loan  prepays the  mortgage  loan in its
entirety  during the Buy-Down  Period,  the  subservicer  will withdraw from the
Buy-Down  Account  and remit to the  borrower or any other  designated  party in
accordance  with the related  buydown plan any Buy-Down  Funds  remaining in the
Buy-Down  Account.  If a prepayment  by a borrower  during the  Buy-Down  Period
together with Buy-Down Funds will result in full  prepayment of a Buy-Down Loan,
the  subservicer  will, in most cases, be required to withdraw from the Buy-Down
Account  and remit to the master  servicer or servicer  the  Buy-Down  Funds and
investment  earnings  thereon,  if any, which together with such prepayment will
result  in a  prepayment  in  full;  provided  that  Buy-Down  Funds  may not be
available to cover a prepayment under some mortgage loan programs.  Any Buy-Down
Funds so remitted  to the master  servicer  or  servicer  in  connection  with a
prepayment  described  in the  preceding  sentence  will be deemed to reduce the
amount  that would be  required  to be paid by the  borrower  to repay fully the
related mortgage loan if the mortgage loan were not subject to the buydown plan.

        Any  investment   earnings  remaining  in  the  Buy-Down  Account  after
prepayment or after  termination of the Buy-Down  Period will be remitted to the
related borrower or any other designated party under the Buy-Down Agreement.  If
the borrower  defaults  during the Buy-Down  Period for a Buy-Down  Loan and the
property securing that Buy-Down Loan is sold in liquidation either by the master
servicer, the servicer, the primary insurer, the pool insurer under the mortgage
pool insurance policy or any other insurer,  the subservicer will be required to
withdraw  from the  Buy-Down  Account  the  Buy-Down  Funds  and all  investment
earnings thereon,  if any, and remit the same to the master servicer or servicer
or, if instructed by the master servicer, pay the same to the primary insurer or
the pool insurer,  as the case may be, if the mortgaged  property is transferred
to that insurer and the insurer pays all of the loss  incurred  relating to such
default.

        COLLECTION OF PAYMENTS ON AGENCY SECURITIES OR PRIVATE SECURITIES

        The  trustee  will  deposit in the Payment  Account all  payments on the
Agency  Securities or private  securities as they are received after the cut-off
date. If the trustee has not received a distribution  for any Agency Security or
private  security  by the  second  business  day  after  the date on which  such
distribution  was due and  payable,  the  trustee  will  request  the  issuer or
guarantor,  if any,  of such Agency  Security  or private  security to make such
payment as promptly as possible and legally permitted.  The trustee may take any
legal action against the related issuer or guarantor as is appropriate under the
circumstances,  including the prosecution of any claims in connection therewith.
The  reasonable  legal fees and expenses  incurred by the trustee in  connection
with the prosecution of any legal action will be reimbursable to the trustee out
of the  proceeds of the action and will be retained by the trustee  prior to the
deposit of any remaining  proceeds in the Payment Account  pending  distribution
thereof to the securityholders of the affected series. If the trustee has reason
to believe that the proceeds of the legal  action may be  insufficient  to cover
its  projected  legal fees and  expenses,  the  trustee  will notify the related
securityholders that it is not obligated to pursue any available remedies unless
adequate  indemnity  for  its  legal  fees  and  expenses  is  provided  by  the
securityholders.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT

        The servicer or the master  servicer,  as applicable,  may, from time to
time,  make  withdrawals  from the Custodial  Account for various  purposes,  as
specifically  described  in the pooling and  servicing  agreement  or  servicing
agreement, which in most cases will include the following:

o    to make  deposits to the Payment  Account as described  in this  prospectus
     under "--Payments on Loans;"

                                             42
<PAGE>
o          to reimburse  itself or any subservicer for any Advances,  or for any
           Servicing  Advances,  out  of  late  payments,   Insurance  Proceeds,
           Liquidation  Proceeds,  any  proceeds  relating  to any  REO  Loan or
           collections  on the  loan  for  which  those  Advances  or  Servicing
           Advances were made;

o    to pay to itself or any subservicer  unpaid servicing fees and subservicing
     fees, out of payments or collections of interest on each loan;

o          to pay to itself as additional servicing  compensation any investment
           income on funds  deposited  in the  Custodial  Account,  any  amounts
           remitted by  subservicers  as interest on partial  prepayments on the
           loans,  and, if so provided  in the  related  agreement,  any profits
           realized on the disposition of a mortgaged  property acquired by deed
           in lieu of foreclosure or repossession or otherwise allowed under the
           agreement;

o          to pay to itself, a subservicer, Residential Funding Corporation, the
           depositor or the designated seller all amounts received for each loan
           purchased,  repurchased  or  removed  under the terms of the  related
           agreement and not required to be  distributed as of the date on which
           the related purchase price is determined;

o          to pay the depositor or its assignee, or any other party named in the
           accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  all amounts  allocable  to the
           Excluded  Spread,  if  any,  out of  collections  or  payments  which
           represent interest on each loan, including any loan as to which title
           to the underlying mortgaged property was acquired;

o    to reimburse  itself or any  subservicer  for any  Nonrecoverable  Advance,
     limited  by  the  terms  of  the  related  agreement  as  described  in the
     accompanying prospectus supplement;

o          to reimburse itself or the depositor for other expenses  incurred for
           which it or the  depositor  is entitled to  reimbursement,  including
           reimbursement   in  connection   with   enforcing   any   repurchase,
           substitution or indemnification  obligation of any seller, or against
           which it or the depositor is indemnified under the related agreement;

o    to withdraw  any amount  deposited  in the  Custodial  Account that was not
     required to be deposited in the Custodial Account;

o    to reimburse itself or the depositor for payment of FHA insurance premiums,
     if applicable,  or against which it or the depositor is  indemnified  under
     the related agreement;

o    to pay to itself or any  subservicer  for the  funding of any draws made on
     the revolving credit loans, if applicable;

o    to make  deposits to the  funding  account in the amounts and in the manner
     provided in the related agreement, if applicable; and

o          to  clear  the   Custodial   Account  of  amounts   relating  to  the
           corresponding  loans in connection  with the termination of the trust
           under    the    related    agreement,    as    described    in   "The
           Agreements--Termination; Retirement of Securities."

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE SECURITIES

        Beginning  on the  distribution  date in the month next  succeeding  the
month in which the cut-off date occurs, or any other date as may be set forth in
the accompanying prospectus supplement, for a series of securities, distribution

                                        43
<PAGE>

of principal and interest,  or, where applicable,  of principal only or interest
only, on each class of securities  entitled to such payments will be made either
by the trustee, the master servicer or servicer, as applicable, acting on behalf
of the trustee or a paying agent  appointed by the  trustee.  The  distributions
will be made to the persons who are  registered as the holders of the securities
at the close of business on the last business day of the  preceding  month or on
such other day as is specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        Distributions  will be  made in  immediately  available  funds,  by wire
transfer or  otherwise,  to the account of a  securityholder  at a bank or other
entity having appropriate facilities,  if the securityholder has so notified the
trustee,  the master  servicer or the  servicer,  as  applicable,  or the paying
agent, as the case may be, and the applicable  agreement  provides for that form
of payment,  or by check  mailed to the  address of the person  entitled to such
payment as it appears on the security register.  Except as otherwise provided in
the related  agreement,  the final  distribution in retirement of the securities
will be made only on the  presentation  and  surrender of the  securities at the
office or agency of the trustee specified in the notice to the  securityholders.
Distributions  will be  made to each  securityholder  in  accordance  with  that
holder's percentage interest in a particular class.

        The method of determining, and the amount of, distributions of principal
and interest,  or, where  applicable,  of principal  only or interest only, on a
particular series of securities will be described in the accompanying prospectus
supplement.  Distributions  of interest on each class of securities will be made
prior to distributions  of principal  thereon.  Each class of securities,  other
than classes of strip securities,  may have a different specified interest rate,
or pass-through rate, which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable  pass-through
rate, or any combination of two or more  pass-through  rates.  The  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  will  specify  the  pass-through  rate or rates for each
class, or the initial  pass-through  rate or rates,  the interest accrual period
and the method for determining the pass-through rate or rates.  Unless otherwise
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  interest on the securities
will accrue during each calendar  month and will be payable on the  distribution
date in the following  calendar month. If stated in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement, interest on any class of securities for any distribution date may be
limited to the extent of available funds for that distribution date. Interest on
the securities  will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of
twelve 30-day months or, if specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,
the  actual  number  of  days  in  the  related  interest  period  and a 360  or
365/366-day year.

        On each distribution date for a series of securities, the trustee or the
master  servicer or  servicer,  as  applicable,  on behalf of the  trustee  will
distribute or cause the paying agent to distribute,  as the case may be, to each
holder of record on the record date of a class of  securities  specified  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  an amount equal to the percentage interest
represented  by the  security  held by that holder  multiplied  by that  class's
Distribution Amount.

        In the case of a series of securities which includes two or more classes
of securities,  the timing,  sequential order,  priority of payment or amount of
distributions  of  principal,  and any  schedule or formula or other  provisions
applicable to that determination, including distributions among multiple classes
of senior  securities  or  subordinate  securities,  shall be  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement.  Distributions of principal on any class of
securities  will be made on a pro rata basis among all of the securities of that
class unless otherwise set forth in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  In
addition, as specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  payments of
principal  on the notes will be limited to  monthly  principal  payments  on the
loans, any excess interest, if applicable,  applied as principal payments on the
notes and any amount paid as a payment of  principal  under the related  form of
credit  enhancement.  If stated in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a
series of notes may provide for a revolving period during which all or a portion

                                             44
<PAGE>

of the principal collections on the loans otherwise available for payment to the
notes are reinvested in additional  balances or additional  loans or accumulated
in a trust account pending the commencement of an amortization  period specified
in the accompanying  prospectus supplement or the occurrence of events specified
in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        On the  day of  the  month  specified  in  the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement  as the  determination  date,  the master  servicer or  servicer,  as
applicable,  will  determine the amounts of principal and interest which will be
paid to securityholders on the immediately  succeeding  distribution date. Prior
to the close of business on the business day next succeeding each  determination
date, the master servicer or servicer,  as applicable,  will furnish a statement
to the trustee,  setting forth, among other things, the amount to be distributed
on the next succeeding distribution date.

ADVANCES

        If specified accompanying prospectus supplement,  the master servicer or
servicer,  as  applicable,  will agree to make  Advances,  either out of its own
funds, funds advanced to it by subservicers or funds being held in the Custodial
Account for future distribution,  for the benefit of the securityholders,  on or
before  each  distribution  date,  of  monthly  payments  on the loans that were
delinquent  as of the  close of  business  on the  business  day  preceding  the
determination date on the loans in the related pool, but only to the extent that
the  Advances  would,  in the judgment of the master  servicer or  servicer,  as
applicable,  be recoverable  out of late payments by the borrowers,  Liquidation
Proceeds,  Insurance  Proceeds  or  otherwise.  Advances  will  not be  made  in
connection with revolving credit loans, Home Loans, home improvement  contracts,
closed-end  home equity loans,  negative  amortization  loans and loans acquired
under Residential Funding Corporation's portfolio transaction program, except as
otherwise provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  As specified in
the accompanying  prospectus supplement for any series of securities as to which
the trust includes private securities,  the master servicer's or servicer's,  as
applicable,  advancing  obligations  will be under  the  terms  of such  private
securities, as may be supplemented by the terms of the applicable agreement, and
may  differ  from  the  provisions   relating  to  Advances  described  in  this
prospectus.  Unless specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the
master  servicer or  servicer,  as  applicable,  will not make any advance  with
respect to principal on any simple interest loan.

        The amount of any Advance will be determined based on the amount payable
under the loan as adjusted from time to time and as may be modified as described
in this  prospectus  under  "--Servicing  and  Administration  of Loans," and no
Advance will be required in  connection  with any  reduction in amounts  payable
under the  Relief Act or as a result of certain  actions  taken by a  bankruptcy
court.

        Advances are  intended to maintain a regular flow of scheduled  interest
and principal payments to related securityholders.  Advances do not represent an
obligation  of the master  servicer or servicer to guarantee  or insure  against
losses.  If Advances have been made by the master servicer or servicer from cash
being held for  future  distribution  to  securityholders,  those  funds will be
required to be replaced on or before any future  distribution date to the extent
that funds in the Payment Account on that  distribution  date would be less than
payments  required  to  be  made  to  securityholders.   Any  Advances  will  be
reimbursable to the master servicer or servicer out of recoveries on the related
loans for which those amounts were advanced, including late payments made by the
related  borrower,  any related  Liquidation  Proceeds and  Insurance  Proceeds,
proceeds of any applicable form of credit enhancement,  or proceeds of any loans
purchased by the depositor,  Residential Funding Corporation,  a subservicer,  a
seller, or a designated seller.

                                             45
<PAGE>

        Advances will also be reimbursable from cash otherwise  distributable to
securityholders  to the  extent  that the  master  servicer  or  servicer  shall
determine that any Advances  previously  made are not ultimately  recoverable as
described in the third preceding paragraph.  For any senior/subordinate  series,
so long as the related subordinate securities remain outstanding and limited for
Special Hazard Losses, Fraud Losses, Bankruptcy Losses and Extraordinary Losses,
the Advances may also be reimbursable out of amounts otherwise  distributable to
holders  of the  subordinate  securities,  if any.  The master  servicer  or the
servicer  may  also be  obligated  to make  Servicing  Advances,  to the  extent
recoverable out of Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise, relating to some taxes and
insurance  premiums not paid by borrowers on a timely  basis.  Funds so advanced
will be reimbursable to the master servicer or servicer to the extent  permitted
by the related agreement.

        In the case of revolving  credit loans,  the master servicer or servicer
is required to advance funds to cover any Draws made on a revolving credit loan,
subject to reimbursement by the entity specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement, provided that as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement
during any revolving  period  associated  with the related series of securities,
Draws may be covered first from principal  collections on the other loans in the
pool.

        The master  servicer's or servicer's  obligation to make Advances may be
supported by another entity, the trustee, a financial guaranty insurance policy,
a letter of credit or other method as may be described in the related agreement.
If the  short-term or long-term  obligations  of the provider of the support are
downgraded by a rating agency rating the related securities or if any collateral
supporting  such  obligation is not  performing or is removed under the terms of
any  agreement  described  in  the  accompanying   prospectus  supplement,   the
securities may also be downgraded.

PREPAYMENT INTEREST SHORTFALLS

        When a borrower  prepays a loan in full between  scheduled due dates for
the loan,  the  borrower  pays  interest on the amount  prepaid  only to but not
including the date on which the Principal  Prepayment  is made.  Prepayments  in
full in most cases will be applied as of the date of prepayment so that interest
on the  related  securities  will be  paid  only  until  that  date.  Similarly,
Liquidation Proceeds from a mortgaged property will not include interest for any
period after the date on which the liquidation took place.  Partial  prepayments
will in most  cases  be  applied  as of the most  recent  due  date,  so that no
interest is due on the following due date on the amount prepaid.

        If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, to the extent funds
are available from the servicing  fee, the master  servicer or servicer may make
an  additional  payment to  securityholders  out of the  servicing fee otherwise
payable to it for any loan that  prepaid  during the related  prepayment  period
equal to the Compensating Interest for that loan from the date of the prepayment
to the related due date.  Compensating Interest will be limited to the aggregate
amount  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  and  may not be
sufficient to cover the Prepayment Interest Shortfall.  Compensating Interest is
not generally paid with respect to closed-end home equity loans,  Home Loans and
revolving  credit  loans.  If  so  disclosed  in  the  accompanying   prospectus
supplement,  Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls may be applied to reduce  interest
otherwise payable for one or more classes of securities of a series.  See "Yield
Considerations" in this prospectus.

FUNDING ACCOUNT

        If specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a pooling and
servicing  agreement,  trust  agreement or other  agreement  may provide for the
transfer  by the  sellers of  additional  loans to the  related  trust after the
closing date for the related  securities.  Any additional loans will be required
to conform to the requirements set forth in the related agreement  providing for
such  transfer.  If a Funding  Account is  established,  all or a portion of the

                                        46
<PAGE>

proceeds of the sale of one or more classes of securities of the related  series
or a portion of  collections on the loans of principal will be deposited in such
account to be released as additional  loans are  transferred.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  a Funding Account will be
required to be  maintained  as an Eligible  Account.  All amounts in the Funding
Account will be required to be invested in Permitted  Investments and the amount
held in the  Funding  Account  shall  at no  time  exceed  25% of the  aggregate
outstanding  principal balance of the securities.  Unless otherwise specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the related agreement providing for the
transfer of additional loans will provide that all transfers must be made within
90 days, and that amounts set aside to fund the transfers,  whether in a Funding
Account or otherwise, and not so applied within the required period of time will
be deemed to be Principal Prepayments and applied in the manner described in the
prospectus supplement.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

        On each distribution  date, the master servicer or servicer will forward
or cause to be  forwarded  to each  securityholder  of  record  a  statement  or
statements for the related trust setting forth the information  described in the
related agreement.  Except as otherwise  provided in the related agreement,  the
information will in most cases include the following (as applicable):

o    the aggregate amount of interest collections and principal collections,  if
     applicable;

o        the amount, if any, of the distribution allocable to principal;

o    the  amount,  if any, of the  distribution  allocable  to interest  and the
     amount, if any, of any shortfall in the amount of interest and principal;

o    the aggregate unpaid principal  balance of the loans after giving effect to
     the distribution of principal on that distribution date;

o          the outstanding principal balance or notional amount of each class of
           securities  after giving effect to the  distribution  of principal on
           that distribution date;

o          based on the most  recent  reports  furnished  by  subservicers,  the
           number and aggregate principal balances of loans in the related trust
           that are  delinquent  (a) one  month,  (b) two  months  and (c) three
           months, and that are in foreclosure;

o    the book value of any property acquired by the trust through foreclosure or
     grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

o    the balance of the reserve  fund,  if any, at the close of business on that
     distribution date;

o    the  percentage  of  the  outstanding  principal  balances  of  the  senior
     securities, if applicable, after giving effect to the distributions on that
     distribution date;

o          the  amount of credit  enhancement  remaining  or credit  enhancement
           payments  made under any letter of credit,  mortgage  pool  insurance
           policy or other form of credit  enhancement  covering default risk as
           of the close of business on the applicable  determination  date and a
           description of any credit enhancement substituted therefor;

o          if  applicable,  the  Special  Hazard  Amount,  Fraud Loss Amount and
           Bankruptcy  Amount  as of the  close of  business  on the  applicable
           distribution  date and a description of any change in the calculation
           of those  amounts,  as well as the  aggregate  amount of each type of
           loss;

                                                  47
<PAGE>

o          in  the  case  of  securities   benefiting  from  alternative  credit
           enhancement  arrangements described in a prospectus  supplement,  the
           amount of coverage under the alternative arrangements as of the close
           of business on the applicable determination date;

o    the  servicing  fee payable to the master  servicer or the servicer and the
     subservicer;

o        the aggregate amount of any Draws;

o        the FHA insurance amount, if any; and

o          for any series of  securities as to which the trust  includes  Agency
           Securities  or private  securities,  any  additional  information  as
           required under the related agreement.

        In   addition   to  the   information   described   above,   reports  to
securityholders  will  contain  any other  information  as is  described  in the
applicable agreement,  which may include, without limitation,  information as to
Advances, reimbursements to subservicers,  servicers and the master servicer and
losses borne by the related trust.

        In addition,  within a  reasonable  period of time after the end of each
calendar  year,  the master  servicer  or servicer  will  furnish or cause to be
furnished  report  to each  person  that was a holder  of record of any class of
securities  at any time  during that  calendar  year.  The report  will  include
information as to the aggregate of principal and interest distributions for that
calendar  year or, if the person was a holder of record of a class of securities
during a portion of that calendar year, for the applicable portion of that year.

SERVICING AND ADMINISTRATION OF LOANS

        GENERAL

        The master servicer or any servicer, as applicable, that is a party to a
pooling and  servicing  agreement  or servicing  agreement,  will be required to
perform the services and duties specified in the related  agreement.  The master
servicer or servicer may be an affiliate of the  depositor.  As to any series of
securities  secured by Agency Securities or private  securities the requirements
for  servicing  the  underlying  assets will be  described  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The duties to be  performed  by the master  servicer or
servicer will include the customary  functions of a servicer,  including but not
limited to:

o    collection of payments from borrowers and  remittance of those  collections
     to the master servicer or servicer in the case of a subservicer;

o    maintenance of escrow or  impoundment  accounts of borrowers for payment of
     taxes,  insurance and other items  required to be paid by the borrower,  if
     applicable;

o          processing of assumptions or substitutions, although, as specified in
           the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  master  servicer  or
           servicer is, in most cases,  required to exercise due-on-sale clauses
           to the  extent  that  exercise  is  permitted  by law and  would  not
           adversely affect insurance coverage;

o        attempting to cure delinquencies;

                                                  48
<PAGE>

o        supervising foreclosures;

o        collections on Additional Collateral;

o    inspection   and   management   of  mortgaged   properties   under  various
     circumstances; and

o        maintaining accounting records relating to the trust assets.

        Under each servicing agreement,  the servicer or the master servicer may
enter into subservicing  agreements with one or more subservicers who will agree
to perform certain functions for the servicer or master servicer relating to the
servicing and  administration of the loans included in the trust relating to the
subservicing  agreement.  A  subservicer  may be an affiliate of the  depositor.
Under any  subservicing  agreement,  each  subservicer  will agree,  among other
things,  to  perform  some or all of the  servicer's  or the  master  servicer's
servicing  obligations,  including  but not limited to,  making  Advances to the
related  securityholders.  The servicer or the master  servicer,  as applicable,
will  remain  liable  for its  servicing  obligations  that are  delegated  to a
subservicer as if the servicer or the master  servicer alone were servicing such
loans.

        In the event of a bankruptcy,  receivership  or  conservatorship  of the
master  servicer or servicer or any  subservicer,  the  bankruptcy  court or the
receiver or conservator  may have the power to prevent both the appointment of a
successor to service the trust assets and the transfer of collections commingled
with funds of the master  servicer,  servicer or  subservicer at the time of its
bankruptcy, receivership or conservatorship. In addition, if the master servicer
or servicer or any subservicer were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, its
rights  under the related  agreement,  including  the right to service the trust
assets,  would be property of its  bankruptcy  estate and  therefore,  under the
Bankruptcy Code, subject to its right to assume or reject such agreement.

        COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

        The servicer or the master servicer,  directly or through  subservicers,
as the case may be, will make reasonable  efforts to collect all payments called
for under the loans and will,  consistent with the related  servicing  agreement
and any applicable  insurance policy, FHA insurance or other credit enhancement,
follow the collection  procedures which are normal and usual in its general loan
servicing  activities  that are  comparable  to the loans.  Consistent  with the
previous  sentence,  the servicer or the master servicer may, in its discretion,
waive any  prepayment  charge in  connection  with the  prepayment  of a loan or
extend the due dates for  payments  due on a mortgage  note,  provided  that the
insurance  coverage  for the loan or any  coverage  provided by any  alternative
credit  enhancement  will not be adversely  affected by the waiver or extension.
The master  servicer or servicer  may also waive or modify any term of a loan so
long as the  master  servicer  or  servicer  has  determined  that the waiver or
modification  is not  materially  adverse to any  securityholders,  taking  into
account any estimated loss that may result absent that action. For any series of
securities  as to which  the  trust  includes  private  securities,  the  master
servicer's or servicer's servicing and administration  obligations will be under
the terms of those private securities.

        Under some  circumstances,  as to any series of  securities,  the master
servicer or servicer  may have the option to  repurchase  trust  assets from the
trust for cash, or in exchange for other trust assets or Permitted  Investments.
All  provisions  relating  to  these  optional  repurchase  provisions  will  be
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        In instances in which a loan is in default,  or if default is reasonably
foreseeable,  and if determined by the master  servicer or servicer to be in the
best interests of the related  securityholders,  the master servicer or servicer
may engage, either directly or through  subservicers,  in a wide variety of loss
mitigation  practices including waivers,  modifications,  payment  forbearances,

                                   49
<PAGE>

partial  forgiveness,   entering  into  repayment  schedule  arrangements,   and
capitalization   of  arrearages  rather  than  proceeding  with  foreclosure  or
repossession,  if  applicable.  In  making  that  determination,  the  estimated
Realized Loss that might result if the loan were liquidated  would be taken into
account.  Modifications  may have  the  effect  of  reducing  the  loan  rate or
extending the final  maturity date of the loan.  Any modified loan may remain in
the  related  trust,   and  the  reduction  in  collections   resulting  from  a
modification  may result in reduced  distributions  of interest or other amounts
on, or may extend the final  maturity  of,  one or more  classes of the  related
notes.

        Borrowers  may,  from  time to time,  request  partial  releases  of the
mortgaged properties,  easements, consents to alteration or demolition and other
similar matters.  The master servicer or servicer may approve that request if it
has determined,  exercising its good faith business  judgment in the same manner
as it would if it were the owner of the related loan, that the approval will not
adversely  affect the security for, and the timely and full  collectability  of,
the related loan.  Any fee collected by the master  servicer or the servicer for
processing  that request will be retained by the master  servicer or servicer as
additional servicing compensation.

        In instances  in which a loan is in default or if default is  reasonably
foreseeable,  and if determined by the master  servicer or servicer to be in the
best interests of the related  securityholders,  the master servicer or servicer
may permit modifications of the loan rather than proceeding with foreclosure. In
making this determination,  the estimated Realized Loss that might result if the
loans were liquidated would be taken into account.  These modifications may have
the effect of reducing the loan rate or extending the final maturity date of the
loan.  Any modified loan may remain in the related  trust,  and the reduction in
collections  resulting from the modification may result in reduced distributions
of interest,  or other amounts,  on, or may extend the final maturity of, one or
more classes of the related securities.

        In connection  with any  significant  partial  prepayment of a loan, the
master servicer or servicer,  to the extent not  inconsistent  with the terms of
the  mortgage  note  and  local  law and  practice,  may  permit  the loan to be
re-amortized  so that the monthly payment is recalculated as an amount that will
fully  amortize its  remaining  principal  amount by the original  maturity date
based on the original loan rate, provided that the re-amortization  shall not be
permitted if it would  constitute a modification  of the loan for federal income
tax purposes.

        The master  servicer or servicer  for a given  trust may  establish  and
maintain  an escrow  account  in which  borrowers  will be  required  to deposit
amounts  sufficient  to pay  taxes,  assessments,  certain  mortgage  and hazard
insurance  premiums  and other  comparable  items  unless,  in the case of loans
secured by junior  liens on the  related  mortgaged  property,  the  borrower is
required to escrow such amounts under the senior mortgage documents. Withdrawals
from  any  escrow  account  may be made  to  effect  timely  payment  of  taxes,
assessments,  mortgage  and hazard  insurance,  to refund to  borrowers  amounts
determined  to be owed,  to pay interest on balances in the escrow  account,  if
required,  to repair or otherwise protect the mortgaged  properties and to clear
and terminate such account. The master servicer or any servicer, as the case may
be, will be responsible for the  administration  of each such escrow account and
will be  obligated  to make  advances to the escrow  accounts  when a deficiency
exists   therein.   The  master   servicer  or  servicer  will  be  entitled  to
reimbursement for any advances from the Custodial Account.

        Other duties and  responsibilities  of each servicer and master servicer
are described above under "--Payments on Loans."

        SPECIAL SERVICING

        If provided for in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the related
agreement or servicing  agreement for a series of securities  may name a Special
Servicer.  The Special Servicer will be responsible for the servicing of certain

                                        50
<PAGE>

delinquent loans as described in the prospectus supplement. The Special Servicer
may have certain  discretion to extend relief to borrowers whose payments become
delinquent. The Special Servicer may be permitted to grant a period of temporary
indulgence  to a borrower or may enter into a  liquidating  plan  providing  for
repayment by the borrower, in each case without the prior approval of the master
servicer or the servicer,  as applicable.  Other types of forbearance  typically
will require the approval of the master servicer or servicer, as applicable.

        In  addition,  the master  servicer or servicer  may enter into  various
agreements with holders of one or more classes of subordinate securities or of a
class of securities representing interests in one or more classes of subordinate
securities.  Under the  terms of those  agreements,  the  holder  may,  for some
delinquent loans:

o          instruct  the  master  servicer  or  servicer  to  commence  or delay
           foreclosure   proceedings,   provided  that  the  holder  deposits  a
           specified  amount of cash with the master  servicer or servicer which
           will be available for distribution to  securityholders if Liquidation
           Proceeds  are less than they  otherwise  may have been had the master
           servicer or servicer acted under its normal servicing procedures;

o          instruct  the master  servicer or servicer to purchase the loans from
           the trust prior to the commencement of foreclosure proceedings at the
           purchase price and to resell the loans to the holder at such purchase
           price,  in which  case any  subsequent  loss on the loans will not be
           allocated to the securityholders;

o          become,  or designate a third party to become,  a subservicer for the
           loans so long as (i) the master servicer or servicer has the right to
           transfer  the  subservicing  rights and  obligations  of the loans to
           another  subservicer  at any time or (ii) the holder or its servicing
           designee is required  to service  the loans  according  to the master
           servicer's or servicer's servicing guidelines; or

o    the accompanying  prospectus  supplement may provide for the other types of
     special servicing arrangements.

        ENFORCEMENT OF "DUE-ON-SALE" CLAUSES

        Unless otherwise  specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
when any mortgaged property relating to a loan, other than an ARM loan, is about
to be  conveyed  by the  borrower,  the  master  servicer  or the  servicer,  as
applicable, directly or through a subservicer, to the extent it has knowledge of
the  proposed  conveyance,  in most  cases will be  obligated  to  exercise  the
trustee's  rights to accelerate the maturity of such loan under any  due-on-sale
clause  applicable  thereto.  A due-on-sale  clause will be enforced only if the
exercise of such rights is permitted by applicable law and only to the extent it
would not adversely  affect or jeopardize  coverage under any primary  insurance
policy or applicable credit enhancement arrangements. See "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Loans -- Enforceability of Certain Provisions."

        If the master  servicer  or  servicer  is  prevented  from  enforcing  a
due-on-sale  clause under  applicable law or if the master  servicer or servicer
determines that it is reasonably  likely that a legal action would be instituted
by the related  borrower to avoid  enforcement of such due-on-sale  clause,  the
master  servicer  or servicer  will enter into an  assumption  and  modification
agreement  with the  person  to whom  such  property  has been or is about to be
conveyed, under which such person becomes liable under the mortgage note subject
to certain  specified  conditions.  The original  borrower may be released  from
liability on a loan if the master  servicer or servicer shall have determined in

                                             51
<PAGE>

good faith that such release will not adversely affect the collectability of the
loan. An ARM loan may be assumed if it is by its terms  assumable and if, in the
reasonable judgment of the master servicer or servicer,  the proposed transferee
of the related mortgaged property  establishes its ability to repay the loan and
the  security  for the ARM loan would not be  impaired by the  assumption.  If a
borrower  transfers  the  mortgaged  property  subject  to an ARM  loan  without
consent, such ARM loan may be declared due and payable. Any fee collected by the
master  servicer or servicer for entering into an assumption or  substitution of
liability  agreement  or for  processing  a request for  partial  release of the
mortgaged  property  in most cases will be  retained  by the master  servicer or
servicer  as  additional   servicing   compensation.   In  connection  with  any
assumption, the loan rate borne by the related mortgage note may not be altered.
Borrowers  may,  from time to time,  request  partial  releases of the mortgaged
properties,  easements,  consents to alteration or demolition  and other similar
matters.  The master  servicer or servicer  may approve such a request if it has
determined, exercising its good faith business judgment, that such approval will
not adversely  affect the security  for, and the timely and full  collectability
of, the related loan.

        REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS

        If a  loan,  including  a  contract  secured  by a lien  on a  mortgaged
property,  is in default,  the master servicer or servicer may take a variety of
actions,  including  foreclosing  on the  mortgaged  property,  writing  off the
principal  balance  of the  loan  as a bad  debt,  taking  a  deed  in  lieu  of
foreclosure,  accepting a short sale, permitting a short refinancing,  arranging
for a repayment plan or modification as described  above, or taking an unsecured
note.  Realization on other contracts may be accomplished  through  repossession
and subsequent  resale of the underlying  home  improvement.  In connection with
that decision,  the master servicer or servicer will,  following usual practices
in  connection  with  senior  and  junior  mortgage   servicing   activities  or
repossession  and  resale  activities,  estimate  the  proceeds  expected  to be
received  and the  expenses  expected  to be incurred  in  connection  with that
foreclosure  or  repossession  and  resale to  determine  whether a  foreclosure
proceeding or a  repossession  and resale is  appropriate.  To the extent that a
loan secured by a lien on a mortgaged  property is junior to another lien on the
related  mortgaged  property,  unless  foreclosure  proceeds  for that  loan are
expected to at least satisfy the related senior mortgage loan in full and to pay
foreclosure  costs,  it is likely that that loan will be written off as bad debt
with no  foreclosure  proceeding.  Similarly,  the expense and delay that may be
associated with foreclosing on the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican
trust  following a default on a Mexico Loan,  particularly  if eviction or other
proceedings  are  required  to be  commenced  in the  Mexican  courts,  may make
attempts to realize on the  collateral  securing the Mexico Loans  uneconomical,
thus  significantly  increasing  the amount of the loss on the Mexico  Loan.  If
title to any mortgaged property is acquired in foreclosure or by deed in lieu of
foreclosure, the deed or certificate of sale will be issued to the trustee or to
its nominee on behalf of securityholders and, if applicable,  the holders of any
Excluded Balances.

        Any  acquisition  of title  and  cancellation  of any REO  Loan  will be
considered for most purposes to be an  outstanding  loan held in the trust until
it is converted into a Liquidated Loan.

        For purposes of calculations of amounts distributable to securityholders
relating to an REO Loan, the amortization  schedule in effect at the time of any
acquisition  of title,  before any adjustment by reason of any bankruptcy or any
similar proceeding or any moratorium or similar waiver or grace period,  will be
deemed  to have  continued  in  effect  and,  in the  case of an ARM  loan,  the
amortization  schedule will be deemed to have  adjusted in  accordance  with any
interest rate changes  occurring on any adjustment date, so long as the REO Loan
is considered  to remain in the trust.  If a REMIC  election has been made,  any
mortgaged  property so  acquired by the trust must be disposed of in  accordance
with applicable federal income tax regulations and consistent with the status of
the trust as a REMIC.  To the extent  provided  in the  related  agreement,  any

                                   52
<PAGE>

income,  net of expenses and other than gains described in the second succeeding
paragraph,  received  by the  servicer or the master  servicer on the  mortgaged
property prior to its disposition will be deposited in the Custodial  Account on
receipt   and  will  be   available   at  that  time  for  making   payments  to
securityholders.

        For a loan in  default,  the  master  servicer  or  servicer  may pursue
foreclosure or similar remedies subject to any senior loan positions and certain
other restrictions  pertaining to junior loans as described under "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans"  concurrently  with  pursuing any remedy for a breach of a
representation  and warranty.  However,  the master  servicer or servicer is not
required to continue to pursue both remedies if it determines that one remedy is
more  likely  to  result  in a  greater  recovery.  If the  mortgage  loan is an
Additional Collateral Loan or a Pledged Asset Mortgage Loan, the master servicer
or the  servicer  may  proceed  against the  related  mortgaged  property or the
related  Additional  Collateral or Pledged Assets first,  or may proceed against
both concurrently,  as permitted by applicable law and the terms under which the
Additional  Collateral or Pledged  Assets are held,  including  any  third-party
guarantee.

        On  the  first  to  occur  of  final  liquidation  and a  repurchase  or
substitution under a breach of a representation  and warranty,  the loan will be
removed  from the related  trust.  The master  servicer or servicer may elect to
treat a defaulted loan as having been finally  liquidated if  substantially  all
amounts expected to be received in connection therewith have been received.  Any
additional liquidation expenses relating to the loan thereafter incurred will be
reimbursable  to the master  servicer  or servicer  from any  amounts  otherwise
distributable to the related securityholders, or may be offset by any subsequent
recovery  related to the loan.  Alternatively,  for purposes of determining  the
amount of related Liquidation Proceeds to be distributed to securityholders, the
amount  of any  Realized  Loss or the  amount  required  to be drawn  under  any
applicable form of credit enhancement,  the master servicer or servicer may take
into account minimal amounts of additional receipts expected to be received,  as
well as estimated  additional  liquidation  expenses  expected to be incurred in
connection with the defaulted  loan. On foreclosure of a revolving  credit loan,
the related Liquidation  Proceeds will be allocated among the Trust Balances and
Excluded Balances as described in the prospectus supplement.

        For some series of securities, the applicable form of credit enhancement
may provide,  to the extent of coverage,  that a defaulted loan or REO Loan will
be removed  from the trust  prior to its final  liquidation.  In  addition,  the
master  servicer,  the servicer or the holder of the most  subordinate  class of
certificates  of a series  may have the  option to  purchase  from the trust any
defaulted loan after a specified period of delinquency.  If a final  liquidation
of a loan resulted in a Realized Loss and within two years thereafter the master
servicer or servicer receives a subsequent recovery specifically related to that
loan, in connection  with a related  breach of a  representation  or warranty or
otherwise,  such  subsequent  recovery shall be distributed to the  then-current
securityholders  of any  outstanding  class  to  which  the  Realized  Loss  was
allocated,  with the amounts to be distributed  allocated  among such classes in
the same proportions as such Realized Loss was allocated,  provided that no such
distribution  shall result in  distributions  on the  securities of any class in
excess  of the total  amount of the  Realized  Loss that was  allocated  to that
class.  In the case of a series of  securities  other than a  senior/subordinate
series, if so provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement, the applicable
form of credit  enhancement  may provide for  reinstatement  in accordance  with
specified  conditions if,  following the final  liquidation of a loan and a draw
under the related credit enhancement,  subsequent  recoveries are received. If a
defaulted loan or REO Loan is not so removed from the trust,  then, on its final
liquidation,  if a loss is realized which is not covered by any applicable  form
of credit  enhancement or other  insurance,  the  securityholders  will bear the
loss. However, if a gain results from the final liquidation of an REO Loan which
is not  required  by law to be  remitted  to the  related  borrower,  the master
servicer  or  servicer  will be  entitled  to  retain  that  gain as  additional
servicing  compensation unless the accompanying  prospectus  supplement provides
otherwise.  For a  description  of  the  master  servicer's  or  the  servicer's
obligations  to  maintain  and make  claims  under  applicable  forms of  credit
enhancement  and insurance  relating to the loans,  see  "Description  of Credit
Enhancement" and "Insurance Policies on Loans."

                                             54
<PAGE>

        For a discussion  of legal rights and  limitations  associated  with the
foreclosure of a loan, see "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans."

        The master  servicer or servicer  will deal with any  defaulted  private
securities in the manner set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                        DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

GENERAL

        As described in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  credit support
provided  for  each  series  of  securities  may  include  one  or  more  or any
combination of the following:

o        a letter of credit;

o    subordination  provided  by any class of  subordinated  securities  for the
     related series;

o        overcollateralization;

o          a mortgage repurchase bond,  mortgage pool insurance policy,  special
           hazard insurance policy,  bankruptcy bond or other types of insurance
           policies,  or a secured or unsecured corporate guaranty, as described
           in the accompanying prospectus supplement;

o        a reserve fund;

o        a financial guaranty insurance policy or surety bond;

o        derivatives products; or

o    another form as may be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

If  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  loans or home
improvement contracts may be partially insured by the FHA under Title I.

        Credit  support for each series of securities may be comprised of one or
more of the following  components.  Each  component will have a dollar limit and
will provide coverage for Realized Losses that are:

o        Defaulted Mortgage Losses;

o        Special Hazard Losses;

o        Bankruptcy Losses; and

o        Fraud Losses.

        Most forms of credit  support  will not provide  protection  against all
risks of loss  and  will  not  guarantee  repayment  of the  entire  outstanding
principal balance of the securities and interest  thereon.  If losses occur that
exceed the amount covered by credit support or are of a type that is not covered
by the  credit  support,  securityholders  will bear  their  allocable  share of
deficiencies.  In particular,  Defaulted Mortgage Losses, Special Hazard Losses,

                                             54
<PAGE>

Bankruptcy  Losses and Fraud Losses in excess of the amount of coverage provided
therefor and  Extraordinary  Losses will not be covered.  To the extent that the
credit   enhancement   for  any  series  of   securities   is   exhausted,   the
securityholders  will  bear all  further  risks of loss  not  otherwise  insured
against.

        Credit  support may also be provided in the form of an insurance  policy
covering  the risk of  collection  and  adequacy  of any  Additional  Collateral
provided in connection with any Additional  Collateral  Loan, as limited by that
insurance  policy.  As described in the related  agreement,  credit  support may
apply to all of the loans or to some loans contained in a pool.

        For any  series of  securities  backed by Trust  Balances  of  revolving
credit loans, the credit enhancement  provided for the securities will cover any
portion of any Realized Losses  allocated to the Trust Balances,  subject to any
limitations  described in this  prospectus  and in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement. See "The Trusts--Revolving Credit Loans" in this prospectus.

        Each prospectus supplement will include a description of:

o    the  amount  payable  under the  credit  enhancement  arrangement,  if any,
     provided for a series;

o    any  conditions  to payment  thereunder  not  otherwise  described  in this
     prospectus;

o    the conditions  under which the amount payable under the credit support may
     be  reduced  and under  which  the  credit  support  may be  terminated  or
     replaced; and

     o the material provisions of any agreement relating to the credit support.

        Additionally,  each prospectus  supplement will contain  information for
the issuer of any third-party  credit  enhancement,  if applicable.  The related
agreement or other  documents may be modified in connection  with the provisions
of any credit  enhancement  arrangement  to provide  for  reimbursement  rights,
control rights or other  provisions that may be required by the credit enhancer.
To the extent  provided  in the  applicable  agreement,  the credit  enhancement
arrangements may be periodically modified,  reduced and substituted for based on
the  performance  of or on the aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the
loans covered  thereby.  See  "Description of Credit  Enhancement--Reduction  or
Substitution of Credit  Enhancement." If specified in the applicable  prospectus
supplement,  credit  support  for a series of  securities  may cover one or more
other series of securities.

        The descriptions of any insurance  policies,  bonds or other instruments
described  in this  prospectus  or any  prospectus  supplement  and the coverage
thereunder do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their  entirety by
reference to the actual forms of the policies, copies of which typically will be
exhibits to the Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
in connection with the issuance of the related series of securities.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

        If any component of credit enhancement as to any series of securities is
to be  provided  by a letter of credit,  a bank will  deliver to the  trustee an
irrevocable  letter of credit.  The letter of credit may provide direct coverage
for the loans.  The letter of credit bank, the amount available under the letter
of credit for each component of credit  enhancement,  the expiration date of the
letter of credit,  and a more detailed  description of the letter of credit will
be  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  On or before  each
distribution  date,  the letter of credit bank will be required to make payments
after  notification  from the trustee,  to be  deposited in the related  Payment
Account for the coverage provided thereby. The letter of credit may also provide
for the payment of Advances.
                                        56
<PAGE>

SUBORDINATION

        A  senior/subordinate  series of securities  will consist of one or more
classes of senior securities and one or more classes of subordinate  securities,
as specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  Subordination of the
subordinate securities of any senior/subordinate  series will be effected by the
following method,  unless an alternative method is specified in the accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  In  addition,  some  classes  of senior or  subordinate
securities may be senior to other classes of senior or  subordinate  securities,
as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        For any  senior/subordinate  series,  the  total  amount  available  for
distribution  on each  distribution  date, as well as the method for  allocating
that amount among the various classes of securities included in the series, will
be described in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.  In most cases, for any
series,  the  amount  available  for  distribution  will be  allocated  first to
interest on the senior  securities of that series,  and then to principal of the
senior  securities up to the amounts  described in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement, prior to allocation of any amounts to the subordinate securities.

        If so provided in the related agreement, the master servicer or servicer
may be permitted, under certain circumstances,  to purchase any loan that is two
or more  months  delinquent  in  payments  of  principal  and  interest,  at the
repurchase price. If specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  any
Realized Loss  subsequently  incurred in  connection  with any such loan will be
passed through to the then outstanding  securityholders of the related series in
the same  manner as  Realized  Losses on loans that have not been so  purchased,
unless  that  purchase  was made on the request of the holder of the most junior
class  of  securities  of  the  related   series.   See   "Description   of  the
Securities--Servicing and Administration of Loans--Special Servicing" above.

        In the event of any  Realized  Losses  not in excess of the  limitations
described below (other than Extraordinary Losses), the rights of the subordinate
securityholders  to receive  distributions  will be subordinate to the rights of
the senior  securityholders  and the owner of Excluded Spread and, as to certain
classes of  subordinated  securities,  may be subordinate to the rights of other
subordinate securityholders.

        Except  as  noted  below,  Realized  Losses  will  be  allocated  to the
subordinate  securities of the related series until their outstanding  principal
balances have been reduced to zero.  Additional Realized Losses, if any, will be
allocated to the senior  securities.  If the series includes more than one class
of senior securities, the additional Realized Losses will be allocated either on
a pro rata  basis  among all of the senior  securities  in  proportion  to their
respective  outstanding  principal  balances  or as  otherwise  provided  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

        Special  Hazard  Losses in excess of the Special  Hazard  Amount will be
allocated  among all  outstanding  classes of securities of the related  series,
either  on a pro  rata  basis  in  proportion  to  their  outstanding  principal
balances,  or as otherwise provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.
The  respective  amounts of other  specified  types of losses,  including  Fraud
Losses, Special Hazard Losses and Bankruptcy Losses, that may be borne solely by
the  subordinate  securities may be similarly  limited to the Fraud Loss Amount,
Special Hazard Amount and Bankruptcy Amount, and the subordinate  securities may
provide no coverage for Extraordinary Losses or other specified types of losses,
as  described in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  in which case those
losses would be allocated on a pro rata basis among all  outstanding  classes of
securities or as otherwise specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement.

                                   56
<PAGE>

Each of the Special Hazard Amount,  Fraud Loss Amount and Bankruptcy  Amount may
be subject to periodic  reductions  and may be subject to further  reduction  or
termination,  without  the  consent  of  the  securityholders,  on  the  written
confirmation from each applicable rating agency that the then-current  rating of
the related series of securities will not be adversely affected.

        In most cases,  any allocation of a Realized  Loss,  including a Special
Hazard   Loss,   Fraud  Loss  or   Bankruptcy   Loss,   to  a   security   in  a
senior/subordinate  series will be made by reducing  its  outstanding  principal
balance as of the  distribution  date  following the calendar month in which the
Realized Loss was incurred.

        The rights of holders of the various classes of securities of any series
to  receive  distributions  of  principal  and  interest  is  determined  by the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of each class or, if applicable,  the
related notional amount. The outstanding  principal balance of any security will
be reduced by all amounts previously  distributed on that security  representing
principal,  and by any  Realized  Losses  allocated  thereto.  If  there  are no
Realized Losses or Principal  Prepayments on any loan, the respective  rights of
the holders of  securities of any series to future  distributions  in most cases
would  not  change.  However,  to  the  extent  described  in  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement, holders of senior securities may be entitled to receive a
disproportionately  larger  amount  of  prepayments  received  during  specified
periods,  which will have the effect,  absent offsetting losses, of accelerating
the  amortization  of  the  senior  securities  and  increasing  the  respective
percentage  ownership  interest  evidenced by the subordinate  securities in the
related  trust,  with  a  corresponding   decrease  in  the  percentage  of  the
outstanding principal balances of the senior securities,  thereby preserving the
availability of the  subordination  provided by the subordinate  securities.  In
addition, some Realized Losses will be allocated first to subordinate securities
by reduction of their outstanding principal balance,  which will have the effect
of  increasing  the  respective  ownership  interest  evidenced  by  the  senior
securities in the related trust.

        If so provided in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  some amounts
otherwise payable on any distribution date to holders of subordinate  securities
may be deposited  into a reserve  fund.  Amounts held in any reserve fund may be
applied as described under  "Description of Credit  Enhancement--Reserve  Funds"
and in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        In lieu of the foregoing  provisions,  subordination  may be effected in
the  following  manner,  or in any  other  manner  as may  be  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The rights of the holders of  subordinate
securities  to  receive  the  Subordinate  Amount  will be limited to the extent
described  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  As  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  the Subordinate Amount may be reduced based
on the amount of losses borne by the holders of the subordinate  securities as a
result of the  subordination,  a specified schedule or other method of reduction
as the prospectus supplement may specify.

        For any  senior/subordinate  series,  the  terms and  provisions  of the
subordination  may vary from those described in this  prospectus.  Any variation
and any  additional  credit  enhancement  will be described in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION

        If  stated  in  the   accompanying   prospectus   supplement,   interest
collections on the loans may exceed interest  payments on the securities for the
related  distribution  date.  To the extent such  excess  interest is applied as
principal payments on the securities, the effect will be to reduce the principal
balance  of the  securities  relative  to the  outstanding  balance of the loan,
thereby  creating   overcollateralization   and  additional  protection  to  the
securityholders,  if and to the extent specified in the accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

                                   57
<PAGE>

MORTGAGE POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

        Any  insurance  policy  covering  losses on a loan pool  obtained by the
depositor for a trust will be issued by the mortgage pool insurer. Each mortgage
pool insurance  policy,  in accordance  with the  limitations  described in this
prospectus  and in the  prospectus  supplement,  if any,  will  cover  Defaulted
Mortgage  Losses  in an  amount  specified  in  the  prospectus  supplement.  As
described under  "--Maintenance  of Credit  Enhancement," the master servicer or
servicer  will use its best  reasonable  efforts to maintain the  mortgage  pool
insurance policy and to present claims  thereunder to the pool insurer on behalf
of itself,  the trustee and the  securityholders.  The mortgage  pool  insurance
policies,   however,  are  not  blanket  policies  against  loss,  since  claims
thereunder may only be made  respecting  particular  defaulted loans and only on
satisfaction  of specified  conditions  precedent  described  in the  succeeding
paragraph.  Unless  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the
mortgage pool insurance policies may not cover losses due to a failure to pay or
denial of a claim under a primary insurance  policy,  irrespective of the reason
therefor.

        Each mortgage pool  insurance  policy will provide that no claims may be
validly presented thereunder unless, among other things:

o    any required  primary  insurance policy is in effect for the defaulted loan
     and a claim thereunder has been submitted and settled;

o          hazard  insurance on the property  securing the loan has been kept in
           force and real estate  taxes and other  protection  and  preservation
           expenses have been paid by the master servicer or servicer;

o          if there has been physical loss or damage to the mortgaged  property,
           it has  been  restored  to its  condition,  reasonable  wear and tear
           excepted, at the cut-off date; and

o          the insured has acquired good and merchantable title to the mortgaged
           property free and clear of liens except permitted encumbrances.

        On  satisfaction  of these  conditions,  the pool  insurer will have the
option  either (a) to purchase the property  securing  the  defaulted  loan at a
price  equal to its  outstanding  principal  balance  plus  accrued  and  unpaid
interest at the  applicable  loan rate to the date of purchase and some expenses
incurred  by the  master  servicer  or  servicer  on behalf of the  trustee  and
securityholders,  or (b) to pay the  amount by which the sum of the  outstanding
principal  balance of the defaulted loan plus accrued and unpaid interest at the
loan rate to the date of  payment of the claim and the  aforementioned  expenses
exceeds the proceeds  received from an approved sale of the mortgaged  property,
in either case net of some  amounts  paid or assumed to have been paid under any
related primary insurance policy.

        Securityholders  may  experience  a shortfall  in the amount of interest
payable on the related securities in connection with the payment of claims under
a mortgage pool  insurance  policy  because the pool insurer is only required to
remit unpaid  interest  through the date a claim is paid rather than through the
end of the month in which the claim is paid.  In addition,  the  securityholders
may also  experience  losses  for the  related  securities  in  connection  with
payments  made under a mortgage  pool  insurance  policy to the extent  that the
master  servicer or servicer  expends funds to cover unpaid real estate taxes or
to  repair  the  related  mortgaged  property  in order to make a claim  under a
mortgage pool insurance policy, as those amounts will not be covered by payments
under the policy and will be  reimbursable  to the master  servicer  or servicer
from funds otherwise payable to the  securityholders.  If any mortgaged property
securing a defaulted loan is damaged and proceeds, if any (see "--Special Hazard
Insurance  Policies"  below for risks which are not covered by those  policies),

                                        58
<PAGE>

from the related hazard insurance policy or applicable  special hazard insurance
policy  are  insufficient  to  restore  the  damaged  property  to  a  condition
sufficient to permit  recovery  under the mortgage pool  insurance  policy,  the
master  servicer or servicer is not  required to expend its own funds to restore
the damaged property unless it determines that (a) restoration will increase the
proceeds  to   securityholders   on  liquidation  of  the  mortgage  loan  after
reimbursement  of the master  servicer or servicer  for its expenses and (b) the
expenses will be  recoverable  by it through  Liquidation  Proceeds or Insurance
Proceeds.

        A mortgage pool  insurance  policy and some primary  insurance  policies
will likely not insure  against loss  sustained  by reason of a default  arising
from, among other things, fraud or negligence in the origination or servicing of
a mortgage  loan,  including  misrepresentation  by the borrower,  the seller or
other  persons  involved  in the  origination  thereof,  failure to  construct a
mortgaged  property in accordance with plans and  specifications  or bankruptcy,
unless, if specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  an endorsement
to the mortgage pool insurance  policy provides for insurance  against that type
of loss.  Depending on the nature of the event, a breach of representation  made
by a seller may also have occurred.  That breach, if it materially and adversely
affects the interests of securityholders and cannot be cured, would give rise to
a  repurchase  obligation  on  the  part  of  the  seller,  as  described  under
"Description of the  Securities--Repurchases  of Loans." However,  such an event
would not give rise to a breach of a representation and warranty or a repurchase
obligation on the part of the depositor or Residential Funding Corporation.

        The  original  amount of coverage  under each  mortgage  pool  insurance
policy will be reduced over the life of the related  series of securities by the
aggregate  amount of claims paid less the aggregate of the net amounts  realized
by the pool insurer on disposition of all foreclosed  properties.  The amount of
claims paid includes some expenses  incurred by the master  servicer or servicer
as well as accrued interest on delinquent  mortgage loans to the date of payment
of the  claim.  See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of the  Loans."  Accordingly,  if
aggregate  net claims paid under any mortgage  pool  insurance  policy reach the
original policy limit,  coverage under that mortgage pool insurance  policy will
be   exhausted   and  any   further   losses   will  be  borne  by  the  related
securityholders.  In addition, unless the master servicer or servicer determines
that an Advance  relating to a delinquent  mortgage loan would be recoverable to
it from the proceeds of the  liquidation of the mortgage loan or otherwise,  the
master servicer or servicer would not be obligated to make an Advance respecting
any delinquency since the Advance would not be ultimately recoverable to it from
either the mortgage pool insurance policy or from any other related source.  See
"Description of the Securities--Advances."

        Since each mortgage pool insurance policy will require that the property
subject to a defaulted mortgage loan be restored to its original condition prior
to claiming  against  the pool  insurer,  the policy  will not provide  coverage
against hazard losses. As described under "Insurance Policies on Loans--Standard
Hazard  Insurance on Mortgaged  Properties,"  the hazard  policies  covering the
mortgage loans typically  exclude from coverage physical damage resulting from a
number of causes  and,  even when the damage is covered,  may afford  recoveries
which  are  significantly  less  than  full  replacement  cost of those  losses.
Additionally,  no coverage for Special Hazard Losses, Fraud Losses or Bankruptcy
Losses  will  cover  all  risks,  and the  amount of any such  coverage  will be
limited.  See "--Special Hazard Insurance Policies" below. As a result,  certain
hazard risks will not be insured against and may be borne by securityholders.

        Contract  pools  may be  covered  by pool  insurance  policies  that are
similar to the mortgage pool insurance policies described above.

                                             59
<PAGE>

SPECIAL HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

        Any insurance policy covering Special Hazard Losses obtained for a trust
will be issued by the insurer named in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.
Each special hazard  insurance  policy subject to limitations  described in this
paragraph and in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  if any, will protect
the related securityholders from Special Hazard Losses. Aggregate claims under a
special hazard  insurance  policy will be limited to the amount set forth in the
related  agreement  and will be subject to reduction as described in the related
agreement.  A special hazard  insurance policy will provide that no claim may be
paid unless hazard and, if applicable,  flood insurance on the property securing
the loan has been kept in force and other protection and  preservation  expenses
have been paid by the master servicer or servicer.

        In accordance with the foregoing limitations, a special hazard insurance
policy will  provide  that,  where there has been damage to property  securing a
foreclosed  loan,  title to which has been  acquired by the insured,  and to the
extent  the  damage  is not  covered  by the  hazard  insurance  policy or flood
insurance policy,  if any,  maintained by the borrower or the master servicer or
servicer,  the  insurer  will  pay the  lesser  of (i) the  cost  of  repair  or
replacement  of the related  property or (ii) on transfer of the property to the
insurer,  the unpaid principal balance of the loan at the time of acquisition of
the related property by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus accrued
interest at the loan rate to the date of claim  settlement and certain  expenses
incurred by the master servicer or servicer for the related property.

        If the property is  transferred  to a third party in a sale  approved by
the special hazard insurer,  the amount that the special hazard insurer will pay
will be the amount  under (ii) above  reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of
the property.  If the unpaid  principal  balance plus accrued  interest and some
expenses is paid by the special hazard insurer,  the amount of further  coverage
under the related special hazard insurance policy will be reduced by that amount
less any net proceeds from the sale of the property. Any amount paid as the cost
of  repair  of the  property  will  further  reduce  coverage  by  that  amount.
Restoration  of the property  with the proceeds  described  under (i) above will
satisfy the condition under each mortgage pool insurance policy or contract pool
insurance  policy that the property be restored  before a claim under the policy
may be validly presented for the defaulted loan secured by the related property.
The  payment  described  under (ii) above will  render  presentation  of a claim
relating to a loan under the related  mortgage pool insurance policy or contract
pool  insurance  policy  unnecessary.  Therefore,  so  long as a  mortgage  pool
insurance  policy or  contract  pool  insurance  policy  remains in effect,  the
payment by the insurer under a special  hazard  insurance  policy of the cost of
repair or of the unpaid  principal  balance  of the  related  loan plus  accrued
interest and some expenses will not affect the total Insurance  Proceeds paid to
securityholders,  but will affect the  relative  amounts of  coverage  remaining
under the related  special hazard  insurance  policy and mortgage pool insurance
policy or contract pool insurance policy.

        To the  extent  described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
coverage of Special Hazard Losses for a series of securities may be provided, in
whole or in part,  by a type of  special  hazard  coverage  other than a special
hazard  insurance  policy or by means of a  representation  of the  depositor or
Residential Funding Corporation.

BANKRUPTCY BONDS

        In the event of a personal bankruptcy of a borrower,  a bankruptcy court
may  establish  the value of the  mortgaged  property of the  borrower,  and, if
specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  any related  Additional
Collateral,  at a Deficient Valuation. The amount of the secured debt could then
be reduced to that  value,  and,  thus,  the holder of the loan would  become an
unsecured creditor to the extent the outstanding  principal balance of the loan,
together  with any senior loan in the case of a loan secured by a junior lien on

                                        60
<PAGE>

the related  mortgaged  property,  exceeds the value  assigned to the  mortgaged
property, and any related Additional Collateral, by the bankruptcy court.

        In addition,  other modifications of the terms of a loan can result from
a bankruptcy proceeding,  including a Debt Service Reduction. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans--The Mortgage Loans--Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other
Limitations  on  Lenders."  Any  bankruptcy   policy  to  provide  coverage  for
Bankruptcy Losses resulting from proceedings  under the federal  Bankruptcy Code
obtained  for a trust  will be issued by an  insurer  named in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  The level of coverage under each bankruptcy policy will
be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

RESERVE FUNDS

        If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  the depositor will
deposit or cause to be deposited in a reserve fund,  any  combination of cash or
Permitted Investments in specified amounts, or any other instrument satisfactory
to the rating  agency or agencies,  which will be applied and  maintained in the
manner  and  under  the  conditions  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.  In the  alternative  or in addition to that deposit,  to the extent
described  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a reserve  fund may be
funded through  application of all or a portion of amounts  otherwise payable on
any related subordinate securities,  from the Excess Spread or otherwise. To the
extent that the funding of the reserve fund is  dependent  on amounts  otherwise
payable on related  subordinate  securities,  Excess  Spread or other cash flows
attributable  to the related loans or on reinvestment  income,  the reserve fund
may  provide  less  coverage  than  initially  expected  if the  cash  flows  or
reinvestment   income  on  which  the  funding  is  dependent   are  lower  than
anticipated.

        For any series of securities as to which credit  enhancement  includes a
letter of credit,  if stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  under
specified  circumstances  the  remaining  amount of the  letter of credit may be
drawn by the trustee and deposited in a reserve fund.  Amounts in a reserve fund
may be  distributed  to  securityholders,  or  applied to  reimburse  the master
servicer  or  servicer  for  outstanding  Advances,  or may be  used  for  other
purposes,  in the  manner  and  to  the  extent  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  If stated in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
amounts  in a reserve  fund may be  available  only to cover  specific  types of
losses,  or  losses  on  specific  loans.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  any reserve fund will not be deemed to be
part of the related trust. A reserve fund may provide  coverage to more than one
series of securities, if set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        The trustee will have a perfected  security  interest for the benefit of
the  securityholders  in the assets in the reserve  fund,  unless the assets are
owned by the  related  trust.  However,  to the extent that the  depositor,  any
affiliate  of the  depositor  or any other entity has an interest in any reserve
fund, in the event of the bankruptcy, receivership or insolvency of that entity,
there could be delays in withdrawals from the reserve fund and the corresponding
payments to the  securityholders.  These delays could adversely affect the yield
to investors on the related securities.

        Amounts  deposited  in any reserve fund for a series will be invested in
Permitted  Investments  by, or at the  direction  of,  and for the  benefit of a
servicer,  the master  servicer or any other  person  named in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

                                        61
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICIES; SURETY BONDS

        The  depositor  may  obtain  one or more  financial  guaranty  insurance
policies or guaranties or one or more surety  bonds,  or one or more  guarantees
issued by insurers or other parties  acceptable to the rating agency or agencies
rating the  securities  offered  insuring  the holders of one or more classes of
securities the payment of amounts due in accordance with the terms of that class
or those classes of securities.  Any financial guaranty insurance policy, surety
bond or  guaranty  will have the  characteristics  described  in, and will be in
accordance with any limitations  and exceptions  described in, the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

        Unless specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  a financial
guaranty  insurance  policy  will be  unconditional  and  irrevocable  and  will
guarantee to holders of the  applicable  securities  that an amount equal to the
full amount of payments due to these  holders will be received by the trustee or
its agent on  behalf of the  holders  for  payment  on each  payment  date.  The
specific terms of any financial  guaranty  insurance policy will be described in
the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  A financial guaranty insurance policy
may have limitations  and, in most cases,  will not insure the obligation of the
sellers or the master  servicer or servicer  to  purchase  or  substitute  for a
defective  trust asset and will not  guarantee  any  specific  rate of Principal
Prepayments or cover specific  interest  shortfalls.  In most cases, the insurer
will be  subrogated to the rights of each holder to the extent the insurer makes
payments under the financial guaranty insurance policy.

MAINTENANCE OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

        If credit enhancement has been obtained for a series of securities,  the
master  servicer  or the  servicer  will  be  obligated  to  exercise  its  best
reasonable  efforts to keep or cause to be kept the credit  enhancement  in full
force  and  effect  throughout  the  term of the  applicable  agreement,  unless
coverage  thereunder has been exhausted  through payment of claims or otherwise,
or  substitution  therefor  is made as  described  below under  "--Reduction  or
Substitution of Credit  Enhancement."  The master  servicer or the servicer,  as
applicable,  on behalf of  itself,  the  trustee  and  securityholders,  will be
required  to  provide  information  required  for the  trustee to draw under any
applicable credit enhancement.

        The master  servicer or the servicer  will agree to pay the premiums for
each mortgage pool insurance policy, special hazard insurance policy, bankruptcy
policy, financial guaranty insurance policy or surety bond, as applicable,  on a
timely basis, unless the premiums are paid directly by the trust. As to mortgage
pool  insurance  policies  generally,  if the  related  insurer  ceases  to be a
Qualified  Insurer,  the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  will  use its best
reasonable  efforts  to obtain  from  another  Qualified  Insurer  a  comparable
replacement  insurance  policy or bond with a total  coverage  equal to the then
outstanding  coverage  of the  policy  or bond.  If the cost of the  replacement
policy is greater than the cost of the existing  policy or bond, the coverage of
the  replacement  policy  or  bond  will,  unless  otherwise  agreed  to by  the
depositor,  be reduced to a level so that its  premium  rate does not exceed the
premium rate on the original  insurance policy. If a pool insurer ceases to be a
Qualified  Insurer because it ceases to be approved as an insurer by Freddie Mac
or Fannie Mae or any successor entity,  the master servicer or the servicer will
review, not less often than monthly, the financial condition of the pool insurer
with a view  toward  determining  whether  recoveries  under the  mortgage  pool
insurance  policy or contract pool insurance  policy are jeopardized for reasons
related to the financial  condition of the pool insurer.  If the master servicer
or the servicer determines that recoveries are so jeopardized,  it will exercise
its  best  reasonable  efforts  to  obtain  from  another  Qualified  Insurer  a
replacement  insurance  policy as described  above, at the same cost limit.  Any
losses  in market  value of the  securities  associated  with any  reduction  or
withdrawal  in  rating  by an  applicable  rating  agency  shall be borne by the
securityholders.

                                        62
<PAGE>

        If any property  securing a defaulted  loan is damaged and proceeds,  if
any, from the related hazard insurance  policy or any applicable  special hazard
insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged property to a condition
sufficient  to  permit  recovery  under  any  letter of  credit,  mortgage  pool
insurance  policy,  contract  pool  insurance  policy  or  any  related  primary
insurance policy,  the master servicer or the servicer is not required to expend
its own funds to restore  the damaged  property  unless it  determines  (i) that
restoration will increase the proceeds to one or more classes of securityholders
on liquidation  of the loan after  reimbursement  of the master  servicer or the
servicer for its expenses and (ii) that the expenses will be  recoverable  by it
through Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds. If recovery under any letter
of credit,  mortgage pool insurance policy, contract pool insurance policy other
credit  enhancement  or any related  primary  insurance  policy is not available
because the master  servicer or the  servicer  has been unable to make the above
determinations,  has made the  determinations  incorrectly  or  recovery  is not
available  for  any  other  reason,  the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  is
nevertheless  obligated to follow whatever normal  practices and procedures,  in
accordance with the preceding sentence,  that it deems necessary or advisable to
realize upon the defaulted loan and if this  determination  has been incorrectly
made,  is entitled to  reimbursement  of its  expenses  in  connection  with the
restoration.

REDUCTION OR SUBSTITUTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

        The amount of credit  support  provided for any series of securities and
relating to various  types of losses  incurred  may be reduced  under  specified
circumstances.  In most cases,  the amount  available as credit  support will be
subject to periodic reduction on a non-discretionary  basis in accordance with a
schedule or formula set forth in the related  agreement.  Additionally,  in most
cases,  the credit  support  may be  replaced,  reduced or  terminated,  and the
formula  used in  calculating  the amount of  coverage  for  Bankruptcy  Losses,
Special Hazard Losses or Fraud Losses may be changed, without the consent of the
securityholders,  on the written  assurance from each  applicable  rating agency
that the  then-current  rating of the related  series of securities  will not be
adversely affected thereby.

        Furthermore,  if the credit rating of any obligor  under any  applicable
credit  enhancement  is  downgraded  or the amount of credit  enhancement  is no
longer  sufficient to support the rating on the related  securities,  the credit
rating  of  each  class  of  the  related  securities  may  be  downgraded  to a
corresponding  level,  and,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement,  neither  the  master  servicer,  the  servicer  nor the
depositor  will be obligated to obtain  replacement  credit  support in order to
restore the rating of the securities.  The master  servicer or the servicer,  as
applicable,  will also be  permitted  to replace any credit  support  with other
credit  enhancement  instruments  issued by obligors  whose  credit  ratings are
equivalent to the downgraded  level and in lower amounts which would satisfy the
downgraded  level,  provided that the  then-current  rating of each class of the
related series of securities is  maintained.  Where the credit support is in the
form  of a  reserve  fund,  a  permitted  reduction  in  the  amount  of  credit
enhancement  will  result in a release  of all or a portion of the assets in the
reserve fund to the depositor,  the master servicer or the servicer or any other
person that is entitled to the credit  support.  Any assets so released  and any
amount by which the credit  enhancement  is reduced  will not be  available  for
distributions in future periods.

                    OTHER FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS RELATED TO THE SECURITIES

SWAPS AND YIELD SUPPLEMENT AGREEMENTS

        The  trustee on behalf of the trust may enter into  interest  rate swaps
and related caps, floors and collars to minimize the risk to  securityholders of
adverse  changes in interest  rates,  and other yield  supplement  agreements or
similar yield  maintenance  arrangements  that do not involve swap agreements or
other notional principal contracts.

                                        63
<PAGE>

        An interest rate swap is an agreement  between two parties to exchange a
stream of interest  payments on an agreed  hypothetical or "notional"  principal
amount.  No  principal  amount is  exchanged  between the  counterparties  to an
interest rate swap. In the typical swap, one party agrees to pay a fixed rate on
a notional  principal amount,  while the counterparty pays a floating rate based
on one or more reference  interest rates including the London Interbank  Offered
Rate or,  LIBOR,  a specified  bank's  prime rate or U.S.  Treasury  Bill rates.
Interest  rate swaps also  permit  counterparties  to  exchange a floating  rate
obligation  based on one reference  interest rate (such as LIBOR) for a floating
rate obligation based on another referenced interest rate (such as U.S. Treasury
Bill rates).

        The  swap  market  has  grown  substantially  in  recent  years  with  a
significant  number  of  banks  and  financial  service  firms  acting  both  as
principals and as agents utilizing standardized Swap documentation. Caps, floors
and  collars are more  recent  innovations,  and they are less liquid than other
swaps.

        Yield  supplement  agreements  may be  entered  into to  supplement  the
interest rate or rates on one or more classes of the securities of any series.

        There can be no  assurance  that the trust will be able to enter into or
offset swaps or enter into yield  supplement  agreements at any specific time or
at prices or on other terms that are  advantageous.  In  addition,  although the
terms of the swaps and yield  supplement  agreements may provide for termination
under some circumstances,  there can be no assurance that the trust will be able
to terminate a swap or yield supplement  agreement when it would be economically
advantageous to the trust to do so.

PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

        Some  types of  loans  and  classes  of  securities  of any  series,  as
specified  in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  may be  subject  to a
purchase  obligation.  The terms and  conditions  of each  purchase  obligation,
including the purchase price, timing and payment procedure, will be described in
the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  A purchase  obligation for loans may
apply to the loans or to the related securities. Each purchase obligation may be
a secured or unsecured  obligation of its provider,  which may include a bank or
other financial  institution or an insurance company.  Each purchase  obligation
will be evidenced by an  instrument  delivered to the trustee for the benefit of
the applicable securityholders of the related series. Unless otherwise specified
in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  each purchase obligation for loans
will be payable solely to the trustee for the benefit of the  securityholders of
the related series.  Other purchase obligations may be payable to the trustee or
directly to the holders of the securities to which the obligations relate.

                           INSURANCE POLICIES ON LOANS

        The  mortgaged  property  related to each loan (other than a Cooperative
Loan) will be required to be covered by a hazard  insurance policy (as described
below).  In  addition,  some loans will be  required  to be covered by a primary
insurance  policy.  FHA loans and VA loans  will be  covered  by the  government
mortgage  insurance  programs described below. The descriptions of any insurance
policies  contained in this  prospectus  or any  prospectus  supplement  and the
coverage  thereunder  do not purport to be complete  and are  qualified in their
entirety by reference to the forms of policies.

PRIMARY INSURANCE POLICIES

                                     64
<PAGE>

        Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement and
except  as  described  below,  (i) each  mortgage  loan  having  a LTV  ratio at
origination of over 80% will be covered by a primary mortgage guaranty insurance
policy  insuring  against default on the mortgage loan up to an amount set forth
in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  unless  and until  the  principal
balance of the  mortgage  loan is  reduced  to a level that would  produce a LTV
ratio equal to or less than 80%, and (ii) the  depositor  or the related  seller
will  represent  and warrant that,  to the best of its  knowledge,  the mortgage
loans are so covered. Alternatively, coverage of the type that would be provided
by a primary  insurance  policy if obtained  may be provided by another  form of
credit  enhancement as described in this prospectus under "Description of Credit
Enhancement."  However, the foregoing standard may vary significantly  depending
on the  characteristics  of the mortgage loans and the  applicable  underwriting
standards.  A mortgage  loan will not be  considered  to be an  exception to the
foregoing  standard if no primary  insurance  policy was obtained at origination
but the mortgage  loan has amortized to an 80% or less LTV ratio level as of the
applicable  cut-off date. In most cases,  the depositor will have the ability to
cancel any primary  insurance  policy if the LTV ratio of the  mortgage  loan is
reduced to 80% or less (or a lesser specified  percentage) based on an appraisal
of the  mortgaged  property  after the  related  closing  date or as a result of
principal  payments that reduce the principal balance of the mortgage loan after
the closing date. Trust assets secured by a junior lien on the related mortgaged
property  usually  will not be  required  by the  depositor  to be  covered by a
primary  mortgage  guaranty  insurance  policy  insuring  against default on the
mortgage loan.

        Under recently  enacted federal  legislation,  borrowers with respect to
many residential  mortgage loans originated on or after July 29, 1999, will have
a right to request the  cancellation of any private  mortgage  insurance  policy
insuring loans when the  outstanding  principal  amount of the mortgage loan has
been reduced or is scheduled to have been reduced to 80% or less of the value of
the  mortgaged  property  at the time the  mortgage  loan  was  originated.  The
borrower's right to request the cancellation of the policy is subject to certain
conditions,  including (i) the condition that no monthly payment has been thirty
days or more past due during the twelve months prior to the  cancellation  date,
and no  monthly  payment  has been sixty days or more past due during the twelve
months prior to that period,  (ii) there has been no decline in the value of the
mortgaged property since the time the mortgage loan was originated and (iii) the
mortgaged  property is not encumbered by  subordinate  liens.  In addition,  any
requirement for private mortgage insurance will automatically terminate when the
scheduled  principal  balance  of the  mortgage  loan,  based  on  the  original
amortization  schedule for the mortgage  loan,  is reduced to 78% or less of the
value  of the  mortgaged  property  at the  time of  origination,  provided  the
mortgage loan is current.  The  legislation  requires that borrowers be provided
written notice of these  cancellation  rights at the origination of the mortgage
loans.

        If  the  private  mortgage   insurance  is  not  otherwise  canceled  or
terminated by borrower request in the circumstances  described above, it must be
terminated  no later than the first day of the month  immediately  following the
date that is the midpoint of the mortgage loan's amortization period, if on that
date,  the  borrower  is current on the  payments  required  by the terms of the
mortgage loan. The  mortgagee's  or master  servicer's or servicer's  failure to
comply with the law could  subject  such  parties to civil money  penalties  but
would not affect the validity or  enforceability  of the mortgage  loan. The law
does not preempt any state law regulating  private mortgage  insurance except to
the extent that such law is  inconsistent  with the federal law and then only to
the extent of the inconsistency.

        In most  cases,  Mexico  Loans will have LTV ratios of less than 80% and
will not be insured under a primary insurance policy. Primary mortgage insurance
or  similar  credit  enhancement  on a Mexico  Loan may be  issued  by a private
corporation  or a  governmental  agency  and may be in the form of a  guarantee,
insurance policy or another type of credit enhancement.

                                          65
<PAGE>

        Mortgage loans which are subject to negative  amortization  will only be
covered by a primary  insurance  policy if that  coverage  was required on their
origination,  regardless that subsequent  negative  amortization  may cause that
mortgage  loan's LTV ratio based on the  then-current  balance,  to subsequently
exceed the limits which would have required coverage on their origination.

        Primary  insurance  policies may be required to be obtained and paid for
by the borrower,  or may be paid for by the master servicer,  the servicer,  the
seller or a third party.

        While the terms and conditions of the primary insurance  policies issued
by one primary  mortgage  guaranty  insurer  will  usually  differ from those in
primary  insurance  policies  issued by other  primary  insurers,  each  primary
insurance policy generally will pay either:

o        the insured percentage of the loss on the related mortgaged property;

o    the entire amount of the loss, after receipt by the primary insurer of good
     and merchantable title to, and possession of, the mortgaged property; or

o          at the option of the primary insurer under certain primary  insurance
           policies,  the  sum of  the  delinquent  monthly  payments  plus  any
           Advances  made by the insured,  both to the date of the claim payment
           and,  thereafter,  monthly  payments  in the  amount  that would have
           become due under the mortgage loan if it had not been discharged plus
           any  Advances  made by the insured  until the earlier of (a) the date
           the mortgage  loan would have been  discharged in full if the default
           had not occurred or (b) an approved sale.

        The amount of the loss as calculated  under a primary  insurance  policy
covering a  mortgage  loan will in most  cases  consist of the unpaid  principal
amount of such  mortgage  loan and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon  and
reimbursement of some expenses, less:

o          rents or other  payments  received  by the  insured  (other  than the
           proceeds  of hazard  insurance)  that are  derived  from the  related
           mortgaged property;

o          hazard  insurance  proceeds  received by the insured in excess of the
           amount required to restore the mortgaged  property and which have not
           been applied to the payment of the mortgage loan;

o        amounts expended but not approved by the primary insurer;

o        claim payments previously made on the mortgage loan; and

o        unpaid premiums and other amounts.

        As  conditions  precedent  to the filing or  payment of a claim  under a
primary insurance  policy, in the event of default by the borrower,  the insured
will typically be required, among other things, to:

o          advance  or  discharge  (a)  hazard  insurance  premiums  and  (b) as
           necessary and approved in advance by the primary insurer, real estate
           taxes,  protection  and  preservation  expenses and  foreclosure  and
           related costs;

o          in  the  event  of any  physical  loss  or  damage  to the  mortgaged
           property,  have the  mortgaged  property  restored  to at  least  its
           condition  at the  effective  date of the  primary  insurance  policy
           (ordinary wear and tear excepted); and

                                             66
<PAGE>

o    tender  to  the  primary  insurer  good  and  merchantable  title  to,  and
     possession of, the mortgaged property.

        For any securities offered under this prospectus, the master servicer or
the servicer will maintain or cause each  subservicer  to maintain,  as the case
may be, in full  force and  effect and to the extent  coverage  is  available  a
primary insurance policy with regard to each mortgage loan for which coverage is
required under the standard described above unless an exception to such standard
applies  or  alternate  credit  enhancement  is  provided  as  described  in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement;  provided that the primary insurance policy
was in place as of the cut-off  date and the  depositor  had  knowledge  of such
primary insurance policy.

STANDARD HAZARD INSURANCE ON MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

        The terms of the mortgage loans (other than  Cooperative  Loans) require
each  borrower  to  maintain a hazard  insurance  policy  covering  the  related
mortgaged  property  and  providing  for  coverage at least equal to that of the
standard form of fire insurance policy with extended  coverage  customary in the
state in which the property is located. Most coverage will be in an amount equal
to the lesser of the principal  balance of the mortgage loan and, in the case of
loans secured by junior liens on the related mortgaged  property,  the principal
balance of any senior  mortgage  loans,  or 100% of the  insurable  value of the
improvements  securing the mortgage  loan.  The pooling and servicing  agreement
will  provide that the master  servicer or the  servicer  shall cause the hazard
policies to be  maintained  or shall obtain a blanket  policy  insuring  against
losses on the mortgage  loans.  The master  servicer or the servicer may satisfy
its  obligation  to cause hazard  policies to be  maintained  by  maintaining  a
blanket policy insuring  against losses on those mortgage loans.  The ability of
the master servicer or the servicer to ensure that hazard insurance proceeds are
appropriately  applied  may be  dependent  on its being  named as an  additional
insured under any hazard  insurance  policy and under any flood insurance policy
referred  to below,  or on the  extent to which  information  in this  regard is
furnished to the master  servicer or the servicer by borrowers or  subservicers.
If loans secured by junior liens on the related mortgaged  property are included
within any trust,  investors  should also  consider  the  application  of hazard
insurance  proceeds discussed in this prospectus under "Certain Legal Aspects of
the  Loans  --  The  Mortgage  Loans  --  Junior  Mortgages,  Rights  of  Senior
Mortgagees.".

        The standard form of fire and extended  coverage  policy covers physical
damage to or destruction of the improvements on the property by fire, lightning,
explosion,  smoke,  windstorm,  hail,  riot,  strike  and  civil  commotion,  in
accordance  with the  conditions and  exclusions  specified in each policy.  The
policies  relating  to the  mortgage  loans will be  underwritten  by  different
insurers under  different  state laws in accordance  with  different  applicable
state forms and therefore will not contain  identical terms and conditions,  the
basic terms of which are  dictated by  respective  state  laws.  These  policies
typically do not cover any physical  damage  resulting from the following:  war,
revolution,  governmental actions,  floods and other water-related causes, earth
movement, including earthquakes, landslides and mudflows, nuclear reactions, wet
or dry rot, vermin,  rodents,  insects or domestic  animals,  theft and, in some
cases,  vandalism.  The  foregoing  list is merely  indicative  of some kinds of
uninsured risks and is not intended to be all-inclusive.  Where the improvements
securing a mortgage loan are located in a federally designated flood area at the
time of origination  of that mortgage loan, the pooling and servicing  agreement
typically requires the master servicer or the servicer to cause to be maintained
for each such mortgage loan serviced,  flood insurance, to the extent available,
in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount  required to  compensate  for any
loss or damage on a replacement  cost basis or the maximum  insurance  available
under the federal flood insurance program.

                                       67
<PAGE>

        The  hazard  insurance   policies  covering  the  mortgaged   properties
typically  contain a  co-insurance  clause that in effect  requires  the related
borrower at all times to carry  insurance of a specified  percentage,  typically
80% to 90%, of the full replacement value of the improvements on the property in
order to recover the full amount of any partial loss. If the related  borrower's
coverage falls below this  specified  percentage,  this clause usually  provides
that the  insurer's  liability  in the event of partial loss does not exceed the
greater of (i) the  replacement  cost of the  improvements  damaged or destroyed
less physical  depreciation  or (ii) the proportion of the loss as the amount of
insurance carried bears to the specified percentage of the full replacement cost
of the improvements.

        Since the amount of hazard  insurance  that  borrowers  are  required to
maintain on the  improvements  securing  the  mortgage  loans may decline as the
principal balances owing thereon decrease, and since residential properties have
historically  appreciated in value over time, hazard insurance proceeds could be
insufficient  to restore  fully the  damaged  property in the event of a partial
loss.  See  "Description  of  Credit  Enhancement--Subordination"  above  for  a
description of when  subordination is provided,  the protection,  limited to the
Special Hazard Amount as described in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
afforded  by  subordination,  and  "Description  of Credit  Enhancement--Special
Hazard Insurance  Policies" for a description of the limited protection afforded
by any special hazard  insurance  policy  against  losses  occasioned by hazards
which are otherwise uninsured against.

        Hazard  insurance on the Mexican  properties will usually be provided by
insurers  located in  Mexico.  The  depositor  may not be able to obtain as much
information  about the  financial  condition  of the  companies  issuing  hazard
insurance  policies in Mexico as it is able to obtain for companies based in the
United  States.  The ability of the  insurers to pay claims also may be affected
by, among other things, adverse political and economic developments in Mexico.

STANDARD HAZARD INSURANCE ON MANUFACTURED HOMES

        The terms of the related  agreement  will  require  the  servicer or the
master servicer, as applicable,  to cause to be maintained for each manufactured
housing contract one or more standard hazard insurance policies that provide, at
a minimum,  the same  coverage  as a standard  form fire and  extended  coverage
insurance policy that is customary for manufactured housing, issued by a company
authorized to issue the policies in the state in which the manufactured  home is
located,  and in an amount that is not less than the maximum  insurable value of
the  manufactured  home or the  principal  balance due from the  borrower on the
related  manufactured  housing  contract,  whichever  is less.  Coverage  may be
provided  by one or more  blanket  insurance  policies  covering  losses  on the
manufactured  housing  contracts  resulting from the absence or insufficiency of
individual standard hazard insurance policies. If a manufactured home's location
was, at the time of origination of the related  manufactured  housing  contract,
within a federally  designated  flood area, the servicer or the master  servicer
also will be required to maintain flood insurance.

        If the servicer or the master servicer  repossesses a manufactured  home
on behalf of the  trustee,  the  servicer  or the master  servicer  will  either
maintain at its expense hazard insurance for the manufactured  home or indemnify
the trustee against any damage to the manufactured home prior to resale or other
disposition.

DESCRIPTION OF FHA INSURANCE UNDER TITLE I

        Some of the home improvement contracts contained in a trust may be Title
I loans which are insured under the Title I Program as described in this section
and in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The  regulations,  rules  and
procedures promulgated by the FHA under the Title I, or FHA Regulations, contain
the requirements  under which a lender approved for participation in the Title I

                                            68
<PAGE>

Program may obtain  insurance  against a portion of losses  incurred on eligible
loans that have been originated and serviced in accordance with FHA Regulations,
subject to the amount of insurance  coverage  available in that Title I lender's
FHA reserve,  as described  in this section and in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  and  subject  to the terms  and  conditions  established  under the
National Housing Act and FHA Regulations.  FHA Regulations  permit the Secretary
of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, subject to statutory
limitations,  to waive a Title I lender's  noncompliance with FHA Regulations if
enforcement would impose an injustice on the lender, provided the Title I lender
has  substantially  complied  with the FHA  Regulations  in good  faith  and has
credited the  borrower for any excess  charge.  In general,  an insurance  claim
against the FHA will be denied if the Title I loan to which it relates  does not
strictly   satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  National  Housing  Act  and  FHA
Regulations.

        Unlike some other  government loan insurance  programs,  loans under the
Title I Program other than loans in excess of $25,000,  are not subject to prior
review by the FHA.  Under  the  Title I  Program,  the FHA  disburses  insurance
proceeds for  defaulted  loans for which  insurance  claims have been filed by a
Title I lender prior to any review of those loans.  A Title I lender is required
to  repurchase a Title I loan from the FHA that is  determined  to be ineligible
for insurance  after  insurance  claim  payments for that loan have been paid to
that lender.  Under the FHA Regulations,  if the Title I lender's  obligation to
repurchase the Title I loan is  unsatisfied,  the FHA is permitted to offset the
unsatisfied  obligation  against future insurance claim payments owed by the FHA
to that lender.  FHA  Regulations  permit the FHA to disallow an insurance claim
for any loan that does not qualify for insurance for a period of up to two years
after the claim is made and to require the Title I lender that has submitted the
insurance claim to repurchase the loan.

        The  proceeds  of loans  under the Title I Program  may be used only for
permitted  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, the alteration,  repair or
improvement of residential property,  the purchase of a manufactured home and/or
lot,  or  cooperative  interest in a  manufactured  home and/or lot, on which to
place that home.

        Subject to the limitations  described below,  eligible Title I loans are
in most cases insured by the FHA for 90% of an amount equal to the sum of:

o    the net unpaid principal amount and the uncollected  interest earned to the
     date of default,

o          interest  on the unpaid loan  obligation  from the date of default to
           the date of the initial  submission of the insurance  claim,  plus 15
           calendar days, the total period not to exceed nine months,  at a rate
           of 7% per annum,

o        uncollected court costs,

o    amount of  attorney's  fees on an hourly or other  basis for time  actually
     expended and billed not to exceed $500, and

o    amount of expenses  for  recording  the  assignment  of the security to the
     United States.

        However,  the insurance  coverage  provided by the FHA is limited to the
extent of the balance in the Title I lender's FHA reserve maintained by the FHA.
Accordingly,  if sufficient insurance coverage is available in that FHA reserve,
then the  Title I lender  bears the risk of losses on a Title I loan for which a
claim  for  reimbursement  is  paid  by the FHA of at  least  10% of the  unpaid
principal, uncollected interest earned to the date of default, interest from the
date of  default  to the  date  of the  initial  claim  submission  and  various
expenses. Unlike most other FHA insurance programs, the obligation of the FHA to
reimburse a Title I lender for losses in the  portfolio of insured loans held by
that Title I lender is limited to the amount in an FHA reserve  maintained  on a
lender-by-lender basis and not on a loan-by-loan basis.

                                             69
<PAGE>

        Under  Title I, the FHA  maintains  an FHA  insurance  coverage  reserve
account,  referred to as an FHA  reserve for each Title I lender.  The amount in
each Title I lender's FHA reserve is 10% of the amounts  disbursed,  advanced or
expended  by a Title I  lender  in  originating  or  purchasing  eligible  loans
registered with the FHA for Title I insurance,  with some adjustments  permitted
or required by FHA  Regulations.  The balance of that FHA reserve is the maximum
amount of  insurance  claims the FHA is required  to pay to the related  Title I
lender.  Title I loans  to be  insured  under  Title  I will be  registered  for
insurance  by the FHA.  Following  either the  origination  or transfer of loans
eligible  under  Title I, the Title I lender  will  submit  those  loans for FHA
insurance  coverage  within its FHA reserve by  delivering a transfer  report or
through an electronic submission to the FHA in the form prescribed under the FHA
Regulations.  The increase in the FHA insurance  coverage for those loans in the
Title I lender's  FHA reserve will occur on the date  following  the receipt and
acknowledgment  by the FHA of the transfer report for those loans. The insurance
available to any trust will be subject to the  availability,  from time to time,
of amounts in each Title I lender's FHA reserve, which will initially be limited
to  the  FHA  insurance  amount  as  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.

        Under Title I, the FHA will reduce the insurance coverage available in a
Title I  lender's  FHA  reserve  relating  to loans  insured  under that Title I
lender's contract of insurance by:

o    the amount of FHA insurance  claims  approved for payment  related to those
     loans, and

o          the amount of reduction of the Title I lender's FHA reserve by reason
           of the sale,  assignment  or transfer of loans  registered  under the
           Title I lender's contract of insurance.

        This insurance coverage also may be reduced for any FHA insurance claims
previously disbursed to the Title I lender that are subsequently rejected by the
FHA.

        In most  cases,  the FHA will insure home  improvement  contracts  up to
$25,000 for a single-family  property,  with a maximum term of 20 years. The FHA
will insure loans of up to $17,500 for manufactured  homes which qualify as real
estate  under  applicable  state law and loans of up to  $12,000  per unit for a
$60,000 limit for an apartment house or a dwelling for two or more families.  If
the loan amount is $15,000 or more, the FHA requires a drive-by  appraisal,  the
current tax assessment  value, or a full Uniform  Residential  Appraisal  Report
dated  within 12 months of the  closing  to verify  the  property's  value.  The
maximum  loan amount on  transactions  requiring  an  appraisal is the amount of
equity in the property shown by the market value determination of the property.

        Following a default on a home improvement  contract partially insured by
the FHA,  the master  servicer  or the  servicer,  either  directly or through a
subservicer,  may, subject to various  conditions,  either commence  foreclosure
proceedings  against the improved property securing the loan, if applicable,  or
submit a claim to FHA,  but may submit a claim to FHA after  proceeding  against
the improved  property only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD. The
availability of FHA insurance following a default on a home improvement contract
is subject  to a number of  conditions,  including  strict  compliance  with FHA
Regulations in originating and servicing the home improvement contract.  Failure
to comply with FHA Regulations may result in a denial of or surcharge on the FHA
insurance claim.  Prior to declaring a home improvement  contract in default and
submitting a claim to FHA, the master  servicer or the servicer  must take steps

                                             70
<PAGE>

to attempt to cure the  default,  including  personal  contact with the borrower
either by telephone  or in a meeting and  providing  the borrower  with 30 days'
written notice prior to declaration of default.  FHA may deny insurance coverage
if  the  borrower's  nonpayment  is  related  to a  valid  objection  to  faulty
contractor  performance.  In that event,  the master servicer or the servicer or
other entity as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement will seek to
obtain payment by or a judgment against the borrower, and may resubmit the claim
to FHA following that judgment.

FHA MORTGAGE INSURANCE

        The Housing Act authorizes various FHA mortgage insurance programs. Some
of the mortgage loans may be insured under either Section 203(b), Section 234 or
Section 235 of the Housing Act. Under Section 203(b), FHA insures mortgage loans
of up to 30 years'  duration  for the purchase of one- to  four-family  dwelling
units.  Mortgage loans for the purchase of condominium  units are insured by FHA
under Section 234.  Trust assets insured under these programs must bear interest
at a rate not exceeding the maximum rate in effect at the time the loan is made,
as established by HUD, and may not exceed specified percentages of the lesser of
the  appraised  value of the  property  and the sales  price,  less  seller-paid
closing costs for the property,  up to certain specified maximums.  In addition,
FHA imposes initial investment minimums and other requirements on mortgage loans
insured under the Section 203(b) and Section 234 programs.

        Under Section 235,  assistance payments are paid by HUD to the mortgagee
on behalf of  eligible  borrowers  for as long as the  borrowers  continue to be
eligible for the payments.  To be eligible, a borrower must be part of a family,
have  income  within  the  limits  prescribed  by  HUD at the  time  of  initial
occupancy,  occupy the property and meet  requirements  for  recertification  at
least annually.

        The regulations governing these programs provide that insurance benefits
are payable either on  foreclosure,  or other  acquisition  of  possession,  and
conveyance  of the  mortgaged  premises to HUD or on assignment of the defaulted
mortgage  loan to HUD.  The FHA  insurance  that  may be  provided  under  these
programs  on  the  conveyance  of  the  home  to HUD is  equal  to  100%  of the
outstanding  principal balance of the mortgage loan, plus accrued  interest,  as
described below, and certain additional costs and expenses.  When entitlement to
insurance  benefits  results from  assignment  of the mortgage  loan to HUD, the
insurance  payment is computed as of the date of the assignment and includes the
unpaid principal amount of the mortgage loan plus mortgage  interest accrued and
unpaid to the assignment date.

        When  entitlement to insurance  benefits  results from  foreclosure  (or
other acquisition of possession) and conveyance,  the insurance payment is equal
to the unpaid principal  amount of the mortgage loan,  adjusted to reimburse the
mortgagee  for certain tax,  insurance  and similar  payments  made by it and to
deduct certain amounts received or retained by the mortgagee after default, plus
reimbursement not to exceed two-thirds of the mortgagee's foreclosure costs. Any
FHA insurance relating to underlying a series of securities will be described in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

VA MORTGAGE GUARANTY

        The  Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act of  1944,  as  amended,  permits  a
veteran, or, in certain instances,  his or her spouse, to obtain a mortgage loan
guaranty by the VA,  covering  mortgage  financing  of the purchase of a one- to
four-family  dwelling unit to be occupied as the veteran's  home, at an interest
rate not  exceeding  the maximum rate in effect at the time the loan is made, as
established  by HUD. The program has no limit on the amount of a mortgage  loan,
requires no down payment from the purchaser and permits the guaranty of mortgage
loans with terms, limited by the estimated economic life of the property,  up to
30 years.  The maximum  guaranty that may be issued by the VA under this program
is 50% of the original  principal  amount of the  mortgage  loan up to a certain
dollar limit  established by the VA. The liability on the guaranty is reduced or
increased pro rata with any reduction or increase in the amount of indebtedness,
but in no event will the amount payable on the guaranty exceed the amount of the

                                   71
<PAGE>

original  guaranty.  Regardless of the dollar and percentage  limitations of the
guaranty,  a  mortgagee  will  ordinarily  suffer a monetary  loss only when the
difference   between  the  unsatisfied   indebtedness  and  the  proceeds  of  a
foreclosure sale of mortgaged  premises is greater than the original guaranty as
adjusted.  The VA may, at its option,  and without regard to the guaranty,  make
full payment to a mortgagee of the unsatisfied indebtedness on a mortgage on its
assignment to the VA.

        Since there is no limit imposed by the VA on the  principal  amount of a
VA-guaranteed  mortgage  loan  but  there  is a limit  on the  amount  of the VA
guaranty,  additional  coverage under a primary mortgage insurance policy may be
required by the depositor for VA loans in excess of certain amounts.  The amount
of any  additional  coverage  will be set forth in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.  Any VA guaranty  relating to underlying a series of securities will
be described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

        The  depositor is an indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary of GMAC Mortgage
Group,  Inc.,  which is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of General Motors  Acceptance
Corporation. The depositor was incorporated in the State of Delaware in November
17, 1999. The depositor was organized for the limited purpose of acquiring loans
and issuing  securities backed by such loans. The depositor  anticipates that it
will in many cases have acquired loans indirectly  through  Residential  Funding
Corporation,  which is an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of GMAC  Mortgage
Group,  Inc. The depositor  anticipates that it will in many cases acquire loans
from  GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation,   which  is  also  an  indirect  wholly-owned
subsidiary of GMAC Mortgage  Group,  Inc. The depositor does not have, nor is it
expected in the future to have, any significant assets.

        The  securities  do not represent an interest in or an obligation of the
depositor.  The depositor's  only obligations for a series of securities will be
the limited representations and warranties made by the depositor or as otherwise
provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        The depositor  maintains its principal  office at 8400  Normandale  Lake
Boulevard,  Suite 600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437.  Its telephone number is
(612) 832-7000.

                         RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION

        If  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  Residential
Funding  Corporation,  an  affiliate  of the  depositor,  will act as the master
servicer or the servicer for each series of securities.

        Residential  Funding  Corporation buys loans under several loan purchase
programs  from  mortgage  loan  originators  or  sellers  nationwide,  including
affiliates,  that meet its seller/servicer eligibility requirements and services
loans for its own  account  and for others.  Residential  Funding  Corporation's
principal executive offices are located at 8400 Normandale Lake Boulevard, Suite
600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437.  Its telephone  number is (612)  832-7000.
Residential  Funding  Corporation  conducts  operations from its headquarters in
Minneapolis  and  from  offices  located  primarily  in  California,  Texas  and
Maryland.

                                 THE AGREEMENTS

        As described in this prospectus under "Introduction" and "Description of
the  Securities--General,"  each series of  certificates  will be issued under a
pooling and servicing  agreement or trust  agreement,  as  applicable,  and each
series of notes will be issued  under an  indenture,  each as  described in that

                                             72
<PAGE>

section.  In the case of each series of notes,  the  provisions  relating to the
servicing of the loans will be contained  in the related  servicing  agreements.
The following  summaries describe  additional  provisions common to each pooling
and  servicing   agreement  and  trust   agreement   relating  to  a  series  of
certificates, and each indenture and servicing agreement relating to a series of
notes.

        SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

        Each  servicer  or the  master  servicer,  as  applicable,  will be paid
compensation for the performance of its servicing  obligations at the percentage
per annum described in the accompanying prospectus supplement of the outstanding
principal  balance of each loan.  Any  subservicer  will also be entitled to the
servicing fee as described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.  Except as
otherwise provided in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the servicer or
the  master  servicer,  if any,  will  deduct  the  servicing  fee for the loans
underlying  the  securities  of a series  in an amount  to be  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The servicing fees may be fixed or variable.
In addition, the master servicer, any servicer or the relevant subservicers,  if
any, will be entitled to servicing  compensation in the form of assumption fees,
late payment  charges or excess  proceeds  following  disposition of property in
connection  with  defaulted  loans and any earnings on  investments  held in the
Payment  Account  or  any  Custodial  Account,  to the  extent  not  applied  as
Compensating  Interest.  Any Excess  Spread or  Excluded  Spread  retained  by a
seller,  the  master  servicer  or  servicer  will  not  constitute  part of the
servicing  fee.  Regardless of the  foregoing,  for a series of securities as to
which the trust includes private  securities,  the  compensation  payable to the
master  servicer  or servicer  for  servicing  and  administering  such  private
securities  on  behalf  of the  holders  of such  securities  may be  based on a
percentage per annum described in the accompanying  prospectus supplement of the
outstanding  balance  of  such  private  securities  and  may be  retained  from
distributions  of interest  thereon,  if stated in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.  In addition,  some reasonable  duties of the master servicer or the
servicer may be performed by an affiliate of the master servicer or the servicer
who will be entitled to compensation for performance of those duties.

        The master servicer or the servicer will pay or cause to be paid some of
the ongoing expenses associated with each trust and incurred by it in connection
with its  responsibilities  under  the  related  agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  payment  of any fee or other  amount  payable  for any  alternative
credit  enhancement  arrangements,  payment of the fees and disbursements of the
trustee,  any custodian appointed by the trustee, the security registrar and any
paying agent,  and payment of expenses  incurred in enforcing the obligations of
subservicers  and sellers.  The master servicer or the servicer will be entitled
to  reimbursement   of  expenses   incurred  in  enforcing  the  obligations  of
subservicers and sellers under limited circumstances.  In addition, as indicated
in the preceding  section,  the master servicer or the servicer will be entitled
to  reimbursements  for some of the expenses  incurred by it in connection  with
Liquidated Loans and in connection with the restoration of mortgaged properties,
such right of  reimbursement  being  prior to the rights of  securityholders  to
receive any related Liquidation Proceeds, including Insurance Proceeds.

        EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

        Each pooling and servicing agreement or servicing agreement will provide
that the master  servicer or the servicer  will,  for each series of securities,
deliver  to the  trustee,  on or before the date in each year  specified  in the
agreement,  an officer's  certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the master servicer or the servicer during the preceding  calendar year relating
to its  servicing  of loans and its  performance  under  pooling  and  servicing
agreements  or  servicing  agreements,  as  applicable,  including  the  related
agreement, has been made under the supervision of that officer.

                                        73
<PAGE>

        CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS REGARDING SERVICING

        Each servicer or the master servicer, as applicable, may not resign from
its obligations and duties under the related pooling and servicing  agreement or
servicing  agreement unless each rating agency has confirmed in writing that the
resignation  will not qualify,  reduce or cause to be withdrawn the then current
ratings on the securities  except on a determination  that its duties thereunder
are no longer  permissible  under  applicable  law. No  resignation  will become
effective  until the trustee or a  successor  servicer  or master  servicer  has
assumed the servicer's or the master servicer's obligations and duties under the
related pooling and servicing agreement.

        Each pooling and servicing  agreement or servicing  agreement  will also
provide  that  neither the  servicer,  the master  servicer,  nor any  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the master  servicer or servicer,  as applicable,
will be under any liability to the trust or the  securityholders  for any action
taken or for  refraining  from taking any action in good faith under the related
agreement, or for errors in judgment.  However, neither the servicer, the master
servicer nor any such person will be protected  against any liability that would
otherwise  be imposed by reason of the  failure to perform  its  obligations  in
compliance  with any  standard of care set forth in the related  agreement.  The
servicer  or the  master  servicer,  as  applicable,  may,  in  its  discretion,
undertake any action that it may deem necessary or desirable with respect to the
servicing  agreement  and the rights and duties of the  parties  thereto and the
interest of the related  securityholders.  The legal  expenses  and costs of the
action  and any  liability  resulting  therefrom  will be  expenses,  costs  and
liabilities  of the  trust  and the  servicer  or the  master  servicer  will be
entitled   to  be   reimbursed   out  of  funds   otherwise   distributable   to
securityholders.

        The master  servicer  or the  servicer  will be  required  to maintain a
fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy for its officers and employees and
other  persons  acting on behalf  of the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  in
connection with its activities under the related servicing agreement.

        A servicer or the master servicer may have other business  relationships
with the company, any seller or their affiliates.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

        POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT; SERVICING AGREEMENT

        Events of default under the related  pooling and servicing  agreement or
servicing agreement for a series of securities will include:

o    any failure by the servicer or master  servicer to make a required  deposit
     to the Custodial  Account or the Payment Account or, if the master servicer
     or servicer is the paying agent,  to distribute to the holders of any class
     of  securities  of  that  series  any  required   payment  which  continues
     unremedied  for five days after the giving of written notice of the failure
     to the master servicer or the servicer by the trustee or the depositor,  or
     to the master  servicer or the  servicer,  the depositor and the trustee by
     the holders of securities of such class evidencing not less than 25% of the
     aggregate  percentage  interests  constituting  that  class  or the  credit
     enhancer, if applicable;

o    any failure by the master  servicer or servicer  duly to observe or perform
     in any material  respect any other of its  covenants or  agreements  in the
     related agreement for that series of securities which continues  unremedied
     for a period of not more than 45 days,  or 15 days in the case of a failure
     to pay the  premium  for any  insurance  policy  which  is  required  to be
     maintained  under the  related  servicing  agreement,  after the  giving of
     written notice of the failure to the master servicer or the servicer by the

                                   74
<PAGE>

     trustee  or the  depositor,  or to the master  servicer  or  servicer,  the
     depositor and the trustee by the holders of any class of securities of that
     series  evidencing not less than 25%, 33% in the case of a trust  including
     private  securities or a majority in the case of a series of notes,  of the
     aggregate  percentage  interests  constituting  that  class,  or the credit
     enhancer, if applicable; and

o          some  events  of  insolvency,   bankruptcy  or  similar   proceedings
           regarding the master  servicer or servicer and certain actions by the
           master servicer or servicer indicating its insolvency or inability to
           pay its obligations.

        A default  under the terms of any  private  securities  included  in any
trust will not constitute an event of default under the related agreement.

        So long as an event of default remains  unremedied,  except as otherwise
provided  for in the related  agreement  with  respect to any third party credit
enhancer,  either the depositor or the trustee may, and, in the case of an event
of default  under a pooling and  servicing  agreement,  at the  direction of the
holders  of  securities  evidencing  not less than 51% of the  aggregate  voting
rights in the related trust,  the trustee shall, by written  notification to the
master  servicer or servicer and to the depositor or the trustee,  terminate all
of the rights and  obligations  of the master  servicer  or  servicer  under the
related  agreement,  other than any rights of the master servicer or servicer as
securityholder, and, in the case of termination under a servicing agreement, the
right to receive servicing compensation, expenses for servicing the trust assets
during any period prior to the date of that termination, and other reimbursement
of amounts the master  servicer or the servicer is entitled to withdraw from the
Custodial  Account.  The  trustee  or, on notice to the  depositor  and with the
depositor's consent, its designee will succeed to all  responsibilities,  duties
and  liabilities  of the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  under the  related
agreement, other than the obligation to purchase loans under some circumstances,
and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.  If the trustee would
be obligated to succeed the master  servicer or the servicer but is unwilling so
to act,  it may  appoint  or if it is  unable  so to act,  it shall  appoint  or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a Fannie Mae-
or Freddie  Mac-approved  mortgage servicing  institution with a net worth of at
least  $10,000,000  to act as successor  to the master  servicer or the servicer
under the  related  agreement,  unless  otherwise  set  forth in the  agreement.
Pending  appointment,  the trustee is  obligated  to act in that  capacity.  The
trustee and such successor may agree on the servicing  compensation  to be paid,
which in no event may be greater  than the  compensation  to the initial  master
servicer or the servicer under the related agreement.

        No  securityholder  will have any right  under a pooling  and  servicing
agreement to institute any proceeding  with respect to the pooling and servicing
agreement, except as otherwise provided for in the related pooling and servicing
agreement with respect to the credit enhancer,  unless the holder previously has
given to the trustee written notice of default and the  continuance  thereof and
unless the holders of  securities of any class  evidencing  not less than 25% of
the aggregate  percentage  interests  constituting  that class have made written
request upon the trustee to institute the  proceeding in its own name as trustee
thereunder and have offered to the trustee reasonable  indemnity and the trustee
for 60 days after  receipt of the request and indemnity has neglected or refused
to institute any proceeding. However, the trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of the trusts or powers  vested in it by the pooling and  servicing
agreement or to  institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation  thereunder or in
relation  thereto at the  request,  order or  direction of any of the holders of
securities  covered  by  the  pooling  and  servicing   agreement,   unless  the
securityholders  have  offered to the trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity
against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities  which may be incurred  therein or
thereby.

        INDENTURE

                                        75
<PAGE>

         An event of default under the  indenture  for each series of notes,  in
most cases, will include:

o    default  for  five  days or  more in the  payment  of any  principal  of or
     interest on any note of the series;

o          failure to perform any other  covenant of the  depositor or the trust
           in the  indenture  which  continues for a period of thirty days after
           notice of that  failure is given in  accordance  with the  procedures
           described in the accompanying prospectus supplement;

o          any  representation or warranty made by the depositor or the trust in
           the  indenture  or in any  certificate  or  other  writing  delivered
           pursuant  thereto or in  connection  therewith as to or affecting the
           series  having been  incorrect  in a material  respect as of the time
           made,  and the breach is not cured within thirty days after notice of
           that error is given in accordance  with the  procedures  described in
           the accompanying prospectus supplement; and

o    certain bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar events relating to the depositor
     or the trust.

        If an  event  of  default  as to the  notes  of any  series  at the time
outstanding occurs and is continuing,  either the trustee,  the credit enhancer,
if applicable,  or the holders of a majority of the then  aggregate  outstanding
amount  of the  notes of the  series  with the  written  consent  of the  credit
enhancer may declare the principal  amount,  or, if the notes of that series are
accrual notes,  that portion of the principal  amount as may be specified in the
terms of that  series,  of all the  notes of the  series  to be due and  payable
immediately.  That declaration may, under some  circumstances,  be rescinded and
annulled  by the holders of a majority in  aggregate  outstanding  amount of the
related notes.

        If,  following an event of default for any series of notes, the notes of
the series have been  declared to be due and  payable,  the trustee  may, in its
discretion,  or, if directed in writing by the credit enhancer, will, regardless
of that acceleration,  elect to maintain  possession of the collateral  securing
the notes of that series and to continue to apply payments on that collateral as
if there had been no declaration of acceleration if that collateral continues to
provide  sufficient  funds for the payment of  principal  of and interest on the
notes of the  series  as they  would  have  become  due if there  had not been a
declaration.  In addition,  the trustee may not sell or otherwise  liquidate the
collateral securing the notes of a series following an event of default, unless:

o    the holders of 100% of the then aggregate  outstanding  amount of the notes
     of the series consent to that sale,

o          the proceeds of the sale or liquidation are sufficient to pay in full
           the  principal  of and  accrued  interest,  due  and  unpaid,  on the
           outstanding  notes  of  the  series,  and  to  reimburse  the  credit
           enhancer, if applicable, at the date of that sale, or

o          the trustee determines that the collateral would not be sufficient on
           an  ongoing  basis  to make  all  payments  on  those  notes as those
           payments  would have become due if those notes had not been  declared
           due and payable,  and the trustee  obtains the consent of the holders
           of 66 2/3% of the then aggregate  outstanding  amount of the notes of
           the series and the credit enhancer, if applicable.

        In the event that the trustee  liquidates  the  collateral in connection
with an event of default,  the  indenture  provides that the trustee will have a
prior lien on the proceeds of that liquidation for unpaid fees and expenses.  As
a result,  on the occurrence of that event of default,  the amount available for
payments to the securityholders  would be less than would otherwise be the case.
However,  the trustee may not institute a proceeding for the  enforcement of its
lien except in connection  with a proceeding for the  enforcement of the lien of
the indenture for the benefit of the securityholders  after the occurrence of an
event of default.

        If stated in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  in the event the
principal of the notes of a series is declared due and payable,  as described in
the second  preceding  paragraph,  the holders of any notes issued at a discount

                                                  76

<PAGE>
from par may be entitled  to receive no more than an amount  equal to the unpaid
principal  amount  of  those  notes  less the  amount  of the  discount  that is
unamortized.

        In most cases,  no noteholder  will have any right under an indenture to
institute any proceeding in connection with the agreement  unless:  o the holder
previously has given to the trustee written notice of default and the

           continuance of that default,

o          the holders of securities of any class  evidencing  not less than 25%
           of the aggregate percentage interests constituting the class (1) have
           made written request upon the trustee to institute that proceeding in
           its own  name as  trustee  thereunder  and (2)  have  offered  to the
           trustee reasonable indemnity,

o    the trustee has neglected or refused to institute  that  proceeding  for 60
     days after receipt of that request and indemnity, and

o          no direction inconsistent with that written request has been given to
           the trustee during that 60 day period by the holders of a majority of
           the security balances of that class, except as otherwise provided for
           in the related agreement regarding the credit enhancer.

        However,  the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the
trusts  or powers  vested in it by the  applicable  agreement  or to  institute,
conduct  or defend  any  litigation  thereunder  or in  relation  thereto at the
request,  order or direction of any of the holders of securities  covered by the
agreement,  unless the  securityholders  have offered to the trustee  reasonable
security or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be
incurred in or by exercise of that power.

AMENDMENT

        In most  cases,  each  agreement  may be amended  by the  parties to the
agreement,  except as  otherwise  provided  for in the  related  agreement  with
respect  to  the  credit   enhancer,   without   the   consent  of  the  related
securityholders:

o        to cure any ambiguity;

o    to correct or supplement  any provision  therein which may be  inconsistent
     with any other provision therein or to correct any error;

o    to change the timing and/or nature of deposits in the Custodial  Account or
     the Payment Account or to change the name in which the Custodial Account is
     maintained,  except that (a) deposits to the Payment  Account may not occur
     later than the related  distribution date, (b) the change may not adversely
     affect in any  material  respect the  interests of any  securityholder,  as
     evidenced  by an opinion of counsel,  and (c) the change may not  adversely
     affect  the  then-current  rating of any rated  classes of  securities,  as
     evidenced by a letter from each applicable rating agency;


                                             77
<PAGE>

o    if an  election  to treat  the  related  trust as a "real  estate  mortgage
     investment conduit" or, REMIC has been made, to modify, eliminate or add to
     any of  its  provisions  (a)  to  the  extent  necessary  to  maintain  the
     qualification  of the trust as a REMIC or to avoid or minimize  the risk of
     imposition of any tax on the related  trust,  provided that the trustee has
     received  an  opinion  of  counsel  to the  effect  that (1) the  action is
     necessary or desirable  to maintain  qualification  or to avoid or minimize
     that risk,  and (2) the action will not  adversely  affect in any  material
     respect the interests of any related  securityholder,  or (b) to modify the
     provisions   regarding   the   transferability   of  the   REMIC   Residual
     Certificates,  provided that the depositor has  determined  that the change
     would not  adversely  affect the  applicable  ratings of any classes of the
     certificates,  as evidenced by a letter from each applicable rating agency,
     and that any such  amendment will not give rise to any tax for the transfer
     of the REMIC Residual Certificates to a non-permitted transferee;

o          to make any other  provisions for matters or questions  arising under
           the related agreement which are not materially  inconsistent with its
           provisions,  so long as the action will not  adversely  affect in any
           material respect the interests of any securityholder; or

o    to amend any  provision  that is not  material  to  holders of any class of
     related securities.

        In most cases,  each agreement may also be amended by the parties to the
agreement,  except as  otherwise  provided  for in the  related  agreement  with
respect to the credit enhancer, with the consent of the holders of securities of
each  class  affected  thereby  evidencing  not less than 66%,  in the case of a
series of  securities  issued  under a pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  or a
majority,  in the case of a series of securities  issued under an indenture,  of
the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of securities of that class for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the  provisions  of the related  agreement  or of modifying in any manner the
rights of the related  securityholders,  except that no such  amendment  may (i)
reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, payments received on
loans which are required to be  distributed  on a security of any class  without
the consent of the holder of the security, (ii) adversely affect in any material
respect  the  interests  of the holders of any class of  securities  in a manner
other than as  described  in the  preceding  clause,  without the consent of the
holders of securities of that class evidencing not less than 66%, in the case of
a series of  securities  issued under a pooling and  servicing  agreement,  or a
majority,  in the case of a series of securities  issued under an indenture,  of
the aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the securities of each class of
that  series  affected  by that  amendment  or (iii)  reduce the  percentage  of
securities of any class the holders of which are required to consent to any such
amendment  unless the holders of all  securities of that class have consented to
the change in the percentage.

        Regardless  of the  foregoing,  if a REMIC  election  has been made with
respect to the related trust, the trustee will not be entitled to consent to any
amendment to a pooling and servicing  agreement without having first received an
opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment or the exercise of any power
granted to the master  servicer,  the servicer,  the depositor or the trustee in
accordance  with the amendment will not result in the imposition of a tax on the
related trust or cause the trust to fail to qualify as a REMIC.

TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF SECURITIES

        The primary  obligations  created by the trust  agreement or pooling and
servicing  agreement  for each  series of  certificates  will  terminate  on the
payment  to the  related  securityholders  of all  amounts  held in the  Payment
Account or by the master servicer or any servicer and required to be paid to the
securityholders following the earlier of

                                                  78
<PAGE>

o          the final payment or other liquidation or disposition, or any Advance
           with  respect  thereto,  of the last  loan  subject  thereto  and all
           property  acquired on  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of foreclosure of
           any loan, and

o          the purchase by the master  servicer,  the servicer or the  depositor
           or, if specified in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  by the
           holder of the REMIC  Residual  Certificates  (see  "Material  Federal
           Income Tax  Consequences"  below) from the trust, or from the special
           purpose entity, if applicable, for such series of all remaining loans
           and all property acquired relating to the loans.

        Any  option to  purchase  described  in the  second  item  above will be
limited  to  cases  in which  the  aggregate  Stated  Principal  Balance  of the
remaining  loans  is less  than or  equal to ten  percent  (10%) of the  initial
aggregate Stated  Principal  Balance of the loans. In addition to the foregoing,
the master  servicer,  the  servicer,  or the  depositor  may have the option to
purchase, in whole but not in part, the securities specified in the accompanying
prospectus  supplement in the manner  described in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement.  At the  time of the  purchase  of such  securities  or at any  time
thereafter,  at  the  option  of  the  master  servicer,  the  servicer,  or the
depositor,  the  loans  may be  sold,  thereby  effecting  a  retirement  of the
securities and the  termination of the trust, or the securities so purchased may
be held or  resold by the  master  servicer,  the  servicer,  or the  depositor.
Written  notice of  termination  of the related  agreement will be given to each
securityholder,  and the final distribution will be made only at the time of the
surrender and cancellation of the securities at an office or agency appointed by
the  trustee  which  will be  specified  in the  notice of  termination.  If the
securityholders  are  permitted  to  terminate  the trust  under the  applicable
agreement, a penalty may be imposed on the securityholders based on the fee that
would be foregone by the master servicer or the servicer, as applicable, because
of the related termination.

        Any purchase described in the preceding  paragraph of loans and property
acquired relating to the loans evidenced by a series of securities shall be made
at the option of the master servicer, servicer, depositor or, if applicable, the
holder  of the  REMIC  Residual  Certificates  at  the  price  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The exercise of that right will effect early
retirement  of the  securities  of that  series,  but the right of any entity to
purchase the loans and related property will be in accordance with the criteria,
and will be at the price, set forth in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.
Early  termination  in this manner may adversely  affect the yield to holders of
some  classes  of the  securities.  If a  REMIC  election  has  been  made,  the
termination  of the related trust will be effected in a manner  consistent  with
applicable federal income tax regulations and its status as a REMIC.

        In addition to the  optional  repurchase  of the property in the related
trust, if stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a holder of the Call
Class will have the right,  solely at its  discretion,  to terminate the related
trust and thereby effect early  retirement of the  securities of the series,  on
any  distribution  date after the 12th  distribution  date following the date of
initial issuance of the related series of securities and until the date when the
optional  termination  rights of the master  servicer  or the  servicer  and the
depositor  become  exercisable.  The Call Class  will not be  offered  under the
prospectus  supplement.  Any such call will be of the entire  trust at one time;
multiple calls for any series of securities  will not be permitted.  In the case
of a call, the holders of the securities  will be paid a price equal to the Call
Price.  To exercise the call,  the holder of the Call Security must remit to the
related trustee for distribution to the  certificateholders,  funds equal to the
Call Price.  If those funds are not  deposited  with the  related  trustee,  the
securities of that series will remain outstanding. In addition, in the case of a
trust for which a REMIC election or elections have been made,  this  termination
will be effected  in a manner  consistent  with  applicable  Federal  income tax
regulations  and its status as a REMIC.  In connection with a call by the holder
of a Call Security, the final payment to the certificateholders  will be made at
the  time of  surrender  of the  related  securities  to the  trustee.  Once the
securities have been surrendered and paid in full, there will not be any further
liability to certificateholders.

                                          79
<PAGE>

        The indenture  will be  discharged  as to a series of notes,  except for
some  continuing  rights  specified  in  the  indenture,  at  the  time  of  the
distribution to noteholders of all amounts required to be distributed  under the
indenture.

THE TRUSTEE

        The  trustee  under  each  pooling  and  servicing  agreement  or  trust
agreement  under which a series of  certificates  is issued will be named in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving
as trustee may have normal banking  relationships  with the depositor and/or its
affiliates,   including   Residential  Funding  Corporation  and  GMAC  Mortgage
Corporation.

        The trustee may resign at any time, in which event the depositor will be
obligated  to appoint a successor  trustee.  The  depositor  may also remove the
trustee if the trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as trustee  under the
related agreement or if the trustee becomes  insolvent.  After becoming aware of
those  circumstances,  the  depositor  will be  obligated to appoint a successor
trustee.  The  trustee  may  also  be  removed  at any  time by the  holders  of
securities  evidencing  not less than 51% of the aggregate  voting rights in the
related trust.  Any  resignation or removal of the trustee and  appointment of a
successor  trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by the successor trustee.

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

        The  owner  trustee  under  the  trust  agreement  will be  named in the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving
as owner trustee may have normal banking relationships with the depositor and/or
its  affiliates,  including  Residential  Funding  Corporation and GMAC Mortgage
Corporation.

        The  owner   trustee  may  resign  at  any  time,   in  which  case  the
Administrator or the indenture  trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor
owner trustee as described in the agreements. The Administrator or the indenture
trustee  may also  remove the owner  trustee if the owner  trustee  ceases to be
eligible to continue as such under the trust  agreement or if the owner  trustee
becomes   insolvent.   After   becoming  aware  of  those   circumstances,   the
Administrator or the indenture  trustee will be obligated to appoint a successor
owner trustee.  Any  resignation or removal of the owner trustee and appointment
of a successor owner trustee will not become  effective until  acceptance of the
appointment by the successor owner trustee.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

        The  indenture  trustee  under  the  indenture  will  be  named  in  the
accompanying prospectus supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving
as indenture  trustee may have normal banking  relationships  with the depositor
and/or  its  affiliates,  including  Residential  Funding  Corporation  and GMAC
Mortgage Corporation.

        The  indenture  trustee  may  resign  at any  time,  in  which  case the
depositor, the owner trustee or the Administrator will be obligated to appoint a
successor  indenture trustee as described in the indenture.  The depositor,  the
owner trustee or the Administrator as described in the indenture may also remove
the indenture trustee if the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue
as such under the indenture or if the indenture trustee becomes insolvent. After
becoming aware of those circumstances,  the depositor,  the owner trustee or the
Administrator  will be obligated to appoint a successor  indenture  trustee.  If

                                   80
<PAGE>

stated in the indenture,  the indenture  trustee may also be removed at any time
by the holders of a majority by principal  balance of the notes. Any resignation
or removal of the indenture  trustee and  appointment  of a successor  indenture
trustee will not become  effective  until  acceptance of the  appointment by the
successor indenture trustee.

                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

        The yield to maturity of a security will depend on the price paid by the
holder for the  security,  the  pass-through  rate on any  security  entitled to
payments  of  interest,  which  pass-through  rate  may  vary if  stated  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and the  rate  and  timing  of  principal
payments on the loans,  including  payments in excess of required  installments,
prepayments or terminations,  liquidations and repurchases,  the rate and timing
of Draws in the case of revolving  credit loans, and the allocation of principal
payments to reduce the  principal  balance of the  security  or notional  amount
thereof, if applicable.

        In  general,  defaults  on loans  are  expected  to occur  with  greater
frequency  in their  early  years.  The rate of default  on cash out  refinance,
limited documentation or no documentation mortgage loans, and on loans with high
LTV ratios or combined LTV ratios,  as applicable,  may be higher than for other
types of loans. Likewise, the rate of default on loans that have been originated
under lower than  traditional  underwriting  standards  may be higher than those
originated under traditional  standards.  A trust may include loans that are one
month or more  delinquent  at the time of  offering  of the  related  series  of
securities or which have recently been several  months  delinquent.  The rate of
default on delinquent  loans or loans with a recent  history of  delinquency  is
more  likely to be higher  than the rate of default on loans that have a current
payment status.  In addition,  the rate and timing of prepayments,  defaults and
liquidations on the loans will be affected by the general economic  condition of
the  region  of the  country  or the  locality  in which the  related  mortgaged
properties  are  located.  The risk of  delinquencies  and loss is  greater  and
prepayments  are less likely in regions  where a weak or  deteriorating  economy
exists, as may be evidenced by, among other factors,  increasing unemployment or
falling property values.  The risk of loss may also be greater on loans with LTV
ratios  or  combined  LTV  ratios  greater  than  80% and no  primary  insurance
policies.  The  yield on any class of  securities  and the  timing of  principal
payments on that class may also be affected by modifications or actions that may
be taken or  approved  by the  master  servicer,  the  servicer  or any of their
affiliates  as  described  in  this   prospectus   under   "Description  of  the
Securities--Servicing  and  Administration  of Loans," in connection with a loan
that is in default, or if a default is reasonably foreseeable.

        The risk of loss on loans made on loans secured by mortgaged  properties
located in Puerto Rico may be greater  than on loans that are made to  borrowers
who are United  States  residents and citizens or that are secured by properties
located in the United  States.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans" in this
prospectus.

        Because of the uncertainty, delays and costs that may be associated with
realizing on  collateral  securing the Mexico Loans,  as well as the  additional
risks of a decline in the value and marketability of the collateral, the risk of
loss for  Mexico  Loans  may be  greater  than for  mortgage  loans  secured  by
mortgaged  properties  located in the United  States.  The risk of loss on loans
made to international  borrowers may be greater than loans that are made to U.S.
borrowers located in the United States. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans"
in this prospectus.

        The  application of any withholding tax on payments made by borrowers of
Mexico  Loans  residing  outside of the United  States may  increase the risk of
default because the borrower may have qualified for the loan on the basis of the
lower mortgage payment,  and may have difficulty  making the increased  payments
required to cover the withholding  tax payments.  The application of withholding

                                        81
<PAGE>

tax may increase the risk of loss because the applicable taxing  authorities may
be permitted to place a lien on the mortgaged  property or  effectively  prevent
the  transfer of an  interest in the  mortgaged  property  until any  delinquent
withholding taxes have been paid.

        To the  extent  that  any  document  relating  to a  loan  is not in the
possession of the trustee, the deficiency may make it difficult or impossible to
realize on the mortgaged property in the event of foreclosure, which will affect
the timing and the amount of Liquidation  Proceeds received by the Trustee.  See
"Description of the Securities --Assignment of Loans" in this prospectus.

        The  amount of  interest  payments  on a loans  distributed  monthly  to
holders of a class of  securities  entitled  to  payments  of  interest  will be
calculated,  or accrued in the case of deferred interest or accrual  securities,
on the basis of that class's  specified  percentage of each payment of interest,
or accrual in the case of accrual securities,  and will be expressed as a fixed,
adjustable or variable  pass-through  rate payable on the outstanding  principal
balance or notional  amount of the security,  or any combination of pass-through
rates,  calculated  as  described  in this  prospectus  and in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  under  "Description of the Securities - Distributions of
Principal  and Interest on the  Securities."  Holders of strip  securities  or a
class of securities having a pass-through rate that varies based on the weighted
average   interest   rate  of  the   underlying   loans  will  be   affected  by
disproportionate prepayments and repurchases of loans having higher net interest
rates or higher rates applicable to the strip securities, as applicable.

        The effective yield to maturity to each holder of securities entitled to
payments of interest  will be below that  otherwise  produced by the  applicable
pass-through  rate and purchase  price of the security  because,  while interest
will accrue on each loan from the first day of each month,  the  distribution of
interest will be made on the 25th day or, if the 25th day is not a business day,
the next  succeeding  business day, of the month  following the month of accrual
or, in the case of a trust including private securities,  such other day that is
specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        A class of  securities  may be  entitled  to  payments  of interest at a
fixed,  variable  or  adjustable   pass-through  rate,  or  any  combination  of
pass-through rates, each as specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
A variable  pass-through rate may be calculated based on the weighted average of
the Net Loan  Rates,  net of  servicing  fees and any Excess  Spread or Excluded
Spread,  of the related loan or certain balances thereof for the month preceding
the  distribution  date.  An adjustable  pass-through  rate may be calculated by
reference to an index or otherwise.

        The  aggregate  payments of interest on a class of  securities,  and the
yield to maturity thereon,  will be affected by the rate of payment of principal
on the securities, or the rate of reduction in the notional amount of securities
entitled to payments of interest only, and, in the case of securities evidencing
interests in ARM loans,  by changes in the Net Loan Rates on the ARM loans.  See
"Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" below. The yield on the securities will
also be affected by  liquidations of loans  following  borrower  defaults and by
purchases  of loans in the event of  breaches  of  representations  made for the
loans by the  depositor,  the master  servicer or the  servicer  and others,  or
conversions  of ARM loans to a fixed  interest  rate.  See  "Description  of the
Securities - Representations with Respect to Loans" in this prospectus.

        In general, if a security is purchased at a premium over its face amount
and  payments  of  principal  on the  related  loan occur at a rate  faster than
anticipated at the time of purchase,  the  purchaser's  actual yield to maturity
will be lower than that assumed at the time of purchase. On the other hand, if a
class of securities is purchased at a discount from its face amount and payments
of principal on the related loan occur at a rate slower than  anticipated at the
time of purchase,  the  purchaser's  actual yield to maturity will be lower than
assumed.  The effect of Principal  Prepayments,  liquidations  and  purchases on
yield  will be  particularly  significant  in the case of a class of  securities
entitled to payments of interest only or disproportionate  payments of interest.

                                        82
<PAGE>

In addition,  the total return to investors of securities  evidencing a right to
distributions  of interest at a rate that is based on the  weighted  average Net
Loan Rate of the loans from time to time will be adversely affected by principal
prepayments on loans with loan rates higher than the weighted  average loan rate
on the loans.  In general,  loans with higher loan rates prepay at a faster rate
than loans with lower loan rates. In some  circumstances,  rapid prepayments may
result in the failure of the holders to recoup  their  original  investment.  In
addition,  the  yield to  maturity  on other  types of  classes  of  securities,
including  accrual   securities,   securities  with  a  pass-through  rate  that
fluctuates  inversely  with or at a multiple  of an index or other  classes in a
series  including  more than one class of  securities,  may be  relatively  more
sensitive to the rate of  prepayment  on the related loans than other classes of
securities.

        The outstanding principal balances of revolving credit loans, closed-end
home equity loans, home improvement contracts and Home Loans are, in most cases,
much  smaller  than  traditional  first lien  mortgage  loan  balances,  and the
original  terms to maturity of those loans and  contracts are often shorter than
those of traditional first lien mortgage loans. As a result, changes in interest
rates will not affect the monthly  payments on those loans or  contracts  to the
same degree  that  changes in  mortgage  interest  rates will affect the monthly
payments on traditional first lien mortgage loans.  Consequently,  the effect of
changes in prevailing  interest rates on the prepayment  rates on  shorter-term,
smaller  balance  loans and contracts may not be similar to the effects of those
changes on  traditional  first lien mortgage  loan  prepayment  rates,  or those
effects  may be  similar  to the  effects  of those  changes  on  mortgage  loan
prepayment rates, but to a smaller degree.

        The  timing  of  changes  in  the  rate  of  principal  payments  on  or
repurchases of the loans may significantly  affect an investor's actual yield to
maturity,  even if the average rate of principal payments  experienced over time
is  consistent  with an  investor's  expectation.  In  general,  the  earlier  a
prepayment of principal on the loans or a repurchase of loans,  the greater will
be the effect on an investor's yield to maturity.  As a result, the effect on an
investor's  yield of  principal  payments  and  repurchases  occurring at a rate
higher or lower  than the rate  anticipated  by the  investor  during the period
immediately  following the issuance of a series of securities would not be fully
offset by a  subsequent  like  reduction  or increase  in the rate of  principal
payments.

        When a full  prepayment  is made  on a loan,  the  borrower  is  charged
interest on the  principal  amount of the loan so prepaid for the number of days
in the month actually elapsed up to the date of the prepayment,  at a daily rate
determined  by  dividing  the  loan  rate by 365.  Prepayments  in full or final
liquidations  of  loans  in  most  cases  may  reduce  the  amount  of  interest
distributed  in the  following  month  to  holders  of  securities  entitled  to
distributions of interest if the resulting  Prepayment Interest Shortfall is not
covered by Compensating Interest. See "Description of the Securities--Prepayment
Interest  Shortfalls."  A partial  prepayment  of  principal is applied so as to
reduce the outstanding  principal  balance of the related  mortgage loan,  other
than a  revolving  credit  loan,  as of the  first day of the month in which the
partial prepayment is received.  As a result, the effect of a partial prepayment
on a mortgage loan,  other than a revolving  credit loan,  will be to reduce the
amount of interest  distributed to holders of securities in the month  following
the receipt of the partial prepayment by an amount equal to one month's interest
at the applicable pass-through rate or Net Loan Rate, as the case may be, on the
prepaid amount if such shortfall is not covered by  Compensating  Interest.  See
"Description of the Securities--Prepayment Interest Shortfalls." Neither full or
partial Principal Prepayments nor Liquidation Proceeds will be distributed until
the  distribution  date  in the  month  following  receipt.  See  "Maturity  and
Prepayment Considerations."

        For some loans, including revolving credit loans and ARM loans, the loan
rate at  origination  may be below the rate that  would  result if the index and
margin  relating  thereto  were  applied at  origination.  Under the  applicable

                                   83
<PAGE>

underwriting  standards,  the  borrower  under each of the  loans,  other than a
revolving  credit loan,  usually will be qualified on the basis of the loan rate
in effect at origination, and borrowers under revolving credit loans are usually
qualified based on an assumed payment which reflects a rate significantly  lower
than the maximum  rate.  The repayment of any such loan may thus be dependent on
the ability of the  borrower  to make  larger  monthly  payments  following  the
adjustment  of the loan rate. In addition,  the periodic  increase in the amount
paid by the borrower of a Buy-Down  Loan during or at the end of the  applicable
Buy-Down  Period may create a greater  financial  burden for the  borrower,  who
might  not  have  otherwise  qualified  for  a  mortgage  under  the  applicable
underwriting  guidelines,  and may accordingly  increase the risk of default for
the related loan.

        For any loans secured by junior liens on the related mortgaged property,
the  inability  of the  borrower to pay off the  balance  thereof may affect the
ability of the  borrower  to obtain  refinancing  of any  related  senior  loan,
thereby  preventing a potential  improvement  in the  borrower's  circumstances.
Furthermore,  unless stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, under the
applicable  agreement  the master  servicer or the servicer may be restricted or
prohibited from consenting to any refinancing of any related senior loan,  which
in turn could  adversely  affect  the  borrower's  circumstances  or result in a
prepayment or default under the corresponding loan.

        The holder of a loan  secured by a junior lien on the related  mortgaged
property  will be  subject to a loss of its  mortgage  if the holder of a senior
mortgage is successful in foreclosure  of its mortgage and its claim,  including
any related  foreclosure  costs,  is not paid in full,  since no junior liens or
encumbrances survive such a foreclosure. Also, due to the priority of the senior
mortgage, the holder of a loan secured by a junior lien on the related mortgaged
property  may not be able to control  the  timing,  method or  procedure  of any
foreclosure action relating to the mortgaged property. Investors should be aware
that any liquidation,  insurance or condemnation  proceeds  received relating to
any loans  secured by junior  liens on the related  mortgaged  property  will be
available  to satisfy the  outstanding  balance of such loans only to the extent
that the claims of the holders of the senior  mortgages  have been  satisfied in
full, including any related foreclosure costs. For loans secured by junior liens
that have low  junior  mortgage  ratios,  foreclosure  costs may be  substantial
relative to the outstanding balance of the loan, and therefore the amount of any
Liquidation Proceeds available to securityholders may be smaller as a percentage
of the outstanding  balance of the loan than would be the case in a typical pool
of first lien residential loans. In addition,  the holder of a loan secured by a
junior lien on the related mortgaged property may only foreclose on the property
securing  the related loan  subject to any senior  mortgages,  in which case the
holder  must  either pay the entire  amount due on the senior  mortgages  to the
senior  mortgagees  at or  prior  to  the  foreclosure  sale  or  undertake  the
obligation to make payments on the senior mortgages.

        Depending  upon the use of the  revolving  credit  line and the  payment
patterns,  during the  repayment  period,  a borrower  may be  obligated to make
payments that are higher than the borrower originally qualified for. Some of the
revolving  credit  loans are not  expected to  significantly  amortize  prior to
maturity.  As a result,  a borrower  will, in these cases,  be required to pay a
substantial  principal  amount  at the  maturity  of a  revolving  credit  loan.
Similarly,  a borrower  of a Balloon  Loan will be  required  to pay the Balloon
Amount  at   maturity.   Those  loans  pose  a  greater  risk  of  default  than
fully-amortizing   loans,   because  the  borrower's  ability  to  make  such  a
substantial  payment at  maturity  will in most cases  depend on the  borrower's
ability to obtain  refinancing of those loans or to sell the mortgaged  property
prior to the maturity of the loan. The ability to obtain refinancing will depend
on a number of factors  prevailing at the time  refinancing or sale is required,
including,  without limitation,  the borrower's personal economic circumstances,
the borrower's  equity in the related  mortgaged  property,  real estate values,
prevailing  market interest rates,  tax laws and national and regional  economic

                                        84
<PAGE>

conditions. None of the seller, the depositor,  Residential Funding Corporation,
GMAC  Mortgage  Group,  Inc. or any of their  affiliates  will be  obligated  to
refinance or repurchase any loan or to sell any mortgaged property,  unless that
obligation is specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        The loan rates on ARM loans that are  subject to  negative  amortization
typically   adjust  monthly  and  their   amortization   schedules  adjust  less
frequently.  Because  initial loan rates are typically lower than the sum of the
indices applicable at origination and the related Note Margins,  during a period
of rising interest rates as well as immediately after origination, the amount of
interest  accruing on the principal balance of those loans may exceed the amount
of the scheduled monthly payment. As a result, a portion of the accrued interest
on negatively  amortizing loans may become deferred interest which will be added
to their  principal  balance and will bear interest at the applicable loan rate.
Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  revolving
credit loans will not be subject to negative amortization.

        The addition of any deferred  interest to the  principal  balance of any
related  class of  securities  will  lengthen the weighted  average life of that
class  of  securities  and may  adversely  affect  yield  to  holders  of  those
securities.   In   addition,   for  ARM  loans  that  are  subject  to  negative
amortization,  during a period of declining interest rates, it might be expected
that each  scheduled  monthly  payment on such a loan would exceed the amount of
scheduled principal and accrued interest on its principal balance, and since the
excess will be applied to reduce the  principal  balance of the related class or
classes of securities,  the weighted  average life of those  securities  will be
reduced and may adversely affect yield to holders thereof.

        If stated in the accompanying prospectus supplement, a trust may contain
GPM Loans,  GEM Loans or Buy-Down Loans that have monthly payments that increase
during the first few years following  origination.  Borrowers in most cases will
be qualified for such loans on the basis of the initial monthly payment.  To the
extent that the related  borrower's income does not increase at the same rate as
the monthly  payment,  such a loan may be more likely to default than a mortgage
loan with level monthly payments.

        If credit enhancement for a series of securities is provided by a letter
of credit,  insurance  policy or bond that is issued or  guaranteed by an entity
that suffers financial  difficulty,  such credit enhancement may not provide the
level of support  that was  anticipated  at the time an investor  purchased  its
security.  In the  event of a default  under  the  terms of a letter of  credit,
insurance  policy or bond,  any Realized  Losses on the loans not covered by the
credit  enhancement  will be  applied  to a series of  securities  in the manner
described in the accompanying prospectus supplement and may reduce an investor's
anticipated yield to maturity.

        The  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  may set forth  other  factors
concerning  the loans  securing a series of  securities or the structure of such
series that will affect the yield on the securities.

                                MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

        As indicated above under "The Trusts," the original terms to maturity of
the loans in a given trust will vary  depending on the type of loans included in
the trust.  The prospectus  supplement  for a series of securities  will contain
information for the types and maturities of the loans in the related trust.  The
prepayment  experience,  the timing and rate of  repurchases  and the timing and
amount of  liquidations  for the related loans will affect the life and yield of
the related series of securities.

        If the  related  agreement  for a series of  securities  provides  for a
Funding  Account or other means of funding the transfer of  additional  loans to
the related trust,  as described under  "Description of the  Securities--Funding
Account",  and the trust is unable to acquire any  additional  loans  within any
applicable time limit,  the amounts set aside for such purpose may be applied as
principal distributions on one or more classes of securities of such series.

                                        85
<PAGE>

        Prepayments  on loans are  commonly  measured  relative to a  prepayment
standard or model.  The prospectus  supplement for each series of securities may
describe one or more prepayment standard or model and may contain tables setting
forth the  projected  yields to  maturity  on each  class of  securities  or the
weighted  average life of each class of  securities  and the  percentage  of the
original  principal amount of each class of securities of that series that would
be  outstanding  on  specified  payment  dates  for  the  series  based  on  the
assumptions  stated  in  the  accompanying   prospectus  supplement,   including
assumptions  that  prepayments on the loans are made at rates  corresponding  to
various  percentages of the prepayment  standard or model. There is no assurance
that  prepayment of the loans  underlying a series of securities will conform to
any level of the  prepayment  standard or model  specified  in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement.

        The  following  is  a  list  of  factors  that  may  affect   prepayment
experience:

o        homeowner mobility;

o        economic conditions;

o        changes in borrowers' housing needs;

o        job transfers;

o        unemployment;

o        borrowers' equity in the properties securing the mortgages;

o        servicing decisions;

o        enforceability of due-on-sale clauses;

o        mortgage market interest rates;

o        mortgage recording taxes;

o        solicitations and the availability of mortgage funds; and

o        the obtaining of secondary financing by the borrower.

        All  statistics  known to the  depositor  that  have been  compiled  for
prepayment  experience  on loans  indicate  that  while  some  loans may  remain
outstanding  until their stated  maturities,  a substantial  number will be paid
significantly  earlier  than their  respective  stated  maturities.  The rate of
prepayment for  conventional  fixed-rate  loans has fluctuated  significantly in
recent  years.  In  general,   however,   if  prevailing   interest  rates  fall
significantly  below  the  loan  rates  on the  loans  underlying  a  series  of
securities,  the  prepayment  rate of such  loans is likely to be  significantly
higher  than if  prevailing  rates  remain at or above the rates  borne by those
loans. Conversely,  when prevailing interest rates increase,  borrowers are less
likely to prepay  their  loans.  The  depositor  is not aware of any  historical
prepayment  experience  for loans  secured  by  properties  located in Mexico or
Puerto  Rico and,  accordingly,  prepayments  on such loans may not occur at the
same rate or be affected by the same factors as more traditional loans.

                                        86
<PAGE>

        An increase in the amount of the monthly  payments owed on a Mexico Loan
due to the imposition of  withholding  taxes may increase the risk of prepayment
on that loan if alternative financing on more favorable terms are available.

        There can be no assurance as to the rate of principal  payments or Draws
on the revolving  credit loans. In most cases, the revolving credit loans may be
prepaid in full or in part without penalty. The closed-end home equity loans may
provide for a prepayment charge. The prospectus  supplement will specify whether
loans may not be prepaid in full or in part without  penalty.  The depositor has
no significant  experience  regarding the rate of Principal  Prepayments on home
improvement  contracts,  but in most  cases  expects  that  prepayments  on home
improvement  contracts will be higher than other loans due to the possibility of
increased  property  value  resulting  from the  home  improvement  and  greater
refinance  options.  The rate of principal  payments  and the rate of Draws,  if
applicable,  may fluctuate  substantially from time to time. In most cases, home
equity loans are not viewed by borrowers  as permanent  financing.  Accordingly,
such loans may  experience a higher rate of  prepayment  than typical first lien
mortgage loans. Due to the unpredictable  nature of both principal  payments and
Draws, the rates of principal  payments net of Draws for those loans may be much
more volatile than for typical first lien mortgage loans.

        The yield to maturity of the  securities of any series,  or the rate and
timing of principal payments or Draws, if applicable,  on the related loans, may
also be affected by a wide variety of specific terms and  conditions  applicable
to the respective  programs under which the loans were originated.  For example,
the  revolving  credit  loans may  provide  for future  Draws to be made only in
specified minimum amounts, or alternatively may permit Draws to be made by check
or through a credit card in any amount. A pool of revolving credit loans subject
to the  latter  provisions  may be likely to remain  outstanding  longer  with a
higher  aggregate  principal  balance than a pool of revolving credit loans with
the  former  provisions,  because  of the  relative  ease of making  new  Draws.
Furthermore,  the loans may  provide  for  interest  rate  changes on a daily or
monthly basis, or may have gross margins that may vary under some  circumstances
over the term of the loan. In extremely  high market  interest  rate  scenarios,
securities backed by loans with adjustable rates subject to substantially higher
maximum rates than typically  apply to adjustable  rate first mortgage loans may
experience rates of default and liquidation substantially higher than those that
have been experienced on other adjustable rate mortgage loan pools.

        The yield to maturity of the  securities of any series,  or the rate and
timing of  principal  payments  on the loans or Draws on the  related  revolving
credit loans and corresponding payments on the securities, will also be affected
by the specific terms and conditions applicable to the securities.  For example,
if the index  used to  determine  the loan rates for a series of  securities  is
different from the index  applicable to the loan rates of the underlying  loans,
the yield on the  securities  may be reduced by application of a cap on the loan
rates based on the weighted  average of the loan rates.  Depending on applicable
cash flow allocation  provisions,  changes in the  relationship  between the two
indexes may also affect the timing of some principal payments on the securities,
or may affect the amount of any overcollateralization,  or the amount on deposit
in any reserve fund,  which could in turn accelerate the payment of principal on
the  securities if so provided in the prospectus  supplement.  For any series of
securities backed by revolving credit loans, provisions governing whether future
Draws on the  revolving  credit  loans will be included in the trust will have a
significant  effect  on  the  rate  and  timing  of  principal  payments  on the
securities.  The rate at which additional balances are generated may be affected
by a variety of factors.  The yield to maturity of the securities of any series,
or the rate and timing of  principal  payments on the loans may also be affected
by the risks associated with other loans.

        As a result of the payment terms of the revolving credit loans or of the
mortgage provisions relating to future Draws, there may be no principal payments
on those  securities  in any given month.  In addition,  it is possible that the

                                        87
<PAGE>

aggregate  Draws on  revolving  credit  loans  included in a pool may exceed the
aggregate  payments of principal on those revolving credit loans for the related
period.  If specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  a series of
securities  may  provide  for a period  during  which  all or a  portion  of the
principal collections on the revolving credit loans are reinvested in additional
balances  or are  accumulated  in a trust  account  pending  commencement  of an
amortization period relating to the securities.

        Unless otherwise specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement, in
most cases  mortgage  loans  (other than ARM loans) and  revolving  credit loans
will,  and  closed-end  home equity loans and home  improvement  contracts  may,
contain  due-on-sale  provisions  permitting  the  mortgagee to  accelerate  the
maturity  of the  loan  upon  sale  or some  transfers  by the  borrower  of the
underlying  mortgaged property.  Unless the accompanying  prospectus  supplement
indicates   otherwise,   the  master  servicer  or  servicer  will  enforce  any
due-on-sale  clause to the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or proposed
conveyance  of the  underlying  mortgaged  property  and it is entitled to do so
under applicable law,  provided,  however,  that the master servicer or servicer
will not take any  action in  relation  to the  enforcement  of any  due-on-sale
provision  which  would  adversely  affect  or  jeopardize  coverage  under  any
applicable insurance policy.

        An ARM  loan  is  assumable,  in  some  circumstances,  if the  proposed
transferee of the related  mortgaged  property  establishes its ability to repay
the loan and, in the reasonable judgment of the master servicer or the servicer,
the  security  for the ARM loan would not be  impaired  by the  assumption.  The
extent to which ARM loans are assumed by purchasers of the mortgaged  properties
rather than prepaid by the related borrowers in connection with the sales of the
mortgaged properties will affect the weighted average life of the related series
of   securities.   See   "Description   of  the   Securities  --  Servicing  and
Administration  of Loans -- Enforcement of  `Due-on-Sale'  Clauses" and "Certain
Legal  Aspects  of  the  Loans--Enforceability  of  Certain  Provisions"  for  a
description  of provisions of each  agreement  and legal  developments  that may
affect the prepayment rate of loans.

        While most  manufactured  housing  contracts will contain  "due-on-sale"
provisions  permitting  the  holder  of the  manufactured  housing  contract  to
accelerate the maturity of the  manufactured  housing  contract on conveyance by
the  borrower,  the master  servicer  or  servicer,  as  applicable,  may permit
proposed  assumptions of manufactured housing contracts where the proposed buyer
of the manufactured home meets the underwriting  standards described above. Such
assumption  would  have  the  effect  of  extending  the  average  life  of  the
manufactured  housing  contract.  FHA loans and VA loans  are not  permitted  to
contain "due-on-sale" clauses, and are freely assumable.

        In addition, some private securities included in a pool may be backed by
underlying loans having differing interest rates. Accordingly, the rate at which
principal  payments are received on the related securities will, to some extent,
depend on the interest rates on the underlying loans.

        Some types of loans  included in a trust may have  characteristics  that
make  it  more  likely  to  default  than   collateral   provided  for  mortgage
pass-through  securities from other mortgage  purchase  programs.  The depositor
anticipates  including "limited  documentation" and "no documentation"  mortgage
loans,  loans  acquired  under  Residential  Funding   Corporation's   portfolio
transaction program, Mexico Loans, loans secured by mortgaged properties located
in Puerto Rico and mortgage loans that were made to  international  borrowers or
that were originated in accordance with lower  underwriting  standards and which
may have  been made to  borrowers  with  imperfect  credit  histories  and prior
bankruptcies.  Likewise,  a trust may  include  loans that are one month or more

                                        88
<PAGE>

delinquent  at the time of offering of the related  series of  securities or are
secured by junior  liens on the related  mortgaged  property.  Such loans may be
susceptible to a greater risk of default and liquidation than might otherwise be
expected by investors in the related securities.

        The mortgage  loans may in most cases be prepaid by the borrowers at any
time without  payment of any  prepayment  fee or penalty,  although  some of the
mortgage loans as described in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement  provide
for  payment  of a  prepayment  charge.  This may have an  effect on the rate of
prepayment. Some states' laws restrict the imposition of prepayment charges even
when the mortgage loans  expressly  provide for the collection of those charges.
As a result, it is possible that prepayment charges may not be collected even on
mortgage loans that provide for the payment of these charges.

        The master servicer or the servicer may allow the refinancing of a loans
in any trust by accepting  prepayments  thereon and permitting a new loan to the
same  borrower  secured  by a  mortgage  on  the  same  property,  which  may be
originated  by the  servicer or the master  servicer or any of their  respective
affiliates or by an unrelated  entity.  In the event of a  refinancing,  the new
loan would not be included in the related trust and, therefore,  the refinancing
would  have the same  effect as a  prepayment  in full of the  related  loan.  A
servicer  or the master  servicer  may,  from time to time,  implement  programs
designed  to  encourage  refinancing.   These  programs  may  include,   without
limitation,  modifications of existing loans, general or targeted solicitations,
the offering of pre-approved  applications,  reduced origination fees or closing
costs,  reduced or no  documentation  or other  financial  incentives.  Targeted
solicitations may be based on a variety of factors,  including the credit of the
borrower or the location of the mortgaged  property.  In addition,  servicers or
the master  servicer may  encourage  assumption  of loans,  including  defaulted
loans, under which creditworthy borrowers assume the outstanding indebtedness of
the loans,  which may be removed  from the  related  pool.  As a result of these
programs, for the pool underlying any trust:

o    the rate of  Principal  Prepayments  of the loans in the pool may be higher
     than would otherwise be the case;

o    in some  cases,  the  average  credit or  collateral  quality  of the loans
     remaining in the pool may decline; and

o          weighted  average interest rate on the loans that remain in the trust
           may be lower,  thus reducing the rate of  prepayments on the loans in
           the future.

        Although the loan rates on revolving  credit loans and ARM loans will be
subject to periodic adjustments, the adjustments in most cases will:

o    as to ARM loans,  not  increase or  decrease  the loan rates by more than a
     fixed percentage amount on each adjustment date;

o    not increase the loan rates over a fixed percentage  amount during the life
     of any revolving credit loan or ARM loan; and

o          be based on an index,  which may not rise and fall  consistently with
           mortgage interest rates, plus the related Gross Margin,  which may be
           different  from margins  being used at the time for newly  originated
           adjustable rate loans.

        As a result,  the loan rates on the revolving  credit loans or ARM loans
in a trust at any time may not equal the  prevailing  rates for  similar,  newly
originated adjustable rate loans or lines of credit, and accordingly the rate of
principal  payments and Draws, if applicable,  may be lower or higher that would

                                   89
<PAGE>

otherwise be anticipated.  In some rate  environments,  the prevailing  rates on
fixed-rate loans may be sufficiently  low in relation to the  then-current  loan
rates on  revolving  credit loans or ARM loans that the rate of  prepayment  may
increase as a result of  refinancings.  There can be no certainty as to the rate
of prepayments or Draws,  if applicable,  on the loans during any period or over
the life of any series of securities.

        For any index used in determining the rate of interest applicable to any
series of securities or loan rates of the underlying  loans,  there are a number
of factors  affect the  performance of those indices and may cause those indices
to move in a manner  different from other indices.  If an index  applicable to a
series  responds to changes in the general level of interest  rates less quickly
than other indices, in a period of rising interest rates, increases in the yield
to securityholders  due to those rising interest rates may occur later than that
which would be produced by other  indices,  and in a period of declining  rates,
that index may remain higher than other market  interest  rates which may result
in a higher level of prepayments of the loans,  which adjust in accordance  with
that index, than of loans which adjust in accordance with other indices.

        No  assurance  can be given  that the  value of the  mortgaged  property
securing a loan has remained or will remain at the level existing on the date of
origination.  If the residential real estate market should experience an overall
decline in property values such that the  outstanding  balances of the loans and
any secondary financing on the mortgaged  properties in a particular pool become
equal to or greater than the value of the mortgaged properties, the actual rates
of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  could be  higher  than  those now
generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. The value of any Mexican
property  could also be  adversely  affected  by,  among other  things,  adverse
political  and  economic  developments  in  Mexico.  In  addition,  the value of
property  securing  Cooperative  Loans and the delinquency rates for Cooperative
Loans could be  adversely  affected if the current  favorable  tax  treatment of
cooperative  tenant  stockholders  were to become less  favorable.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Loans."

        To the extent  that  losses  resulting  from  delinquencies,  losses and
foreclosures or repossession of mortgaged property for loans included in a trust
for a series of securities are not covered by the methods of credit  enhancement
described in this prospectus under "Description of Credit Enhancement" or in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the losses will be borne by holders of the
securities  of the related  series.  Even where  credit  enhancement  covers all
Realized Losses resulting from delinquency and foreclosure or repossession,  the
effect  of  foreclosures  and  repossessions  may  be  to  increase   prepayment
experience on the loans, thus reducing average weighted life and affecting yield
to maturity. See "Yield Considerations."

        Under some circumstances, the master servicer, a servicer, the depositor
or, if specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the holders of the
REMIC  Residual  Certificates  may have the  option to  purchase  the loans in a
trust.  See  "The   Agreements--Termination;   Retirement  of  Securities."  Any
repurchase will shorten the weighted average lives of the related securities.

                       CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS

        The following discussion contains summaries of some legal aspects of the
loans that are general in nature.  Because  these legal  aspects are governed in
part by state law, which laws may differ  substantially from state to state, the
summaries do not purport to be complete,  to reflect the laws of any  particular
state or to encompass the laws of all states in which the  mortgaged  properties
may be situated.  These legal aspects are in addition to the requirements of any
applicable FHA  Regulations  described in "Description of FHA Insurance" in this
prospectus  and in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement  regarding the home
improvement  contracts partially insured by FHA under Title I. The summaries are
qualified in their  entirety by reference  to the  applicable  federal and state
laws governing the loans.

                                   90
<PAGE>

THE MORTGAGE LOANS

        GENERAL

        The loans,  other than  Cooperative  Loans,  Mexico Loans and contracts,
will be secured by deeds of trust,  mortgages or deeds to secure debt  depending
on the prevailing  practice in the state in which the related mortgaged property
is located.  In some  states,  a mortgage,  deed of trust or deed to secure debt
creates a lien on the related real property. In other states, the mortgage, deed
of trust or deed to secure  debt  conveys  legal  title to the  property  to the
mortgagee  subject to a condition  subsequent,  for example,  the payment of the
indebtedness  secured thereby.  These  instruments are not prior to the lien for
real estate taxes and assessments  and other charges imposed under  governmental
police powers. Priority with respect to these instruments depends on their terms
and in some  cases on the  terms of  separate  subordination  or  inter-creditor
agreements,  and in most cases on the order of  recordation of the mortgage deed
of trust or deed to secure debt in the appropriate recording office.

        There are two parties to a mortgage, the mortgagor,  who is the borrower
and  homeowner,  and  the  mortgagee,  who is the  lender.  Under  the  mortgage
instrument,  the  mortgagor  delivers  to the  mortgagee  a note or bond and the
mortgage.  In some states, three parties may be involved in a mortgage financing
when  title  to the  property  is held  by a land  trustee  under  a land  trust
agreement of which the borrower is the beneficiary; at origination of a mortgage
loan, the land trustee, as fee owner of the property,  executes the mortgage and
the borrower  executes a separate  undertaking  to make payments on the mortgage
note.  Although a deed of trust is similar  to a  mortgage,  a deed of trust has
three parties: the grantor, who is the borrower/homeowner;  the beneficiary, who
is the lender;  and a third-party  grantee  called the trustee.  Under a deed of
trust,  the borrower grants the mortgaged  property to the trustee,  irrevocably
until satisfaction of the debt. A deed to secure debt typically has two parties,
under which the borrower, or grantor,  conveys title to the real property to the
grantee, or lender, typically with a power of sale, until the time when the debt
is repaid. The trustee's  authority under a deed of trust and the mortgagee's or
grantee's  authority  under a mortgage or a deed to secure debt, as  applicable,
are governed by the law of the state in which the real property is located,  the
express provisions of the deed of trust, mortgage or deed to secure debt and, in
some deed of trust transactions, the directions of the beneficiary.

        COOPERATIVE LOANS

        If  specified  in the  prospectus  supplement  relating  to a series  of
securities,  the loans may include  Cooperative  Loans.  Each  Cooperative  Note
evidencing a Cooperative  Loan will be secured by a security  interest in shares
issued by the Cooperative that owns the related apartment  building,  which is a
corporation  entitled to be treated as a housing  cooperative  under federal tax
law,  and in the  related  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement  granting
exclusive  rights  to  occupy  a  specific  dwelling  unit in the  Cooperative's
building.  The  security  agreement  will  create a lien on, or grant a security
interest  in,  the  Cooperative  shares  and  proprietary  leases  or  occupancy
agreements,  the priority of which will depend on, among other things, the terms
of the particular  security agreement as well as the order of recordation of the
agreement,  or the filing of the financing  statements  related thereto,  in the
appropriate  recording  office or the taking of  possession  of the  Cooperative
shares,  depending on the law of the state in which the  Cooperative is located.
This type of lien or security  interest  is not,  in general,  prior to liens in
favor of the cooperative corporation for unpaid assessments or common charges.

        In most cases, each Cooperative owns in fee or has a leasehold  interest
in all the real property and owns in fee or leases the building and all separate
dwelling units therein.  The  Cooperative is directly  responsible  for property
management and, in most cases,  payment of real estate taxes, other governmental
impositions  and  hazard  and  liability  insurance.  If there is an  underlying
mortgage or mortgages on the  Cooperative's  building or underlying  land, as is

                                        91
<PAGE>

typically the case,  or an underlying  lease of the land, as is the case in some
instances, the Cooperative,  as mortgagor or lessee, as the case may be, is also
responsible for fulfilling the mortgage or rental obligations.

        An underlying mortgage loan is ordinarily obtained by the Cooperative in
connection  with  either  the  construction  or  purchase  of the  Cooperative's
building or the  obtaining  of capital by the  Cooperative.  The interest of the
occupant  under  proprietary  leases or  occupancy  agreements  as to which that
Cooperative is the landlord is usually subordinate to the interest of the holder
of an underlying  mortgage and to the interest of the holder of a land lease. If
the  Cooperative is unable to meet the payment  obligations (i) arising under an
underlying  mortgage,   the  mortgagee  holding  an  underlying  mortgage  could
foreclose on that mortgage and terminate all subordinate  proprietary leases and
occupancy  agreements  or (ii) arising  under its land lease,  the holder of the
landlord's  interest under the land lease could terminate it and all subordinate
proprietary leases and occupancy agreements. In addition, an underlying mortgage
on a Cooperative  may provide  financing in the form of a mortgage that does not
fully amortize,  with a significant  portion of principal being due in one final
payment at maturity.  The inability of the  Cooperative  to refinance a mortgage
and its consequent inability to make the final payment could lead to foreclosure
by the  mortgagee.  Similarly,  a land  lease  has an  expiration  date  and the
inability  of the  Cooperative  to extend  its term or, in the  alternative,  to
purchase the land,  could lead to termination of the  Cooperative's  interest in
the property and termination of all proprietary leases and occupancy agreements.
In either event,  a foreclosure  by the holder of an underlying  mortgage or the
termination of the underlying  lease could eliminate or  significantly  diminish
the value of any  collateral  held by the lender who financed the purchase by an
individual  tenant-stockholder  of shares of the Cooperative,  or in the case of
the loans, the collateral securing the Cooperative Loans.

        Each   Cooperative   is   owned   by   shareholders,   referred   to  as
tenant-stockholders,   who,  through   ownership  of  stock  or  shares  in  the
Cooperative,  receive  proprietary  leases or occupancy  agreements which confer
exclusive   rights  to  occupy  specific   dwellings.   In  most  instances,   a
tenant-stockholder  of a Cooperative must make a monthly  maintenance payment to
the Cooperative under the proprietary lease, which rental payment represents the
tenant-stockholder's  pro  rata  share  of the  Cooperative's  payments  for its
underlying mortgage, real property taxes, maintenance expenses and other capital
or ordinary  expenses.  An ownership  interest in a Cooperative and accompanying
occupancy  rights may be financed  through a  Cooperative  Loan  evidenced  by a
Cooperative Note and secured by an assignment of and a security  interest in the
occupancy  agreement or proprietary lease and a security interest in the related
shares of the related  Cooperative.  The lender usually takes  possession of the
stock  certificate  and a  counterpart  of the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy
agreement and a financing  statement covering the proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement and the Cooperative  shares is filed in the appropriate state or local
offices to perfect the lender's  interest in its collateral.  In accordance with
the  limitations  discussed  below,  on default of the  tenant-stockholder,  the
lender may sue for judgment on the Cooperative  Note,  dispose of the collateral
at a public or private  sale or  otherwise  proceed  against the  collateral  or
tenant-stockholder  as an  individual  as  provided  in the  security  agreement
covering the assignment of the proprietary lease or occupancy  agreement and the
pledge of Cooperative  shares.  See  "--Foreclosure  on Shares of  Cooperatives"
below.

        TAX ASPECTS OF COOPERATIVE OWNERSHIP

        In general, a  "tenant-stockholder"  (as defined in Section 216(b)(2) of
the Internal  Revenue Code, of a corporation  that  qualifies as a  "cooperative
housing  corporation"  within the meaning of Section  216(b)(1)  of the Internal
Revenue Code is allowed a deduction  for amounts  paid or accrued  within his or
her taxable year to the corporation  representing his or her proportionate share
of certain  interest  expenses  and real estate  taxes  allowable as a deduction
under  Section  216(a) of the  Internal  Revenue Code to the  corporation  under
Sections 163 and 164 of the Internal Revenue Code. In order for a corporation to

                                   92
<PAGE>

qualify  under  Section  216(b)(1) of the Internal  Revenue Code for its taxable
year in which those items are allowable as a deduction to the  corporation,  the
section requires,  among other things,  that at least 80% of the gross income of
the  corporation  be  derived  from its  tenant-stockholders.  By virtue of this
requirement,  the status of a corporation  for purposes of Section  216(b)(1) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code  must  be  determined  on  a  year-to-year   basis.
Consequently,  there  can be no  assurance  that  Cooperatives  relating  to the
Cooperative  Loans will qualify under this section for any particular year. If a
Cooperative  fails to qualify for one or more years, the value of the collateral
securing any related  Cooperative Loans could be significantly  impaired because
no deduction would be allowable to  tenant-stockholders  under Section 216(a) of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code  with  respect  to  those  years.  In  view  of the
significance of the tax benefits accorded  tenant-stockholders  of a corporation
that  qualifies  under  Section  216(b)(1) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  the
likelihood  that this type of failure  would be  permitted  to  continue  over a
period of years appears remote.

        MEXICO LOANS

        If specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the mortgage
loans may include Mexico Loans. See "The Trusts--Mexico Loans" for a description
of the security for the Mexico Loans.

        FORECLOSURE ON MORTGAGE LOANS

        Although a deed of trust or a deed to secure debt may also be foreclosed
by judicial  action,  foreclosure of a deed of trust or a deed to secure debt is
typically  accomplished by a non-judicial sale under a specific provision in the
deed of trust or deed to secure debt which authorizes the trustee or grantee, as
applicable,  to sell the property on default by the borrower  under the terms of
the note or deed of trust or deed to secure  debt.  In  addition  to any  notice
requirements  contained  in a deed of  trust  or deed to  secure  debt,  in some
states, the trustee or grantee,  as applicable,  must record a notice of default
and send a copy to the borrower and to any person who has recorded a request for
a copy of notice of default and notice of sale. In addition, in some states, the
trustee or grantee,  as applicable,  must provide notice to any other individual
having  an  interest  of  record  in the real  property,  including  any  junior
lienholders.  If the  deed of  trust or deed to  secure  debt is not  reinstated
within a  specified  period,  a notice of sale must be posted in a public  place
and,  in most  states,  published  for a specific  period of time in one or more
newspapers.  In addition, some states' laws require that a copy of the notice of
sale be posted on the  property  and sent to all  parties  having an interest of
record in the real property.

        Foreclosure of a mortgage usually is accomplished by judicial action. In
most cases,  the action is  initiated  by the service of legal  pleadings on all
parties having an interest of record in the real property.  Delays in completion
of the  foreclosure  may  result  from  difficulties  in  locating  and  serving
necessary parties, including borrowers, such as international borrowers, located
outside  the   jurisdiction   in  which  the  mortgaged   property  is  located.
Difficulties  in  foreclosing  on mortgaged  properties  owned by  international
borrowers may result in increased foreclosure costs, which may reduce the amount
of proceeds from the liquidation of the related loan available to be distributed
to the securityholders of the related series. In addition,  delays in completion
of the  foreclosure  and  additional  losses  may result  where  loan  documents
relating to the loan are  missing.  If the  mortgagee's  right to  foreclose  is
contested,  the  legal  proceedings  necessary  to  resolve  the  issue  can  be
time-consuming.

        In some states,  the borrower has the right to reinstate the loan at any
time following  default until shortly before the trustee's sale. In general,  in
those states,  the borrower,  or any other person having a junior encumbrance on

                                                  93
<PAGE>

the real estate, may, during a reinstatement  period, cure the default by paying
the entire  amount in arrears plus the costs and expenses  incurred in enforcing
the obligation.

        In the case of foreclosure under a mortgage,  a deed of trust or deed to
secure  debt,  the sale by the  referee  or other  designated  officer or by the
trustee or grantee,  as applicable,  is a public sale.  However,  because of the
difficulty  a  potential  buyer at the sale may have in  determining  the  exact
status of title and because the  physical  condition  of the  property  may have
deteriorated  during the  foreclosure  proceedings,  it is uncommon  for a third
party to purchase the property at a foreclosure  sale.  Rather, it is common for
the lender to purchase the property from the trustee or grantee,  as applicable,
or referee for a credit bid less than or equal to the unpaid principal amount of
the loan,  accrued and unpaid interest and the expense of foreclosure,  in which
case the mortgagor's  debt will be extinguished  unless the lender purchases the
property for a lesser  amount and preserves its right against a borrower to seek
a  deficiency  judgment  and the  remedy is  available  under  state law and the
related loan documents.  In some states,  there is a statutory  minimum purchase
price that the lender may offer for the  property  and in most cases,  state law
controls the amount of  foreclosure  costs and  expenses,  including  attorneys'
fees,  which may be recovered by a lender.  Thereafter,  subject to the right of
the  borrower  in some  states to remain in  possession  during  the  redemption
period,  the lender will assume the burdens of  ownership,  including  obtaining
hazard  insurance,  paying taxes and making  repairs at its own expense that are
necessary to render the property  suitable for sale.  In most cases,  the lender
will obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the broker's commission
in connection with the sale of the property. Depending on market conditions, the
ultimate  proceeds  of the  sale of the  property  may not  equal  the  lender's
investment in the property and, in some states,  the lender may be entitled to a
deficiency judgment. In some cases, a deficiency judgment may be pursued in lieu
of foreclosure. Any loss may be reduced by the receipt of any mortgage insurance
proceeds or other forms of credit  enhancement  for a series of securities.  See
"Description of Credit Enhancement."

                                             94
<PAGE>

        FORECLOSURE ON JUNIOR MORTGAGE LOANS

        A junior  mortgagee may not foreclose on the property  securing a junior
loan unless it forecloses subject to the senior mortgages, in which case it must
either  pay  the  entire  amount  due  on the  senior  mortgages  to the  senior
mortgagees  prior to or at the time of the  foreclosure  sale or  undertake  the
obligation  to make  payments on the senior  mortgages  if the  mortgagor  is in
default  thereunder,  in either event adding the amounts expended to the balance
due on the junior loan. In addition,  if the  foreclosure by a junior  mortgagee
triggers the enforcement of a  "due-on-sale"  clause in a senior  mortgage,  the
junior  mortgagee may be required to pay the full amount of the senior mortgages
to the senior mortgagees, to avoid a default with respect thereto.  Accordingly,
if the junior lender purchases the property,  the lender's title will be subject
to all senior  liens and claims and certain  governmental  liens.  The  proceeds
received by the referee or trustee from the sale are applied first to the costs,
fees and expenses of sale and then in satisfaction of the  indebtedness  secured
by the  mortgage  or deed of  trust  that is  being  foreclosed.  Any  remaining
proceeds are  typically  payable to the holders of junior  mortgages or deeds of
trust and other liens and claims in order of their priority,  whether or not the
borrower is in  default.  Any  additional  proceeds  are usually  payable to the
mortgagor  or  trustor.  The  payment of the  proceeds  to the holders of junior
mortgages  may occur in the  foreclosure  action of the senior  mortgagee or may
require the institution of separate legal  proceedings.  See "Description of the
Securities - Servicing and Administration of Loans -- Realization Upon Defaulted
Loans" in this prospectus.

        FORECLOSURE ON MEXICO LOANS

        Foreclosure on the borrower's  beneficial  interest in the Mexican trust
typically is expected to be  accomplished  by public sale in accordance with the
provisions of Article 9 of the UCC and the security  agreement  relating to that
beneficial  interest or by public auction held by the Mexican  trustee under the
Mexico trust  agreement.  Article 9 of the UCC requires that a sale be conducted
in a "commercially  reasonable"  manner.  Whether a sale has been conducted in a
"commercially  reasonable"  manner  will  depend on the facts in each  case.  In
determining commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the
debtor and the method,  manner,  time,  place and terms of the sale and the sale
price. In most cases, a sale conducted  according to the usual practice of banks
selling  similar  collateral  in the same  area  will be  considered  reasonably
conducted.  Under the trust agreement, the lender may direct the Mexican trustee
to transfer  the  borrower's  beneficial  interest  in the Mexican  trust to the
purchaser  on  completion  of the public sale and notice  from the lender.  That
purchaser will be entitled to rely on the terms of the Mexico trust agreement to
direct the Mexican trustee to transfer the borrower's beneficial interest in the
Mexican trust into the name of the purchaser or its nominee, or the trust may be
terminated and a new trust may be established.

        Article  9 of the UCC  provides  that the  proceeds  of the sale will be
applied  first to pay the costs and expenses of the sale and then to satisfy the
indebtedness  secured by the lender's security  interest.  If there are proceeds
remaining, the lender must account to the borrower for the surplus. On the other
hand, if a portion of the indebtedness  remains unpaid,  the borrower is usually
responsible for the deficiency. However, some states limit the rights of lenders
to obtain deficiency  judgments.  See  "--Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other
Limitations on Lenders"  below.  The costs of sale may be  substantially  higher
than the costs  associated with  foreclosure  sales for property  located in the
United States, and may include transfer taxes, notary public fees, trustee fees,
capital gains and other taxes on the proceeds of sale,  and the cost of amending
or terminating the Mexico trust  agreement and preparing a new trust  agreement.

                                        95
<PAGE>

Additional  costs  associated  with  realizing  on the  collateral  may  include
eviction  proceedings,  the costs of defending actions brought by the defaulting
borrower and enforcement  actions.  Any of the additional  foreclosure costs may
make the cost of foreclosing on the collateral uneconomical,  which may increase
the risk of loss on the Mexico Loans substantially.

        Where the  borrower  does not maintain  its  principal  residence in the
United  States,  or, if a  borrower  residing  in the  United  States  moves its
principal  residence from the state in which the UCC financing  statements  have
been filed, and the lender, because it has no knowledge of the relocation of the
borrower or  otherwise,  fails to refile in the state to which the  borrower has
moved within four months after relocation,  or if the borrower no longer resides
in  the  United  States,  the  lender's  security  interest  in  the  borrower's
beneficial  interest  in  the  Mexican  trust  may  be  unperfected.   In  those
circumstances,  if the  borrower  defaults on the Mexico  Loan,  the Mexico loan
agreement will nonetheless  permit the lender to terminate the borrower's rights
to occupy the Mexican  property,  and the Mexico trust agreement will permit the
lender to instruct  the Mexican  trustee to transfer  the Mexican  property to a
subsequent purchaser or to recognize the subsequent purchaser as the beneficiary
of the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust. However, because the
lender's security interest in the borrower's  beneficial interest in the Mexican
trust will be  unperfected,  no  assurance  can be given that the lender will be
successful  in  realizing  on  its  interest  in  the  collateral   under  those
circumstances.  The  lender's  security  interest in the  borrower's  beneficial
interest in the  Mexican  trust is not,  for  purposes  of  foreclosing  on that
collateral,  an interest in real property. The depositor either will rely on its
remedies that are available in the United  States under the  applicable  UCC and
under the Mexico trust  agreement  and  foreclose on the  collateral  securing a
Mexico Loan under the UCC, or follow the procedures described below.

        In the case of some Mexico Loans,  the Mexico trust agreement may permit
the Mexican trustee, on notice from the lender of a default by the borrower,  to
notify the borrower that the borrower's beneficial interest in the Mexican trust
or the Mexican property will be sold at an auction in accordance with the Mexico
trust agreement. Under the terms of the Mexico trust agreement, the borrower may
avoid  foreclosure  by paying in full  prior to sale the  outstanding  principal
balance of, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts owed
on, the Mexico Loan. At the auction, the Mexican trustee may sell the borrower's
beneficial  interest in the  Mexican  trust to a third  party,  sell the Mexican
property to another trust  established to hold title to that  property,  or sell
the Mexican property directly to a Mexican citizen.

        The depositor is not aware of any other mortgage loan programs involving
mortgage  loans that are secured in a manner  similar to the Mexico Loans.  As a
result,  there may be  uncertainty  and delays in the process of  attempting  to
realize on the  mortgage  collateral  and gaining  possession  of the  mortgaged
property, and the process of marketing the borrower's beneficial interest in the
Mexican  trust to persons  interested  in  purchasing a Mexican  property may be
difficult.

     FORECLOSURE ON MORTGAGED  PROPERTIES  LOCATED IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PUERTO
RICO

        Under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of Puerto Rico the foreclosure of a
real estate  mortgage  usually  follows an ordinary  "civil action" filed in the
Superior Court for the district where the mortgaged property is located.  If the
defendant does not contest the action filed, a default  judgment is rendered for
the  plaintiff  and the  mortgaged  property  is sold at public  auction,  after
publication of the sale for two weeks, by posting written notice in three public
places in the municipality where the auction will be held, in the tax collection
office and in the public school of the municipality where the mortgagor resides,
if known. If the residence of the mortgagor is not known,  publication in one of
the newspapers of general circulation in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico must be
made at least  once a week for two weeks.  There may be as many as three  public
sales of the mortgaged property. If the defendant contests the foreclosure,  the
case may be tried and judgment rendered based on the merits of the case.

                                        96
<PAGE>
        There are no  redemption  rights  after the public sale of a  foreclosed
property  under the laws of the  Commonwealth  of Puerto Rico.  Commonwealth  of
Puerto Rico law  provides  for a summary  proceeding  for the  foreclosure  of a
mortgage,  but it is very seldom used because of concerns regarding the validity
of those  actions.  The process may be expedited if the mortgagee can obtain the
consent of the defendant to the execution of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

        Under Commonwealth of Puerto Rico law, in the case of the public sale on
foreclosure of a mortgaged  property that (a) is subject to a mortgage loan that
was  obtained  for a purpose  other than the  financing  or  refinancing  of the
acquisition,  construction or improvement of the property and (b) is occupied by
the  mortgagor as his principal  residence,  the mortgagor of the property has a
right to be paid the first $1,500 from the proceeds  obtained on the public sale
of the property. The mortgagor can claim this sum of money from the mortgagee at
any time prior to the public sale or up to one year after the sale. This payment
would reduce the amount of sales proceeds available to satisfy the mortgage loan
and may increase the amount of the loss.

        FORECLOSURE ON SHARES OF COOPERATIVES

        The Cooperative  shares owned by the  tenant-stockholder,  together with
the rights of the  tenant-stockholder  under the proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement, are pledged to the lender and are, in almost all cases, in accordance
with restrictions on transfer as set forth in the  Cooperative's  certificate of
incorporation  and  by-laws,  as well as in the  proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement. The proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, even while pledged, may
be cancelled by the  Cooperative  for failure by the  tenant-stockholder  to pay
rent or other obligations or charges owed by the  tenant-stockholder,  including
mechanics'   liens   against  the   Cooperative's   building   incurred  by  the
tenant-stockholder.

        In most cases,  rent and other  obligations  and charges arising under a
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement which are owed to the Cooperative are
made liens on the shares to which the proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement
relates. In addition, the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement in most cases
permits the  Cooperative  to  terminate  the lease or  agreement if the borrower
defaults in the performance of covenants thereunder.  Typically,  the lender and
the  Cooperative  enter into a recognition  agreement  which,  together with any
lender  protection  provisions  contained in the proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement,  establishes  the rights and obligations of both parties in the event
of a default by the  tenant-stockholder on its obligations under the proprietary
lease or  occupancy  agreement.  A default by the  tenant-stockholder  under the
proprietary lease or occupancy agreement will usually constitute a default under
the security agreement between the lender and the tenant-stockholder.

        The   recognition   agreement  in  most  cases  provides  that,  if  the
tenant-stockholder  has  defaulted  under  the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy
agreement,  the  Cooperative  will  take no  action  to  terminate  the lease or
agreement  until the lender has been provided with notice of and an  opportunity
to cure the default.  The recognition  agreement  typically provides that if the
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement is terminated,  the Cooperative  will
recognize the lender's  lien against  proceeds from a sale of the shares and the
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement  allocated to the dwelling,  subject,
however,  to the Cooperative's  right to sums due under the proprietary lease or
occupancy  agreement  or which have become  liens on the shares  relating to the
proprietary  lease  or  occupancy  agreement.  The  total  amount  owed  to  the
Cooperative  by the  tenant-stockholder,  which the lender in most cases  cannot
restrict and does not monitor,  could reduce the amount  realized upon a sale of
the collateral below the outstanding  principal  balance of the Cooperative Loan
and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

                                   97
<PAGE>
        Recognition  agreements  also  typically  provide  that  if  the  lender
succeeds to the  tenant-shareholder's  shares and proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement as the result of realizing upon its collateral for a Cooperative Loan,
the lender must obtain the  approval or consent of the board of directors of the
Cooperative  as  required  by the  proprietary  lease  before  transferring  the
Cooperative shares and assigning the proprietary lease. This approval or consent
is usually  based on the  prospective  purchaser's  income and net worth,  among
other factors, and may significantly reduce the number of potential  purchasers,
which could  limit the ability of the lender to sell and realize  upon the value
of the collateral. In most cases, the lender is not limited in any rights it may
have to dispossess the tenant-stockholder.

        Because of the nature of Cooperative  Loans,  lenders do not require the
tenant-stockholder  (i.e.,  the borrower) to obtain title insurance of any type.
Consequently,  the existence of any prior liens or other  imperfections of title
affecting the  Cooperative's  building or real estate also may adversely  affect
the  marketability  of the shares allocated to the dwelling unit in the event of
foreclosure.

        A foreclosure on the  Cooperative  shares is accomplished by public sale
in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code,
or UCC, and the security  agreement  relating to those shares.  Article 9 of the
UCC requires  that a sale be conducted in a  "commercially  reasonable"  manner.
Whether a sale has been  conducted in a  "commercially  reasonable"  manner will
depend on the facts in each case. In determining  commercial  reasonableness,  a
court will look to the notice  given the debtor and the  method,  manner,  time,
place  and  terms  of the sale and the sale  price.  In most  instances,  a sale
conducted   according  to  the  usual  practice  of  creditors  selling  similar
collateral in the same area will be considered reasonably conducted.

        Where the lienholder is the junior  lienholder,  any  foreclosure may be
delayed  until  the  junior   lienholder   obtains  actual  possession  of  such
Cooperative shares.  Additionally,  if the lender does not have a first priority
perfected  security  interest in the Cooperative  shares,  any foreclosure  sale
would be subject to the rights and  interests  of any  creditor  holding  senior
interests in the shares.  Also, a junior  lienholder may not be able to obtain a
recognition  agreement from a Cooperative  since many cooperatives do not permit
subordinate financing.  Without a recognition  agreement,  the junior lienholder
will not be afforded the usual lender protections from the Cooperative which are
in most cases provided for in recognition agreements.

        Article  9 of the UCC  provides  that the  proceeds  of the sale will be
applied  first to pay the costs and expenses of the sale and then to satisfy the
indebtedness  secured  by  the  lender's  security  interest.   The  recognition
agreement,   however,  in  most  cases  provides  that  the  lender's  right  to
reimbursement is subject to the right of the Cooperative  corporation to receive
sums due  under  the  proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement.  If there are
proceeds remaining,  the lender must account to the  tenant-stockholder  for the
surplus. On the other hand, if a portion of the indebtedness remains unpaid, the
tenant-stockholder  is  in  most  cases  responsible  for  the  deficiency.  See
"--Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders" below.

        RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION

        In some  states,  after sale under a deed of trust,  or a deed to secure
debt or foreclosure of a mortgage, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors or
other parties are given a statutory period, typically ranging from six months to
two years,  in which to redeem the property from the  foreclosure  sale. In some
states,  redemption may occur only on payment of the entire principal balance of
the  mortgage  loan,  accrued  interest and  expenses of  foreclosure.  In other
states,  redemption may be authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion
of the sums due. In some states,  the right to redeem is an equitable right. The

                                        98
<PAGE>

equity of redemption,  which is a non-statutory  right,  should be distinguished
from  statutory  rights  of  redemption.  The  effect  of a  statutory  right of
redemption  is to  diminish  the  ability of the  lender to sell the  foreclosed
property.  The rights of  redemption  would  defeat  the title of any  purchaser
subsequent  to  foreclosure  or sale  under a deed of trust or a deed to  secure
debt. Consequently, the practical effect of the redemption right is to force the
lender to maintain the  property  and pay the  expenses of  ownership  until the
redemption period has expired.

        ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS

        Some states have imposed statutory prohibitions which limit the remedies
of a  beneficiary  under a deed of trust,  a  mortgagee  under a  mortgage  or a
grantee  under a deed to secure  debt.  In some  states,  including  California,
statutes  limit the right of the  beneficiary,  mortgagee or grantee to obtain a
deficiency  judgment against the borrower  following  foreclosure.  A deficiency
judgment is a personal  judgment against the former borrower equal in most cases
to the  difference  between the net amount  realized upon the public sale of the
real  property and the amount due to the lender.  In the case of a mortgage loan
secured by a property  owned by a trust where the  Mortgage  Note is executed on
behalf  of  the  trust,  a  deficiency  judgment  against  the  trust  following
foreclosure  or sale  under a deed of  trust  or deed to  secure  debt,  even if
obtainable  under  applicable  law, may be of little  value to the  beneficiary,
grantee or mortgagee if there are no mortgage loans against which the deficiency
judgment may be executed.  Some state statutes require the beneficiary,  grantee
or  mortgagee to exhaust the security  afforded  under a deed of trust,  deed to
secure debt or mortgage  by  foreclosure  in an attempt to satisfy the full debt
before bringing a personal action against the borrower.

        In other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action
against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting the security; however,
in some of these states, the lender,  following judgment on the personal action,
may be deemed to have  elected a remedy  and may be  precluded  from  exercising
remedies for the security.  Consequently,  the practical  effect of the election
requirement,  in those states  permitting  this  election,  is that lenders will
usually  proceed  against the  security  first  rather than  bringing a personal
action against the borrower. Finally, in some states, statutory provisions limit
any  deficiency  judgment  against the borrower  following a foreclosure  to the
excess of the  outstanding  debt over the fair value of the property at the time
of the public sale.  The purpose of these statutes is in most cases to prevent a
beneficiary,  grantee or mortgagee  from obtaining a large  deficiency  judgment
against the borrower as a result of low or no bids at the judicial sale.

        In most cases,  Article 9 of the UCC governs  foreclosure on Cooperative
shares and the related  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  Some courts
have  interpreted  Article 9 to  prohibit  or limit a  deficiency  award in some
circumstances,  including circumstances where the disposition of the collateral,
which, in the case of a Cooperative Loan, would be the shares of the Cooperative
and the related proprietary lease or occupancy agreement, was not conducted in a
commercially reasonable manner.

        In  addition  to laws  limiting  or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous  other federal and state  statutory  provisions,  including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording  relief to debtors,  may interfere with
or affect  the  ability  of the  secured  mortgage  lender to  realize  upon its
collateral and/or enforce a deficiency judgment.  For example, under the federal
bankruptcy  law, all actions against the debtor,  the debtor's  property and any
co-debtor  are  automatically  stayed upon the filing of a bankruptcy  petition.
Moreover,  a court having federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction  may permit a debtor
through  its  Chapter 11 or Chapter  13  rehabilitative  plan to cure a monetary
default  relating to a mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit loan on the debtor's
residence by paying  arrearages  within a reasonable time period and reinstating

                                             99
<PAGE>

the  original  loan payment  schedule,  even though the lender  accelerated  the
mortgage loan or revolving  credit loan and final  judgment of  foreclosure  had
been entered in state court.  Some courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction
have approved plans, based on the particular facts of the  reorganization  case,
that effected the curing of a mortgage loan or revolving  credit loan default by
paying arrearages over a number of years.

        Courts with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction have also indicated that the
terms of a mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit loan  secured by property of the
debtor may be modified.  These courts have  allowed  modifications  that include
reducing  the amount of each  monthly  payment,  changing  the rate of interest,
altering  the  repayment  schedule,  forgiving  all or a portion of the debt and
reducing  the lender's  security  interest to the value of the  residence,  thus
leaving the lender a general unsecured  creditor for the difference  between the
value of the  residence  and the  outstanding  balance of the  mortgage  loan or
revolving credit loan. In most cases,  however,  the terms of a mortgage loan or
revolving  credit loan secured only by a mortgage on real  property  that is the
debtor's  principal  residence may not be modified under a plan confirmed  under
Chapter 13, as opposed to Chapter 11,  except for mortgage  payment  arrearages,
which  may be  cured  within a  reasonable  time  period.  Courts  with  federal
bankruptcy  jurisdiction  similarly  may  be  able  to  modify  the  terms  of a
Cooperative Loan.

        Certain tax liens arising  under the Internal  Revenue Code may, in some
circumstances, have priority over the lien of a mortgage, deed to secure debt or
deed of trust.  This may have the effect of  delaying  or  interfering  with the
enforcement of rights for a defaulted mortgage loan or revolving credit loan.

        In addition, substantive requirements are imposed on mortgage lenders in
connection with the origination and the servicing of mortgage loans or revolving
credit loans by numerous federal and some state consumer  protection laws. These
laws include the federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures
Act,  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  Fair  Credit  Billing  Act,  Fair Credit
Reporting Act and related statutes. These federal laws impose specific statutory
liabilities on lenders who originate  mortgage  loans or revolving  credit loans
and who fail to comply  with the  provisions  of the law.  In some  cases,  this
liability may affect assignees of the mortgage loans or revolving credit loans.

        Some of the mortgage  loans or  revolving  credit loans may be High Cost
Loans. Purchasers or assignees of any High Cost Loan, including any trust, could
be  liable  for all  claims  and  subject  to all  defenses  arising  under  any
applicable law that the borrower could assert against the originator of the High
Cost Loan.  Remedies  available to the borrower include monetary  penalties,  as
well as  rescission  rights  if the  appropriate  disclosures  were not given as
required.

        ALTERNATIVE MORTGAGE INSTRUMENTS

        Alternative  mortgage   instruments,   including  ARM  loans  and  early
ownership mortgage loans or revolving credit loans,  originated by non-federally
chartered   lenders,   have   historically   been  subjected  to  a  variety  of
restrictions.  These  restrictions  differed  from state to state,  resulting in
difficulties in determining whether a particular alternative mortgage instrument
originated by a  state-chartered  lender was in compliance  with applicable law.
These difficulties were alleviated substantially as a result of the enactment of
Title VIII of the Garn-St Germain Act, or Title VIII.  Title VIII provides that,
regardless of any state law to the contrary;

o          state-chartered  banks may originate alternative mortgage instruments
           in accordance with regulations  promulgated by the Comptroller of the
           Currency for the origination of alternative  mortgage  instruments by
           national banks,

                                                  100
<PAGE>

o          state-chartered  credit  unions may  originate  alternative  mortgage
           instruments  in  accordance  with  regulations   promulgated  by  the
           National Credit Union  Administration  for origination of alternative
           mortgage instruments by federal credit unions and

o          all  other  non-federally  chartered  housing  creditors,   including
           state-chartered   savings  and  loan  associations,   state-chartered
           savings  banks  and  mutual   savings  banks  and  mortgage   banking
           companies,   may  originate   alternative   mortgage  instruments  in
           accordance with the regulations  promulgated by the Federal Home Loan
           Bank Board,  predecessor  to the OTS, for  origination of alternative
           mortgage instruments by federal savings and loan associations.

        Title VIII also provides that any state may reject  applicability of the
provisions  of Title VIII by  adopting,  prior to  October  15,  1985,  a law or
constitutional   provision   expressly  rejecting  the  applicability  of  these
provisions. Some states have taken this action.

        JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES

        The mortgage  loans or revolving  credit loans included in the trust may
be junior to other  mortgages,  deeds to secure  debt or deeds of trust  held by
other lenders. Absent an intercreditor  agreement,  the rights of the trust, and
therefore  the  securityholders,  as  mortgagee  under a  junior  mortgage,  are
subordinate to those of the mortgagee under the senior  mortgage,  including the
prior  rights  of  the  senior   mortgagee  to  receive  hazard   insurance  and
condemnation  proceeds and to cause the property  securing the mortgage  loan or
revolving  credit loan to be sold on default of the  mortgagor.  The sale of the
mortgaged  property may extinguish the junior mortgagee's lien unless the junior
mortgagee  asserts  its  subordinate  interest in the  property  in  foreclosure
litigation and, in certain cases,  either  reinstates or satisfies the defaulted
senior  mortgage  loan or revolving  credit loan or mortgage  loans or revolving
credit loans. A junior mortgagee may satisfy a defaulted senior mortgage loan or
revolving credit loan in full or, in some states, may cure the default and bring
the senior mortgage loan or revolving  credit loan current  thereby  reinstating
the senior  mortgage  loan or  revolving  credit loan,  in either event  usually
adding the amounts  expended to the balance due on the junior  mortgage  loan or
revolving credit loan. In most states, absent a provision in the mortgage,  deed
to secure debt or deed of trust,  or an  intercreditor  agreement,  no notice of
default is required to be given to a junior  mortgagee.  Where applicable law or
the terms of the senior  mortgage,  deed to secure  debt or deed of trust do not
require  notice of default to the junior  mortgagee,  the lack of any notice may
prevent the junior mortgagee from exercising any right to reinstate the mortgage
loan or revolving credit loan which applicable law may provide.

        The standard form of the mortgage,  deed to secure debt or deed of trust
used by most  institutional  lenders  confers on the mortgagee the right both to
receive all proceeds  collected under any hazard insurance policy and all awards
made in connection with condemnation proceedings,  and to apply the proceeds and
awards to any indebtedness secured by the mortgage,  deed to secure debt or deed
of trust, in the order as the mortgagee may determine.  Thus, if improvements on
the  property  are damaged or  destroyed  by fire or other  casualty,  or if the
property is taken by condemnation, the mortgagee or beneficiary under underlying
senior  mortgages  will have the prior right to collect any  insurance  proceeds
payable under a hazard  insurance  policy and any award of damages in connection
with the condemnation  and to apply the same to the indebtedness  secured by the
senior  mortgages.   Proceeds  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  senior  mortgage
indebtedness,  in most  cases,  may be  applied  to the  indebtedness  of junior
mortgages in the order of their priority.

        Another provision  sometimes found in the form of the mortgage,  deed to
secure  debt or deed  of  trust  used by  institutional  lenders  obligates  the
mortgagor to pay before  delinquency  all taxes and  assessments on the property
and,  when due, all  encumbrances,  charges and liens on the property  which are
prior to the  mortgage,  deed to secure  debt or deed of trust,  to provide  and
maintain fire insurance on the property, to maintain and repair the property and

                                                  101
<PAGE>

not to commit  or permit  any waste  thereof,  and to appear in and  defend  any
action or  proceeding  purporting  to affect the  property  or the rights of the
mortgagee under the mortgage or deed of trust.  After a failure of the mortgagor
to perform any of these  obligations,  the mortgagee or beneficiary is given the
right under certain mortgages, deeds to secure debt or deeds of trust to perform
the obligation itself, at its election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse
the mortgagee for any sums expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor.
All sums so  expended  by a senior  mortgagee  become  part of the  indebtedness
secured by the senior mortgage.  Also,  since most senior mortgages  require the
related mortgagor to make escrow deposits with the holder of the senior mortgage
for all real estate taxes and insurance  premiums,  many junior  mortgagees will
not  collect  and retain the  escrows  and will rely on the holder of the senior
mortgage to collect and disburse the escrows.

        The  form  of  credit  line  trust  deed  or   mortgage   used  by  most
institutional  lenders that make  revolving  credit loans  typically  contains a
"future advance" clause,  which provides,  in essence,  that additional  amounts
advanced to or on behalf of the borrower by the  beneficiary or lender are to be
secured by the deed of trust or mortgage.  The priority of the lien securing any
advance  made under the clause may depend in most  states on whether the deed of
trust or mortgage is designated  as a credit line deed of trust or mortgage.  If
the beneficiary or lender advances additional  amounts,  the advance is entitled
to receive the same priority as amounts initially  advanced under the trust deed
or  mortgage,  regardless  of the fact that there may be junior  trust  deeds or
mortgages  and other liens that  intervene  between the date of recording of the
trust deed or mortgage and the date of the future  advance,  and regardless that
the beneficiary or lender had actual knowledge of these intervening junior trust
deeds or mortgages  and other liens at the time of the advance.  In most states,
the trust deed or mortgage  lien  securing  mortgage  loans or revolving  credit
loans of the type that includes revolving credit loans applies  retroactively to
the date of the original recording of the trust deed or mortgage,  provided that
the total amount of advances  under the credit limit does not exceed the maximum
specified principal amount of the recorded trust deed or mortgage,  except as to
advances  made after  receipt  by the lender of a written  notice of lien from a
judgment lien creditor of the trustor.

THE MANUFACTURED HOUSING CONTRACTS

        GENERAL

        A manufactured housing contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the
mortgagor  to repay the loan  evidenced  thereby and (b) the grant of a security
interest  in the  manufactured  home to secure  repayment  of the loan.  Certain
aspects of both  features of the  manufactured  housing  contracts are described
below.

        SECURITY INTERESTS IN MANUFACTURED HOMES

        The law governing  perfection of a security  interest in a  manufactured
home varies from state to state. Security interests in manufactured homes may be
perfected  either by notation of the secured  party's lien on the certificate of
title or by  delivery of the  required  documents  and  payments of a fee to the
state motor vehicle authority, depending on state law. In some non-title states,
perfection under the provisions of the UCC is required. The lender, the servicer
or the master  servicer  may effect the  notation or  delivery  of the  required
documents  and fees,  and obtain  possession  of the  certificate  of title,  as
appropriate  under the laws of the state in which any manufactured home securing
a manufactured  housing  contract is  registered.  If the master  servicer,  the
servicer or the lender fails to effect the  notation or  delivery,  or files the
security interest under the wrong law, for example,  under a motor vehicle title
statute rather than under the UCC, in a few states, the  certificateholders  may
not have a first priority  security interest in the manufactured home securing a
manufactured  housing  contract.  As  manufactured  homes have become larger and

                                        102
<PAGE>

often have been attached to their sites  without any apparent  intention to move
them,  courts in many states have held that  manufactured  homes,  under certain
circumstances,  may become subject to real estate title and recording laws. As a
result, a security interest in a manufactured home could be rendered subordinate
to the  interests  of other  parties  claiming  an  interest  in the home  under
applicable  state real estate law. In order to perfect a security  interest in a
manufactured  home under real estate laws,  the holder of the security  interest
must record a mortgage,  deed of trust or deed to secure  debt,  as  applicable,
under the real estate laws of the state where the manufactured  home is located.
These filings must be made in the real estate records office of the county where
the  manufactured  home is located.  In some cases,  a security  interest in the
manufactured  home will be governed by the certificate of title laws or the UCC,
and the notation of the  security  interest on the  certificate  of title or the
filing of a UCC financing  statement  will be effective to maintain the priority
of the seller's  security  interest in the  manufactured  home. If,  however,  a
manufactured  home is permanently  attached to its site or if a court determines
that a  manufactured  home is real  property,  other  parties  could  obtain  an
interest  in the  manufactured  home  which is prior  to the  security  interest
originally  retained by the mortgage  collateral  seller and  transferred to the
depositor. In certain cases, the master servicer or the servicer, as applicable,
may be required to perfect a security  interest in the  manufactured  home under
applicable real estate laws. If the real estate  recordings are not required and
if  any of the  foregoing  events  were  to  occur,  the  only  recourse  of the
certificateholders  would be against the  mortgage  collateral  seller under its
repurchase obligation for breach of representations or warranties.

        The  depositor  will assign its security  interests in the  manufactured
homes to the trustee on behalf of the  certificateholders.  See  "Description of
the  Securities  --Assignment  of Loans" in this  prospectus.  Unless  otherwise
specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  if a manufactured home is
governed by the applicable  motor vehicle laws of the relevant state neither the
depositor nor the trustee will amend the  certificates  of title to identify the
trustee as the new secured party. Accordingly, the depositor or any other entity
as may be specified in the  prospectus  supplement  will continue to be named as
the secured  party on the  certificates  of title  relating to the  manufactured
homes. However,  there exists a risk that, in the absence of an amendment to the
certificate of title,  the  assignment of the security  interest may not be held
effective  against  subsequent  purchasers of a manufactured  home or subsequent
lenders who take a security  interest in the  manufactured  home or creditors of
the assignor.

        If the owner of a  manufactured  home moves it to a state other than the
state in which the  manufactured  home  initially is registered and if steps are
not taken to  re-perfect  the  trustee's  security  interest  in the state,  the
security interest in the manufactured home will cease to be perfected.  While in
many  circumstances  the trustee would have the  opportunity  to re-perfect  its
security interest in the manufactured home in the state of relocation, there can
be no assurance that the trustee will be able to do so.

        When  a  mortgagor  under  a  manufactured   housing  contract  sells  a
manufactured home, the trustee, or the servicer or the master servicer on behalf
of the trustee,  must surrender  possession of the  certificate of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related lien before release of the
lien.

        Under  the  laws  of most  states,  liens  for  repairs  performed  on a
manufactured  home  take  priority  over  a  perfected  security  interest.  The
applicable  mortgage  collateral  seller typically will represent that it has no
knowledge  of any  liens  for any  manufactured  home  securing  payment  on any
manufactured housing contract. However, the liens could arise at any time during
the term of a  manufactured  housing  contract.  No notice  will be given to the
trustee or  certificateholders if a lien arises and the lien would not give rise
to a  repurchase  obligation  on the part of the party  specified in the related
agreement.

                                       103
<PAGE>

        To the extent that  manufactured  homes are not treated as real property
under applicable  state law,  manufactured  housing  contracts in most cases are
"chattel  paper" as  defined  in the UCC in  effect  in the  states in which the
manufactured homes initially were registered. Under the UCC, the sale of chattel
paper is treated in a manner  similar to  perfection  of a security  interest in
chattel paper. Under the related agreement, the master servicer, the servicer or
the  depositor,  as the case may be, will  transfer  physical  possession of the
manufactured housing contracts to the trustee or its custodian. In addition, the
master  servicer or the servicer will make an appropriate  filing of a financing
statement in the appropriate states to give notice of the trustee's ownership of
the  manufactured   housing  contracts.   Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  the manufactured housing contracts will not
be stamped or marked otherwise to reflect their assignment from the depositor to
the trustee.  Therefore,  if a subsequent  purchaser  were able to take physical
possession  of  the  manufactured   housing  contracts  without  notice  of  the
assignment,  the trustee's interest in the manufactured  housing contracts could
be defeated.  To the extent that manufactured homes are treated as real property
under  applicable  state law,  contracts  will be treated in a manner similar to
that described above with regard to mortgage  loans.  See "--The Mortgage Loans"
above.

        ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MANUFACTURED HOMES

        The  servicer or the master  servicer on behalf of the  trustee,  to the
extent  required  by the  related  agreement,  may take  action to  enforce  the
trustee's  security  interest for manufactured  housing  contracts in default by
repossession  and  sale  of  the  manufactured   homes  securing  the  defaulted
manufactured housing contracts.  So long as the manufactured home has not become
subject  to  real  estate  law,  a  creditor  in  most  cases  can  repossess  a
manufactured  home securing a contract by voluntary  surrender,  by  "self-help"
repossession  that is "peaceful"  or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and
the ability to repossess without breach of the peace, by judicial  process.  The
UCC  and  consumer   protection  laws  in  most  states  place  restrictions  on
repossession  sales,   including  requiring  prior  notice  to  the  debtor  and
commercial  reasonableness  in  effecting  the sale.  The debtor may also have a
right to redeem the manufactured home at or before resale.

        Certain statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy and
insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the ability
of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.
For  a  discussion  of  deficiency  judgments,  see  "--The  Mortgage  Loans  --
Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders" above.

THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

        GENERAL

        The home  improvement  contracts,  other  than  those  home  improvement
contracts  that are  unsecured or secured by  mortgages on real estate,  in most
cases, are "chattel paper" and include "purchase money security  interests" each
as defined in the UCC. Those home improvement  contracts are referred to in this
section as "contracts". Under the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a
manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper.  Under the
related  agreement,  the  depositor  will  transfer  physical  possession of the
contracts to the trustee or a designated  custodian or may retain  possession of
the contracts as custodian for the trustee. In addition, the depositor will make
an appropriate filing of a financing statement in the appropriate states to give
notice of the  trustee's  ownership of the  contracts.  Unless  specified in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the  contracts  will  not be  stamped  or
otherwise  marked to reflect their assignment from the depositor to the trustee.
Therefore,  if through negligence,  fraud or otherwise,  a subsequent  purchaser
were able to take physical  possession of the  contracts  without  notice of the
assignment,  the  trustee's  interest in the  contracts  could be  defeated.  In

                                        104
<PAGE>

addition,  if the depositor were to become insolvent or a debtor in a bankruptcy
case while in possession  of the  contracts,  competing  claims to the contracts
could arise.  Even if  unsuccessful,  these  claims could delay  payments to the
trust  and the  securityholders.  If  successful,  losses  to the  trust and the
securityholders also could result.

        The  contracts  that are  secured by the home  improvements  financed by
those  contracts  grant to the  originator  of the  contracts  a purchase  money
security interest in the home improvements to secure all or part of the purchase
price of the home  improvements and related services.  A financing  statement in
most cases is not  required  to be filed to perfect a  purchase  money  security
interest  in  consumer  goods.  These  purchase  money  security  interests  are
assignable.  In most cases,  a purchase money  security  interest  grants to the
holder  a  security  interest  that has  priority  over a  conflicting  security
interest in the same collateral and the proceeds of the collateral.  However, to
the extent that the collateral  subject to a purchase  money  security  interest
becomes a fixture,  in order for the related purchase money security interest to
take priority over a conflicting  interest in the fixture, the holder's interest
in the home  improvement  must in most cases be  perfected  by a timely  fixture
filing.  In most cases,  under the UCC, a security interest does not exist under
the UCC in ordinary building material  incorporated into an improvement on land.
Home improvement contracts that finance lumber,  bricks, other types of ordinary
building material or other goods that are deemed to lose this  characterization,
upon  incorporation  of these materials into the related  property,  will not be
secured by a purchase  money  security  interest in the home  improvement  being
financed.

        Forms of notes and  mortgages  used by lenders  may  contain  provisions
obligating the borrower to pay a late charge or additional  interest if payments
are not timely made, and in some  circumstances  may provide for prepayment fees
or yield maintenance  penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity.  In
addition to limitations imposed by FHA Regulations  relating to home improvement
contracts partially insured by the FHA under Title I, in some states,  there are
or may be specific  limitations  on the late  charges  that a lender may collect
from a borrower for delinquent payments. Some states also limit the amounts that
a lender may  collect  from a borrower  as an  additional  charge if the loan is
prepaid.  In  addition,  the  enforceability  of  provisions  that  provide  for
prepayment  fees or penalties on an involuntary  prepayment is unclear under the
laws of many  states.  Most  conventional  single-family  mortgage  loans may be
prepaid in full or in part without penalty.  The regulations of the Federal Home
Loan Bank  Board,  as  succeeded  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  or OTS,
prohibit the  imposition  of a prepayment  penalty or  equivalent  fee for or in
connection with the acceleration of a loan by exercise of a due-on-sale  clause.
A mortgagee to whom a prepayment  in full has been  tendered may be compelled to
give either a release of the mortgage or an  instrument  assigning  the existing
mortgage.  The absence of a restraint on  prepayment,  particularly  relating to
loans and/or contracts having higher interest rates, may increase the likelihood
of refinancing  or other early  retirements of the home equity loans and/or home
improvement contracts.

        ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN HOME IMPROVEMENTS

        So long as the  home  improvement  has not  become  subject  to the real
estate law, a creditor can repossess a home  improvement  securing a contract by
voluntary  surrender,  "self-help"  repossession  that is  "peaceful",  that is,
without breach of the peace,  or, in the absence of voluntary  surrender and the
ability to repossess without breach of the peace,  judicial process.  The holder
of a contract must give the debtor a number of days'  notice,  which varies from
10 to 30 days or more  depending  on the  state,  prior to  commencement  of any
repossession.  The UCC and  consumer  protection  laws in most  states  restrict
repossession  sales,   including  requiring  prior  notice  to  the  debtor  and
commercial reasonableness in effecting this type of sale. The law in most states
also requires that the debtor be given notice of any sale prior to resale of the
related property so that the debtor may redeem it at or before the resale.

                                        105
<PAGE>

        Under the laws  applicable  in most  states,  a creditor  is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any  deficiency on  repossession
and resale of the  property  securing the debtor's  loan.  However,  some states
impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments and in many cases the
defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

        Some other statutory provisions,  including federal and state bankruptcy
and  insolvency  laws and  general  equity  principles,  may  limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess  and resell  collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

        Unless the accompanying  prospectus supplement indicates otherwise,  the
loans contain due-on-sale clauses. These clauses permit the lender to accelerate
the  maturity  of the loan if the  borrower  sells,  transfers  or  conveys  the
property.   The  enforceability  of  these  clauses  has  been  the  subject  of
legislation or litigation in many states,  and in some cases the  enforceability
of these  clauses  has been  limited or denied.  However,  the  Garn-St  Germain
Depository  Institutions  Act of 1982, or Garn-St  Germain Act,  preempts  state
constitutional,  statutory  and  case  law  that  prohibit  the  enforcement  of
due-on-sale  clauses and permits  lenders to enforce these clauses in accordance
with their terms,  subject to limited  exceptions.  The Garn-St Germain Act does
"encourage"  lenders  to  permit  assumption  of loans at the  original  rate of
interest  or at some other rate less than the average of the  original  rate and
the market rate.

        The Garn-St Germain Act also sets forth nine specific instances in which
a  mortgage  lender  covered  by the  Garn-St  Germain  Act may not  exercise  a
due-on-sale  clause,  regardless of the fact that a transfer of the property may
have  occurred.  These  include  intra-family  transfers,  certain  transfers by
operation of law,  leases of fewer than three years and the creation of a junior
encumbrance. Regulations promulgated under the Garn-St Germain Act also prohibit
the  imposition of a prepayment  penalty on the  acceleration  of a loan under a
due-on-sale clause.

        The  inability  to  enforce a  due-on-sale  clause  may result in a loan
bearing an interest  rate below the current  market rate being  assumed by a new
home buyer  rather than being paid off,  which may have an impact on the average
life of the  loans  and the  number  of loans  which  may be  outstanding  until
maturity.

        On foreclosure,  courts have imposed general equitable principles. These
equitable  principles are designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect
of its defaults  under the loan  documents.  Examples of judicial  remedies that
have been fashioned  include  judicial  requirements  that the lender  undertake
affirmative  and expensive  actions to determine  the causes for the  borrower's
default and the likelihood that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan.
In some cases,  courts have  required  that  lenders  reinstate  loans or recast
payment  schedules in order to  accommodate  borrowers  who are  suffering  from
temporary financial disability. In other cases, courts have limited the right of
the lender to foreclose  if the default  under the  mortgage  instrument  is not
monetary,  including the borrower  failing to adequately  maintain the property.
Finally, some courts have been faced with the issue of whether or not federal or
state  constitutional  provisions  reflecting due process  concerns for adequate
notice  require  that  borrowers  under deeds of trust,  deeds to secure debt or
mortgages receive notices in addition to the statutorily prescribed minimum. For
the most part, these cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable
or have found that the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust,  or under a deed
to  secure  a debt or a  mortgagee  having a power  of  sale,  does not  involve
sufficient state action to afford constitutional protections to the borrower.

                                        106
<PAGE>

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

        Numerous federal and state consumer  protection laws impose requirements
applicable to the origination of loans,  including the Truth in Lending Act, the
Federal  Trade  Commission  Act,  the Fair Credit  Billing  Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of some of these
laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the  enforceability
of the related loan.

        If the  transferor of a consumer  credit  contract is also the seller of
goods that give rise to the transaction,  and, in certain cases, related lenders
and assignees, the  "Holder-in-Due-Course"  rule of the Federal Trade Commission
is intended to defeat the ability of the  transferor  to transfer  the  contract
free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this rule is to
subject the assignee of the contract to all claims and defenses  that the debtor
could assert against the seller of goods.  Liability  under this rule is limited
to amounts  paid under a contract;  however,  the  borrower  also may be able to
assert the rule to set off  remaining  amounts due as a defense  against a claim
brought against the borrower.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

        Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control
Act of 1980, or Title V, provides that state usury  limitations  shall not apply
to some types of residential first mortgage loans,  including  Cooperative Loans
originated  by some  lenders.  Title V also  provides  that,  subject to certain
conditions,  state usury limitations shall not apply to any loan that is secured
by a first lien on certain kinds of manufactured housing.  Title V also provides
that,  subject to the following  conditions,  state usury  limitations shall not
apply to any home  improvement  contract that is secured by a first lien on some
kinds of consumer  goods.  The  contracts  would be covered if they satisfy some
conditions,  among other things,  governing the terms of any  prepayments,  late
charges  and  deferral  fees and  requiring  a  30-day  notice  period  prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of the related unit.

        Title V authorized  any state to reimpose  limitations on interest rates
and finance  charges by adopting  before  April 1, 1983 a law or  constitutional
provision that expressly rejects  application of the federal law. Fifteen states
adopted  this type of prior to the April 1, 1983  deadline.  In  addition,  even
where Title V was not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a
provision limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered by Title V.

        Usury  limits apply to junior  mortgage  loans in many states and Mexico
Loans. Any applicable usury limits in effect at origination will be reflected in
the  maximum  interest  rates  for  the  mortgage  loans,  as  described  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

        In most cases, each seller of a loan will have represented that the loan
was originated in compliance  with then applicable  state laws,  including usury
laws, in all material respects. However, the interest rates on the loans will be
subject to applicable usury laws as in effect from time to time.

ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION

        Under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability  Act of 1980,  as  amended,  or  CERCLA,  and under  state law in some
states,  a secured party which takes a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure,  purchases a
mortgaged  property at a foreclosure sale, or operates a mortgaged  property may
become  liable in some  circumstances  for the costs of  cleaning  up  hazardous
substances  regardless of whether they have  contaminated  the property.  CERCLA
imposes  strict,  as well as joint and several,  liability on several classes of
potentially  responsible parties,  including current owners and operators of the
property  who did not cause or  contribute  to the  contamination.  Furthermore,
liability  under CERCLA is not limited to the original or unamortized  principal

                                             107
<PAGE>

balance of a loan or to the value of the property  securing a loan.  Lenders may
be held liable under  CERCLA as owners or operators  unless they qualify for the
secured creditor exemption to CERCLA. This exemption exempts from the definition
of owners and operators those who, without  participating in the management of a
facility,  hold indicia of ownership primarily to protect a security interest in
the facility.

        The Asset  Conservation,  Lender Liability and Deposit  Insurance Act of
1996, or Conservation Act amended,  among other things, the provisions of CERCLA
for lender  liability and the secured creditor  exemption.  The Conservation Act
offers  substantial  protection to lenders by defining the activities in which a
lender can engage and still have the benefit of the secured creditor  exemption.
For a lender to be deemed to have  participated in the management of a mortgaged
property, the lender must actually participate in the operational affairs of the
mortgaged  property.  The  Conservation  Act provides  that  "merely  having the
capacity to influence,  or  unexercised  right to control"  operations  does not
constitute participation in management. A lender will lose the protection of the
secured creditor exemption only if it exercises decision-making control over the
mortgagor's  environmental  compliance  and  hazardous  substance  handling  and
disposal  practices,  or assumes  day-to-day  management  of  substantially  all
operational  functions of the  mortgaged  property.  The  Conservation  Act also
provides that a lender will continue to have the benefit of the secured creditor
exemption  even if it  forecloses  on a mortgaged  property,  purchases  it at a
foreclosure  sale or accepts a  deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure  provided that the
lender  seeks  to  sell  the  mortgaged  property  at the  earliest  practicable
commercially reasonable time on commercially reasonable terms.

        Other federal and state laws in some  circumstances may impose liability
on a secured  party  which  takes a  deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure,  purchases a
mortgaged  property at a foreclosure  sale, or operates a mortgaged  property on
which contaminants other than CERCLA hazardous substances are present, including
petroleum,  agricultural  chemicals,  hazardous  wastes,  asbestos,  radon,  and
lead-based  paint.  These cleanup costs may be substantial.  It is possible that
the  cleanup  costs could  become a liability  of a trust and reduce the amounts
otherwise  distributable  to the  holders of the related  series of  securities.
Moreover,   some  federal   statutes  and  some  states  by  statute  impose  an
Environmental   Lien.  All  subsequent   liens  on  that  property  are  usually
subordinated to an Environmental  Lien and, in some states,  even prior recorded
liens are  subordinated  to  Environmental  Liens.  In the  latter  states,  the
security  interest of the trustee in a related  parcel of real  property that is
subject to an Environmental Lien could be adversely affected.

        Traditionally, many residential mortgage lenders have not taken steps to
evaluate whether  contaminants  are present for any mortgaged  property prior to
the  origination of the loan or prior to foreclosure or accepting a deed-in-lieu
of  foreclosure.  Neither the depositor nor any master servicer or servicer will
be required by any  agreement to  undertake  any of these  evaluations  prior to
foreclosure or accepting a deed-in-lieu of  foreclosure.  The depositor does not
make any  representations  or warranties or assume any liability for the absence
or effect of  contaminants on any mortgaged  property or any casualty  resulting
from the presence or effect of contaminants. However, the master servicer or the
servicer will not be obligated to foreclose on any mortgaged  property or accept
a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure if it knows or reasonably  believes that there are
material contaminated  conditions on the property. A failure so to foreclose may
reduce the amounts otherwise available to securityholders of the related series.

        Except as otherwise specified in the applicable  prospectus  supplement,
at the time the loans were  originated,  no  environmental  assessment or a very
limited  environment  assessment  of the  mortgaged  properties  will  have been
conducted.

                                   108
<PAGE>

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT OF 1940

        Under the terms of the Relief Act a borrower who enters military service
after the  origination of the borrower's  loan,  including a borrower who was in
reserve  status and is called to active duty after  origination of the loan, may
not be charged interest,  including fees and charges, above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of the  borrower's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise on application of the lender.  The Relief Act applies to borrowers who
are members of the Air Force, Army, Marines,  Navy, National Guard,  Reserves or
Coast Guard,  and officers of the U.S.  Public Health  Service  assigned to duty
with the military.

        Because the Relief Act applies to borrowers who enter military  service,
including  reservists  who are called to active duty,  after  origination of the
related loan, no information  can be provided as to the number of loans that may
be affected by the Relief Act. For loans included in a trust, application of the
Relief Act would  adversely  affect,  for an  indeterminate  period of time, the
ability of the servicer or the master servicer,  as applicable,  to collect full
amounts  of  interest  on the  loans.  Any  shortfall  in  interest  collections
resulting  from the  application  of the Relief Act or  similar  legislation  or
regulations, which would not be recoverable from the related loans, would result
in a  reduction  of the  amounts  distributable  to the  holders of the  related
securities,  and  would  not be  covered  by  Advances  or any  form  of  credit
enhancement  provided in connection  with the related series of  securities.  In
addition,  the Relief Act imposes  limitations  that would impair the ability of
the servicer or the master servicer, as applicable,  to foreclose on an affected
loan  during the  mortgagor's  period of active  duty  status,  and,  under some
circumstances,  during an additional three month period thereafter. Thus, if the
Relief Act or similar  legislation or regulations applies to any loan which goes
into  default,  there  may be  delays  in  payment  and  losses  on the  related
securities in connection therewith. Any other interest shortfalls,  deferrals or
forgiveness  of payments on the loans  resulting  from  similar  legislation  or
regulations may result in delays in payments or losses to securityholders of the
related series.

DEFAULT INTEREST AND LIMITATIONS ON PREPAYMENTS

        Notes and mortgages may contain provisions that obligate the borrower to
pay a late charge or additional interest if payments are not timely made, and in
some  circumstances,  may prohibit  prepayments  for a specified  period  and/or
condition  prepayments  on the  borrower's  payment of prepayment  fees or yield
maintenance penalties.  In some states, there are or may be specific limitations
on the late charges  which a lender may collect  from a borrower for  delinquent
payments.  Some states also limit the amounts  that a lender may collect  from a
borrower  as an  additional  charge if the loan is  prepaid.  In  addition,  the
enforceability of provisions that provide for prepayment fees or penalties on an
involuntary   prepayment  is  unclear  under  the  laws  of  many  states.  Most
conventional  single-family  mortgage  loans may be  prepaid  in full or in part
without  penalty.  The  regulations  of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank  Board,  as
succeeded  by the OTS,  prohibit  the  imposition  of a  prepayment  penalty  or
equivalent fee for or in connection with the  acceleration of a loan by exercise
of a  due-on-sale  clause.  A mortgagee  to whom a  prepayment  in full has been
tendered  may be  compelled  to give  either a  release  of the  mortgage  or an
instrument  assigning  the  existing  mortgage.  The absence of a  restraint  on
prepayment,  particularly  for  mortgage  loans  having  higher loan rates,  may
increase  the  likelihood  of  refinancing  or other  early  retirements  of the
mortgage loans.

FORFEITURES IN DRUG AND RICO PROCEEDINGS

        Federal  law  provides  that  property  owned by  persons  convicted  of
drug-related  crimes or of criminal  violations of the Racketeer  Influenced and
Corrupt  Organizations,  or RICO statute can be seized by the  government if the
property was used in, or purchased  with the  proceeds of, those  crimes.  Under
procedures  contained  in the  Comprehensive  Crime  Control  Act of  1984,  the

                                        109
<PAGE>

government may seize the property even before  conviction.  The government  must
publish notice of the  forfeiture  proceeding and may give notice to all parties
"known to have an alleged  interest in the  property,"  including the holders of
mortgage loans.

        A lender may avoid  forfeiture  of its  interest  in the  property if it
establishes  that: (i) its mortgage was executed and recorded before  commission
of the crime on which the  forfeiture  is based,  or (ii) the lender was, at the
time of execution of the  mortgage,  "reasonably  without cause to believe" that
the  property was used in, or  purchased  with the proceeds of,  illegal drug or
RICO activities.

NEGATIVE AMORTIZATION LOANS

        A recent  case  held  that  state  restrictions  on the  compounding  of
interest are not  preempted by the  provisions  of the  Depository  Institutions
Deregulation  and Monetary  Control Act of 1980,  or DIDMC,  and as a result,  a
mortgage loan that provided for negative  amortization  violated New Hampshire's
requirement  that first mortgage loans provide for  computation of interest on a
simple  interest  basis.  The court did not  address  the  applicability  of the
Alternative  Mortgage  Transaction Parity Act of 1982, which authorizes a lender
to make residential mortgage loans that provide for negative amortization.  As a
result,  the  enforceability of compound interest on mortgage loans that provide
for negative  amortization is unclear.  The case, which was decided by the First
Circuit Court of Appeals,  is binding  authority only on Federal District Courts
in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Puerto Rico.

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

        The  following is a  discussion  of the  material  (and  certain  other)
federal income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of
the securities.  This discussion is directed solely to securityholders that hold
the  securities  as capital  assets  within the  meaning of Section  1221 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code and does not purport to discuss  all federal  income tax
consequences that may be applicable to particular categories of investors,  some
of which,  including banks,  insurance  companies and foreign  investors) may be
subject to special rules. In addition, the authorities on which this discussion,
and the opinion  referred to below, are based are subject to change or differing
interpretations,  which  could apply  retroactively.  This  discussion  does not
purport to be as detailed  and complete as the advice a  securityholder  may get
from its tax  advisor  and  accordingly,  taxpayers  should  consult  their  tax
advisors  and  tax  return  preparers  regarding  the  consequences  to  them of
investing in the  securities  and the  preparation  of any item on a tax return,
even where the  anticipated  tax treatment has been discussed in this prospectus
or  in  a  prospectus  supplement.   In  addition  to  the  federal  income  tax
consequences  described in this prospectus,  potential investors should consider
the state and local tax  consequences,  if any, of the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition  of  the  securities.   See  "State  and  Other  Tax  Consequences."
Securityholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state,
local  or  other  tax  consequences  to  them  of the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition of the securities offered hereunder.

        The  following   discussion   addresses  REMIC  and  FASIT  certificates
representing  interests in a trust for which the transaction  documents  require
the making of an election to have the trust (or a portion thereof) be treated as
one or more  REMICs or FASITs.  The  prospectus  supplement  for each  series of
securities will indicate  whether a REMIC or FASIT election or elections will be
made for the related  trust and, if that  election is to be made,  will identify
all "regular  interests"  and "residual  interests" in the REMIC or the "regular
interests" and "high yield regular  interests" in the FASIT, as the case may be.

                                                  110
<PAGE>

If  interests  in a FASIT  ownership  interest  are offered for sale the federal
income  consequences  of  the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of  those
interests  will be  described in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  For
purposes of this tax discussion,  references to a "securityholder" or a "holder"
are to the beneficial owner of a security.

        If  neither a REMIC nor FASIT  election  is to be made for a  particular
series  because,  for example,  a grantor trust structure is being used, the tax
consequences  of that structure  will be discussed in the prospectus  supplement
for that series.

        Regulations  specifically  addressing certain of the issues discussed in
this  prospectus  have not been issued and this  discussion  is based in part on
regulations that do not adequately  address some issues relevant to, and in some
instances  provide that they are not  applicable to,  securities  similar to the
securities.

CLASSIFICATION OF REMICS AND FASITS

        Upon the issuance of each series of REMIC or FASIT certificates,  one of
Thacher Proffitt & Wood, Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP or Stroock & Stroock
& Lavan LLP,  counsel to the  depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the effect
that,  assuming  compliance  with all  provisions  of the  related  pooling  and
servicing  agreement,  indenture or trust agreement,  the related trust, or each
applicable  portion of the trust,  will qualify as a REMIC or FASIT, as the case
may be, and the certificates  offered with respect thereto will be considered to
be (or evidence the ownership of) "regular  interests,"  in the related REMIC or
FASIT or,  solely in the case of REMICs,  "residual  interests,"  in that REMIC.
Opinions of counsel only represent the views of that counsel and are not binding
on the Internal Revenue Service,  known as the IRS, or the courts.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance  that the IRS and the courts will not take a differing
position.

        No  Treasury  regulations  supplementing  the  FASIT  provisions  of the
Internal  Revenue  Code have been  issued  and many  issues  remain  unresolved.
Further, any future Treasury regulations may be applied  retroactively,  and the
Internal Revenue Code authorizes the Treasury to issue "anti-abuse"  regulations
to  prevent  the  abuse  of  the  purposes  of  the  FASIT  provisions   through
transactions   that  are  not  primarily   related  to  securitization  of  debt
instruments by a FASIT.  Although it is unclear what form of  transactions  such
regulations may prohibit, it is expected that any transactions described in this
prospectus  would fall  outside the scope of such  regulations.  Since the FASIT
Provisions will ultimately be interpreted by their own  regulations  (which,  as
indicated  above,  have not yet been  issued),  investors  should be cautious in
purchasing any of the Certificates and should consult with their tax advisors in
determining the federal, state, local and other tax consequences to them for the
purchase, holding and disposition of the Certificates.

        In  addition,   certain  FASIT   regular   interests  or  FASIT  Regular
Certificates may be treated as "high-yield  regular  interests."  Special rules,
discussed below apply to those securities.  Although the accompanying prospectus
supplement  will indicate  which FASIT  securities are expected to be treated as
"high-yield  regular  interests,"  in many  cases it will not be clear as of the
date of the prospectus  supplement  (and possibly not even after the issuance of
the securities) whether any particular class will actually be so treated.

        If an entity  electing to be treated as a REMIC or FASIT fails to comply
with one or more of the ongoing  requirements  of the Internal  Revenue Code for
that status during any taxable year, the Internal Revenue Code provides that the
entity will not be treated as a REMIC or FASIT for that year and thereafter.  In
that event, the entity may be taxable as a separate  corporation  under Treasury
regulations,  and the related  certificates  may not be  accorded  the status or
given the tax treatment  described in this prospectus  under  "Material  Federal
Income Tax  Consequences".  The IRS may, but is not compelled to provide  relief
but any relief may be  accompanied  by sanctions,  including the imposition of a
corporate tax on all or a portion of the trust's  income for the period in which
the  requirements  for that status are not satisfied.  The pooling and servicing

                                             111


<PAGE>
agreement,  indenture  or trust  agreement  for each REMIC or FASIT will include
provisions  designed to maintain the trust's  status as a REMIC or FASIT.  It is
not  anticipated  that the  status  of any  trust  as a REMIC  or FASIT  will be
terminated.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REMIC AND FASIT REGULAR CERTIFICATES

        GENERAL

        In general,  REMIC and FASIT  Regular  Certificates  will be treated for
federal income tax purposes as debt  instruments and not as ownership  interests
in the REMIC or FASIT or its assets.  Moreover,  holders of Regular Certificates
that otherwise  report income under a cash method of accounting will be required
to report income for Regular Certificates under an accrual method.

        ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

        Some REMIC or FASIT Regular  Certificates  may be issued with  "original
issue discount"  within the meaning of Section  1273(a) of the Internal  Revenue
Code.  Any holders of Regular  Certificates  issued with original issue discount
typically  will be required to include  original  issue discount in income as it
accrues,  in  accordance  with the  method  described  below,  in advance of the
receipt of the cash attributable to that income. In addition, Section 1272(a)(6)
of the Internal  Revenue  Code  provides  special  rules  applicable  to Regular
Certificates  and certain  other debt  instruments  issued with  original  issue
discount.

Regulations have not been issued under that section.

        The Internal Revenue Code requires that a prepayment  assumption be used
for loans held by a REMIC or FASIT in  computing  the accrual of original  issue
discount on Regular  Certificates issued by that issuer, and that adjustments be
made in the amount and rate of accrual of the  discount  to reflect  differences
between the actual prepayment rate and the prepayment assumption. The prepayment
assumption is to be determined in a manner  prescribed in Treasury  regulations;
as noted above, those regulations have not been issued. The conference committee
report  accompanying  the Tax Reform Act of 1986 indicates that the  regulations
will provide that the prepayment  assumption used for a Regular Certificate must
be the  same as  that  used in  pricing  the  initial  offering  of the  Regular
Certificate.  The  prepayment  assumption  used  by  the  master  servicer,  the
servicer,  or the REMIC or FASIT  administrator,  as  applicable,  in  reporting
original  issue  discount  for  each  series  of  Regular  Certificates  will be
consistent  with  this  standard  and  will  be  disclosed  in the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement.  However,  none of the  depositor,  the  REMIC  or FASIT
administrator,  as applicable,  or the master servicer or the servicer will make
any  representation  that the loans will in fact prepay at a rate  conforming to
the prepayment assumption or at any other rate.

        The  original  issue  discount,  if any,  on a REMIC  or  FASIT  Regular
Certificate  will be the excess of its stated  redemption price at maturity over
its issue price. The issue price of a particular  class of Regular  Certificates
will  be the  first  cash  price  at  which  a  substantial  amount  of  Regular
Certificates of that class is sold, excluding sales to bond houses,  brokers and
underwriters. If less than a substantial amount of a particular class of Regular
Certificates is sold for cash on or prior to the date of their initial issuance,
or the closing date,  the issue price for that class will be treated as the fair
market value of the class on the closing date.  Under the OID  regulations,  the
stated redemption price of a REMIC or FASIT Regular  Certificate is equal to the
total of all  payments  to be made on that  certificate  other  than  "qualified
stated   interest."   Qualified  stated  interest   includes  interest  that  is
unconditionally payable at least annually at a single fixed rate, or in the case
of  a  variable  rate  debt  instrument,  at a  "qualified  floating  rate,"  an
"objective  rate,"  a  combination  of a  single  fixed  rate  and  one or  more
"qualified  floating  rates"  or one  "qualified  inverse  floating  rate," or a
combination of "qualified floating rates" that in most cases does not operate in
a manner that accelerates or defers interest payments on a Regular Certificate.

                                                  112
<PAGE>

        In the case of Regular  Certificates  bearing adjustable interest rates,
the  determination of the total amount of original issue discount and the timing
of the  inclusion  of the original  issue  discount  will vary  according to the
characteristics  of the Regular  Certificates.  If the original  issue  discount
rules apply to the  certificates,  the accompanying  prospectus  supplement will
describe  the manner in which the rules will be applied by the master  servicer,
the  servicer,  or  REMIC or  FASIT  administrator,  as  applicable,  for  those
certificates in preparing information returns to the  certificateholders and the
Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.

        Some  classes of the  Regular  Certificates  may  provide  for the first
interest  payment  with respect to their  certificates  to be made more than one
month after the date of issuance,  a period which is longer than the  subsequent
monthly intervals between interest  payments.  Assuming the "accrual period" (as
defined below) for original issue discount is each monthly period that begins or
ends on a distribution date, in some cases, as a consequence of this "long first
accrual period," some or all interest payments may be required to be included in
the stated  redemption  price of the Regular  Certificate  and  accounted for as
original issue discount.  Because interest on Regular  Certificates  must in any
event be accounted for under an accrual  method,  applying  this analysis  would
result in only a slight  difference  in the timing of the inclusion in income of
the yield on the Regular Certificates.

        In  addition,   if  the  accrued  interest  to  be  paid  on  the  first
distribution  date is computed  for a period  that  begins  prior to the closing
date,  a portion  of the  purchase  price  paid for a Regular  Certificate  will
reflect  the  accrued  interest.  In these  cases,  information  returns  to the
certificateholders and the IRS will be based on the position that the portion of
the  purchase  price paid for the  interest  accrued  for  periods  prior to the
closing date is treated as part of the overall cost of the Regular  Certificate,
and not as a  separate  asset  the cost of which is  recovered  entirely  out of
interest  received  on the  next  distribution  date,  and that  portion  of the
interest paid on the first distribution date in excess of interest accrued for a
number of days  corresponding to the number of days from the closing date to the
first distribution date should be included in the stated redemption price of the
Regular Certificate. However, the OID regulations state that all or some portion
of the accrued  interest may be treated as a separate asset the cost of which is
recovered  entirely out of interest paid on the first  distribution  date. It is
unclear  how an election  to do so would be made under the OID  regulations  and
whether that election could be made unilaterally by a certificateholder.

        Regardless  of  the  general  definition  of  original  issue  discount,
original  issue  discount on a Regular  Certificate  will be considered to be de
minimis if it is less than 0.25% of the stated  redemption  price of the Regular
Certificate  multiplied  by its weighted  average life.  For this  purpose,  the
weighted  average life of the Regular  Certificate is computed as the sum of the
amounts  determined,  as to each payment included in the stated redemption price
of the Regular  Certificate,  by multiplying  (i) the number of complete  years,
rounding  down for  partial  years,  from the issue  date  until the  payment is
expected to be made,  presumably taking into account the prepayment  assumption,
by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the payment, and the
denominator of which is the stated  redemption  price at maturity of the Regular
Certificate.  Under the OID  regulations,  original  ISSUE DISCOUNT OF ONLY A DE
MINIMIS AMOUNT, OTHER THAN DE MINIMIS original issue discount  attributable to a
so-called  "teaser"  interest  rate  or an  initial  interest  holiday,  will be
included in income as each  payment of stated  principal  is made,  based on the
product of the TOTAL  AMOUNT OF THE DE MINIMIS  original  issue  discount  and a
fraction,  the numerator of which is the amount of the principal payment and the
denominator of which is the outstanding  stated  principal amount of the Regular
Certificate.  The OID regulations also would permit a CERTIFICATEHOLDER TO ELECT
TO ACCRUE DE MINIMIS  original issue discount into income  currently  based on a
constant  yield  method.  See  "--Market  Discount"  for a  description  of that
election under the OID regulations.

                                                  113
<PAGE>

        IF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON A REGULAR CERTIFICATE IS IN EXCESS OF A DE
MINIMIS  amount,  the holder of the  certificate  must include in ordinary gross
income the sum of the "daily  portions" of original  issue discount for each day
during its taxable year on which it held the Regular Certificate,  including the
purchase  date but excluding  the  disposition  date. In the case of an original
holder of a Regular  Certificate,  the daily portions of original issue discount
will be determined as follows.

        As to each "accrual  period," that is,  unless  otherwise  stated in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  each period that begins or ends on a date
that  corresponds to a  distribution  date and begins on the first day following
the immediately  preceding  accrual period,  or in the case of the first accrual
period, begins on the closing date, a calculation will be made of the portion of
the original issue discount that accrued during that accrual period. The portion
of original  issue  discount  that accrues in any accrual  period will equal the
excess,  if any, of (i) the sum of (A) the present  value,  as of the end of the
accrual period, of all of the distributions  remaining to be made on the Regular
Certificate,  if any, in future  periods and (B) the  distributions  made on the
Regular  Certificate during the accrual period of amounts included in the stated
redemption price, over (ii) the adjusted issue price of the Regular  Certificate
at the  beginning  of the accrual  period.  The present  value of the  remaining
distributions  referred to in the  preceding  sentence  will be  calculated  (1)
assuming  that  distributions  on the  Regular  Certificate  will be received in
future  periods  based  on  the  loans  being  prepaid  at a rate  equal  to the
prepayment  assumption and (2) using a discount rate equal to the original yield
to  maturity of the  certificate.  For these  purposes,  the  original  yield to
maturity  of the  certificate  will be  calculated  based on its issue price and
assuming  that  distributions  on the  certificate  will be made in all  accrual
periods  based on the loans  being  prepaid  at a rate  equal to the  prepayment
assumption.  The adjusted issue price of a Regular  Certificate at the beginning
of any accrual period will equal the issue price of the  certificate,  increased
by the  aggregate  amount of  original  issue  discount  that  accrued  for that
certificate  in  prior  accrual  periods,  and  reduced  by  the  amount  of any
distributions  made on that  Regular  Certificate  in prior  accrual  periods of
amounts  included in its stated  redemption  price.  The original issue discount
accruing  during any  accrual  period,  computed  as  described  above,  will be
allocated  ratably to each day during the accrual  period to determine the daily
portion of original issue discount for that day.

        The OID regulations  suggest that original issue discount for securities
that represent multiple  uncertificated  regular  interests,  in which ownership
interests  will be  issued  simultaneously  to the same  buyer  and which may be
required  under the related  pooling and servicing  agreement to be  transferred
together,  should be computed on an aggregate  method. In the absence of further
guidance from the IRS, original issue discount for securities that represent the
ownership of multiple  uncertificated  regular interests will be reported to the
IRS and the  certificateholders on an aggregate method based on a single overall
constant  yield  and  the  prepayment  assumption  stated  in  the  accompanying
prospectus supplement, treating all uncertificated regular interests as a single
debt instrument as set forth in the OID regulations,  so long as the pooling and
servicing  agreement  requires  that the  uncertificated  regular  interests  be
transferred together.

        A  subsequent  purchaser of a Regular  Certificate  that  purchases  the
certificate  at a cost,  excluding  any  portion  of that cost  attributable  to
accrued  qualified  stated interest,  less than its remaining stated  redemption
price will also be required to include in gross income the daily portions of any
original issue discount for that certificate.  However,  each daily portion will
be  reduced,  if the  cost  is in  excess  of its  "adjusted  issue  price,"  in
proportion  to the ratio  that  excess  bears to the  aggregate  original  issue
discount remaining to be accrued on the Regular Certificate.  The adjusted issue
price of a Regular  Certificate  on any given day equals (i) the adjusted  issue
price or, in the case of the  first  accrual  period,  the issue  price,  of the
certificate at the beginning of the accrual period which includes that day, plus
(ii) the daily  portions  of  original  issue  discount  for all days during the
accrual period prior to that day minus (iii) any principal  payments made during
the accrual period prior to that day for the certificate.

                                        114
<PAGE>

        MARKET DISCOUNT

        A  certificateholder  that  purchases a Regular  Certificate at a market
discount,  that is, in the case of a Regular Certificate issued without original
issue  discount,  at a purchase price less than its remaining  stated  principal
amount,  or in the case of a Regular  Certificate  issued  with  original  issue
discount,  at a purchase price less than its adjusted issue price will recognize
income on receipt of each distribution  representing stated redemption price. In
particular,   under   Section  1276  of  the   Internal   Revenue  Code  such  a
certificateholder in most cases will be required to allocate the portion of each
distribution  representing  stated  redemption  price  first to  accrued  market
discount not previously  included in income, and to recognize ordinary income to
that extent.

        A  certificateholder  may elect to  include  market  discount  in income
currently  as it  accrues  rather  than  including  it on a  deferred  basis  in
accordance  with the  foregoing.  If made, the election will apply to all market
discount  bonds acquired by the  certificateholder  on or after the first day of
the first  taxable year to which the  election  applies.  In  addition,  the OID
regulations  permit  a  certificateholder  to  elect  to  accrue  all  interest,
DISCOUNT, INCLUDING DE MINIMIS market or original issue discount, and premium in
income as interest,  based on a constant yield method. If the election were made
for a Regular Certificate with market discount,  the certificateholder  would be
deemed to have made an election to include  currently  market discount in income
for all other debt instruments having market discount that the certificateholder
acquires  during the taxable year of the election or  thereafter.  Similarly,  a
certificateholder  that made this election for a certificate that is acquired at
a premium  would be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium for
all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium that the  certificateholder
owns or acquires.  See "--Premium."  Each of these elections to accrue interest,
discount and premium for a certificate on a constant yield method or as interest
may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

        However, market discount for a Regular Certificate will be considered to
be de minimis for purposes of Section  1276 of the Internal  Revenue Code if the
market discount is less than 0.25% of the remaining  stated  redemption price of
the Regular  Certificate  multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity
remaining  after the date of its purchase.  In  interpreting  a similar rule for
original  issue  discount  on  obligations  payable  in  installments,  the  OID
regulations  refer to the weighted  average  maturity of obligations,  and it is
likely that the same rule will be applied for market discount, presumably taking
INTO  ACCOUNT THE  PREPAYMENT  ASSUMPTION.  IF MARKET  DISCOUNT IS TREATED AS DE
MINIMIS under this rule, it appears that the actual discount would be treated in
a manner  similar to ORIGINAL  ISSUE  DISCOUNT OF A DE MINIMIS  amount.  See "--
Original Issue  Discount."  This treatment may result in discount being included
in income at a slower  rate than  discount  would be  required to be included in
income using the method described above.

        Section 1276(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code specifically  authorizes
the  Treasury  Department  to issue  regulations  providing  for the  method for
accruing market discount on debt instruments,  the principal of which is payable
in more than one  installment.  Until  regulations  are  issued by the  Treasury
Department, certain rules described in the Committee Report apply. The Committee
Report  indicates  that  in each  accrual  period  market  discount  on  Regular
Certificates should accrue, at the certificateholder's option:

o        on the basis of a constant yield method,

                                             115
<PAGE>

o          in the case of a Regular  Certificate  issued without  original issue
           discount,  in an  amount  that  bears  the same  ratio  to the  total
           remaining  market discount as the stated interest paid in the accrual
           period bears to the total amount of stated  interest  remaining to be
           paid on the Regular  Certificate  as of the  beginning of the accrual
           period, or

o          in the case of a  Regular  Certificate  issued  with  original  issue
           discount,  in an  amount  that  bears  the same  ratio  to the  total
           remaining  market discount as the original issue discount  accrued in
           the  accrual  period  bears  to the  total  original  issue  discount
           remaining on the Regular  Certificate at the beginning of the accrual
           period.

        Moreover,  the prepayment  assumption used in calculating the accrual of
original  issue  discount  is to be used in  calculating  the  accrual of market
discount.  Because the  regulations  referred to in this paragraph have not been
issued,  it is not possible to predict what effect those  regulations might have
on the tax  treatment  of a Regular  Certificate  purchased at a discount in the
secondary market.

        To the extent  that  Regular  Certificates  provide for monthly or other
periodic  distributions  throughout their term, the effect of these rules may be
to require  market  discount  to be  includible  in income at a rate that is not
significantly slower than the rate at which the discount would accrue if it were
original  issue  discount.  Moreover,  in  any  event  a  holder  of  a  Regular
Certificate in most cases will be required to treat a portion of any gain on the
sale or exchange  of that  Certificate  as ordinary  income to the extent of the
market  discount  accrued to the date of disposition  under one of the foregoing
methods,  less any  accrued  market  discount  previously  reported  as ordinary
income.

        In addition,  under Section 1277 of the Internal  Revenue Code, a holder
of a Regular  Certificate  may be  required  to defer a portion of its  interest
deductions for the taxable year  attributable  to any  indebtedness  incurred or
continued  to  purchase  or carry a Regular  CERTIFICATE  PURCHASED  WITH MARKET
DISCOUNT. FOR THESE PURPOSES, THE DE MINIMIS rule referred to above applies. Any
deferred  interest  expense  would not exceed the market  discount  that accrues
during that  taxable year and is, in general,  allowed as a deduction  not later
than the year in which the market  discount  is  includible  in  income.  If the
holder elects to include  market  discount in income  currently as it accrues on
all market discount  instruments acquired by that holder in that taxable year or
thereafter, the interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

        PREMIUM

        A Regular Certificate purchased at a cost, excluding any portion of that
cost  attributable  to  accrued  qualified  stated  interest,  greater  than its
remaining  stated  redemption  price will be  considered  to be  purchased  at a
premium.  The holder of a Regular Certificate may elect under Section 171 of the
Internal  Revenue Code to amortize that premium under the constant  yield method
over the life of the certificate.  If made, this election will apply to all debt
instruments having amortizable bond premium that the holder owns or subsequently
acquires. Amortizable premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on
the related Regular  Certificate,  rather than as a separate interest deduction.
The OID  regulations  also  permit  certificateholders  to elect to include  all
interest,  discount  and  premium in income  based on a constant  yield  method,
further treating the  certificateholder  as having made the election to amortize
premium  generally.  See "--Market  Discount." The conference  committee  report
states that the same rules that apply to accrual of market discount, which rules
will  require use of a prepayment  assumption  in accruing  market  discount for
Regular  Certificates without regard to whether those certificates have original
issue discount,  will also apply in amortizing bond premium under Section 171 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

                                   116
<PAGE>

        REALIZED LOSSES

        Under Section 166 of the Internal  Revenue Code, both corporate  holders
of the Regular Certificates and noncorporate holders of the Regular Certificates
that acquire those certificates in connection with a trade or business should be
allowed to deduct,  as ordinary  losses,  any losses  sustained during a taxable
year in which their  certificates  become  wholly or partially  worthless as the
result of one or more Realized Losses on the loans.  However,  it appears that a
noncorporate  holder that does not acquire a Regular  Certificate  in connection
with a trade or business will not be entitled to deduct a loss under Section 166
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code until the holder's  certificate  becomes  wholly
worthless--until its outstanding principal balance has been reduced to zero--and
that the loss will be characterized as a short-term capital loss.

        Each holder of a Regular Certificate will be required to accrue interest
and original issue discount for that  certificate,  without giving effect to any
reductions in  distributions  attributable to defaults or  delinquencies  on the
loans  or the  underlying  certificates  until  it can be  established  that any
reduction ultimately will not be recoverable. As a result, the amount of taxable
income  reported  in any  period by the  holder of a Regular  Certificate  could
exceed the amount of  economic  income  actually  realized by the holder in that
period. Although the holder of a Regular Certificate eventually will recognize a
loss or  reduction in income  attributable  to  previously  accrued and included
income that, as the result of a Realized Loss,  ultimately will not be realized,
the law is unclear  with  respect to the  timing  and  character  of the loss or
reduction in income.

        SPECIAL RULES FOR FASIT HIGH-YIELD REGULAR INTERESTS

        GENERAL.  A high-yield  interest in a FASIT is a subcategory  of a FASIT
regular  interest.  A FASIT  high-yield  regular  interest  is a  FASIT  regular
interest  that  either (i) has an issue  price that  exceeds  125% of its stated
principal  amount,  (ii) has a yield to  maturity  equal  to or  greater  than a
specified  amount  (generally 500 basis points above the appropriate  applicable
federal rate), or (iii) is an interest-only  obligation whose interest  payments
consist of a non-varying specified portion of the interest payments on permitted
assets. A holder of a FASIT high-yield regular interest is subject to treatment,
described above, applicable to FASIT Regular Interests, generally.

        LIMITATIONS ON UTILIZATION OF LOSSES.  The holder of a FASIT  high-yield
regular  interest  may not offset its income  derived  thereon by any  unrelated
losses.  Thus,  the taxable  income of such holder will be at least equal to the
taxable income derived from such interest  (which includes gain or loss from the
sale of such interests),  any FASIT ownership interests and any excess inclusion
income derived from REMIC Residual  Interests.  Thus, income from such interests
generally cannot be offset by current net operating losses or net operating loss
carryovers. Similarly, the alternative minimum taxable income of the holder of a
high-yield  regular  interest  cannot be less than such holder's  taxable income
determined  solely for such  interests.  For purposes of these  provisions,  all
members of an affiliated  group filing a consolidated  return are treated as one
taxpayer.  Accordingly,  the consolidated  taxable income of the group cannot be
less than the group's "tainted" income (thereby  preventing losses of one member
from offsetting the tainted income of another member).  However, to avoid doubly
penalizing  income,  net operating loss carryovers are determined without regard
to such income for both regular tax and alternative minimum tax purposes.

        TRANSFER   RESTRICTIONS.   Transfers   of   FASIT   high-yield   Regular
Certificates to certain "disqualified  holders" will (absent the satisfaction of
certain  conditions)  be disregarded  for federal  income tax purposes.  In such
event, the most recent eligible holder (generally the transferring  holder) will
continue to be taxed as if it were the holder of the  certificate  (although the
disqualified  holder (and not the most recent eligible  holder) would be taxable
on any gain recognized by such holder for such interest). Although not free from
doubt, the tax ownership of a FASIT high-yield  Regular  Certificate may (absent
the  satisfaction  of certain  conditions)  revert to a prior holder even if the

                                        117
<PAGE>

transferee  becomes a  disqualified  holder  after the relevant  transfer.  Each
applicable  pooling  and  servicing  agreement,  trust  agreement  or  indenture
requires,  as a  prerequisite  to any  transfer  of a FASIT  high-yield  Regular
Certificate,  the delivery to the trustee of an affidavit of the  transferee  to
the effect  that it is not a  disqualified  holder and  contains  certain  other
provisions  designed to preclude the automatic reversion of the tax ownership of
such  Certificate.  For these purposes,  a  "disqualified  holder' is any person
other than a (i) FASIT or (ii) domestic C corporation  (other than a corporation
that is exempt from (or not subject to) federal income tax); provided,  however,
that all (a) regulated  investment companies subject to the provisions of Part I
of subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, (b) real estate  investment trusts
subject to the  provisions  of Part II of  subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue
Code,  (c) REMICs,  and (d)  cooperatives  described  in Section  1381(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code are also "disqualified holders."

PASS-THROUGH ENTITIES HOLDING FASIT REGULAR CERTIFICATES

        If a Pass-Through  Entity issues a high-yielding debt or equity interest
that is supported by any FASIT Regular Interest,  such entity will be subject to
an excise  tax unless no  principal  purpose  of such  resecuritization  was the
avoidance of the rules  relating to FASIT  High-yield  Interests  (pertaining to
eligible holders of such interests).  See "Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT
Regular Certificates-Taxation of Holders of FASIT High-yield Regular Interests -
Transfer Restrictions".  The tax will apply if the original yield to maturity of
the debt or equity  interest in the  Pass-Through  Entity exceeds the greater of
(i) the sum of (a) the applicable  federal rate in effect for the calendar month
in which the debt or equity interest is issued) and (b) five  percentage  points
or (ii) the yield to  maturity  to such  entity on the  FASIT  Regular  Interest
(determined  as of the date  that  such  entity  acquired  such  interest).  The
Internal  Revenue Code  provides  that  Treasury  regulations  will be issued to
provide  the manner in which to  determine  the yield to  maturity of any equity
interest.  No such regulations have yet been issued.  If such tax did apply, the
tax would equal the product of (i) the highest  corporate  tax rate and (ii) the
income  of  the  holder  of  the  debt  or  equity  interest  that  is  properly
attributable to the FASIT Regular Interest supporting such interest.

TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES

        GENERAL

        As residual interests,  the REMIC Residual  Certificates will be subject
to tax rules that differ  significantly from those that would apply if the REMIC
Residual  Certificates  were  treated for federal  income tax purposes as direct
ownership interests in the loans or as debt instruments issued by the REMIC.

        A holder of a REMIC Residual  Certificate  generally will be required to
report  its daily  portion of the  taxable  income  or, in  accordance  with the
limitations  noted in this  discussion,  the net loss of the  REMIC for each day
during a calendar quarter that the holder owned the REMIC Residual  Certificate.
For this purpose,  the taxable income or net loss of the REMIC will be allocated
to each day in the calendar  quarter  ratably using a "30 days per month/90 days
per quarter/360  days per year"  convention  unless  otherwise  disclosed in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The daily  amounts will then be allocated
among the REMIC residual  certificateholders  in proportion to their  respective
ownership  interests  on that day.  Any amount  included in the gross  income or
allowed  as a loss of any  REMIC  residual  certificateholder  by virtue of this
allocation will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The taxable income of the
REMIC  will be  determined  under  the rules  described  in this  prospectus  in
"--Taxable  Income of the  REMIC"  and will be  taxable  to the  REMIC  residual
certificateholders  without regard to the timing or amount of cash distributions
by the REMIC.  Ordinary income derived from REMIC Residual  Certificates will be
"portfolio  income" for purposes of the taxation of taxpayers in accordance with
limitations  under Section 469 of the Internal Revenue Code on the deductibility
of "passive losses."

                                        118
<PAGE>

        A holder of a REMIC Residual  Certificate that purchased the certificate
from a prior holder of that  certificate  also will be required to report on its
federal income tax return amounts  representing its daily portion of the taxable
income or net loss of the  REMIC  for each day that it holds the REMIC  Residual
Certificate.  These daily  portions  generally will equal the amounts of taxable
income or net loss determined as described above. The committee report indicates
that modifications of the general rules may be made, by regulations, legislation
or otherwise,  to reduce,  or increase,  the income or loss of a REMIC  residual
certificateholder  that  purchased the REMIC Residual  Certificate  from a prior
holder of such  certificate  at a price greater than, or less than, the adjusted
basis (as defined below) that REMIC Residual  Certificate  would have had in the
hands of an original holder of that Certificate. The REMIC regulations, however,
do not provide for any such modifications.

        Any  payments  received  by  a  REMIC  residual   certificateholder   in
connection with the acquisition of that REMIC Residual Certificate will be taken
into  account in  determining  the income of the holder for  federal  income tax
purposes.  Although it appears  likely that any payment  would be  includible in
income immediately on its receipt,  the IRS might assert that the payment should
be  included  in income  over time  according  to an  amortization  schedule  or
according  to some other  method.  Because  of the  uncertainty  concerning  the
treatment  of these  payments,  holders of REMIC  Residual  Certificates  should
consult their tax advisors concerning the treatment of these payments for income
tax purposes.

        The amount of income REMIC residual  certificateholders will be required
to report,  or the tax  liability  associated  with that income,  may exceed the
amount of cash  distributions  received  from the  REMIC  for the  corresponding
period.  Consequently,  REMIC  residual  certificateholders  should  have  other
sources of funds  sufficient to pay any federal  income taxes due as a result of
their ownership of REMIC Residual  Certificates or unrelated  deductions against
which income may be offset, subject to the rules relating to "excess inclusions"
and  "noneconomic"  residual  interests  discussed  below. The fact that the tax
liability   associated   with   the   income   allocated   to   REMIC   residual
certificateholders  may  exceed  the cash  distributions  received  by the REMIC
residual  certificateholders  for the  corresponding  period  may  significantly
adversely affect the REMIC residual certificateholders after-tax rate of return.

        TAXABLE INCOME OF THE REMIC

        The taxable income of the REMIC will equal the income from the loans and
other assets of the REMIC plus any  cancellation of  indebtedness  income due to
the allocation of Realized Losses to Regular  Certificates,  less the deductions
allowed to the REMIC for interest, including original issue discount and reduced
by  the  amortization  of any  premium  received  on  issuance,  on the  Regular
Certificates,  and any other class of REMIC certificates  constituting  "regular
interests" in the REMIC not offered  hereby,  amortization of any premium on the
loans,  bad debt  deductions for the loans and, except as described  below,  for
servicing, administrative and other expenses.

        For purposes of determining its taxable  income,  the REMIC will have an
initial  aggregate  basis  in its  assets  equal  to  their  fair  market  value
immediately  after their  transfer to the REMIC.  For this  purpose,  the master
servicer, the servicer, or REMIC administrator,  as applicable, intends to treat
the fair market value of the loans as being equal to the aggregate  issue prices
of the Regular Certificates and REMIC Residual Certificates. The aggregate basis
will be allocated among the loans collectively and the other assets of the REMIC
in proportion to their  respective  fair market  values.  The issue price of any
REMIC  certificates  offered  hereby will be determined in the manner  described
above   under   "--   Taxation   of   Owners   of  REMIC   and   FASIT   Regular

                                   119
<PAGE>

Certificates--Original  Issue Discount." Accordingly,  if one or more classes of
REMIC certificates are retained initially rather than sold, the master servicer,
the servicer, or REMIC administrator, as applicable, may be required to estimate
the fair market value of those  interests in order to determine the basis of the
REMIC in the loans and other property held by the REMIC.

        SUBJECT TO THE POSSIBLE  APPLICATION OF THE DE MINIMIS rules, the method
of accrual by the REMIC of original  issue discount  income and market  discount
income  for loans  that it holds will be  equivalent  to the method of  accruing
original  issue  discount  income  for  Regular   Certificateholders--under  the
constant yield method taking into account the prepayment assumption.  However, a
REMIC that acquires collateral at a market discount must include the discount in
income currently,  as it accrues, on a constant interest basis. See "-- Taxation
of Owners of REMIC and FASIT  Regular  Certificates"  above,  which  describes a
method of accruing discount income that is analogous to that required to be used
by a REMIC as to loans with market discount that it holds.

        A loan will be deemed to have been  acquired with discount or premium to
the extent  that the REMIC's  basis  therein,  determined  as  described  in the
preceding  paragraph,  is less than or greater than its stated redemption price.
Any discount  will be  includible  in the income of the REMIC as it accrues,  in
advance of  receipt  of the cash  attributable  to that  income,  under a method
similar to the method  described  above for accruing  original issue discount on
the Regular  Certificates.  It is  anticipated  that each REMIC will elect under
Section 171 of the  Internal  Revenue Code to amortize any premium on the loans.
Premium  on any loan to which the  election  applies  may be  amortized  under a
constant yield method, presumably taking into account a prepayment assumption.

        A REMIC will be allowed  deductions  for  interest,  including  original
issue discount, on the Regular Certificates,  including any other class of REMIC
certificates  constituting  "regular interests" in the REMIC not offered hereby,
equal to the  deductions  that  would be allowed  if the  Regular  Certificates,
including any other class of REMIC certificates constituting "regular interests"
in the REMIC not offered hereby, were indebtedness of the REMIC.  Original issue
discount will be considered to accrue for this purpose as described  above under
"-- Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT Regular  Certificates--Original  Issue
DISCOUNT,"  EXCEPT THAT THE DE MINIMIS rule and the  adjustments  for subsequent
holders of  Regular  Certificates,  including  any other  class of  certificates
constituting  "regular  interests"  in the REMIC not offered  hereby,  described
therein will not apply.

        If a class of Regular  Certificates  is issued at an Issue Premium,  the
net amount of interest  deductions  that are  allowed the REMIC in each  taxable
year for the  Regular  Certificates  of that  class will be reduced by an amount
equal to the portion of the Issue  Premium that is considered to be amortized or
repaid in that year.  Although the matter is not entirely certain,  it is likely
that Issue Premium would be amortized  under a constant yield method in a manner
analogous to the method of accruing  original  issue  discount  described  above
under  "--Taxation  of Owners of REMIC and FASIT Regular  Certificates--Original
Issue Discount."

        As a general rule, the taxable income of the REMIC will be determined in
the same manner as if the REMIC were an  individual  having the calendar year as
its taxable year and using the accrual method of accounting. However, no item of
income,  gain, loss or deduction  allocable to a prohibited  transaction will be
taken into  account.  See  "--Prohibited  Transactions  and Other Taxes"  below.
Further,  the  limitation  on  miscellaneous   itemized  deductions  imposed  on
individuals  by Section 67 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  which  allows those
deductions  only to the extent they exceed in the  aggregate  two percent of the
taxpayer's adjusted gross income, will not be applied at the REMIC level so that
the REMIC will be allowed  deductions  for servicing,  administrative  and other
non-interest  expenses in determining its taxable income.  All of these expenses
will  be  allocated  as a  separate  item  to  the  holders  of  REMIC  Residual

                                   120
<PAGE>

Certificates,  subject to the  limitation of Section 67 of the Internal  Revenue
Code. See "--Possible Pass-Through of Miscellaneous Itemized Deductions." If the
deductions  allowed to the REMIC exceed its gross income for a calendar quarter,
the excess will be the net loss for the REMIC for that calendar quarter.

        BASIS RULES, NET LOSSES AND DISTRIBUTIONS

        The adjusted basis of a REMIC Residual  Certificate will be equal to the
amount paid for that REMIC Residual  Certificate,  increased by amounts included
in the income of the  related  certificateholder  and  decreased,  but not below
zero,  by  distributions  made,  and by net  losses  allocated,  to the  related
certificateholder.

        A REMIC residual  certificateholder  is not allowed to take into account
any net loss for any  calendar  quarter to the extent the net loss  exceeds  the
REMIC  residual   certificateholder's  adjusted  basis  in  its  REMIC  Residual
Certificate as of the close of that calendar quarter,  determined without regard
to the net loss.  Any loss that is not  currently  deductible  by reason of this
limitation may be carried forward  indefinitely to future calendar quarters and,
in accordance with the same  limitation,  may be used only to offset income from
the REMIC Residual Certificate. The ability of REMIC residual certificateholders
to deduct  net  losses  in  accordance  with  additional  limitations  under the
Internal Revenue Code, as to which the  certificateholders  should consult their
tax advisors.

        Any  distribution on a REMIC Residual  Certificate  will be treated as a
non-taxable  return of capital  to the  extent it does not  exceed the  holder's
adjusted basis in the REMIC Residual  Certificate.  To the extent a distribution
on a REMIC Residual  Certificate  exceeds the adjusted basis, it will be treated
as gain  from the  sale of the  REMIC  Residual  Certificate.  holders  of REMIC
Residual  Certificates may be entitled to distributions early in the term of the
related  REMIC under  circumstances  in which their bases in the REMIC  Residual
Certificates will not be sufficiently  large that  distributions will be treated
as nontaxable returns of capital. Their bases in the REMIC Residual Certificates
will initially  equal the amount paid for such REMIC Residual  Certificates  and
will be  increased  by their  allocable  shares of taxable  income of the trust.
However,  their  basis  increases  may not occur  until the end of the  calendar
quarter,  or perhaps the end of the calendar  year,  for which the REMIC taxable
income is allocated to the REMIC residual certificateholders.  To the extent the
REMIC residual  certificateholders initial bases are less than the distributions
to the REMIC  residual  certificateholders,  and  increases in the initial bases
either occur after distributions or, together with their initial bases, are less
than the  amount  of the  distributions,  gain will be  recognized  to the REMIC
residual  certificateholders  on those distributions and will be treated as gain
from the sale of their REMIC Residual Certificates.

        The effect of these rules is that a  certificateholder  may not amortize
its  basis in a REMIC  Residual  Certificate,  but may only  recover  its  basis
through  distributions,  through the deduction of its share of any net losses of
the REMIC or on the sale of its  REMIC  Residual  Certificate.  See "-- Sales of
REMIC  Certificates." For a discussion of possible  modifications of these rules
that  may  require  adjustments  to  income  of a  holder  of a  REMIC  Residual
Certificate  other than an original  holder in order to reflect  any  difference
between  the  cost of the  REMIC  Residual  Certificate  to its  holder  and the
adjusted basis the REMIC Residual Certificate would have had in the hands of the
original holder, see "--General."

        EXCESS INCLUSIONS

        Any "excess inclusions" for a REMIC Residual Certificate will be subject
to federal income tax in all events.

        In general, the "excess inclusions" for a REMIC Residual Certificate for
any  calendar  quarter  will be the excess,  if any, of (i) the sum of the daily
portions of REMIC taxable  income  allocable to the REMIC  Residual  Certificate

                                        121
<PAGE>
over (ii) the sum of the "daily accruals" (as defined below) for each day during
that quarter that the REMIC Residual  Certificate was held by the REMIC residual
certificateholder. The daily accruals of a REMIC residual certificateholder will
be determined  by  allocating to each day during a calendar  quarter its ratable
portion  of the  product of the  "adjusted  issue  price" of the REMIC  Residual
Certificate at the beginning of the calendar  quarter and 120% of the "long-term
Federal  rate" in effect on the closing  date.  For this  purpose,  the adjusted
issue price of a REMIC Residual  Certificate as of the beginning of any calendar
quarter  will be equal to the  issue  price of the REMIC  Residual  Certificate,
increased by the sum of the daily accruals for all prior quarters and decreased,
but not below zero, by any distributions made on the REMIC Residual  Certificate
before  the  beginning  of that  quarter.  The issue  price of a REMIC  Residual
Certificate is the initial offering price to the public,  excluding bond houses,
brokers and  underwriters,  at which a substantial  amount of the REMIC Residual
Certificates were sold. If less than a substantial  amount of a particular class
of REMIC Residual Certificates is sold for cash on or prior to the closing date,
the issue price of that class will be treated as the fair  market  value of that
class on the closing date. The "long-term Federal rate" is an average of current
yields on Treasury  securities with a remaining term of greater than nine years,
computed and published monthly by the IRS.

        For REMIC residual certificateholders, an excess inclusion:

o    will not be permitted to be offset by deductions, losses or loss carryovers
     from other activities,

o    will be treated as  "unrelated  business  taxable  income" to an  otherwise
     tax-exempt organization and

o          will not be eligible for any rate  reduction  or exemption  under any
           applicable  tax  treaty  for the 30% United  States  withholding  tax
           imposed on  distributions to REMIC residual  certificateholders  that
           are foreign investors.

        See, however, "--Foreign Investors in Regular Certificates."

        Furthermore,  for  purposes of the  alternative  minimum tax, (i) excess
inclusions  will  not be  permitted  to be  offset  by the  alternative  tax net
operating loss deduction and (ii) alternative  minimum taxable income may not be
less than the taxpayer's excess inclusions; provided, however, that for purposes
of (ii),  alternative minimum taxable income is determined without regard to the
special  rule that taxable  income  cannot be less than excess  inclusions.  The
latter rule has the effect of preventing nonrefundable tax credits from reducing
the taxpayer's income tax to an amount lower than the alternative minimum tax on
excess inclusions.

        In the case of any REMIC  Residual  Certificates  held by a real  estate
investment  trust,  the  aggregate  excess  inclusions  allocated  to the  REMIC
Residual  Certificates,  reduced,  but  not  below  zero,  by  the  real  estate
investment trust taxable income,  within the meaning of Section 857(b)(2) of the
Internal  Revenue Code,  excluding any net capital gain, will be allocated among
the  shareholders  of the trust in proportion  to the dividends  received by the
shareholders  from the trust,  and any amount so allocated will be treated as an
excess  inclusion from a REMIC  Residual  Certificate as if held directly by the
shareholder. Treasury regulations yet to be issued could apply a similar rule to
regulated investment  companies,  common trust funds and some cooperatives;  the
REMIC regulations currently do not address this subject.

        NONECONOMIC REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES

                                             122
<PAGE>

        Under the REMIC regulations,  transfers of "noneconomic"  REMIC Residual
Certificates  will be  disregarded  for all  federal  income tax  purposes if "a
significant  purpose of the transfer was to enable the  transferor to impede the
assessment or collection of tax." If the transfer is disregarded,  the purported
transferor  will continue to remain liable for any taxes due with respect to the
income on the "noneconomic"  REMIC Residual  Certificate.  The REMIC regulations
provide that a REMIC Residual  Certificate is noneconomic  unless,  based on the
prepayment  assumption  and on any  required  or  permitted  clean up calls,  or
required  qualified  liquidation  provided  for  in the  REMIC's  organizational
documents,   (1)  the  present  value  of  the  expected  future   distributions
(discounted using the "applicable  Federal rate" for obligations whose term ends
on the close of the last  quarter in which  excess  inclusions  are  expected to
accrue on the REMIC Residual  Certificate,  which rate is computed and published
monthly  by the IRS) on the  REMIC  Residual  Certificate  equals  at least  the
present value of the expected tax on the anticipated excess inclusions,  and (2)
the transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions
on the REMIC  Residual  Certificate at or after the time the taxes accrue on the
anticipated  excess  inclusions  in an amount  sufficient to satisfy the accrued
taxes.  Accordingly,  all  transfers  of REMIC  Residual  Certificates  that may
constitute  noneconomic residual interests will be subject to restrictions under
the terms of the related pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement that
are intended to reduce the  possibility of any transfer being  disregarded.  The
restrictions  will require each party to a transfer to provide an affidavit that
no purpose of the transfer is to impede the  assessment  or  collection  of tax,
including  representations  as to the  financial  condition  of the  prospective
transferee,  as to which the  transferor  also is required to make a  reasonable
investigation  to determine the  transferee's  historic payment of its debts and
ability to continue  to pay its debts as they come due in the  future.  Prior to
purchasing a REMIC Residual Certificate,  prospective purchasers should consider
the possibility that a purported  transfer of the REMIC Residual  Certificate by
such a purchaser to another  purchaser at some future date may be disregarded in
accordance with the above-described rules which would result in the retention of
tax liability by that purchaser.

        The  accompanying  prospectus  supplement will disclose  whether offered
REMIC Residual Certificates may be considered  "noneconomic"  residual interests
under the REMIC  regulations.  Any disclosure that a REMIC Residual  Certificate
will not be considered "noneconomic" will be based on some assumptions,  and the
depositor will make no representation that a REMIC Residual Certificate will not
be  considered  "noneconomic"  for purposes of the  above-described  rules.  See
"--Foreign  Investors  in  Regular  Certificates"  for  additional  restrictions
applicable  to  transfers  of certain  REMIC  Residual  Certificates  to foreign
persons.

        POSSIBLE PASS-THROUGH OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS

        Fees and expenses of a REMIC  generally will be allocated to the holders
of the related REMIC Residual Certificates.  The applicable Treasury regulations
indicate, however, that in the case of a REMIC that is similar to a single class
grantor trust,  all or a portion of those fees and expenses  should be allocated
to the holders of the related Regular  Certificates.  Unless otherwise stated in
the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  fees and expenses will be allocated to
holders of the related REMIC Residual  Certificates in their entirety and not to
the holders of the related Regular Certificates.

        For REMIC Residual  Certificates or Regular  Certificates the holders of
which  receive  an  allocation  of fees  and  expenses  in  accordance  with the
preceding discussion,  if any holder thereof is an individual,  estate or trust,
or a Pass-Through Entity beneficially owned by one or more individuals,  estates
or trusts, (i) an amount equal to the individual's, estate's or trust's share of
fees and expenses  will be added to the gross income of that holder and (ii) the
individual's,  estate's or trust's share of fees and expenses will be treated as
a miscellaneous  itemized deduction  allowable in accordance with the limitation
of Section 67 of the Internal  Revenue Code, which permits those deductions only
to the extent they exceed in the aggregate two percent of a taxpayer's  adjusted
gross income. In addition, Section 68 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that
the amount of itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable for an individual whose

                                             123
<PAGE>

adjusted gross income  exceeds a specified  amount will be reduced by the lesser
of (i) 3% of the excess of the  individual's  adjusted  gross  income  over that
amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions  otherwise allowable for
the taxable year. The amount of additional  taxable  income  reportable by REMIC
certificateholders that are in accordance with the limitations of either Section
67 or Section 68 of the Internal  Revenue Code may be substantial.  Furthermore,
in  determining  the  alternative  minimum  taxable income of such a holder of a
REMIC  Certificate  that is an  individual,  estate or trust,  or a Pass-Through
Entity  beneficially  owned by one or more  individuals,  estates or trusts,  no
deduction will be allowed for such holder's  allocable portion of servicing fees
and other miscellaneous  itemized deductions of the REMIC, even though an amount
equal to the amount of such fees and other  deductions  will be  included in the
holder's  gross  income.   Accordingly,   the  REMIC  certificates  may  not  be
appropriate  investments for individuals,  estates,  or trusts,  or Pass-Through
Entities  beneficially owned by one or more individuals,  estates or trusts. Any
prospective  investors should consult with their tax advisors prior to making an
investment in these certificates.

     TAX AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES TO CERTAIN

ORGANIZATIONS

     If  a  REMIC   Residual   Certificate  is  transferred  to  a  Disqualified
Organization,  a tax would be imposed in an amount,  determined  under the REMIC
regulations, equal to: the product of

(1)            the present value, discounted using the "applicable Federal rate"
               for obligations  whose term ends on the close of the last quarter
               in  which  excess  inclusions  are  expected  to  accrue  on  the
               certificate,  which rate is computed and published monthly by the
               IRS,  of the total  anticipated  excess  inclusions  on the REMIC
               Residual Certificate for periods after the transfer; and

(2) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to corporations.

        The anticipated excess inclusions must be determined as of the date that
the REMIC Residual  Certificate is transferred  and must be based on events that
have  occurred up to the time of transfer,  the  prepayment  assumption  and any
required or permitted clean up calls or required liquidation provided for in the
REMIC's  organizational  documents.  This tax generally  would be imposed on the
transferor of the REMIC Residual Certificate,  except that where the transfer is
through  an agent for a  Disqualified  Organization,  the tax would  instead  be
imposed on that agent.  However,  a transferor of a REMIC  Residual  Certificate
would  in no  event  be  liable  for the  tax on a  transfer  if the  transferee
furnishes  to  the  transferor  an  affidavit  that  the  transferee  is  not  a
Disqualified  Organization  and, as of the time of the transfer,  the transferor
does not have actual knowledge that the affidavit is false.  Moreover, an entity
will not qualify as a REMIC unless there are reasonable arrangements designed to
ensure that:

o    residual   interests   in  the   entity   are  not  held  by   Disqualified
     Organizations; and

o    information  necessary  for the  application  of the tax  described in this
     prospectus will be made available.

        Restrictions  on the transfer of REMIC Residual  Certificates  and other
provisions  that are intended to meet this  requirement  will be included in the
pooling and servicing agreement, including provisions:

(1)            requiring  any  transferee  of a REMIC  Residual  Certificate  to
               provide an affidavit  representing  that it is not a Disqualified
               Organization and is not acquiring the REMIC Residual  Certificate
               on behalf of a Disqualified Organization, undertaking to maintain
               that status and agreeing to obtain a similar  affidavit  from any
               person to whom it shall transfer the REMIC Residual Certificate;

                                             124
<PAGE>

(2)            providing that any transfer of a REMIC Residual  Certificate to a
               Disqualified Organization shall be null and void; and

(3)            granting  to the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  the  right,
               without  notice to the holder or any prior  holder,  to sell to a
               purchaser of its choice any REMIC Residual Certificate that shall
               become owned by a Disqualified  Organization  despite (1) and (2)
               above.

        In  addition,  if  a  Pass-Through  Entity  includes  in  income  excess
inclusions on a REMIC Residual Certificate,  and a Disqualified  Organization is
the record  holder of an interest in that entity,  then a tax will be imposed on
the entity  equal to the product of (i) the amount of excess  inclusions  on the
REMIC  Residual   Certificate   that  are  allocable  to  the  interest  in  the
Pass-Through  Entity held by the Disqualified  Organization and (ii) the highest
marginal federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.  A Pass-Through Entity
will not be subject to this tax for any period,  however,  if each record holder
of an interest in the Pass-Through  Entity furnishes to that Pass-Through Entity
(i) the  holder's  social  security  number and a statement  under  penalties of
perjury that the social  security  number is that of the record holder or (ii) a
statement   under  penalties  of  perjury  that  the  record  holder  is  not  a
Disqualified Organization.  For taxable years beginning after December 31, 1997,
regardless  of the  preceding  two  sentences,  in the case of a REMIC  Residual
Certificate  held by an  "electing  large  partnership,"  all  interests in such
partnership  shall be treated  as held by  Disqualified  Organizations,  without
regard to whether  the  record  holders of the  partnership  furnish  statements
described in the preceding sentence, and the amount that is subject to tax under
the  second  preceding  sentence  is  excluded  from  the  gross  income  of the
partnership  allocated to the partners,  in lieu of allocating to the partners a
deduction for the tax paid by the partners.

        SALES OF CERTIFICATES

        If a certificate is sold, the selling  certificateholder  will recognize
gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and
its  adjusted  basis  in  the  Certificate.  The  adjusted  basis  of a  Regular
Certificate  generally  will equal the cost of that Regular  Certificate to that
certificateholder,  increased by income reported by the  certificateholder  with
respect to that  Regular  Certificate,  including  original  issue  discount and
market discount income, and reduced, but not below zero, by distributions on the
Regular  Certificate  received  by the  certificateholder  and by any  amortized
premium.  The adjusted basis of a REMIC Residual  Certificate will be determined
as described under  "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Residual  Certificates--Basis
Rules,  Net Losses and  Distributions."  Except as described  below, any gain or
loss generally will be capital gain or loss.

        Gain  from  the  sale of a REMIC  Regular  Certificate  (but not a FASIT
regular  interest)  that  might  otherwise  be  capital  gain will be treated as
ordinary  income to the extent the gain does not exceed the  excess,  if any, of
(i) the amount that would have been  includible  in the seller's  income for the
Regular  Certificate  had income accrued  thereon at a rate equal to 110% of the
"applicable  federal  rate",  which is  typically  a rate based on an average of
current yields on Treasury  securities  having a maturity  comparable to that of
the  certificate,  which  rate is  computed  and  published  monthly by the IRS,
determined as of the date of purchase of the Regular Certificate,  over (ii) the
amount of ordinary  income  actually  includible in the seller's income prior to

                                   125
<PAGE>

the sale. In addition, gain recognized on the sale of a Regular Certificate by a
seller who  purchased  the  Regular  Certificate  at a market  discount  will be
taxable  as  ordinary  income  to the  extent  of  any  accrued  and  previously
unrecognized  market discount that accrued during the period the certificate was
held. See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT Regular  Certificates--Market
Discount."

        A portion of any gain from the sale of a Regular  Certificate that might
otherwise be capital  gain may be treated as ordinary  income to the extent that
the certificate is held as part of a "conversion transaction" within the meaning
of Section 1258 of the Internal Revenue Code. A conversion transaction generally
is one in which the taxpayer has taken two or more positions in  certificates or
similar property that reduce or eliminate  market risk, if substantially  all of
the taxpayer's  return is  attributable  to the time value of the taxpayer's net
investment  in the  transaction.  The amount of gain so realized in a conversion
transaction that is recharacterized as ordinary income generally will not exceed
the amount of interest that would have accrued on the  taxpayer's net investment
at 120% of the appropriate "applicable Federal rate", which rate is computed and
published  monthly  by the  IRS,  at the  time  the  taxpayer  enters  into  the
conversion transaction,  subject to appropriate reduction for prior inclusion of
interest and other ordinary income items from the transaction.

        Finally, a taxpayer may elect to have net capital gain taxed at ordinary
income rates rather than capital gains rates in order to include any net capital
gain in total net  investment  income for the taxable year,  for purposes of the
limitation on the deduction of interest on indebtedness  incurred to purchase or
carry property held for investment to a taxpayer's net investment income.

        If  the  seller  of  a  REMIC   Residual   Certificate   reacquires  the
certificate, any other residual interest in a REMIC or any similar interest in a
"taxable  mortgage pool" (as defined in Section 7701(i) of the Internal  Revenue
Code) within six months of the date of the sale, the sale will be subject to the
"wash sale" rules of Section 1091 of the Internal  Revenue  Code. In that event,
any loss realized by the REMIC residual  certificateholders on the sale will not
be   deductible,   but   instead   will  be   added   to  the   REMIC   residual
certificateholders adjusted basis in the newly-acquired asset.

        PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS AND OTHER TAXES

        The Internal Revenue Code imposes a prohibited  transactions  tax, which
is a tax on  REMICs  equal to 100% of the net  income  derived  from  prohibited
transactions.   In  general,   subject  to  specified  exceptions  a  prohibited
transaction means the disposition of a loan, the receipt of income from a source
other than any loan or other Permitted Investments,  the receipt of compensation
for  services,  or gain  from the  disposition  of an asset  purchased  with the
payments on the loans for temporary investment pending distribution on the REMIC
certificates. It is not anticipated that any REMIC will engage in any prohibited
transactions  in which it would  recognize a material  amount of net income.  In
addition,  some  contributions  to a REMIC made after the day on which the REMIC
issues all of its interests  could result in the  imposition of a  contributions
tax,  which is a tax on the REMIC equal to 100% of the value of the  contributed
property.  Each pooling and servicing  agreement or trust agreement will include
provisions designed to prevent the acceptance of any contributions that would be
subject to the tax.

        REMICs also are subject to federal  income tax at the highest  corporate
rate on "net income from foreclosure  property,"  determined by reference to the
rules applicable to real estate investment trusts.  "Net income from foreclosure
property"  generally means gain from the sale of a foreclosure  property that is
inventory  property  and gross  income  from  foreclosure  property  other  than
qualifying rents and other qualifying income for a real estate investment trust.
Unless otherwise disclosed in the accompanying prospectus supplement,  it is not
anticipated that any REMIC will recognize "net income from foreclosure property"
subject to federal income tax.

                                             126
<PAGE>

        Unless otherwise disclosed in the accompanying prospectus supplement, it
is not anticipated that any material state or local income or franchise tax will
be imposed on any REMIC.

        Unless otherwise stated in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  and
to the extent  permitted by then  applicable  laws, any prohibited  transactions
tax,  contributions tax, tax on "net income from foreclosure  property" or state
or local income or franchise  tax that may be imposed on the REMIC will be borne
by the related master  servicer,  the servicer,  the REMIC  administrator or the
trustee in either case out of its own funds,  provided that the master servicer,
the servicer,  the REMIC  administrator or the trustee,  as the case may be, has
sufficient  assets to do so, and  provided  further that the tax arises out of a
breach of the master servicer's,  the servicer's,  the REMIC  administrator's or
the  trustee's  obligations,  as the case may be, under the related  pooling and
servicing   agreement  or  trust  agreement  and  relating  to  compliance  with
applicable laws and regulations.  Any tax not borne by the master servicer,  the
servicer or the trustee will be payable out of the related trust  resulting in a
reduction in amounts payable to holders of the related REMIC certificates.

        In the case of a FASIT, the holder of the ownership interest and not the
FASIT itself will be subject to any prohibited transaction taxes.

        TERMINATION

        A REMIC will terminate immediately after the distribution date following
receipt  by the  REMIC of the final  payment  from the loans or on a sale of the
REMIC's  assets  following  the  adoption  by the  REMIC  of a plan of  complete
liquidation. The last distribution on a Regular Certificate will be treated as a
payment in  retirement  of a debt  instrument.  In the case of a REMIC  Residual
Certificate,  if the last distribution on the REMIC Residual Certificate is less
than  the   certificateholder's   adjusted   basis  in  the   certificate,   the
certificateholder  should be treated as  realizing a loss equal to the amount of
the difference, and the loss may be treated as a capital loss.

        REPORTING AND OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

        Solely for  purposes of the  administrative  provisions  of the Internal
Revenue  Code,  a REMIC  will be  treated as a  partnership  and REMIC  residual
certificateholders  will be treated as partners.  Unless otherwise stated in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  the master servicer, the servicer, or the
REMIC administrator,  as applicable,  will file REMIC federal income tax returns
on behalf of the related REMIC and will act as the "tax matters  person" for the
REMIC  in all  respects,  and  may  hold a  nominal  amount  of  REMIC  Residual
Certificates.

        As the tax matters person,  the master  servicer,  the servicer,  or the
REMIC administrator,  as applicable, will have the authority to act on behalf of
the REMIC and the  REMIC  residual  certificateholders  in  connection  with the
administrative and judicial review of items of income,  deduction,  gain or loss
of  the  REMIC,   as  well  as  the  REMIC's   classification.   REMIC  residual
certificateholders  will be required to report the REMIC items consistently with
their treatment on the related REMIC's tax return and may in some  circumstances
be bound by a settlement agreement between the master servicer, the servicer, or
the REMIC  administrator,  as  applicable,  as tax matters  person,  and the IRS
concerning any REMIC item.

        Adjustments  made to the REMIC tax return may  require a REMIC  residual
certificateholders to make corresponding adjustments on its return, and an audit
of the REMIC's tax return,  or the  adjustments  resulting from an audit,  could
result  in an  audit  of  the  certificateholder's  return.  No  REMIC  will  be
registered  as a tax shelter  under  Section 6111 of the  Internal  Revenue Code
because it is not anticipated that any REMIC will have a net loss for any of the
first  five  taxable  years of its  existence.  Any  person  that  holds a REMIC
Residual  Certificate as a nominee for another person may be required to furnish
to the related REMIC,  in a manner to be provided in Treasury  regulations,  the
name and address of that person and other information.

                                   127
<PAGE>

        Reporting of interest income,  including any original issue discount, on
Regular  Certificates is required annually,  and may be required more frequently
under Treasury regulations. These information reports are required to be sent to
individual  holders  of  regular  Interests  and the  IRS;  holders  of  Regular
Certificates  that  are  corporations,  trusts,  securities  dealers  and  other
non-individuals  will be provided  interest and original issue  discount  income
information  and the  information  in the  following  paragraph  on  request  in
accordance with the requirements of the applicable regulations.  The information
must be  provided by the later of 30 days after the end of the quarter for which
the  information  was requested,  or two weeks after the receipt of the request.
The REMIC must also comply with rules  requiring  a Regular  Certificate  issued
with original issue discount to disclose on its face  information  including the
amount of  original  issue  discount  and the issue  date,  and  requiring  such
information  to be  reported  to the  IRS.  Reporting  for  the  REMIC  Residual
Certificates,  including  income,  excess  inclusions,  investment  expenses and
relevant information regarding  qualification of the REMIC's assets will be made
as required under the Treasury regulations, typically on a quarterly basis.

        As applicable,  the Regular Certificate information reports will include
a  statement  of the  adjusted  issue price of the  Regular  Certificate  at the
beginning  of each  accrual  period.  In  addition,  the  reports  will  include
information  required by  regulations  for  computing  the accrual of any market
discount.  Because  exact  computation  of the  accrual of market  discount on a
constant yield method  requires  information  relating to the holder's  purchase
price that the master  servicer or the servicer will not have,  the  regulations
only require that information pertaining to the appropriate proportionate method
of accruing market discount be provided.  See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC and
FASIT Regular Certificates--Market Discount."

        The responsibility for complying with the foregoing reporting rules will
be borne by the master servicer or the servicer.  Certificateholders may request
any information with respect to the returns described in Section  1.6049-7(e)(2)
of the  Treasury  regulations.  Any  request  should be  directed  to the master
servicer or the servicer at Residential  Funding  Corporation,  8400  Normandale
Lake Boulevard, Suite 600, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55437.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING WITH RESPECT TO SECURITIES

        Payments of interest and principal, as well as payments of proceeds from
the sale of  securities,  may be subject to the "backup  withholding  tax" under
Section 3406 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code at a rate of 31% if  recipients  of
payments  fail to  furnish to the payor  certain  information,  including  their
taxpayer  identification  numbers,  or otherwise  fail to establish an exemption
from the tax.  Any  amounts  deducted  and  withheld  from a  distribution  to a
recipient  would be allowed as a credit against the  recipient's  federal income
tax. Furthermore, penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of payments
that is  required  to supply  information  but that does not do so in the proper
manner.

                                             128
<PAGE>
FOREIGN INVESTORS IN REGULAR CERTIFICATES

        A regular  certificateholder  (other than a holder of a FASIT high-yield
regular  interest)  that is not a United  States  person  and is not  subject to
federal  income  tax as a result of any  direct or  indirect  connection  to the
United States in addition to its ownership of a Regular  Certificate will not be
subject to United States federal income or withholding  tax on a distribution on
a Regular Certificate, provided that the holder complies to the extent necessary
with certain  identification  requirements,  including  delivery of a statement,
signed by the certificateholder under penalties of perjury,  certifying that the
certificateholder  is not a United  States  person  and  providing  the name and
address of the certificateholder. For these purposes, United States person means
a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation,  partnership or other
entity  created or organized  in, or under the laws of, the United  States,  any
state thereof or the District of Columbia, except, in the case of a partnership,
to the extent provided in  regulations,  or an estate whose income is subject to
United States federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust if a court
within  the  United  States is able to  exercise  primary  supervision  over the
administration  of the  trust and one or more  United  States  persons  have the
authority  to control  all  substantial  decisions  of the trust.  To the extent
prescribed in  regulations by the Secretary of the Treasury,  which  regulations
have not yet been  issued,  a trust  which was in  existence  on August 20, 1996
(other than a trust treated as owned by the grantor under subpart E of part I of
subchapter J of chapter 1 of the Internal  Revenue Code),  and which was treated
as a United  States  person on August  19,  1996,  may elect to  continue  to be
treated as a United States person  regardless  of the previous  sentence.  It is
possible that the IRS may assert that the  foregoing  tax  exemption  should not
apply to a REMIC Regular Certificate held by a REMIC residual  certificateholder
that owns directly or indirectly a 10% or greater interest in the REMIC Residual
Certificates or a FASIT Regular  Certificate held by a person that owns directly
or indirectly a 10% or greater interest in the holder of the ownership  interest
in the FASIT.  If the holder does not qualify for  exemption,  distributions  of
interest,  including  distributions of accrued  original issue discount,  to the
holder  may be  subject to a tax rate of 30%,  subject  to  reduction  under any
applicable tax treaty.

        In  addition,  the  foregoing  rules  will not  apply to exempt a United
States  shareholder  of a controlled  foreign  corporation  from taxation on the
United States shareholder's allocable portion of the interest income received by
the controlled foreign corporation.

        Further,  it appears that a Regular Certificate would not be included in
the estate of a non-resident alien individual and would not be subject to United
States estate taxes.  However,  certificateholders  who are  non-resident  alien
individuals should consult their tax advisors concerning this question.

        Unless  otherwise  stated  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,
transfers of REMIC Residual  Certificates and FASIT high-yield regular interests
to investors  that are not United States  persons will be  prohibited  under the
related pooling and servicing agreement or trust agreement.

        NEW WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS

        The  Treasury  Department  has  issued new  regulations  which make some
modifications to the withholding,  backup withholding and information  reporting
rules  described  above.  The new  regulations  attempt  to unify  certification
requirements  and  modify  reliance  standards.  The  new  regulations  will  be
effective for most payments made after  December 31, 2000.  The new  regulations
contain  transaction  rules  applicable to some payments made after December 31,
2000.  Prospective  investors are urged to consult their tax advisors  regarding
the New Regulations.

                        STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES

        In  addition  to  the  federal  income  tax  consequences  described  in
"Material Federal Income Tax Consequences,"  potential investors should consider
the  state  and  local  tax  consequences  of the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition  of the  certificates  offered  hereunder.  State tax law may differ
substantially  from the corresponding  federal tax law, and the discussion above
does not  purport to  describe  any aspect of the tax laws of any state or other
jurisdiction. Therefore, prospective investors should consult their tax advisors
with respect to the various tax  consequences of investments in the certificates
offered hereby.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

                                             129
<PAGE>

        Sections 404 and 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974, or ERISA,  impose  fiduciary and prohibited  transaction  restrictions  on
employee  pension and welfare benefit plans and certain other  retirement  plans
and arrangements,  including  individual  retirement  accounts and annuities and
Keogh plans, subject to ERISA, or Plans, and on bank collective investment funds
and  insurance  company  general and separate  accounts in which those Plans are
invested. Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes essentially the same
prohibited transaction restrictions on Tax-Favored Plans.

        Some employee benefit plans, including governmental plans (as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and, if no election has been made under  Section  410(d)
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  church  plans (as defined in Section  3(33) of
ERISA), are not subject to the ERISA requirements  discussed in this prospectus.
Accordingly,  assets of these plans may be invested in securities without regard
to the ERISA  considerations  described  below,  subject  to the  provisions  of
applicable  federal  and state law.  Any plan that is a  tax-qualified  plan and
exempt from taxation  under Sections  401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal  Revenue
Code, however, is subject to the prohibited  transaction rules in Section 503 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

        In addition  to ERISA rules  imposing  general  fiduciary  requirements,
including those of investment  prudence and  diversification and the requirement
that a Plan's investment be made in accordance with the documents  governing the
Plan,  Section  406 of ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code
prohibit a broad  range of  transactions  involving  "plan  assets" of Plans and
Tax-Favored  Plans, or ERISA plans, and Parties in Interest,  unless a statutory
or  administrative  exemption is  available.  Certain  Parties in Interest  that
participate  in a  prohibited  transaction  may be subject  to a penalty  (or an
excise  tax)  imposed  under  Section  502(i)  of ERISA or  Section  4975 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  unless a  statutory  or  administrative  exemption  is
available for any transaction of this sort.

ERISA PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS

        An  investment  of  ERISA  plan  assets  in  securities  may  cause  the
underlying loans,  private  securities or any other assets held in a trust to be
deemed "plan  assets" of the Plan.  The U.S.  Department  of Labor,  or DOL, has
promulgated regulations at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, or the DOL Regulations,
concerning  whether or not an ERISA plan's  assets would be deemed to include an
interest in the underlying assets of an entity,  including a trust, for purposes
of applying the general  fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA and the
prohibited  transaction  provisions  of ERISA and Section  4975 of the  Internal
Revenue Code,  when ERISA plan assets are used to acquire an "equity  interest,"
such  as a  certificate,  in  that  entity.  Exceptions  contained  in  the  DOL
Regulations  provide that an ERISA  plan's  assets will not include an undivided
interest in each asset of an entity in which it makes an equity investment if:

        (i)    the entity is an operating company;

        (ii)   the  equity  investment  made  by the  ERISA  plan  is  either  a
               "publicly-offered  security"  that  is  "widely  held,"  both  as
               defined  in the  DOL  Regulations,  or a  security  issued  by an
               investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of
               1940, as amended; or

        (iii)  Benefit  Plan  Investors  do not own 25% or more in  value of any
               class of equity interests issued by the entity.

 For this purpose,  the term "Benefit Plan  Investors"  include ERISA plans,  as
 well as any "employee benefit plan," as defined in Section 3(3) or ERISA, which
 is not subject to Title I of ERISA,  such as governmental  plans, as defined in
 Section  3(32) of ERISA,  church  plans,  as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA,
 which have not made an election  under Section  410(d) of the Internal  Revenue

                                        130
<PAGE>
 Code,  foreign plans and any entity whose underlying  assets include ERISA plan
 assets  by  reason  of an  ERISA  plan's  investment  in the  entity.  The  DOL
 Regulations  provide that the term "equity  interest"  means any interest in an
 entity  other  than an  instrument  which  is  treated  as  indebtedness  under
 applicable local law and which has no "substantial equity features."

        Because  of the  factual  nature  of  some  of  the  rules  in  the  DOL
Regulations,  ERISA plan  assets may be deemed to include  either an interest in
the assets of an entity,  including a trust,  or merely an ERISA plan's interest
in the  instrument  evidencing  such  equity  interest,  such as a  certificate.
Therefore,  neither  ERISA plans nor  entities  deemed to hold ERISA plan assets
should  acquire or hold  securities,  in  reliance  on the  availability  of any
exception under the DOL Regulations, either (i) certificates or (ii) notes which
may be deemed (if so stated) in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement to have
"substantial  equity  features."  For purposes of this section,  the term "ERISA
plan  assets" or "assets of an ERISA plan" has the meaning  specified in the DOL
Regulations and includes an undivided  interest in the underlying assets of some
entities in which a ERISA plan invests.

        The  prohibited  transaction  provisions  of  Section  406 of ERISA  and
Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code may apply to a trust and cause the
depositor,   the  master  servicer,   any  Administrator,   any  servicer,   any
subservicer,  any trustee, the obligor under any credit enhancement mechanism or
some affiliates of those entities to be considered or become Parties in Interest
for an  investing  ERISA plan or of an ERISA  plan  holding  an  interest  in an
ERISA-subject investment entity. If so, the acquisition or holding of securities
by or on behalf of the investing ERISA plan could also give rise to a prohibited
transaction under ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless
some statutory or administrative exemption is available.  Securities acquired by
an ERISA plan would be assets of that plan. Under the DOL Regulations,  a trust,
including the mortgage loans, private securities or any other assets held in the
trust,  may also be  deemed  to be  assets  of each  ERISA  plan  that  acquires
certificates  or notes deemed to have  "substantial  equity  features."  Special
caution  should be  exercised  before  ERISA  plan  assets are used to acquire a
security in those  circumstances,  especially if, for the ERISA plan assets, the
depositor,   the  master  servicer,   any  Administrator,   any  servicer,   any
subservicer,  any trustee, the obligor under any credit enhancement mechanism or
an affiliate thereof either (i) has investment  discretion for the investment of
the ERISA plan assets;  or (ii) has  authority  or  responsibility  to give,  or
regularly  gives,  investment  advice for ERISA  plan  assets for a fee under an
agreement  or  understanding  that any advice will serve as a primary  basis for
investment decisions for the ERISA plan assets.

        Any person who has  discretionary  authority or control  respecting  the
management  or  disposition  of ERISA plan  assets,  and any person who provides
investment  advice for the ERISA plan assets for a fee (in the manner  described
above),  is a fiduciary of the  investing  ERISA plan.  If the  mortgage  loans,
private  securities or any other assets held in a trust were to constitute ERISA
plan assets, then any party exercising  management or discretionary  control for
those ERISA plan assets may be deemed to be a  "fiduciary,"  and thus subject to
the fiduciary requirements of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of
ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,  for any  investing  ERISA
plan. In addition, if the mortgage loans, private securities or any other assets
held in a trust were to constitute  ERISA plan assets,  then the  acquisition or
holding of  securities  by, on behalf of a ERISA plan  assets or with ERISA plan
assets,  as well as the  operation of the trust,  may  constitute or result in a
prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTION EXEMPTIONS

                                                  131

<PAGE>

     CERTIFICATES.  The DOL  has  issued  an  individual  exemption,  prohibited
transaction  exemption,  or PTE,  94-29, 59 Fed. Reg. 14674 (March 29, 1994), as
amended by PTE 97-34, 62 Fed. Reg. 39021 (July 21, 1997), to Residential Funding
Corporation  and certain of its affiliates,  the RFC exemption,  which generally
exempts,  from the  application  of the  prohibited  transaction  provisions  of
Section 406 of ERISA and Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  various
transactions,  among others, relating to the servicing and operation of pools of
secured  obligations  of  some  types,  including  mortgage  loans  and  private
securities,  which are held in a trust and the  purchase,  sale and  holding  of
pass-through certificates issued by that trust as to which

        (i)    the  depositor  or any of its  affiliates  is the  sponsor if any
               entity which has received from the DOL an  individual  prohibited
               transaction  exemption  which is similar to the RFC  exemption is
               the sole underwriter, a manager or co-manager of the underwriting
               syndicate or a seller or placement agent, or

        (ii)   the  depositor or an affiliate  is the  underwriter  or placement
               agent,   provided  that  the  conditions  of  the  exemption  are
               satisfied.

For purposes of this section, the term underwriter includes

        (a)    the depositor and certain of its affiliates,

        (b)    any  person   directly  or   indirectly,   through  one  or  more
               intermediaries,   controlling,  controlled  by  or  under  common
               control with the depositor and certain of its affiliates,

        (c)    any member of the  underwriting  syndicate  or  selling  group of
               which a person described in (a) or (b) is a manager or co-manager
               for a class of certificates, or

        (d)    any entity which has received an exemption  from the DOL relating
               to  certificates  which  is  substantially  similar  to  the  RFC
               exemption.

        The RFC  exemption  sets  forth six  general  conditions  which  must be
satisfied  for a  transaction  involving  the  purchase,  sale  and  holding  of
certificates to be eligible for exemptive relief under the exemption.

o          First, the acquisition of certificates by an ERISA plan or with ERISA
           plan  assets must be on terms that are at least as  favorable  to the
           ERISA plan as they would be in an  arm's-length  transaction  with an
           unrelated party.

o          Second,  the RFC exemption  only applies to  certificates  evidencing
           rights  and  interests  that are not  subordinated  to the rights and
           interests evidenced by the other certificates of the same trust.

o          Third, at the time of acquisition by an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan
           assets,  the  certificates  must be rated in one of the three highest
           generic rating  categories by Standard & Poor's, a division of McGraw
           Hill Companies,  Inc., Moody's Investors Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps
           Credit Rating Co. or Fitch IBCA,  Inc.,  called the exemption  rating
           agencies.

o          Fourth, the trustee cannot be an affiliate of any other member of the
           restricted  group which consists of any  underwriter,  the depositor,
           the master  servicer,  the REMIC  administrator,  any  servicer,  any
           subservicer,  any  trustee  and any  borrower  for  assets of a trust
           constituting  more  than 5% of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal
           balance of the assets in the related  trust as of the date of initial
           issuance of the certificates.

                                             132
<PAGE>

o    Fifth,  the sum of all payments  made to and  retained by the  underwriters
     must represent not more than reasonable  compensation  for underwriting the
     certificates; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the depositor
     under the  assignment of the assets to the related trust must represent not
     more than the fair market  value of those  obligations;  and the sum of all
     payments  made  to  and  retained  by  the  master   servicer,   the  REMIC
     administrator,  any servicer and any  subservicer  must  represent not more
     than reasonable  compensation for that person's  services under the related
     pooling and servicing  agreement or trust  agreement and  reimbursement  of
     that person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith.

o          Sixth,  the RFC  exemption  states that the  investing  ERISA plan or
           ERISA plan assets investor must be an accredited  investor as defined
           in Rule  501(a)(1)  of  Regulation D of the  Securities  and Exchange
           Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In  addition,  except as  otherwise  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  the exemptive relief afforded by the RFC exemption may not apply to
any certificates where the related trust contains a swap or Mexico Loans.

        The RFC  exemption  also  requires  that each trust  meet the  following
requirements:

o    the trust must consist solely of assets of the type that have been included
     in other investment pools;

o          certificates  evidencing  interests in those other  investment  pools
           must have been rated in one of the three highest categories of one of
           the  exemption  rating  agencies  for at least one year  prior to the
           acquisition of  certificates by or on behalf of an ERISA plan or with
           ERISA plan assets in reliance on the RFC exemption; and

o          certificates in the other  investment  pools must have been purchased
           by  investors  other than ERISA  plans for at least one year prior to
           any  acquisition of  certificates by or on behalf of an ERISA plan or
           with ERISA plan assets in reliance on the RFC exemption.

        A fiduciary  of or other  investor  of ERISA plan  assets  contemplating
purchasing  a  certificate  must  make its own  determination  that the  general
conditions described above will be satisfied for that certificate.

        If the general  conditions of the RFC exemption are  satisfied,  the RFC
exemption  may provide an  exemption,  from the  application  of the  prohibited
transaction  provisions  of  Sections  406(a) and  407(a) of ERISA and  Sections
4975(c)(1)(A)  through (D) of the Internal  Revenue Code, in connection with the
direct or indirect sale, exchange,  transfer,  holding or the direct or indirect
acquisition or disposition in the secondary  market of  certificates  by or with
ERISA plan assets.  However,  no exemption is provided from the  restrictions of
Sections 406(a)(1)(E) and 406(a)(2) of ERISA for the acquisition or holding of a
certificate  by or with ERISA plan assets of an excluded  plan by any person who
has discretionary  authority or renders  investment advice for ERISA plan assets
of the excluded  plan. For purposes of the  certificates,  an excluded plan is a
ERISA plan sponsored by any member of the restricted group.

        If specific conditions of the RFC exemption are also satisfied,  the RFC
exemption  may provide an  exemption,  from the  application  of the  prohibited
transaction  provisions  of Sections  406(b)(1)  and (b)(2) of ERISA and Section
4975(c)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code, in connection with the following:

                                                  133
<PAGE>
(1)            the direct or indirect sale, exchange or transfer of certificates
               in the initial issuance of certificates  between the depositor or
               an  underwriter  and an  ERISA  plan  when  the  person  who  has
               discretionary  authority  or  renders  investment  advice for the
               investment of the relevant ERISA plan assets in the  certificates
               is:

               (a)    a borrower  with  respect to 5% or less of the fair market
                      value of the assets of a trust; or

(b)     an affiliate of such a person,

               provided  that,  if the  certificates  are acquired in connection
               with  their  initial  issuance,  the  quantitative   restrictions
               described in the RFC exemption are met.

(2)            the  direct  or  indirect   acquisition  or  disposition  in  the
               secondary  market of  certificates by an ERISA plan or with ERISA
               plan assets; and

(3) the holding of certificates by an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets.

        Additionally, if specific conditions of the RFC exemption are satisfied,
the RFC  exemption  may  provide  an  exemption,  from  the  application  of the
prohibited transaction provisions of Sections 406(a), 406(b) and 407(a) of ERISA
and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code, for  transactions  in connection
with the servicing, management and operation of the pools. The depositor expects
that the specific conditions of the RFC exemption required for this purpose will
be satisfied for the  certificates  so that the RFC  exemption  would provide an
exemption,  from the  application  of the prohibited  transaction  provisions of
Sections 406(a) and (b) of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,
for  transactions in connection with the servicing,  management and operation of
the  pools,  provided  that the  general  conditions  of the RFC  exemption  are
satisfied.

        The RFC exemption also may provide an exemption from, the application of
the prohibited transaction provisions of Sections 406(a) and 407(a) of ERISA and
Sections  4975(c)(1)(A)  through  (D) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  if those
restrictions  are deemed to otherwise apply merely because a person is deemed to
be a Party in Interest  for an  investing  ERISA plan,  or an ERISA plan holding
interests in an ERISA-subject investment entity, by virtue of providing services
to the ERISA plan or the  investment  entity,  or by virtue of having  specified
relationships to such a person, solely as a result of the ERISA plan's ownership
of certificates.

        Before purchasing a certificate,  a fiduciary or other investor of ERISA
plan  assets  should  itself  confirm  that  (a)  the  certificates   constitute
"certificates"  for  purposes  of the RFC  exemption  and (b) the  specific  and
general conditions  described in the RFC exemption and the other requirements in
the  RFC  exemption   would  be  satisfied.   In  addition  to  making  its  own
determination as to the availability of the exemptive relief provided in the RFC
exemption, the fiduciary or other ERISA plan assets investor should consider its
general fiduciary obligations under ERISA in determining whether to purchase any
securities with ERISA plan assets.

        Any  fiduciary  or other ERISA plan  assets  investor  that  proposes to
purchase  certificates  on behalf of an ERISA  plan or with  ERISA  plan  assets
should consult with its counsel for the potential applicability of ERISA and the
Internal  Revenue  Code  to that  investment  and  the  availability  of the RFC
exemption or any other DOL prohibited  transaction class exemption,  or PTCE, in
connection therewith. In particular,  in connection with a contemplated purchase
of  certificates  representing  a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in a pool of
single-family  residential first or second mortgage loans or Agency  Securities,
the  fiduciary  or  other  ERISA  plan  assets   investor  should  consider  the
availability of the RFC exemption or PTCE 83-1 for some  transactions  involving
mortgage pool investment trusts.  However,  PTCE 83-1 does not provide exemptive
relief for  certificates  evidencing  interests  in trusts which  include  loans
secured  by third or more  junior  liens or  Cooperative  Loans or some types of
private  securities,  or which contain a swap or Mexico Loans. In addition,  the
fiduciary or other ERISA plan assets investor  should consider the  availability

                              134
<PAGE>

of other class exemptions  granted by the DOL, which provide relief from certain
of the  prohibited  transaction  provisions of ERISA and the related  excise tax
provisions of Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code,  including  Sections I
and III of PTCE 95-60,  regarding  transactions  by  insurance  company  general
accounts.   The  accompanying   prospectus  supplement  may  contain  additional
information  regarding the  application  of the RFC exemption,  PTCE 83-1,  PTCE
95-60 or other DOL class exemptions for the certificates offered thereby.  There
can be no assurance that any of these  exemptions  will apply for any particular
ERISA  plan's  or  other  ERISA  plan  assets   investor's   investment  in  the
certificates  or, even if an exemption were deemed to apply,  that any exemption
would apply to all  prohibited  transactions  that may occur in connection  with
this form of investment.

        NOTES.  With respect to the purchase and holding of notes, an ERISA plan
fiduciary or other ERISA plan assets investor  should consider the  availability
of some class  exemptions  granted by the DOL, which provide relief from some of
the  prohibited  transaction  provisions  of ERISA and the  related  excise  tax
provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  including  PTCE  96-23,  regarding
transactions  effected by an "in-house  asset  manager";  PTCE 95-60,  regarding
transactions  by  insurance  company  general  accounts;  PTCE 91-38,  regarding
investments  by  bank  collective   investment  funds;   PTCE  90-1,   regarding
transactions  by insurance  company pooled  separate  accounts;  and PTCE 84-14,
regarding transactions effected by a "qualified professional asset manager." The
accompanying  prospectus supplement may contain additional information regarding
the  application  of  these  class  exemptions  for the  notes  offered  by this
prospectus.

INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL ACCOUNTS

        In addition to any  exemptive  relief that may be  available  under PTCE
95-60 for the purchase and holding of the  certificates by an insurance  company
general  account,  the Small  Business  Job  Protection  Act of 1996 added a new
Section 401(c) to ERISA,  which provides exemptive relief from the provisions of
Part 4 of  Title I of ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,
including  the  prohibited  transaction  restrictions  imposed  by ERISA and the
related  excise taxes imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code, for
transactions involving an insurance company general account.

        The  401(c)  Regulations  are to  provide  guidance  for the  purpose of
determining, in cases where insurance policies or annuity contracts supported by
an insurer's general account are issued to or for the benefit of a ERISA plan on
or before December 31, 1998, which general account assets  constitute ERISA plan
assets. Section 401(c) of ERISA generally provides that, until the date which is
18 months after the 401(c)  Regulations become final, no person shall be subject
to  liability  under Part 4 of Title I of ERISA or Section  4975 of the Internal
Revenue  Code on the basis of a claim  that the assets of an  insurance  company
general account  constitute ERISA plan assets,  unless (i) as otherwise provided
by the Secretary of Labor in the 401(c)  Regulations to prevent avoidance of the
regulations  or (ii) an action is brought by the  Secretary of Labor for certain
breaches of fiduciary duty which would also constitute a violation of federal or
state  criminal  law. Any assets of an insurance  company  general  account that
support  insurance  policies or annuity  contracts  issued to a ERISA plan after
December  31, 1998 or issued to ERISA plans on or before  December  31, 1998 for
which the insurance  company does not comply with the 401(c)  Regulations may be

                                   135
<PAGE>

treated as ERISA plan  assets.  In  addition,  because  Section  401(c) does not
relate to insurance company separate accounts, separate account assets are still
treated as ERISA plan assets of any ERISA plan  invested in a separate  account.
Insurance  companies  contemplating  the investment of general account assets in
the  certificates  should  consult with their legal  counsel with respect to the
applicability  of Sections I and III of PTCE 95-60 and Section  401(c) of ERISA,
including  the general  account's  ability to continue to hold the  certificates
after the date which is 18 months after the date the 401(c)  Regulations  become
final.

REPRESENTATIONS FROM INVESTING PLANS

        CERTIFICATES.  It is not clear whether  certificates backed by revolving
credit  loans,  unsecured  loans or loans  with  LTVs in  excess  of 100%  would
constitute "certificates" for purposes of the RFC exemption. In promulgating the
RFC exemption,  the DOL did not have under  consideration  interests in pools of
the exact nature described in this paragraph and  accordingly,  unless otherwise
provided in the accompanying prospectus supplement, certificates backed by loans
mentioned in this paragraph  should not be purchased by or on behalf of an ERISA
plan or with ERISA plan assets based solely on the RFC  exemption.  In addition,
the  exemptive  relief  afforded  by the RFC  exemption  will  not  apply to the
purchase,  sale or holding of any class of subordinate  certificates and may not
apply,  unless  certain  additional  conditions  set  forth in the  accompanying
prospectus supplement are satisfied, to any certificates where the related trust
contains a Funding Account during the period in which additional  mortgage loans
are permitted to be transferred to the trust.

        The exemptive  relief  afforded by the  exemption  will not apply to the
purchase,  sale or holding  of any class of  subordinate  certificates  or REMIC
Residual  Certificates.  If  certificates  are backed by loans  mentioned in the
paragraph next above or are  subordinate  certificates,  or if the related trust
contains  a  swap  or  Mexico  Loan,  except  as  otherwise   specified  in  the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  transfers of those certificates to an ERISA
plan, to a trustee or other person acting on behalf of any ERISA plan, or to any
other  person  using  ERISA plan assets to effect the  acquisition,  will not be
registered by the trustee  unless the  transferee  provides the  depositor,  the
trustee and the master  servicer with an opinion of counsel  satisfactory to the
depositor,  the trustee and the master servicer which opinion will not be at the
expense of the depositor,  the trustee or the master  servicer that the purchase
of the  certificates by or on behalf of the ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets
is  permissible  under  applicable  law,  will not  constitute  or result in any
non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue  Code,  and will not  subject the  depositor,  the trustee or the master
servicer to any  obligation  in addition to those  undertaken in the pooling and
servicing agreement.

        In lieu of an opinion of counsel,  except as otherwise  specified in the
accompanying  prospectus supplement,  the transferee may provide a certification
of facts substantially to the effect that the purchase of the certificates by or
on behalf of the ERISA  plan or with  ERISA  plan  assets is  permissible  under
applicable  law,  will not  constitute  or  result  in a  non-exempt  prohibited
transaction  under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code, will not
subject the depositor,  the trustee or the master  servicer to any obligation in
addition to those  undertaken  in the pooling and servicing  agreement,  and the
following  conditions  are met:  (a) the  source of funds used to  purchase  the
certificates is an "insurance  company general account" (as that term is defined
in PTCE 95-60),  and (b) the conditions in Sections I and III of PTCE 95-60 have
been satisfied as of the date of the acquisition of the certificates.

        NOTES. If the accompanying  prospectus supplement states that any of the
notes being issued have "substantial  equity features" within the meaning of the
DOL Regulations,  transfers of the notes to an ERISA plan, to a trustee or other
person  acting on behalf of any ERISA  plan,  or to any other  person  using the
assets of any ERISA plan to effect the acquisition will not be registered by the
indenture  trustee unless the transferee  provides the depositor,  the indenture
trustee  and the  master  servicer  or the  servicer  with an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the depositor,  the indenture trustee and the master servicer or
the  servicer,  which opinion will not be at the expense of the  depositor,  the

                                             136
<PAGE>

indenture trustee or the master or the servicer,  that the purchase of the notes
by or on behalf of the ERISA plan is permissible  under applicable law, will not
constitute or result in any  non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  under ERISA or
Section  4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code and will not subject the  depositor,
the indenture  trustee or the master  servicer or the servicer to any obligation
in addition to those undertaken in the trust  agreement.  In lieu of the opinion
of counsel, the transferee may provide a certification of facts substantially to
the effect  that (i) the  purchase of notes by or on behalf of the ERISA plan is
permissible  under  applicable  law,  will  not  constitute  or  result  in  any
non-exempt  prohibited  transaction  under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code and will not subject the  depositor,  the indenture  trustee or the
master  servicer  or the  servicer  to  any  obligation  in  addition  to  those
undertaken  in the  trust  agreement,  and (ii)  the  following  statements  are
correct:  (a) the  transferee is an insurance  company,  (b) the source of funds
used to purchase the notes is an  "insurance  company  general  account," as the
term is defined in PTCE 95-60, and (c) the conditions described in Section I and
Section III of PTCE 95-60 have been satisfied as of the date of the  acquisition
of the notes.

TAX-EXEMPT INVESTORS

        A  Tax-Exempt  Investor  nonetheless  will be subject to federal  income
taxation to the extent that its income is "unrelated  business  taxable income,"
or UBTI,  within the meaning of Section 512 of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  All
"excess inclusions" of a REMIC allocated to a REMIC Residual Certificate held by
a  Tax-Exempt  Investor  will be  considered  UBTI and thus will be  subject  to
federal income tax. See "Material Federal Income Tax  Consequences--Taxation  of
Owners of REMIC Residual Certificates--Excess Inclusions."

CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL

        There  can be no  assurance  that the RFC  exemption  or any  other  DOL
exemption  will  apply  for  any   particular   ERISA  plan  that  acquires  the
certificates or, even if all of the conditions specified therein were satisfied,
that  the  exemption  would  apply  to  all  transactions   involving  a  trust.
Prospective  ERISA  plan  investors  should  consult  with their  legal  counsel
concerning  the impact of ERISA and the Internal  Revenue Code and the potential
consequences  to their specific  circumstances  prior to making an investment in
the certificates.

        Before  purchasing a security in reliance on any exemption,  a fiduciary
of an ERISA plan should  itself  confirm  that all of the  specific  and general
conditions described in the exemption would be satisfied.  In addition to making
its own determination as to the availability of the exemptive relief provided in
the exemption,  an ERISA plan fiduciary  should  consider its general  fiduciary
obligations under ERISA in determining  whether to purchase a security on behalf
of an ERISA plan.

        Any  fiduciary or other  investor of ERISA plan assets that  proposes to
acquire  or hold  certificates  on behalf of an ERISA  plan or with  ERISA  plan
assets should  consult with its counsel for the potential  applicability  of the
fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA and the  prohibited  transaction
provisions  of  ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code to the
proposed  investment and the exemption and the  availability of exemptive relief
under  PTCE  83-1,  Sections  I and III of PTCE  95-60 or any  other  DOL  class
exemption.

                            LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS

        Each  class  of  securities  offered  hereby  and  by  the  accompanying
prospectus  supplement  will be rated at the date of issuance in one of the four
highest  rating  categories  by at least  one  rating  agency.  If stated in the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  classes that are, and continue to be, rated
in  one of  the  two  highest  rating  categories  by at  least  one  nationally
recognized  statistical  rating  organization will constitute  "mortgage related
securities"  for purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement Act of
1984, as amended, or SMMEA, and, as such, will be legal investments for persons,
trusts, corporations,  partnerships,  associations, business trusts and business
entities  (including  depository  institutions,  life  insurance  companies  and
pension  funds) created under or existing under the laws of the United States or
of any State whose authorized investments are subject to state regulation to the

                                        137
<PAGE>

same extent that, under applicable law,  obligations  issued by or guaranteed as
to principal and interest by the United States or any agency or  instrumentality
thereof constitute legal investments for those entities. Under SMMEA, if a State
enacted  legislation  on or prior to October 3, 1991  specifically  limiting the
legal  investment  authority  of any of these  entities  for  "mortgage  related
securities,"  these  securities will constitute  legal  investments for entities
subject to the legislation only to the extent provided  therein.  Certain States
enacted  legislation which overrides the preemption  provisions of SMMEA.  SMMEA
provides,  however,  that in no event will the enactment of any such legislation
affect the validity of any contractual commitment to purchase, hold or invest in
"mortgage  related  securities," or require the sale or other disposition of the
securities,  so long as the  contractual  commitment  was made or the securities
acquired prior to the enactment of the legislation.

        SMMEA also amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository  institutions as follows:  federal savings and loan  associations and
federal  savings  banks may invest in,  sell or  otherwise  deal with  "mortgage
related  securities"  without  limitation  as to the  percentage of their assets
represented thereby,  federal credit unions may invest in these securities,  and
national  banks may  purchase  these  securities  for their own account  without
regard to the  limitations  generally  applicable to investment  securities  set
forth in 12 U.S.C. SS24 (Seventh),  subject in each case to any regulations that
the applicable federal regulatory authority may prescribe.

        The 1998 Policy  Statement was adopted by the Federal Reserve Board, the
Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency,  the FDIC, the National Credit Union
Administration,  or NCUA and the OTS with an effective date of May 26, 1998. The
1998 Policy Statement rescinded a 1992 policy statement that had required, prior
to purchase, a depository institution to determine whether a mortgage derivative
product that it was  considering  acquiring was high-risk,  and, if so, required
that the proposed  acquisition would reduce the  institution's  overall interest
rate risk.  The 1998 Policy  Statement  eliminates  constraints  on investing in
certain  "high-risk"   mortgage  derivative  products  and  substitutes  broader
guidelines for evaluating and monitoring investment risk.

        The OTS has issued Thrift Bulletin 13a, entitled "Management of Interest
Rate Risk, Investment Securities,  and Derivatives Activities," or TB 13a, which
is effective as of December 1, 1998 and applies to thrift institutions regulated
by the  OTS.  One of  the  primary  purposes  of TB  13a  is to  require  thrift
institutions,  prior  to  taking  any  investment  position  to  conduct  (i)  a
pre-purchase  portfolio  sensitivity analysis for any "significant  transaction"
involving  securities or financial  derivatives,  and (ii) a pre-purchase  price
sensitivity analysis of any "complex security" or financial derivative.  For the
purposes  of TB 13a,  "complex  security"  includes,  among  other  things,  any
collateralized  mortgage  obligation  or REMIC  security,  other than any "plain
vanilla" mortgage  pass-through security (that is, securities that are part of a
single class of securities in the related pool that are  non-callable and do not
have any special features). One or more classes of securities offered hereby and
by the accompanying prospectus supplement may be viewed as "complex securities".
The OTS  recommends  that  while a thrift  institution  should  conduct  its own
in-house  pre-acquisition  analysis,  it may rely on an analysis conducted by an
independent  third-party as long as management  understands the analysis and its
key assumptions.  Further, TB 13a recommends that the use of "complex securities
with high price  sensitivity"  be limited to  transactions  and strategies  that
lower a thrift  institution's  portfolio  interest  rate risk. TB 13a warns that
investment  in  complex  securities  by  thrift  institutions  that do not  have
adequate risk  measurement,  monitoring and control systems may be viewed by OTS
examiners as an unsafe and unsound practice.

                                             138
<PAGE>
        Prospective  investors in the  securities,  including in particular  the
classes of securities that do not constitute  "mortgage related  securities" for
purposes of SMMEA,  should  consider  the  matters  discussed  in the  following
paragraph.

        There may be other  restrictions on the ability of some investors either
to purchase  some classes of  securities  or to purchase any class of securities
representing  more than a specified  percentage of the  investors'  assets.  The
depositor will make no representations as to the proper  characterization of any
class of securities for legal investment or other purposes, or as to the ability
of  particular  investors to purchase any class of securities  under  applicable
legal  investment  restrictions.  These  uncertainties  may adversely affect the
liquidity  of  any  class  of  securities.   Accordingly,  all  investors  whose
investment  activities  are subject to legal  investment  laws and  regulations,
regulatory  capital  requirements  or review by  regulatory  authorities  should
consult with their own legal advisors in determining  whether and to what extent
the  securities  of any class  constitute  legal  investments  or are subject to
investment, capital or other restrictions, and, if applicable, whether SMMEA has
been overridden in any jurisdiction relevant to the investor.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        Substantially  all of the net  proceeds to be received  from the sale of
securities  will be applied by the  depositor  to finance the purchase of, or to
repay short-term loans incurred to finance the purchase of, the loans underlying
the securities or will be used by the depositor for general corporate  purposes.
The depositor  expects that it will make additional sales of securities  similar
to the securities from time to time, but the timing and amount of any additional
offerings  will be  dependent  on a number of factors,  including  the volume of
loans purchased by the depositor,  prevailing  interest  rates,  availability of
funds and general market conditions.

                             METHODS OF DISTRIBUTION

        The  securities  offered  hereby  and  by  the  accompanying  prospectus
supplements  will be  offered  in  series  through  one or  more of the  methods
described  below.  The  prospectus  supplement  prepared  for each  series  will
describe  the method of offering  being  utilized for that series and will state
the net proceeds to the depositor from that sale.

        The  depositor  intends  that  securities  will be offered  through  the
following  methods from time to time and that offerings may be made concurrently
through  more than one of these  methods  or that an  offering  of a  particular
series of  securities  may be made through a  combination  of two or more of the
following methods:

o    by  negotiated  firm  commitment  or best efforts  underwriting  and public
     re-offering by

           underwriters

o    by  placements  by  the  depositor  with  institutional  investors  through
     dealers; and

o        by direct placements by the depositor with institutional investors.

        In addition, if specified in the accompanying  prospectus supplement,  a
series of  securities  may be  offered in whole or in part in  exchange  for the
loans, and other assets,  if applicable,  that would comprise the trust securing
the securities.

        If  underwriters  are used in a sale of any  securities,  other  than in
connection with an underwriting on a best efforts basis,  the securities will be
acquired by the  underwriters  for their own account and may be resold from time
to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at fixed

                                        139
<PAGE>

public offering prices or at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale
or at the time of commitment therefor.  These underwriters may be broker-dealers
affiliated  with  the  depositor  whose  identities  and  relationships  to  the
depositor will be as described in the accompanying  prospectus  supplement.  The
managing  underwriter  or  underwriters  for the offer and sale of a  particular
series of securities will be set forth on the cover of the prospectus supplement
relating to that series and the members of the underwriting  syndicate,  if any,
will be named in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        In connection with the sale of the securities,  underwriters may receive
compensation from the depositor or from purchasers of the securities in the form
of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters and dealers participating
in the  distribution  of the  securities  may be  deemed to be  underwriters  in
connection  with the  securities,  and any discounts or commissions  received by
them from the  depositor  and any profit on the resale of securities by them may
be deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended.

        It is anticipated that the underwriting agreement pertaining to the sale
of  any  series  of  securities   will  provide  that  the  obligations  of  the
underwriters  will  be  subject  to  certain  conditions  precedent,   that  the
underwriters  will be  obligated to purchase  all of the  securities  if any are
purchased  (other than in  connection  with an  underwriting  on a best  efforts
basis) and that,  in limited  circumstances,  the depositor  will  indemnify the
several  underwriters and the underwriters  will indemnify the depositor against
certain civil  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  or will contribute to payments required to be made in respect
thereof.

        The prospectus  supplement for any series offered by placements  through
dealers will contain  information  regarding  the nature of the offering and any
agreements to be entered into between the depositor and purchasers of securities
of that series.

        The depositor  anticipates  that the  securities  offered hereby will be
sold primarily to  institutional  investors or  sophisticated  non-institutional
investors.  Purchasers of securities,  including dealers,  may, depending on the
facts and circumstances of the purchases,  be deemed to be "underwriters" within
the meaning of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  in  connection  with
reoffers and sales by them of securities.  Holders of securities  should consult
with their legal advisors in this regard prior to any reoffer or sale.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal  matters,  including  certain  federal income tax matters,
will be passed on for the depositor by Thacher  Proffitt & Wood,  New York,  New
York,  Orrick,  Herrington  &  Sutcliffe  LLP,  New York,  New York or Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP, as specified in the prospectus supplement.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The  depositor has  determined  that its  financial  statements  are not
material to the  offering  made  hereby.  The  securities  do not  represent  an
interest in or an obligation of the depositor.  The depositor's only obligations
for a series of securities will be to repurchase  certain loans on any breach of
limited  representations  and warranties made by the depositor,  or as otherwise
provided in the applicable prospectus supplement.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        The depositor has filed the  registration  statement with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission.  The  depositor  is  also  subject  to  some  of  the
information  requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
Exchange Act, and, accordingly, will file reports thereunder with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission.  The registration  statement and the exhibits thereto,

                                             140
<PAGE>

and reports and other  information filed by the depositor under the Exchange Act
can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  and at certain of its  Regional  Offices  located  as  follows:  Chicago
Regional Office,  Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511;  and Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300,  New York,  New York 10048 and  electronically  through the Securities and
Exchange Commission's  Electronic Data Gathering,  Analysis and Retrieval System
at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Web Site (http://www.sec.gov).

        Copies of Ginnie Mae's  information  statement  and annual report can be
obtained by writing or calling the United States Department of Housing and Urban
Development,  451-7th  Street  S.W.,  Room  6210,  Washington,  D.C.  20410-9000
(202-708-3649).  Copies of  Freddie  Mac's most  recent  offering  circular  for
Freddie Mac Certificates,  Freddie Mac's  information  statement and most recent
supplement to such information statement and any quarterly report made available
by Freddie  Mac can be obtained  by writing or calling  the  Investor  Relations
Department  of Freddie  Mac at Post  Office  Box 4112,  Reston,  Virginia  22090
(outside the Washington,  D.C. metropolitan area, telephone  800-424-5401,  ext.
8160; within the Washington,  D.C.  metropolitan area, telephone  703-759-8160).
Copies of Fannie Mae's most recent  prospectus for Fannie Mae  Certificates  and
Fannie Mae's annual report and quarterly financial statements,  as well as other
financial information,  are available from the Director of Investor Relations of
Fannie Mae, 3900 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20016 (202-537-7115).
The depositor does not, and will not,  participate in the  preparation of Ginnie
Mae's  information   statements  or  annual  reports,   Freddie  Mac's  offering
circulars,  information  statements  or any  supplements  thereto  or any of its
quarterly reports or Fannie Mae's prospectuses or any of its reports,  financial
statements or other information and, accordingly, makes no representations as to
the accuracy or completeness of the information set forth therein.

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

        Monthly reports which contain information  concerning the trust fund for
a series of securities will be sent by or on behalf of the master servicer,  the
servicer  or the  trustee  to each  holder of record  of the  securities  of the
related series. See "Description of the Securities--Reports to Securityholders."
Reports  forwarded to holders will contain  financial  information  that has not
been examined or reported on by an independent certified public accountant.  The
depositor will file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  those periodic
reports  relating to the trust for a series of securities as are required  under
the Exchange Act.

                      INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

        The  SEC  allows  the  depositor  to   "incorporate  by  reference"  the
information filed with the SEC by the depositor,  under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, that relates to the trust fund for the securities.
This means that the depositor can disclose important information to any investor
by referring the investor to these  documents.  The information  incorporated by
reference is an important part of this prospectus,  and information filed by the
depositor  with the SEC that relates to the trust fund for the  securities  will
automatically  update and  supersede  this  information.  Documents  that may be
incorporated  by reference  for a  particular  series of  securities  include an
insurer's financials, a certificate policy, mortgage pool policy,  computational
materials,  collateral term sheets, the related pooling and servicing  agreement
and amendments thereto, other documents on Form 8-K and Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of Exchange Act as may be required in connection with the related trust
fund.
                                             141
<PAGE>


        The  depositor  will provide or cause to be provided  without  charge to
each person to whom this prospectus and  accompanying  prospectus  supplement is
delivered in connection  with the offering of one or more classes of the related
series of securities,  on written or oral request of that person,  a copy of any
or all reports incorporated in this prospectus by reference, in each case to the
extent the reports relate to one or more of the classes of the related series of
securities,  other than the exhibits to those documents, unless the exhibits are
specifically  incorporated  by reference in the  documents.  Requests  should be
directed  in  writing  to  Residential  Asset  Mortgage  Products,   Inc.,  8400
Normandale  Lake  Boulevard,  Suite 600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437,  or by
telephone at (612) 832-7000.

                                             142

<PAGE>






                                    GLOSSARY

        1998 POLICY  STATEMENT--The  revised  supervisory  statement listing the
guidelines for  investments in "high risk mortgage  securities",  and adopted by
the Federal Reserve Board,  the Office of the  Comptroller of the Currency,  the
FDIC,  the  National  Credit Union  Administration,  or NCUA and the OTS with an
effective date of May 26, 1998.

        401(C)  REGULATIONS--The  regulations the DOL is required to issue under
Section  401(c) of ERISA,  which were published in proposed form on December 22,
1997.

        ADDITIONAL  BALANCE  --An  additional  principal  balance in a revolving
credit loan created by a Draw.

        ADDITIONAL  COLLATERAL--For an Additional Collateral Loan, (1) financial
assets  owned by the  borrower,  which  will  consist of  securities,  insurance
policies,  annuities,  certificates of deposit, cash, accounts or similar assets
and/or (2) a third party guarantee, usually by a relative of the borrower, which
in turn is secured by a security interest in financial assets.

        ADDITIONAL  COLLATERAL  LOANS--A  mortgage  loan  with an LTV  ratio  at
origination  in excess  of 80%,  but not  greater  than  100%,  and  secured  by
Additional  Collateral in addition to the related Mortgaged Property and in lieu
of any primary mortgage insurance.

        ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL  REQUIREMENT--The  amount of Additional Collateral
required for any Additional Collateral Loan, which in most cases will not exceed
30% of the principal amount of that mortgage loan.

        ADMINISTRATOR--In  addition  to or in lieu  of the  master  servicer  or
servicer  for a series of notes,  if specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus
supplement,  an  administrator  for  the  trust.  The  Administrator  may  be an
affiliate of the depositor, the master servicer or the servicer.

        ADVANCE--As to a particular  loan and any  distribution  date, an amount
equal to the scheduled  payments of principal  (other than any Balloon Amount in
the case of a Balloon  Loan) and interest at the  applicable  pass-through  rate
which were  delinquent as of the close of business on the business day preceding
the determination date on the loans.

        AGENCY  SECURITIES--Any  securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or
Ginnie Mae. Such Agency  Securities may represent whole or partial  interests in
pools of (1) loans or (2) Agency  Securities.  Unless otherwise set forth in the
accompanying prospectus supplement,  all Ginnie Mae securities will be backed by
the full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States.  None of the  Freddie  Mac
securities or Fannie Mae securities will be backed,  directly or indirectly,  by
the full faith and credit of the United States.  Agency Securities may be backed
by fixed or adjustable  rate mortgage loans or other types of loans specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        BALLOON AMOUNT--The full outstanding principal balance on a Balloon Loan
due and payable on the maturity date.

        BALLOON  LOANS--Loans  with level  monthly  payments  of  principal  and
interest based on a 30 year amortization  schedule,  or such other  amortization
schedule as  specified in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and having
original or  modified  terms to  maturity  shorter  than the term of the related
amortization schedule.

        BANKRUPTCY  AMOUNT--The  amount of  Bankruptcy  Losses that may be borne
solely by the subordinate securities of the related series.

<PAGE>

        BANKRUPTCY LOSSES--A Realized Loss attributable to certain actions which
may be taken by a bankruptcy court in connection with a mortgage loan, including
a reduction by a bankruptcy  court of the principal  balance of or the loan rate
on a mortgage loan or an extension of its maturity.

        BUY-DOWN  ACCOUNT--As  to a Buydown Loan,  the  custodial  account where
Buydown Funds are deposited.

        BUY-DOWN  FUNDS--As to a Buydown  Loan,  the amount  contributed  by the
seller of the  Mortgaged  Property  or another  source and placed in the Buydown
Account.

        BUY-DOWN  LOAN--A  mortgage  loan,  other than a closed-end  home equity
loan, subject to a temporary buydown plan.

        BUY-DOWN  PERIOD--The  early years of the term of or Buy-Down  Loan when
payments will be less than the scheduled  monthly payments on the mortgage loan,
the resulting difference to be made up from the Buy-Down Funds.

        CALL CLASS--A  class of securities  under which the holder will have the
right,  at its sole  discretion,  to terminate the related  trust,  resulting in
early retirement of the securities of the series.

        CALL  PRICE--In the case of a call with respect to a Call Class, a price
equal to 100% of the principal  balance of the related  securities as of the day
of that purchase plus accrued interest at the applicable pass-through rate.

        CALL SECURITY--Any security evidencing an interest in a Call Class.

        COMPENSATING  INTEREST--For any loan that prepaid in full and, if stated
in  the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,   in  part,  during  the  related
prepayment  period an  additional  payment  made by the master  servicer  or the
servicer, to the extent funds are available from the servicing fee, equal to the
amount of interest at the loan rate, less the servicing fee and Excluded Spread,
if any, for that loan from the date of the prepayment to the related due date.

        CONVERTIBLE  MORTGAGE  LOAN--ARM  loans  which  allow the  borrowers  to
convert the  adjustable  rates on those mortgage loans to a fixed rate at one or
more specified  periods during the life of the mortgage loans, in most cases not
later than ten years subsequent to the date of origination.

        COOPERATIVE--For  a  Cooperative  Loan,  the  corporation  that owns the
related apartment building.

        COOPERATIVE  LOANS--Cooperative apartment loans evidenced by Cooperative
Notes secured by security  interests in shares issued by Cooperatives and in the
related proprietary leases or occupancy  agreements granting exclusive rights to
occupy specific dwelling units in the related buildings.

        COOPERATIVE NOTES--A promissory note with respect to a Cooperative Loan.

        CREDIT  SCORES--A  measurement of the relative degree of risk a borrower
represents  to a lender  obtained  from credit  reports  utilizing,  among other
things,  payment  history,  delinquencies  on  accounts,  levels of  outstanding
indebtedness,  length  of  credit  history,  types  of  credit,  and  bankruptcy
experience.

        CREDIT UTILIZATION RATE--For any revolving credit loan, the cut-off date
principal  balance of the  revolving  credit loan divided by the credit limit of
the related credit line agreement.

                                             2
<PAGE>

        CUSTODIAL   ACCOUNT--The  custodial  account  or  accounts  created  and
maintained under the pooling and servicing agreement in the name of a depository
institution,  as custodian for the holders of the securities, for the holders of
certain other  interests in loans serviced or sold by the master servicer or the
servicer  and for the master  servicer or the  servicer,  into which the amounts
shall be deposited directly. Any such account shall be an Eligible Account.

        DEBT SERVICE  REDUCTION--Modifications  of the terms of a loan resulting
from a bankruptcy proceeding, including a reduction in the amount of the monthly
payment on the related loan, but not any permanent forgiveness of principal.

        DEFAULTED   MORTGAGE   LOSSES--A   Realized  Loss  attributable  to  the
borrower's  failure to make any  payment of  principal  or  interest as required
under the mortgage note, but not including Special Hazard Losses,  Extraordinary
Losses or other losses resulting from damage to a mortgaged property, Bankruptcy
Losses or Fraud Losses.

        DEFICIENT  VALUATION--In  connection  with the personal  bankruptcy of a
borrower,  the difference between the outstanding principal balance of the first
and junior lien loans and a lower value established by the bankruptcy court.

        DESIGNATED  SELLER  TRANSACTION--A  transaction  in which  the loans are
provided by an  unaffiliated  or affiliated  seller  described in the prospectus
supplement.

        DIRECT PUERTO RICO  MORTGAGE--For any loan secured by mortgaged property
located in Puerto  Rico,  a Mortgage  to secure a  specific  obligation  for the
benefit of a specified person.

        DISQUALIFIED ORGANIZATION--As used in this prospectus means:

o          the United States, any State or political  subdivision  thereof,  any
           foreign government, any international organization,  or any agency or
           instrumentality    of   the   foregoing   (but   does   not   include
           instrumentalities  described in Section  168(h)(2)(D) of the Internal
           Revenue Code the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation),

o          any organization  (other than a cooperative  described in Section 521
           of the Internal Revenue Code) that is exempt from federal income tax,
           unless  it is  subject  to the  tax  imposed  by  Section  511 of the
           Internal Revenue Code, or

o    any organization described in Section 1381(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue
     Code.

        DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT--As to a class of securities  for any  distribution
date will be the portion,  if any, of the amount to be distributed to that class
for that  distribution  date of  principal,  plus,  if the class is  entitled to
payments of interest on that  distribution  date,  interest  accrued  during the
related  interest  accrual  period at the  applicable  pass-through  rate on the
principal  balance or notional  amount of that class specified in the applicable
prospectus supplement, less certain interest shortfalls, which will include:

o    any deferred  interest added to the principal balance of the mortgage loans
     and/or the outstanding  balance of one or more classes of securities on the
     related due date;

o          any  other  interest  shortfalls,   including,   without  limitation,
           shortfalls  resulting  from  application of the Relief Act or similar
           legislation or regulations as in effect from time to time,  allocable
           to  securityholders   which  are  not  covered  by  advances  or  the
           applicable credit enhancement; and

                                             3
<PAGE>

o          Prepayment Interest Shortfalls not covered by Compensating  Interest,
           in each  case in an amount  that is  allocated  to that  class on the
           basis set forth in the prospectus supplement.

        DRAW--Money  drawn by the  borrower in most cases with either  checks or
credit cards,  subject to applicable  law, on a revolving  credit loan under the
related credit line agreement at any time during the Draw Period.

        DRAW  PERIOD--The  period specified in the related credit line agreement
when a borrower on a revolving credit loan may make a Draw.

        DUE  PERIOD--As to any  distribution  date,  the period  starting on the
second day of the month prior to such distribution date, and ending on the first
day of the month of such  distribution date or such other period as specified in
the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT--An account acceptable to the applicable rating agency.

        ENDORSABLE  PUERTO RICO  MORTGAGE--As  to any loan  secured by mortgaged
property located in Puerto Rico, a mortgage to secure an instrument transferable
by endorsement.

        ENVIRONMENTAL  LIEN--A lien imposed by federal or state statute, for any
cleanup  costs  incurred by a state on the  property  that is the subject of the
cleanup costs.

        EXCESS  SPREAD--A  portion of  interest  due on the loans or  securities
transferred  as part of the  assets of the  related  trust as  specified  in the
accompanying prospectus supplement.

        EXCLUDED  BALANCE--That  portion of the principal balance of a revolving
credit loan, if any, not included in the Trust  Balance at any time,  which will
include balances  attributable to Draws after the cut-off date and may include a
portion of the principal balance outstanding as of the cut-off date.

        EXCLUDED  SPREAD--A  portion of interest due on the loans or securities,
excluded from the assets transferred to the related trust.

        EXTRAORDINARY   LOSSES--Realized   Losses   occasioned  by  war,   civil
insurrection,  certain governmental actions,  nuclear reaction and certain other
risks.

        FASIT--A  financial asset  securitization  trust as described in section
860L of the Internal Revenue Code.

        FASIT REGULAR CERTIFICATES--Certificates or notes representing ownership
of one or more regular interests in a FASIT.

        FUNDING  ACCOUNT--An  account established for the purpose of funding the
transfer of additional loans into the related trust.

        FRAUD LOSS  AMOUNT--The  amount of Fraud Losses that may be borne solely
by the subordinate securities of the related series.

        FRAUD  LOSSES--A  Realized Loss incurred on defaulted  loans as to which
there was fraud in the origination of the loans.

        GEM  LOAN--A  mortgage  loan with  monthly  payments  of  principal  and
interest based on a 30 year amortization  schedule,  or such other  amortization
schedule  as  specified  in the  accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  and that
provide a  specified  time  period  during  which the  monthly  payments  by the
borrower are  increased and the full amount of the increase is applied to reduce
the outstanding principal balance of the related mortgage loan.

                                             4
<PAGE>
        GPM  LOAN--A  mortgage  loan under  which the  monthly  payments  by the
borrower  during  the early  years of the  mortgage  are less than the amount of
interest that would otherwise be payable thereon,  with the interest not so paid
added to the outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loan.

        GROSS  MARGIN--For  an ARM loan,  the fixed  percentage set forth in the
related mortgage note, which when added to the related index,  provides the loan
rate for the ARM loan.

        HIGH COST LOANS--Loans that are subject to the special rules, disclosure
requirements   and   other   provisions   that   were   added  to  the   federal
Truth-in-Lending  Act by the  Homeownership  and Equity  Protection Act of 1994,
which were originated on or after October 1, 1995, are not loans made to finance
the purchase of the mortgaged  property and have interest  rates or  origination
costs in excess of prescribed levels.

        HOME  LOANS--One-  to four- family first or junior lien  mortgage  loans
with LTV ratios or combined LTV ratios in most cases between 100% and 125%,  and
classified by the depositor as Home Loans.

        INSURANCE  PROCEEDS--Proceeds  of any special hazard  insurance  policy,
bankruptcy bond,  mortgage pool insurance  policy,  primary insurance policy and
any title, hazard or other insurance policy or guaranty covering any loan in the
pool together with any payments under any letter of credit.

        ISSUE  PREMIUM--As to a class of REMIC Regular  Certificates,  the issue
price in excess of the stated redemption price of that class.

        LIQUIDATED  LOAN--A  defaulted  loan for  which  the  related  mortgaged
property  has been sold by the  related  trust and all  recoverable  Liquidation
Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds have been received.

        LIQUIDATION  PROCEEDS--Amounts  collected by the servicer or subservicer
in connection with the liquidation of a loan, by foreclosure or otherwise.

        MEXICO  LOAN-- A mortgage  loan  secured by a  beneficial  interest in a
trust,  the principal  asset of which is  residential  real property  located in
Mexico.

        NET LOAN  RATE--As  to any loan,  the loan rate net of  servicing  fees,
other administrative fees and any Excess Spread or Excluded Spread.

        NONRECOVERABLE  ADVANCE--Any  Advance  previously  made which the master
servicer or the servicer has  determined to not be ultimately  recoverable  from
Liquidation Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or otherwise.

        NOTE  MARGIN--Amounts  advanced  by the master  servicer  or servicer to
cover  taxes,  insurance  premiums  or  similar  expenses  as to  any  mortgaged
property.  For an ARM  loan,  the  fixed  percentage  set  forth in the  related
mortgage note, which when added to the related index, provides the loan rate for
the ARM loan.

                                        5
<PAGE>

        PARTIES IN INTEREST--For an ERISA plan,  persons who are either "parties
in interest"  within the meaning of ERISA or  "disqualified  persons" within the
meaning of the Internal Revenue Code, because they have specified  relationships
to the ERISA plan.

        PASS-THROUGH  ENTITY--Any  regulated  investment  company,  real  estate
investment  trust,  trust,  partnership or other  entities  described in Section
860E(e)(6)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  In addition,  a person  holding an
interest in a pass-through entity as a nominee for another person will, for that
interest, be treated as a pass-through entity.

        PAYMENT  ACCOUNT--An  account  established  and maintained by the master
servicer  or the  servicer  in the name of the  trustee  for the  benefit of the
holders of each series of securities,  for the  disbursement  of payments on the
loans evidenced by each series of securities.

        PERMITTED  INVESTMENTS--United  States  government  securities and other
investment  grade  obligations  specified in the related  pooling and  servicing
agreement.

        PLEDGED  ASSET  MORTGAGE  LOANS--Mortgage  loans that have LTV ratios at
origination of up to 100% and are secured,  in addition to the related mortgaged
property, by Pledged Assets.

        PLEDGED  ASSETS--As  to a Pledged  Asset  Mortgage  Loan,  (1) financial
assets  owned by the  borrower,  which  will  consist of  securities,  insurance
policies,  annuities,  certificates of deposit, cash, accounts or similar assets
and/or (2) a third party guarantee, usually by a relative of the borrower, which
in turn is secured by a security  interest in  financial  assets or  residential
property owned by the guarantor.

        PREPAYMENT INTEREST  SHORTFALL--For a loan that is subject to a borrower
prepayment or liquidation,  the amount that equals the difference between a full
month's  interest due for that  mortgage loan and the amount of interest paid or
recovered with respect thereto.

        PRINCIPAL  PREPAYMENTS--Any  principal  payments received for a loan, in
advance of the scheduled due date and not  accompanied  by a payment of interest
for any period following the date of payment.

        QUALIFIED  INSURER--As  to a mortgage  pool  insurance  policy,  special
hazard insurance policy,  bankruptcy policy, financial guaranty insurance policy
or surety  bond,  an insurer  qualified  under  applicable  law to transact  the
insurance business or coverage as applicable.

        REALIZED LOSS--As to any defaulted loan that is finally liquidated,  the
amount of loss realized,  if any, will equal the portion of the Stated Principal
Balance  remaining after  application of all amounts  recovered,  net of amounts
reimbursable  to the master  servicer or the servicer  for related  Advances and
expenses,  towards  interest  and  principal  owing on the loan.  For a loan the
principal  balance  of which has been  reduced  in  connection  with  bankruptcy
proceedings, the amount of the reduction will be treated as a Realized Loss.

REGULAR CERTIFICATES--FASIT Regular Certificates or REMIC Regular Certificates.

        REMIC--A real estate mortgage investment conduit as described in section
860D of the Internal Revenue Code.

        REMIC REGULAR CERTIFICATES--Certificates or notes representing ownership
of one or more regular interests in a REMIC.

                                             6
<PAGE>

        REMIC  RESIDUAL  CERTIFICATE--A  Certificate  representing  an ownership
interest in a residual interest in a REMIC within the meaning of section 860D of
the Internal Revenue Code.

        REO LOAN--A loan where title to the related mortgaged  property has been
obtained  by the  trustee  or its  nominee on behalf of  securityholders  of the
related series.

        REPAYMENT  PERIOD--For a revolving  credit loan, the period from the end
of the related Draw Period to the related maturity date.

        SENIOR  PERCENTAGE--At any given time, the percentage of the outstanding
principal balances of all of the securities  evidenced by the senior securities,
determined in the manner described in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        SERVICING  ADVANCES--Amounts  advanced  on  any  loan  to  cover  taxes,
insurance premiums or similar expenses.

        SPECIAL HAZARD  AMOUNT--The  amount of Special Hazard Losses that may be
allocated to the subordinate securities of the related series.

        SPECIAL HAZARD LOSSES--A Realized Loss incurred,  to the extent that the
loss was  attributable  to (i) direct  physical  damage to a mortgaged  property
other than any loss of a type  covered by a hazard  insurance  policy or a flood
insurance  policy, if applicable,  and (ii) any shortfall in insurance  proceeds
for partial damage due to the application of the co-insurance  clauses contained
in hazard insurance  policies.  The amount of the Special Hazard Loss is limited
to he lesser of the cost of repair or replacement of the mortgaged property; any
loss above that amount would be a Defaulted  Mortgage  Loss or other  applicable
type of loss.  Special Hazard Losses does not include losses  occasioned by war,
civil  insurrection,  certain  governmental  actions,  errors in design,  faulty
workmanship or materials (except under certain circumstances), nuclear reaction,
chemical contamination or waste by the borrower.

        SPECIAL  SERVICER--A  special  servicer  named  under  the  pooling  and
servicing  agreement for a series of securities,  which will be responsible  for
the servicing of delinquent loans.

        STATED   PRINCIPAL   BALANCE--As   to  any   loan  as  of  any  date  of
determination,  its principal  balance as of the cut-off date, after application
of all scheduled  principal  payments due on or before the cut-off date, whether
received  or not,  reduced  by all  amounts  allocable  to  principal  that  are
distributed to  securityholders  on or before the date of determination,  and as
further  reduced to the extent that any Realized Loss has been  allocated to any
securities on or before that date.

        SUBORDINATE  AMOUNT--A  specified portion of subordinated  distributions
with  respect  to the  loans,  allocated  to  the  holders  of  the  subordinate
securities as set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

        SUBSERVICING   ACCOUNT--An  account  established  and  maintained  by  a
subservicer which is acceptable to the master servicer or the servicer.

        TAX-EXEMPT INVESTOR--Tax-qualified retirement plans described in Section
401(a)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code and on  individual  retirement  accounts
described in Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code.

        TAX-FAVORED  PLANS--An  ERISA plan which is exempt from  federal  income
taxation under Section  501(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code or is an individual
retirement  plan or annuity  described  in Section 408 of the  Internal  Revenue
Code.
                                             7
<PAGE>

        TITLE I--Title I of the National Housing Act.

        TRUST  BALANCE--A  specified  portion of the total principal  balance of
each revolving credit loan outstanding at any time, which will consist of all or
a portion of the  principal  balance  thereof as of the  cut-off  date minus the
portion of all payments and losses  thereafter  that are  allocated to the Trust
Balance,  and will not include any portion of the principal balance attributable
to Draws made after the cut-off date.

                                             8

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

         PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED ________________, 1999

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED _____________, ___ (TO PROSPECTUS DATED ________,___
)

                                  $___________

                          RAMP SERIES 200_-GMACM TRUST

                                     ISSUER

                           [GMAC MORTGAGE CORPORATION]

                               SELLER AND SERVICER

                    RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

                                    DEPOSITOR

                MORTGAGE ASSET-BACKED PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES,

                               SERIES 200_-GMACM_

THE TRUST

The trust will hold a pool of one- to  four-family  residential  first  mortgage
loans and junior mortgage loans.

OFFERED CERTIFICATES

The trust will issue these classes of  certificates  that are offered under this
prospectus supplement:

o        [3] classes of Class A Certificates

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

Credit   enhancement  for  all  of  these   certificates  will  be  provided  by
subordinated  certificates,  overcollateralization  represented by the excess of
the balance of the mortgage loans over the balance of the Class A  Certificates,
[and a financial guaranty insurance policy issued by _______________].

NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES OR DETERMINED
THAT THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

THE ATTORNEY  GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE
MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

     __________  will  offer the Class A  Certificates  to the public at varying
prices to be determined at the time of sale.  The proceeds to the depositor from
the sale of the  underwritten  certificates  will be  APPROXIMATELY  ___% of the
principal balance of the underwritten certificates plus accrued interest, before
deducting expenses.

                              [NAME OF UNDERWRITER]

                                   UNDERWRITER


<PAGE>







IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION  PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND
THE PROSPECTUS

We provide  information  to you about the offered  certificates  in two separate
documents that provide progressively more detail:

o    the prospectus,  which provides general information,  some of which may not
     apply to your series of certificates; and

o    this  prospectus  supplement,  which  describes the specific  terms of your
     series of certificates.

IF THE DESCRIPTION OF YOUR  CERTIFICATES IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  DIFFERS
FROM  THE  RELATED  DESCRIPTION  IN  THE  PROSPECTUS,  YOU  SHOULD  RELY  ON THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

The depositor's principal offices are located at 8400 Normandale Lake Boulevard,
Suite  600,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  55437  and its  telephone  number is (612)
832-7000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        PAGE


<PAGE>


SUMMARY                                  4

<S>                                     <C>
RISK FACTORS.............................11
  Risk of Loss...........................11
  Loss Mitigation Practices..............14
  Limited Obligations....................14
  Liquidity Risks........................14

  Special Yield and Prepayment
     Considerations......................15
INTRODUCTION.............................18

DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE POOL.........18
  General................................18
  Mortgage Pool Characteristics..........19
  Underwriting Standards.................31

  [Primary Mortgage Insurance and Primary
     Hazard Insurance....................33
  Additional Information.................34

THE SELLER AND SERVICER..................34
  General................................34

  Delinquency and Loss Experience of the
     Servicer's Portfolio................35
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES..........36

  General................................36

  Book-Entry Registration of Certain of
     the Offered Certificates............38
  Glossary of Terms......................39

  Distributions..........................43
  Interest Distributions.................43
  Determination of LIBOR.................44

  Principal Distributions on the Class
     A Certificates......................45
  Overcollateralization Provisions.......47

  Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy....48
  Allocation of Losses; Subordination....50

  Advances...............................53
YEAR 2000 CONSIDERATIONS.................53

  Overview of the Year 2000 Issue........53
  Risks related to Y2K...................53

THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURER...........54

CERTAIN YIELD AND PREPAYMENT
     CONSIDERATIONS......................54
  General................................54

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT..........61
  General................................61

  Servicing and Other Compensation and
     Payment of Expenses.................61
  [Refinancing of Senior Lien............62
  Collection and Liquidation Practices;
     Loss Mitigation.....................62

  Voting Rights..........................62
  Termination............................62

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.63
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION...................65
LEGAL OPINIONS...........................66

EXPERTS 66
RATINGS 67

LEGAL INVESTMENT.........................67
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.....................68

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                                     SUMMARY

        The  following  summary  is a  very  general  overview  of  the  offered
certificates  and does  not  contain  all of the  information  that  you  should
consider in making your investment  decision.  To understand all of the terms of
the offered certificates, you should read carefully this entire document and the
prospectus.
<TABLE>

<S>                                 <C>
Issuer                              RAMP Series 200_- GMACM_ Trust

Title of securities                 RAMP Mortgage Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates, Series 200_-GMACM_.

Depositor                           Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc., an affiliate of Residential
                                    Funding Corporation.

Servicer and Seller                 [GMAC Mortgage Corporation, a Pennsylvania corporation]

TRUSTEE                             ___________________________________.

FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURER          ___________________________________.

MORTGAGE POOL                       _______ adjustable rate mortgage loans with an
                                    aggregate principal BALANCE OF APPROXIMATELY
                                    $____ as of the cut-off  date,  secured by first
                                    liens   and   junior   liens   on   one-  to
                                    four-family residential properties.

CUT-OFF DATE                        ________ 1,__ .

CLOSING DATE                        ON OR ABOUT                           ,         .

DISTRIBUTION DATES                  BEGINNING ON___________ 25, _____________ and thereafter on the
                                    25th of each month or, if the 25th is not a business day, on the
                                    next business day.

Scheduled final distribution date   Class   A-1 Certificates:________  25,  ____.
                                    Class  A-2  Certificates:________  25,  ____.
                                    Class  A-3  Certificates:________ 25, ____.

                                    The actual final  distribution date could be
                                    substantially earlier.

Form of certificates                Book-entry.

                                    SEE        "DESCRIPTION        OF        THE
                                    CERTIFICATES--BOOK-ENTRY   REGISTRATION   OF
                                    CERTAIN OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES" IN THIS
                                    PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

                                   S-4
<PAGE>

Minimum denominations               $25,000.

Legal                               investment   When   issued,   the   Class  A
                                    Certificates  will not be "mortgage  related
                                    securities"  for  purposes of the  Secondary
                                    Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984.

                                    SEE "LEGAL  INVESTMENT"  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
                                    SUPPLEMENT AND "LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS" IN
                                    THE PROSPECTUS.

</TABLE>


                                        S-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                      OFFERED CERTIFICATES

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------

                                           INITIAL        INITIAL RATING
                      PASS-THROUGH       CERTIFICATE       (___/____)
       CLASS              RATE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE                          DESIGNATIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CLASS A CERTIFICATES:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>       <C>                         <C>
       [A-1          ADJUSTABLE RATE  $                       AAA/AAA        Senior/Adjustable
                                                                                   Rate]
- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
       [A-2                     %     $                       AAA/AAA       Senior/Fixed Rate]
                        --------       -----------
- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
       [A-3                     %     $                       AAA/AAA      Senior Lockout/Fixed
                        --------       -----------
                                                                                   Rate]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Class A Certificates:         $

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    NON-OFFERED CERTIFICATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLASS SB AND CLASS R CERTIFICATES:

- --------------------- --------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
         SB                 NA        $                         NA              Subordinate
                                       -----------
- --------------------- --------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
         R                  NA        $     0                   NA              Subordinate
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Class SB and Class R Certificates:      $______________

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total offered and
     non-offered certificates:      $______________

OTHER INFORMATION:

CLASS A-1:

 ADJUSTABLE RATE:    INITIAL                    FORMULA                    MAXIMUM
________________________________________________________________________________________
    CLASS A-1:                     %   One-Month LIBOR +           weighted average net
                                            _______ %              mortgage rate on the
                                                                   mortgage loans

</TABLE>

                                        S-6

<PAGE>



THE TRUST

The  depositor  will  establish a trust with  respect to the Series  200_-GMACM_
Certificates under a pooling and servicing  agreement.  On the closing date, the
depositor will deposit the pool of mortgage loans  described in this  prospectus
supplement into the trust.  Each certificate will represent a partial  ownership
interest in the trust.

The trust will also include credit  enhancement  for the Class A Certificates in
the form of a financial guaranty insurance policy provided by _____________.

THE MORTGAGE POOL

The  mortgage   loans  to  be  deposited  into  the  trust  have  the  following
characteristics as of the cut-off date:

[insert table]

[The interest rate on the mortgage loans will adjust on each  adjustment date to
equal the sum of Six-Month LIBOR and the note margin on the mortgage, subject to
a maximum and minimum interest rate.

The mortgage loans were originated using less restrictive underwriting standards
than the underwriting  standards applied by some other first and junior mortgage
loan purchase programs, including the programs of Fannie Mac, Freddie Mac or the
depositor's affiliate, Residential Funding Mortgage Securities I, Inc.]

FOR ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  REGARDING THE MORTGAGE POOL SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE
MORTGAGE POOL" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR MONTHLY  DISTRIBUTION.  On each monthly  distribution date,
the trustee will make  distributions  to  investors.  The amount  available  for
distribution will include:

o    collections  of  monthly   payments  on  the  mortgage   loans,   including
     prepayments and other unscheduled COLLECTIONS PLUS

O    ADVANCES FOR DELINQUENT PAYMENTS MINUS

o    the fees and  expenses  of the  subservicers  and the  servicer,  including
     reimbursement for advances [MINUS]

O    [THE PREMIUM PAID TO THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURER].

SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--GLOSSARY OF TERMS--AVAILABLE  DISTRIBUTION
AMOUNT" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

PRIORITY OF  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions on the offered  certificates  will be
made from available amounts as follows:

o        Distribution of interest to the Class A Certificates

o        Distributions of principal to the Class A Certificates

o        Payment to servicer for certain unreimbursed advances

o    [Reimbursement  to the financial  guaranty insurer for payments made by the
     financial guaranty insurer to the Class A Certificates]

o   Payments of excess interest payments on the mortgage loans to make principal
    payments   on   the   Class   A   Certificates,    until   the   amount   of
    overcollateralization reaches the required amount

o    Distributions of interest in respect of prepayment  interest  shortfalls on
     the Class A Certificates

o    Distribution of remaining funds to the Class SB and Class R Certificates

INTEREST  DISTRIBUTIONS.  The amount of  interest  owed to each class of Class A
Certificates on each distribution date will equal:

                                        S-7
<PAGE>

O        THE PASS-THROUGH RATE FOR THAT CLASS OF CERTIFICATES MULTIPLIED BY

o    the  principal  balance  of  that  class  of  certificates  as of  the  day
     immediately prior to the related DISTRIBUTION DATE MULTIPLIED BY

o   1/12,  in the case of the  fixed-rate  certificates  or the actual number of
    days in the  interest  accrual  PERIOD  DIVIDED  BY 360,  IN THE CASE OF THE
    ADJUSTABLE RATE CERTIFICATES MINUS

o        the share of some types of interest shortfalls allocated to that class.

SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--INTEREST DISTRIBUTIONS" IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.

ALLOCATIONS OF PRINCIPAL.  Principal  distributions on the certificates  will be
allocated among the various classes of offered certificates as described in this
prospectus  supplement.  Until the required amount of  OVERCOLLATERALIZATION  IS
REACHED,  ALL principal payments on the mortgage loans will be distributed among
the  Class A  Certificates,  unless  the  Class  A  Certificates  are no  longer
outstanding.  Not all outstanding Class A Certificates will receive principal on
each distribution date.

In addition,  the Class A Certificates will receive a distribution in respect of
principal,  to the extent of any excess interest  payments on the mortgage loans
available   to   cover   losses   and   then   to   increase   the   amount   of
overcollateralization  until the  required  amount of  overcollateralization  is
reached.  In addition,  the Class A Certificates  will receive a distribution of
principal from the financial  guaranty  insurance  policy to cover losses on the
mortgage loans allocated to the Class A Certificates.

SEE  "DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFICATES--PRINCIPAL  DISTRIBUTIONS  ON THE CLASS A
CERTIFICATES" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

The credit enhancement for the benefit of the certificates consists of:

EXCESS  INTEREST.  Because  more  interest  is  paid by the  mortgagors  than is
necessary  to pay the  interest on the  certificates  each month,  there will be
excess  interest.  Some of this  excess  interest  may be  used to  protect  the
certificates  against some losses, by making an additional  payment of principal
up to the amount of the losses.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION. Any excess interest not used to cover interest shortfalls
or current  period losses will be paid as principal on the Class A  Certificates
to reduce the principal balance of the Class A Certificates  below the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans. The excess amount of the balance of the
mortgage loans represents overcollateralization, which may absorb some losses on
the  mortgage  loans,  if not  covered  by  excess  interest.  If the  level  of
overcollateralization   falls  below  what  is  required,  the  excess  interest
described above will also be paid to the  certificates  as principal.  This will
reduce the  principal  balance of the  certificates  faster  than the  principal
balance   of   the   mortgage    loans   so   that   the   required   level   of
overcollateralization is reached.

SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFICATES--ALLOCATION  OF LOSSES;  SUBORDINATION" IN
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

[THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY

_____________  will issue a financial  guaranty  insurance  policy as a means of
providing additional credit enhancement for the Class A Certificates.  Under the
policy,  the financial  guaranty  insurer will pay an amount that will cover any
shortfalls in amounts available to pay the interest  distribution amount for the
Class A Certificates  on any  distribution  date,  the principal  portion of any
losses on the  mortgage  loans  allocated  to the Class A  Certificates  and any
unpaid  certificate  principal  balance of the Class A Certificates on the final
distribution  date.  The financial  guaranty  insurance  policy will not provide
coverage for prepayment interest shortfalls.]

[SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--FINANCIAL  GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY" AND
"THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURER" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.]

                                        S-8
<PAGE>

ADVANCES

For any month, if the servicer does not receive the full scheduled  payment on a
mortgage  loan,  the  servicer  will  advance  funds to cover the  amount of the
scheduled  payment that was not made.  However,  the servicer will advance funds
only if it determines that the advance will be recoverable  from future payments
or collections on that mortgage loan.

SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--ADVANCES" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

On any distribution  date on which the principal  balances of the mortgage loans
is less  than  10% of their  principal  balances  as of the  cut-off  date,  the
servicer or the depositor will have the option to:

o    purchase  from the trust all  remaining  mortgage  loans,  causing an early
     retirement of the certificates;

OR

o        purchase all the certificates.

Under either type of optional purchase,  holders of the outstanding certificates
will receive the outstanding  principal balance of the certificates in full with
accrued  interest.  However,  no purchase of the mortgage loans or  certificates
will be  permitted  if it would  result in a draw  under the  policy  unless the
financial  guaranty insurer  consents to the termination.  In either case, there
will be no  reimbursement  of  principal  reductions  or related  interest  that
resulted from losses allocated to the certificates.

SEE "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT--TERMINATION" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND "THE AGREEMENTS--TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF SECURITIES" IN THE PROSPECTUS.

RATINGS

When issued,  the offered  certificates will receive ratings which are not lower
than those  listed in the table ON PAGE S- of this  prospectus  supplement.  The
ratings on the offered  certificates  address the likelihood that holders of the
offered  certificates will receive all distributions on the underlying  mortgage
loans to which they are entitled.  A security rating is not a recommendation  to
buy,  sell or hold a security and may be changed or withdrawn at any time by the
assigning  rating agency.  The ratings also do not address the rate of principal
prepayments on the mortgage  loans.  For example,  the rate of  prepayments,  if
different than originally anticipated, could adversely affect the yield realized
by holders of the offered certificates.

SEE "RATINGS" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

LEGAL INVESTMENT

When issued, the Class A Certificates will not be "mortgage related  securities"
for purposes of SMMEA.  You should  consult your legal  advisors in  determining
whether and to what extent the offered certificates constitute legal investments
for you.

SEE "LEGAL INVESTMENT" IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT FOR IMPORTANT  INFORMATION
CONCERNING  POSSIBLE  RESTRICTIONS  ON OWNERSHIP OF THE OFFERED  CERTIFICATES BY
REGULATED INSTITUTIONS.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The Class A  Certificates  may be  considered  eligible  for purchase by persons
investing  assets of employee benefit plans or individual  retirement  accounts.
Persons  investing  assets of such plans or accounts  should  consult with their
counsel before purchasing the notes.

SEE "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND IN THE PROSPECTUS.

TAX STATUS

                                        S-9
<PAGE>

For federal income tax purposes,  the depositor will elect to treat the trust as
two real estate mortgage investment conduits.  The certificates,  other than the
Class R Certificates, will represent ownership of regular interests in the trust
and will be treated as  representing  ownership  of debt for federal  income tax
purposes.  You will be required to include in income all  interest  and original
issue  discount,  if any, on such  certificates  in accordance  with the accrual
method of accounting regardless of your usual methods of accounting. For federal
income tax purposes,  each of the Class R Certificates will be the sole residual
interest in one of the two real estate mortgage investment conduits.

FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION  REGARDING  THE  FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF
INVESTING IN THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING
THE TAX TREATMENT OF THE CLASS R CERTIFICATES,  SEE "MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND IN THE PROSPECTUS.

                                        S-10
<PAGE>




                                  RISK FACTORS

        The offered certificates are not suitable investments for all investors.
In particular,  you should not purchase any class of offered certificates unless
you understand the  prepayment,  credit,  liquidity and market risks  associated
with that class.

        The offered  certificates  are complex  securities.  You should possess,
either alone or together with an investment advisor,  the expertise necessary to
evaluate  the  information  contained  in  this  prospectus  supplement  and the
prospectus in the context of your financial situation and tolerance for risk.

        You should carefully consider, among other things, the following factors
in connection with the purchase of the offered certificates:

RISK OF LOSS
<TABLE>

<S>                           <C>
THE RETURN ON YOUR            Losses on the mortgage loans may occur due to a wide variety of
CERTIFICATES MAY BE           causes, including a decline in real estate values, and adverse
AFFECTED BY LOSSES ON THE     changes in the borrower's financial condition.  A decline in real
MORTGAGE LOANS, WHICH COULD   estate values or economic conditions nationally or in the regions
OCCUR DUE TO A VARIETY OF     where the mortgaged properties are located may increase the risk
CAUSES, AND ARE MORE LIKELY   of losses on the mortgage loans.  [Special risks for specific
BECAUSE A SIGNIFICANT         loan types, such as negative amortization or escalating payments,
NUMBER OF MORTGAGE LOANS      will be disclosed if material to an individual offering.]
ARE SECURED BY JUNIOR LIENS
ON THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY.    [______% of the mortgage loans included in the mortgage loan pool
                              are secured by second mortgages or deeds of trust.
                              Proceeds from  liquidation of the property will be
                              available  to satisfy the  mortgage  loans only if
                              the  claims  of any  senior  mortgages  have  been
                              satisfied  in  full.  When it is  uneconomical  to
                              foreclose on the  mortgaged  property or engage in
                              other loss mitigation procedures, the servicer may
                              write off the  entire  outstanding  balance of the
                              mortgage loan as a bad debt.  The foregoing  risks
                              are  particularly  applicable  to  mortgage  loans
                              secured by second  liens  that have high  combined
                              loan-to-value  ratios or low junior ratios because
                              it is comparatively  more likely that the servicer
                              would determine foreclosure to be uneconomical. As
                              of the cut-off date, the weighted average combined
                              loan-to-value  ratio  of  the  mortgage  loans  is
                              ______%, and approximately ______% of the mortgage
                              loans will have combined  loan-to-value  ratios in
                              excess of ______%.]

[THE UNDERWRITING STANDARDS   [The underwriting standards under which the junior mortgage loans
FOR THE JUNIOR MORTGAGE       were underwritten are analogous to credit lending, rather than
LOANS CREATE GREATER RISKS    mortgage lending, since underwriting decisions were based
TO YOU, COMPARED TO THOSE     primarily on the borrower's credit history and capacity to repay
FOR FIRST LIEN LOANS.]        rather than on the value of the collateral upon foreclosure.  The

                                        S-11
<PAGE>

                              underwriting  standards allow loans to be approved
                              with combined  LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS OF UP TO 125%.
                              SEE      "DESCRIPTION      OF     THE     MORTGAGE
                              POOL--UNDERWRITING  STANDARDS" IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
                              SUPPLEMENT.   Because  of  the   relatively   high
                              combined  loan-to-value  ratios  of  the  mortgage
                              loans  and the fact that a  significant  number of
                              the  mortgage  loans are secured by junior  liens,
                              losses on the mortgage loans will likely be higher
                              than on traditional first lien mortgage loans.]

SOME OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS INCLUDED IN THE TRUST ARE EITHER CURRENTLY DELINQUENT
OR HAVE BEEN DELINQUENT IN THE PAST,  WHICH MAY INCREASE THE RISK OF LOSS ON THE
MORTAGE LOANS.

                    As of the cut-off date, ___% of the mortgage loans are 30 to
                    59 days  delinquent  in payment of principal  and  interest.
                    Other mortgage  loans may have been  delinquent in the past.
                    Mortgage OR loans with a history of  delinquencies  are more
                    likely to experience  delinquencies  in the future,  even if
                    the mortgage loans are current as of the cut-off date.


                              SEE  "DESCRIPTION  OF THE MORTGAGE  POOL--MORTGAGE
                              POOL     CHARACTERISTICS"    AND    --UNDERWRITING
                              STANDARDS" IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  FOR A
                              DESCRIPTION OF THE METHODOLOGY  USED TO CATEGORIZE
                              MORTGAGE LOANS AS DELINQUENT, SEE " THE SELLER AND
                              SERVICER--DELINQUENCY  AND LOSS  EXPERIENCE OF THE
                              SERVICER'S    PORTFOLIO"   IN   THIS    PROSPECTUS
                              SUPPLEMENT.

[ORIGINATION DISCLOSURE       [[       ]% of the mortgage loans included in the mortgage pool
PRACTICES FOR THE MORTGAGE    are subject to special rules, disclosure requirements and other
LOANS COULD CREATE            regulatory provisions because they are high cost loans.
LIABILITIES THAT MAY AFFECT   Purchasers or assignees of these high cost loans, could be
THE RETURN ON YOUR            exposed to all claims and defenses that the mortgagors could
CERTIFICATES.]                assert against the originators of the mortgage loans.  Remedies
                              available to the mortgagor include monetary penalties, as well as
                              recission rights if the appropriate disclosures were not given as
                              REQUIRED.  SEE "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF LOANS--THE MORTGAGE
                              LOANS--ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON
                              LENDERS" IN THE PROSPECTUS].

THE RETURN ON YOUR            One risk of investing in mortgage-backed securities is created by
CERTIFICATES MAY BE           any concentration of the related properties in one or more
PARTICULARLY SENSITIVE TO     GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS.  APPROXIMATELY         % of the cut-off date
CHANGES IN REAL ESTATE        principal balance of the mortgage loans are located in
MARKETS IN SPECIFIC AREAS.    [California].  If the regional economy or housing market weakens

                              in  [California],  or in any other region having a
                              significant concentration of properties underlying
                              the mortgage  loans,  the  mortgage  loans in that
                              region  may  experience  high  rates  of loss  and
                              delinquency,   resulting  in  losses  to  Class  A
                              Certificateholders.  A region's economic condition
                              and housing market may be adversely  affected by a
                              variety of  events,  including  natural  disasters
                              such  as  earthquakes,   hurricanes,   floods  and
                              eruptions,   and  civil  disturbances,   including
                              riots.  [Concentrations  material to an individual
                              offering will be disclosed.]

                                        S-12
<PAGE>


SOME OF THE MORTGAGE  LOANS PROVIDE FOR LARGE PAYMENTS AT MATURITY.

                    Approximately ___% of the mortgage loans (based on principal
                    balances)  are not  fully  amortizing  over  their  terms to
                    maturity  and,  thus,  will  require  substantial  principal
                    payments (i.e., a balloon amount) at their stated  maturity.
                    Mortgage  loans which  require  payment of a balloon  amount
                    involve a greater  degree of risk  because  the ability of a
                    mortgagor to pay a balloon amount typically will depend upon
                    the mortgagor's  ability either to timely refinance the loan
                    or to sell the related mortgaged property.

                    SEE  "DESCRIPTION  OF THE MORTGAGE POOL" IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
                    SUPPLEMENT.

THE RETURN ON YOUR            The only credit enhancement for the Class A Certificates will be:
CERTIFICATES WILL BE          o        the excess interest payments on the mortgage loans;
REDUCED IF LOSSES EXCEED      o        overcollateralization represented by the excess of the
THE CREDIT ENHANCEMENT            balance of the mortgage loans over the balance of the Class A
AVAILABLE TO YOUR                 Certificates; and
CERTIFICATES.                 [o    a financial guaranty insurance policy issued by
                             _____________.]

THE RETURN ON YOUR                      Mortgage loans similar to those included in the mortgage loan
CERTIFICATES  MAY BE REDUCED            pool have been  originated  for a limited period of
time. During IN AN ECONOMIC DOWNTURN.   this time, economic conditions nationally
                                        and in most regions of
                                        the  country   have  been   generally   favorable.
                                        However,  a deterioration  in economic  conditions
                                        could adversely affect the ability and willingness
                                        of mortgagors to repay their loans.  No prediction
                                        can  be  Made  as to  the  effect  of an  economic
                                        downturn on the rate of  delinquencies  and losses
                                        on the mortgage loans.

[THE  RELOADING OF DEBT       [With respect to mortgage loans which were used for debt
COULD  INCREASE YOUR RISK.]   consolidation,  there can be no assurance  that the
                              borrower will
                              not incur  further  debt.  This  reloading of debt
                              could  impair the ability of  borrowers to service
                              their debts,  which in turn could result in higher
                              rates  of  delinquency  and  loss on the  mortgage
                              loans.]

THE VALUE OF YOUR CERTIFICATES MAY BE REDUCED IF LOSSES ARE HIGHER THAN EXPECTED.


                    If the  performance of the mortgage  loans is  substantially
                    worse Cthan assumed by the rating  agencies,  the ratings of
                    any class of the  certificates may be lowered in the future.
                    This would probably reduce the value of those  certificates.
                    Neither the  depositor,  the  servicer  nor any other entity
                    will  have  any   obligation   to   supplement   any  credit
                    enhancement,  or to take any other  action to  maintain  any
                    rating of the certificates.

                              SEE "SUMMARY--CREDIT ENHANCEMENT" AND "DESCRIPTION
                              OF   THE   CERTIFICATES--ALLOCATION   OF   LOSSES;
                              SUBORDINATION" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

                                        S-13
<PAGE>

LOSS MITIGATION PRACTICES

THE RELEASE OF A LIEN MAY
INCREASE YOUR RISK.           [The servicer may use a wide variety of practices to limit losses
                              on the mortgage loans.  The pooling and servicing agreement
                              permits the servicer to release the lien on a limited number of
                              mortgaged properties securing the mortgage loans, if the mortgage
                              loan is current in payment.  See "Pooling and Servicing
                              Agreement--Refinancing of Senior Lien" and "--Collection and
                              Liquidation Practices; Loss Mitigation" in this prospectus
                              supplement.]

LIMITED OBLIGATIONS

PAYMENTS ON THE MORTGAGE      The certificates represent interests only in the RAMP Series
LOANS, TOGETHER WITH THE      200_-GMACM_ Trust.  Credit enhancement includes subordinated
FINANCIAL GUARANTY            certificates, overcollateralization, [and a financial guaranty
INSURANCE POLICY, ARE THE     insurance policy]. The certificates do not represent an interest
PRIMARY SOURCE OF PAYMENTS    in or obligation of the depositor, the servicer or any of their
ON YOUR CERTIFICATES.         affiliates. None of the depositor, the servicer or any of their
                              affiliates  will have any obligation to replace or
                              supplement the credit enhancement,  or to take any
                              other   action  to  maintain  any  rating  of  the
                              certificates.  If proceeds  from the assets of the
                              RAMP Series  200_-GMACM_  Trust are not sufficient
                              to  make  all  payments  provided  for  under  the
                              pooling and servicing  agreement,  investors  will
                              have no recourse to the depositor, the servicer or
                              any of its affiliates.

LIQUIDITY RISKS

YOU MAY HAVE TO HOLD YOUR     A secondary market for your certificates may not develop.  Even
CERTIFICATES TO MATURITY IF   if a secondary market does develop, it may not continue or it may
THEIR MARKETABILITY IS        be illiquid.  Neither the underwriter nor any other person will
LIMITED.                      have any obligation to make a secondary market in your

                              certificates.  Illiquidity  means  you  may not be
                              able  to  find  a  buyer  to buy  your  securities
                              readily  or at  prices  that  will  enable  you to
                              realize a desired  yield.  Illiquidity  can have a
                              severe  adverse effect on the market value of your
                              certificates.

                              Any class of offered  certificates  may experience
                              illiquidity,  although  typically  illiquidity  is
                              more  likely  for  classes  that  are   especially
                              sensitive to  prepayment,  credit or interest rate
                              risk,  or that  have been  structured  to meet the
                              investment  requirements of limited  categories of
                              investors.

                                        S-14
<PAGE>

SPECIAL YIELD AND
PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

THE YIELD TO MATURITY ON      The yield to maturity on each class of offered certificates will
YOUR CERTIFICATES WILL VARY   depend on a variety of factors, including:
DEPENDING ON THE RATE OF
PREPAYMENTS.                 -  the rate and timing of principal payments on the mortgage

                                   loans, including prepayments, defaults and liquidations, and
                                   repurchases due to breaches of representations or warranties;

                              -  the pass-through rate for that class;

                              -  interest shortfalls due to mortgagor prepayments; and

                              -  the purchase price of that class.

                              The  rate  of  prepayments  is  one  of  the  most
                              important and least predictable of these factors.

                              In general,  if you  purchase a  certificate  at a
                              price  higher  than  its   outstanding   principal
                              balance  and  principal   distributions   on  your
                              certificate  occur  faster than you assumed at the
                              time of  purchase,  your  yield will be lower than
                              you  anticipated.  Conversely,  if you  purchase a
                              certificate at a price lower than its  outstanding
                              principal  balance and principal  distributions on
                              that class  occur more  slowly than you assumed at
                              the time of  purchase,  your  yield  will be lower
                              than you anticipated.

THE RATE OF  PREPAYMENTS  ON THE  MORTGAGE  LOANS WILL VARY  DEPENDING ON FUTURE
MARKET CONDITIONS, AND OTHER FACTORS.


                    Because mortgagors can typically prepay their mortgage loans
                    at any time, the rate and timing of principal  distributions
                    on the offered certificates are highly uncertain. Typically,
                    when market  interest  rates  increase,  borrowers  are less
                    likely to prepay their mortgage loans.  This could result in
                    a slower return of principal to you at a time when you might
                    have been able to  reinvest  your funds at a higher  rate of
                    interest  than  the  pass-through  rate  on  your  class  of
                    certificates.  On the other hand, when market interest rates
                    decrease,  borrowers  are  typically  more  likely to prepay
                    their mortgage  loans.  This could result in a faster return
                    of  principal to you at a time when you might not be able to
                    reinvest  your  funds  at an  interest  rate  as high as the
                    pass-through rate on your class of certificates.

                                        S-15
<PAGE>

                              [Approximately  ___% of the mortgage  loans permit
                              the  mortgagor to convert the  adjustable  rate on
                              the  mortgage  loan  to a  fixed  rate.  Upon  the
                              conversion,  the  subservicer or the servicer will
                              repurchase the mortgage loan,  which will have the
                              same effect as a  prepayment  in full.  Mortgagors
                              may be more  likely to exercise  their  conversion
                              options  when  interest  rates  are  rising.  As a
                              result,   the  certificates  may  receive  greater
                              prepayments at a time when  prepayments  would not
                              normally be expected.]

                              Refinancing programs, which may involve soliciting
                              all or some of the  mortgagors to refinance  their
                              mortgage   loans,   may   increase   the  rate  of
                              prepayments   on  the   mortgage   loans  .  These
                              refinancing   programs   may  be  offered  by  the
                              servicer  or  its  affiliates,   and  may  include
                              streamlined  documentation  programs  as  well  as
                              programs  under which a mortgage  loan is modified
                              to reduce the interest rate.

                              SEE "MATURITY AND  PREPAYMENT  CONSIDERATIONS"  IN
                              THE PROSPECTUS.

                              [______% of the mortgage loans provide for payment
                              of a  prepayment  charge.  Prepayment  charges may
                              reduce  the  rate of  prepayment  on the  mortgage
                              loans  until the end of the  period  DURING  WHICH
                              SUCH PREPAYMENT CHARGES APPLY. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF
                              THE MORTGAGE  POOL--MORTGAGE POOL CHARACTERISTICS"
                              IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND "MATURITY AND
                              PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.]

THE YIELD ON YOUR CERTIFICATES WILL BE AFFECTED BY THE SPECIFIC  CHARACTERISTICS
THAT APPLY TO THAT CLASS, DISCUSSED BELOW.



               The  offered  certificates  of each  class have  different  yield
               considerations and different sensitivities to the rate and timing
               of principal distributions. The following is a general discussion
               of yield  considerations  and  prepayment  sensitivities  of each
               class.

               SEE  "CERTAIN  YIELD  AND  PREPAYMENT   CONSIDERATIONS"  IN  THIS
               PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

    CLASS A CERTIFICATES      The Class A Certificates are subject to various priorities for
                              payment of principal. Distributions of principal on the Class A
                              Certificates with an earlier priority of payment will be affected
                              by the rates of prepayment of the mortgage loans early in the
                              life of the mortgage pool.  Those classes of Class A Certificates
                              with a later priority of payment will be affected by the rates of
                              prepayment of the mortgage loans experienced both before and
                              after the commencement of principal distributions on those
                              classes.

                              SEE  "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  CERTIFICATES--PRINCIPAL
                              DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES" IN THIS
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
                                        S-17
<PAGE>

    [CLASS A-1  CERTIFICATES  The interest  rate on the Class
                              A-1  certificates  will vary with One-Month LIBOR.
                              Therefore, the yield to investors on the Class A-1
                              certificates  will be sensitive to fluctuations in
                              the  level of  LIBOR.  Investors  should  consider
                              whether  this  volatility  is  suitable  to  their
                              investment needs.]

                              The Class A-1  certificates may not always receive
                              interest at a rate equal to  One-Month  LIBOR plus
                              the applicable  margin. If the weighted average of
                              the net mortgage  rates on the  mortgage  loans is
                              less  than  One-Month  LIBOR  plus the  applicable
                              margin,   the  interest  rate  on  the  Class  A-1
                              certificates  will be  reduced  to  that  weighted
                              average rate.  Thus, the yield to investors in the
                              Class  A-1  certificates   will  be  sensitive  to
                              fluctuations  in the level of One-Month  LIBOR and
                              may be adversely  affected by the  application  of
                              the  weighted  average  net  mortgage  rate on the
                              related  mortgage  loans . The  prepayment  of the
                              mortgage  loans with higher net mortgage rates may
                              result in a lower  weighted  average net  mortgage
                              rate. If on any distribution  date the application
                              of the weighted  average net mortgage rate results
                              in an interest  payment lower than One-Month LIBOR
                              plus  the  applicable  margin  on  the  Class  A-1
                              certificates  during the related  interest accrual
                              period,  the  value of those  certificates  may be
                              temporarily  or permanently  reduced.  In a rising
                              interest   rate   environment,   the   Class   A-1
                              certificates  may receive interest at the weighted
                              average net mortgage rate for a protracted  period
                              of time. In addition,  in such a situation,  there
                              would  be less  excess  interest  payments  on the
                              mortgage  loans  to  cover  losses  and to  create
                              additional overcollateralization.

    [CLASS A-3 CERTIFICATES   It is not expected that the Class
                              A-3 certificates will receive any distributions of
                              principal until the distribution date in _________.
                              Until the distribution date in ______________, the
                              Class A-3 certificates may receive
                              A PORTION OF PRINCIPAL PREPAYMENTS THAT IS SMALLER
                              THAN ITS PRO RATA share of principal prepayments.]
</TABLE>

                                        S-17
<PAGE>


                                  INTRODUCTION

        THE DEPOSITOR  WILL  ESTABLISH A TRUST WITH RESPECT TO SERIES -__ on the
closing date, under a pooling and servicing  agreement among the depositor,  the
servicer and the trustee, dated as of the cut-off date. On the closing date, the
depositor  will  deposit  into the trust a pool of mortgage  loans that,  in the
aggregate, will constitute a mortgage pool, and that will be secured by first or
junior liens on one-to four-family residential properties.

        Some  capitalized  terms  used in this  prospectus  supplement  have the
meanings given below under "DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFICATES--Glossary of Terms"
or in the prospectus under "Glossary."

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE POOL

GENERAL

        THE  MORTGAGE  POOL WILL  CONSIST OF  mortgage  loans with an  aggregate
principal balance  outstanding as of the cut-off date, after deducting  payments
of principal due on or before the cut-off  date,  OF $ . The mortgage  loans are
secured by [first] [and junior  liens] on fee simple or  leasehold  interests in
one- to  four-family  residential  real  properties  [and,  in the  case of ____
mortgage  loans,  an  interest  in  shares  issued  by a  cooperative  apartment
corporation and the related proprietary lease]. [___% of the mortgage loans have
a due date other than the first day of each month].  In each case,  the property
securing  the  mortgage  loan is referred  to as the  mortgaged  property.  [The
mortgage  pool will  consist  of  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans with terms to
maturity of not more than 30 years from the date of origination or modification,
or, in the case of  approximately  __% of the mortgage  loans,  not more than 15
years.] With respect to mortgage loans which have been  modified,  references in
this prospectus  supplement to the date of origination shall be deemed to be the
date of the most recent  modification.  [Approximately __% of the mortgage loans
are secured by second liens on the mortgaged properties, and __% of the mortgage
loans are secured by third or more junior liens on the mortgaged properties. __%
of the mortgage  loans are Balloon  Loans.] With respect to mortgage loans which
have been  modified,  references  in this  prospectus  supplement to the date of
origination shall be deemed to be the date of the most recent modification.  All
percentages of the mortgage loans  described in this  prospectus  supplement are
approximate  percentages by aggregate  principal  balance as of the cut-off date
unless otherwise indicated.

        All of the mortgage loans were purchased by the depositor from, and will
be serviced  by,  [GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation].  See "The Seller and  Servicer"
below.

        Under the terms of the pooling and servicing agreement,  the Seller will
make  representations  and warranties  with respect to the mortgage loans to the
trustee for the benefit of the certificateholders.

        To the extent that the Seller does not repurchase a mortgage loan in the
event of a breach of its  representations  and  warranties  with respect to that
mortgage  loan,  neither the  Depositor nor any other person will be required to
repurchase the mortgage loan.

                                        S-18


MORTGAGE POOL CHARACTERISTICS

        NONE OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS WILL HAVE BEEN ORIGINATED  PRIOR TO , or WILL
HAVE A MATURITY  DATE LATER THAN 1, 20 . No mortgage  loan will have a remaining
TERM TO  MATURITY  AS OF THE  CUT-OFF  DATE OF LESS THAN  months.  The  weighted
average  remaining term to MATURITY OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE
WILL BE APPROXIMATELY  months. The weighted AVERAGE ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY OF
THE MORTGAGE LOANS AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE WILL BE APPROXIMATELY  months.  __% of
the mortgage  loans are fully  amortizing and have original terms to maturity of
approximately  fifteen years,  with a weighted average  remaining term to stated
maturity of these  mortgage  loans of __ months.  __% of the mortgage  loans are
fully  amortizing  and have original terms to maturity of  approximately  thirty
years,  with a  weighted  average  remaining  term to stated  maturity  of these
mortgage loans of __ months. As used in this prospectus supplement the remaining
term to maturity means, as of any date of determination  and with respect to any
mortgage  loan,  the number of months  equaling the number of scheduled  monthly
payments  necessary to reduce the then-current  Stated Principal Balance of that
mortgage loan to zero,  assuming the related  mortgagor  will make all scheduled
monthly payments but no prepayments, on the mortgage loan thereafter.

        As of the cut-off  date,  ____% of the mortgage  loans are 30 to 59 days
delinquent in payment of principal and interest. As of the cut-off date, none of
the mortgage  loans will be 60 or more days  delinquent  in payment of principal
and interest.  For a description of the methodology used to categorize  mortgage
loans as  delinquent,  see "The  Seller and the  Servicer--Delinquency  and Loss
Experience of the Servicer's Portfolio" in this prospectus supplement.

        [APPROXIMATELY         % of the mortgage loans will be Buy-Down Loans.]

        None of the mortgage  loans  provide for  deferred  interest or negative
amortization.

        [AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE,  APPROXIMATELY  % of the mortgage loans will be
High Cost Loans.  Purchasers  or assignees of any High Cost Loan,  including the
trust,  could be liable  for all claims and  subject  to all  defenses  that the
borrower  could assert  against the  originator of the High Cost Loan.  Remedies
available  to the  borrower  include  monetary  penalties,  as well as recission
rights if appropriate disclosures were not given as required. See "Risk Factors"
in this  prospectus  supplement  and "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the  Loans--The
Mortgage Loans--Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders" in
the prospectus.]

        [___% of the mortgage loans are secured by second liens.]

        [Approximately  ____% of the  mortgage  loans are Balloon  Loans,  which
require monthly  payments of principal based on 30 year  amortization  schedules
and have scheduled maturity dates of approximately 15 years from the due date of
the  first  monthly  payment,  leaving a  substantial  portion  of the  original
principal  amount,  the  Balloon  Amount,  due  and  payable  on the  respective
scheduled  maturity  date.  The  existence of a Balloon  Amount  typically  will
require the related  mortgagor  to refinance  the  mortgage  loan or to sell the
mortgaged  property on or prior to the scheduled maturity date. The ability of a
mortgagor  to  accomplish  either of these goals will be affected by a number of
factors,  including the level of available mortgage rates at the time of

                                        S-19
<PAGE>

sale or refinancing,  the mortgagor's equity in the related mortgaged  property,
the  financial  condition  of the  mortgagor,  tax laws and  prevailing  general
economic  conditions.  None of the  depositor,  the  servicer  or the trustee is
obligated to  refinance  any Balloon  Loan.  Subject to the terms  thereof,  the
financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  will  provide  coverage  for any  losses
incurred upon liquidation of a Balloon Loan arising out of or in connection with
the failure of a mortgagor to pay its Balloon  Amount.  See  "Description of the
Certificates--Financial   Guaranty   Insurance   Policy"   in  this   prospectus
supplement.]

        [APPROXIMATELY  ___% OF THE  MORTGAGE  LOANS  are  Convertible  Mortgage
Loans,  which  provide  that,  at the  option  of  the  related  mortgagor,  the
adjustable interest rate on a mortgage loan may be converted to a fixed interest
rate. Upon  conversion,  the mortgage rate will be converted to a fixed interest
rate determined in accordance with the formula set forth in the related mortgage
note which  formula is intended  to result in a mortgage  rate which is not less
than the then current market interest rates,  subject to applicable  usury laws.
After the  conversion,  the monthly  payments of principal  and interest will be
adjusted to provide for full  amortization  over the remaining term to scheduled
maturity.]

        [The servicer will be obligated to repurchase any  Convertible  Mortgage
Loan following the conversion  thereof at a price equal to the unpaid  principal
balance thereof plus accrued interest to the first day of the month in which the
purchase price is to be distributed to the Class A Certificates. If the servicer
fails to  repurchase  a  Convertible  Mortgage  Loan  following  the  conversion
thereof,  it will not  constitute  an Event of  Default  under the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  and the  mortgage  loan will remain in the trust fund as a
fixed-rate loan.]

        Approximately  ___% of the  mortgage  loans  will  have  mortgage  rates
calculated   on  the   basis   of  the   simple   interest   method.   See  "The
Trusts--Characteristics of Loans--Simple Interest Loans" in the prospectus.

        [MORTGAGE RATE ADJUSTMENT:  The mortgage rate on the mortgage loans will
adjust semi-annually commencing  approximately six months after origination,  on
the adjustment  date specified in the related  mortgage note, to a rate equal to
the sum,  rounded as specified in the related mortgage notes, of Six-Month LIBOR
and the note  margin  set forth in the  related  mortgage  note,  subject to the
limitations described in this prospectus supplement.]

        [The  amount  of the  monthly  payment  on each  mortgage  loan  will be
adjusted semi-annually on the due date of the month following the month in which
the adjustment date occurs to equal the amount  necessary to pay interest at the
then-applicable  mortgage rate and to fully amortize the  outstanding  principal
balance of each mortgage loan over its remaining term to stated maturity.  As of
the cut-off  date,  ___% of the  mortgage  loans will have  reached  their first
adjustment  date. The mortgage loans will have various  adjustment  dates,  note
margins and limitations on the mortgage rate adjustments, as described below.]

        [The  mortgage  rate on each loan may not  increase  or  decrease on any
adjustment  date by more than a specified  percentage  per annum.  This periodic
rate cap is not more than ___%,  except  that the  mortgage  rate on some of the
mortgage loans may adjust up to ___% on the initial adjustment date.]

                                        S-20
<PAGE>

        [The  mortgage  rate on a  mortgage  loan  may not  exceed  the  maximum
mortgage  rate or be less than the  minimum  mortgage  rate  specified  for such
mortgage loan in the related  mortgage note. The minimum  mortgage rate for each
mortgage  loan will be equal to the note margin,  except in the case of ____% of
the mortgage  loans,  which have a minimum  mortgage  rate greater than the note
margin.  The minimum  mortgage rates on the mortgage loans will range from ____%
to ____%,  with a weighted  average minimum mortgage rate as of the cut-off date
of _____%.  The maximum  mortgage  rates on the  mortgage  loans will range from
____% to  ______%,  with a  weighted  average  maximum  mortgage  rate as of the
cut-off  date of ____%.  No  mortgage  loan  provides  for  payment  caps on any
adjustment   date  that  would   result  in   deferred   interest   or  negative
amortization.]

        [SIX-MONTH  LIBOR. The reference date with respect to each mortgage loan
is the  date as of which  SIX-MONTH  LIBOR,  AS  PUBLISHED  BY THE  WALL  STREET
JOURNAL,  is  determined.  The reference date with respect to each mortgage loan
is:

o    the first  business  day of the month  immediately  preceding  the month in
     which the adjustment date occurs,

o        the date forty-five days prior to the adjustment date,

o        the date fifteen days prior to the adjustment date, or

o    the 20th day of the month  preceding the month in which the adjustment date
     occurs;

except that the reference date with respect to ___ mortgage loans,  representing
approximately  ___% of the aggregate  principal  balance of the mortgage  loans,
will adjust with  respect to  Six-Month  LIBOR as published by Fannie Mae and as
most recently  available as of the date  forty-five days prior to the adjustment
date.]

        [LISTED  BELOW ARE LEVELS OF  SIX-MONTH  LIBOR AS  PUBLISHED BY THE WALL
STREET  JOURNAL that are or would have been  applicable to mortgage loans with a
reference date of the first business day of the preceding  month, and having the
following  adjustment dates for the indicated  years.  There can be no assurance
that LEVELS OF SIX-MONTH LIBOR PUBLISHED BY FANNIE MAE, OR PUBLISHED IN THE WALL
STREET JOURNAL on a different  reference date would have been at the same levels
as those set forth below. The following does not purport TO BE REPRESENTATIVE OF
FUTURE LEVELS OF SIX-MONTH  LIBOR, AS PUBLISHED BY FANNIE MAE OR THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL.  No assurance  can be given as to the level of  Six-Month  LIBOR on any
adjustment  date or during  the life of any  mortgage  loan  based on  Six-Month
LIBOR.]

                                        S-21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
[Adjustment Date                    1996             1997            1998             1999

January 1...........................5.718%           5.562%           5.914%          5.148%
- ------------------------------
February 1..........................5.531            5.625            5.843           5.066
- ------------------------------
March 1.............................5.281            5.687            5.625           4.971
- ------------------------------
April 1.............................5.312            5.718            5.695           5.127
- ------------------------------
May 1...............................5.531            5.968            5.750           5.060
- ------------------------------
June 1..............................5.562            6.000            5.812           5.043
- ------------------------------
July 1..............................5.656            6.000            5.750           5.245
- ------------------------------
August 1............................5.812            5.937            5.781           5.650
- ------------------------------
September 1.........................5.906            5.812            5.750           5.705
- ------------------------------
October 1...........................5.843            5.843            5.593           5.917
- ------------------------------
November 1..........................5.750            5.843            5.246
- ------------------------------
December 1..........................5.562            5.812            4.978
</TABLE>

        The initial mortgage rate in effect on a mortgage loan typically will be
lower,  and may be significantly  lower,  than the mortgage rate that would have
been in effect based on Six-Month LIBOR and the related note margin.  Therefore,
unless  Six-Month  LIBOR  declines  after  origination  of a mortgage  loan, the
related  mortgage  rate will  typically  increase on the first  adjustment  date
following  origination of such mortgage loan,  subject to the periodic rate cap.
The  repayment  of the  mortgage  loans will be  dependent on the ability of the
mortgagors to make larger monthly payments following adjustments of the mortgage
rate.  Mortgage  loans that have the same initial  mortgage  rate may not always
bear interest at the same  mortgage  rate because such  mortgage  loans may have
different  adjustment  dates  (and the  mortgage  rates  therefore  may  reflect
different  related Index  values),  note  margins,  maximum  mortgage  rates and
minimum mortgage rates. The net mortgage rate with respect to each mortgage loan
as of the cut-off date will be set forth in the mortgage loan schedule  attached
to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  The net mortgage rate on each mortgage
loan will be adjusted on each  adjustment  date to equal the servicing fee rate,
which the mortgage  rate on the mortgage  loan minus the sum of (i) the rate per
annum at which the  servicing  fee  accrues  on the  mortgage  loan and (ii) the
policy premium rate, which is the amount of the premium payable to the financial
guaranty  insurer  with  respect to the  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy,
subject to any  periodic  rate cap,  but may not exceed the maximum net mortgage
rate, or be less than the minimum net mortgage rate for such mortgage  loan. See
"Description  of the  Mortgage  Pool--Mortgage  Pool  Characteristics"  in  this
prospectus supplement.]

     MORTGAGE LOAN  CHARACTERISTICS.  The mortgage loans will have the following
characteristics as of the cut-off date:

Number of mortgage loans

Weighted Average of Net Mortgage Rates........................               %

Range of Net Mortgage Rates...................................               %

                                        S-22
<PAGE>

Mortgage Rates:

    Weighted Average..........................................               %
    Range.....................................................               %

Note Margins:

    Weighted Average..........................................               %
    Range.....................................................               %

Minimum Mortgage Rates:

    Weighted Average..........................................               %
    Range.....................................................               %

Minimum Net Mortgage Rates:

    Weighted Average..........................................               %
    Range.....................................................               %

Maximum Mortgage Rates:

    Weighted Average..........................................               %
    Range.....................................................               %

Maximum Net Mortgage Rates:

    Weighted Average..........................................               %
    Range.....................................................               %

Weighted Average Months to next Adjustment Date after __________,_______



        The mortgage  loans are  assumable  pursuant to the terms of the related
mortgage note. See "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" in the prospectus.

        [Included   below  is  a  table  showing  the  Credit  Scores  for  some
mortgagors.  Credit Scores are obtained by many  mortgage  lenders in connection
with mortgage loan  applications to help assess a borrower's  credit-worthiness.
Credit  Scores are  obtained  from credit  reports  provided  by various  credit
reporting organizations,  each of which may employ differing computer models and
methodologies.  The  Credit  Score is  designed  to assess a  borrower's  credit
history at a single point in time, using objective information currently on file
for the  borrower at a particular  credit  reporting  organization.  Information
utilized  to create a Credit  Score may  include,  among other  things,  payment
history,  delinquencies on accounts, levels of outstanding indebtedness,  length
of credit history,  types of credit,  and bankruptcy  experience.  Credit Scores
range from approximately 350 to approximately 840, with higher scores indicating
an individual  with a more favorable  credit  history  compared to an individual
with a lower score. However, a Credit Score purports only to be a measurement of
the relative degree of risk a borrower represents to a lender,  i.e., a borrower
with a higher  score is  statistically  expected to be less likely to default in
payment than a borrower  with a lower score.  In addition,  investors  should be
aware  that  Credit  Scores  were  developed  to  indicate  a level  of  default
probability over a two-year  period,  which


                                        S-23
<PAGE>

does not correspond to the life of a mortgage loan.  Furthermore,  Credit Scores
were not developed  specifically  for use in connection with mortgage loans, but
for  consumer  loans in  general,  and assess  only the  borrower's  past credit
history.  Therefore,  a  Credit  Score  does  not take  into  consideration  the
differences between mortgage loans and consumer loans generally, or the specific
characteristics  of the related  mortgage loan, for example,  the  loan-to-value
ratio,  LTV ratio,  the  collateral for the mortgage loan, or the debt to income
ratio.  There can be no assurance that the Credit Scores of the mortgagors  will
be an accurate  predictor of the likelihood of repayment of the related mortgage
loans or that any mortgagor's  Credit Score would not be lower if obtained as of
the date of this prospectus supplement.]

        [The following  tables  describe  information as to the Credit Scores of
the related mortgagors as used in the origination of the mortgage loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            CREDIT SCORE DISTRIBUTION

                            NUMBER OF MORTGAGE         CUT-OFF DATE        PERCENT OF MORTGAGE
   CREDIT SCORE RANGE              LOANS             PRINCIPAL BALANCE             POOL

<S>                                                     <C>                            <C>
                                                        $                               %

- -------------------------
Not Available (1)
Subtotal with Credit
Score

   Total Pool

- ----------------
(1)     Mortgage loans  indicated as having a Credit Score that is not available
        include some  mortgage  loans where the Credit Score was not provided by
        the related  seller and  mortgage  loans where no credit  history can be
        obtained from the related mortgagor.]

        Set forth below is a description of some additional  characteristics  of
the  mortgage  loans as of the cut-off  date  unless  otherwise  indicated.  All
percentages  of the  mortgage  loans are  approximate  percentages  by aggregate
principal  balance as of the cut-off  date unless  otherwise  indicated.  Unless
otherwise specified,  all principal balances of the mortgage loans are as of the
cut-off date and are rounded to the nearest dollar.

                                 MORTGAGE RATES

                            Number of Mortgage         Cut-off Date        Percent of Mortgage
   Mortgage Rates (%)              Loans             Principal Balance             Pool

- -------------------------

                                                      $                                    %
- -------------------------

                                        S-24
<PAGE>

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

  Total                                               $                                    %

        As of the  cut-off  date,  the  weighted  average  mortgage  rate of the
mortgage loans will be APPROXIMATELY % per annum.

                    ORIGINAL MORTGAGE LOAN PRINCIPAL BALANCES

   Original Mortgage            Number of              Cut-off Date           Percentage of
      Loan Balance            Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool

- -------------------------

  $                                                  $                                     %
- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

  Total                                              $                                     %

        As of the cut-off  date,  the average  unpaid  principal  balance of the
mortgage loans will be APPROXIMATELY $ ___________.


                                        S-25
<PAGE>

                    NET MORTGAGE RATES OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

                                                Number of       Cut-off Date       Percent of
                                              Mortgage Loans     Principal       Mortgage Loans

Net Mortgage Rates (%)                                            Balance

   6.000-6.499..........................                      $                                %
- ---------------------------------------------
   6.500-6.999..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
   7.000-7.499..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
   7.500-7.999..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
   8.000-8.499..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
   8.500-8.999..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
   9.000-9.499..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
   9.500-9.999..........................

- ---------------------------------------------
  10.000-10.499.........................

- ---------------------------------------------
  11.000-11.499.........................

- ---------------------------------------------
  11.500-11.999.........................

- ---------------------------------------------
  12.000-12.499.........................

- ---------------------------------------------
  12.500-12.999.........................

- ---------------------------------------------
  13.000-13.499.........................

- ---------------------------------------------
        Total...........................                      $                                %
- ---------------------------------------------

===============================================================================================================

        As of the cut-off  date,  the weighted  average net mortgage rate of the
mortgage loans will be approximately _______% per annum.

                         [COMBINED LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS

     Combined Loan              Number of              Cut-off date           Percentage of
   to Value Ratio (%)         Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool

                                                     $                                     %
- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

- -------------------------

  Total                                              $                                     %

        THE WEIGHTED  AVERAGE  COMBINED LTV ratio at origination of the mortgage
        loans will be approximately ____%.]

        [THE METHOD FOR CALCULATING THE COMBINED LTV ratio is described below under the caption "Underwriting
        Standards."]

                                        S-26
<PAGE>

                      [JUNIOR RATIOS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

                                              Number of
                                               Mortgage       Cut-off Date       Percent of

 JUNIOR RATIO(%)                                LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE   MORTGAGE LOANS

             -                                                $                        %
             -
             -
             -
             -
             -
             -
             -
             -
             -

                 TOTAL                                        $                        %

- ------------------
               Excludes  mortgage  loans  secured by first  liens on the related
               mortgaged property. With respect to each mortgage loan secured by
               a second lien on the related mortgaged property, the Junior Ratio
               is the ratio of the  original  principal  balance of the mortgage
               loan to the sum of (i) the  original  principal  balance  of that
               mortgage  loan,  and (ii) the  unpaid  principal  balance  of any
               senior lien at the time of the origination of that mortgage loan.

               The weighted average Junior Ratio as of the cut-off date was approximately __%.]

                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTIONS OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

                                Number of              Cut-off Date           Percentage of
         State                Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool

- -------------------------

[California                                          $                                     %

- -------------------------

Connecticut

- -------------------------

Illinois

- -------------------------

New Jersey

- -------------------------

New York]

- -------------------------

Other (1)

- -------------------------

                                   S-27
<PAGE>

  Total                                              $                                     %

(1)  Other  includes   states  and  the  District  of  Columbia  with  under  3%
     concentrations individually.

     NO MORE THAN ____% of the  mortgage  loans  will be  secured  by  mortgaged
properties located in any ONE ZIP CODE AREA IN CALIFORNIA AND NO MORE THAN ____%
of the mortgage loans will be secured by mortgaged properties located in any one
zip code area outside California.

                              MORTGAGE LOAN PURPOSE

                                Number of              Cut-off Date           Percentage of

      Loan Purpose            Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool


Purchase                                             $                                     %


Rate/Term Refinance


Equity Refinance


  Total                                              $                                     %

     The weighted  average  combined LTV ratio at  origination  of rate and term
refinance  mortgage loans will BE ___%. The weighted  average combined LTV ratio
at origination of equity refinance mortgage loans will BE ___ %.

                        MORTGAGE LOAN DOCUMENTATION TYPES

                                Number of              Cut-off Date           Percentage of
   Documentation Type         Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool

- -------------------------

Full                                                 $                                     %

- -------------------------

Reduced

- -------------------------

  Total                                              $                                     %

o        For purposes of the above table, Reduced Documentation Type includes mortgage loans which were
           underwritten under a no stated income program.

        [The weighted  average LTV ratio at  origination  of the mortgage  loans
which were underwritten under a REDUCED LOAN DOCUMENTATION PROGRAM WILL BE %. NO
MORE THAN % of the reduced loan documentation  mortgage loans will be secured by
mortgaged properties located in California.]

                                        S-28
<PAGE>

                                 OCCUPANCY TYPES

                                Number of              Cut-off Date           Percentage of
       Occupancy              Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool


Primary Residence                                    $                                     %


Second/Vacation


Non Owner-occupied


  Total                                              $                                     %

                            MORTGAGED PROPERTY TYPES

                                Number of              Cut-off Date           Percentage of
     Property Type            Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance         Mortgage Pool


Single-family detached                               $                                     %


Planned Unit
Developments (detached)


Two- to four-family
units


Condo Low-Rise (less
than 5 stories)


Condo Mid-Rise (5 to 8
stories)


Condo High-Rise (9
stories or more)


Townhouse


Planned Unit
Developments (attached)


Cooperative Units


Leasehold

- -------------------------

  Total                                                     $                              %


                                        S-29
<PAGE>

                      [LIEN PRIORITY OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

                                           Number of             Cut-off Date         Percent of

           Lien Property                 Mortgage Loans       Principal Balance     Mortgage Loans

- -------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------
SECOND LIEN                                                     $                         %

- -------------------------------------
       TOTAL                                                    $                         %]

                          REMAINING TERM OF SCHEDULED MATURITY OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

                                               Number of       Cut-off Date      Percent of
   Months Remaining to Scheduled Maturity   Mortgage Loans  Principal Balance  Mortgage Loans

 -------------------------------------------
                                                                       $                  %
 -------------------------------------------

                                                                               %
 -------------------------------------------

                                                                               %
 -------------------------------------------

                                                                               %
 -------------------------------------------

                                                                               %
 -------------------------------------------

                                                                               %
 -------------------------------------------

                                                                               %
 -------------------------------------------

 -------------------------------------------
        Total                                                          $                %
                                                                               %
</TABLE>

        The weighted average remaining term to maturity of the mortgage loans as
of the cut-off date was approximately ___ months.

        [In  connection  with each  mortgage loan that is secured by a leasehold
interest, the related seller shall have represented to the depositor that, among
other things:

o    the use of  leasehold  estates for  residential  properties  is an accepted
     practice in the area where the related mortgaged property is located;

o    residential property in the area consisting of leasehold estates is readily
     marketable;

o    the lease is recorded and no party is in any way in breach of any provision
     of the lease;

o    the  leasehold  is in full force and effect and is not subject to any prior
     lien or encumbrance  by which the leasehold  could be terminated or subject
     to any charge or penalty; and
                                        s-30
<PAGE>


o    the  remaining  term of the lease  does not  terminate  less than ten years
     after the maturity date of each such mortgage loan.

        Some of the aspects of the  Cooperative  Loans  included in the mortgage
pool  differ from those of other types of mortgage  loans.  See  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of Loans--The Mortgage Loans --Cooperative Loans" in the prospectus.]

        [A portion of the  mortgage  loans  provide for payment of a  prepayment
charge.  In most  cases,  the  prepayment  provisions  provide  for payment of a
prepayment  charge for partial  prepayments and full  prepayments,  other than a
prepayment:

o        occurring upon the sale of property securing a mortgage loan,

o    made within five years following the origination of the mortgage loan, and

o    In an amount  equal to six  months'  advance  interest on the amount of the
     prepayment  that,  when  added to all  other  amounts  prepaid  during  the
     twelve-month period immediately  preceding the date of prepayment,  exceeds
     twenty percent (20%) of the original principal amount of the mortgage loan.

Prepayment  charges  received on the mortgage  loans will not be  available  for
distribution   on  the   certificates.   See  "Certain   Legal  Aspects  of  the
Loans--Default Interest and Limitations on Prepayments" in the prospectus.]

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

        All of the mortgage loans included in the mortgage pool will be acquired
by the Depositor  from the Seller.  The following is a brief  description of the
various  underwriting  standards and the  procedures  applicable to the mortgage
loans.

        GMACM's  underwriting  standards  with  respect  to the  Mortgage  Loans
generally will conform to those published in the GMACM  Underwriting  Guide. The
underwriting  standards  as  set  forth  in the  GMACM  Underwriting  Guide  are
continually revised based on prevailing  conditions in the residential  mortgage
market and the market for mortgage securities.

        The  underwriting  standards set forth in the GMACM  Underwriting  Guide
with  respect to mortgage  loans  originated  or  acquired by GMACM  provide for
varying levels of  documentation.  For the full  documentation  loan program,  a
prospective  borrower is required to complete a detailed  application  providing
pertinent  credit  information.   The  application  contains  a  description  of
borrower's  assets and  liabilities  and a statement of income and expenses,  as
well as an  authorization  to apply for a credit  report  which  summarizes  the
borrower's  credit  history  with  merchants  and  lenders  and  any  record  of
bankruptcy.  In addition,  employment verification is obtained which reports the
borrower's  current  salary  and may  contain  the length of  employment  and an
indication  as to whether it is expected  that the borrower  will  continue such
employment  in the future.  If a  prospective  borrower is  self-employed  or if
income is received  from  dividends  and  interest,  rental  properties or other
income which can be verified via tax returns,  the borrower may also be required
to submit  copies of signed tax  returns.  The  borrower

                                        s-31
<PAGE>

may  also be  required  to  authorize  verification  of  deposits  at  financial
institutions where the borrower has accounts.

        An  appraisal  may be  made  of the  mortgaged  property  securing  each
mortgage  loan.  Such  appraisals  may be either a full  appraisal,  a  drive-by
appraisal or a statistical property evaluation. Such appraisals may be performed
by appraisers  independent  from or  affiliated  with the GMAC Mortgage or their
affiliates.  Such  appraisals,  however,  will not establish  that the mortgaged
properties  provide  assurance of repayment  of the  mortgage  loans.  If a full
appraisal is required, the appraiser may be required to inspect the property and
verify that it is in good  condition  and that  construction,  if new,  has been
completed.  If a drive-by appraisal is required,  the appraiser is only required
to perform an exterior  inspection  of the  property.  The appraisal is based on
various factors,  including the market value of comparable homes and the cost of
replacing the improvements.  In certain  circumstances,  a statistical  property
evaluation  may  have  been  completed  in lieu  of a  drive-by  appraisal  by a
third-party  who performs an  electronic  comparison  of the stated value of the
mortgaged  properties with comparable  properties in the area. Each appraisal is
required  to be dated no more than 180 days prior to the date of approval of the
mortgage loan; provided, that depending on the credit limit an earlier appraisal
may be utilized if such  appraisal  was made not earlier  than one year prior to
the date of origination of the mortgage loan and the related appraiser certifies
that the value of the related mortgaged property has not declined since the date
of  the  original  appraisal  or  if a  field  review  or  statistical  property
evaluation is obtained.  To the extent that the  appraised  value of a mortgaged
property declines over time, the actual loan-to-value or combined  loan-to-value
with  respect to such  mortgage  loan will be higher than the  loan-to-value  or
combined loan-to-value derived at the time of origination of such mortgage loan.

        Once all  applicable  employment,  credit and  property  information  is
received,  a determination  is made as to whether the  prospective  borrower has
sufficient monthly income available to meet the borrower's  monthly  obligations
on the proposed  mortgage loan and other  expenses  related to the home (such as
property taxes and hazard insurance) and other financial obligations and monthly
living expenses.

        Under the GMACM  Underwriting  Guide, loans may also be originated under
the "Alternative,"  "Relo," or "Relo-VIP"  documentation  programs.  Under these
programs,  certain items described above are verified using alternative sources.
For  example,  the  borrower's  income may be verified in via a paystub or a W-2
form  for   "Alternative"   documentation.   In  addition,   the   "Alternative"
documentation  program  allows a borrower's  verification  of  employment  to be
conducted  telephonically  or a borrower's  verification  of assets to be in the
form of a minimum number of sequential  monthly bank statements.  In the case of
"Relo"  documentation,   a  signed  employer  relocation  verification  form  is
acceptable in lieu of a paystub.  The "Relo-VIP" program does not require income
verification, however, eligible borrowers must have a minimum annual base salary
of $75,000.

        Loans may also be originated  under the GMACM  Underwriting  Guide under
the "Quick Program," a no income verification for self-employed  borrowers.  For
such loans, a credit check, an appraisal,  and verification of sufficient assets
is required.  Such loans generally will not exceed a 75% LTV ratio/CLTV ratio on
primary residences and a 70% LTV ratio/CLTV ratio on second homes.

                                        S-32
<PAGE>

        The GMACM  Underwriting Guide also provides for loans under its "Select"
program to employees and retirees of General  Motors  Corporation  ("GM").  Such
loans are made to executives of GM or  affiliates of GM, dealer  principals  and
general  managers  with a minimum  annual  base salary of $75,000 or to GM or GM
affiliate  retirees with a minimum base retirement annual income of $60,000.  In
addition,  "Super  Select"  processed  loans  are  made to  executives  of GM or
affiliates of GM, dealer  principals and general  managers with a minimum annual
base salary of $200,000.  For both "Select" and "Super Select" loan programs, no
income, no asset and, at times, no appraisal is required.  Underwriting for both
"Select" and "Super Select" is subject to a maximum LTV ratio of 80% for primary
residences.  For the "Select"  program,  a maximum LTV ratio of 70% is permitted
for second  homes and for the  "Super  Select"  program  the  maximum  LTV ratio
allowed is 80% for second homes. The LTV ratio for the "Super Select" program is
based on the borrower's  stated value and generally no appraisal is required for
LTV ratios of 80% or less.  On the "Select"  program,  the borrower  must supply
evidence of value in some  instances  only.  For example,  if the combined  loan
amount exceeds $650,000 or if the loan is an equity  refinance,  an appraisal of
the property is required.  In addition to the LTV ratio and salary  requirements
above,  generally,  borrower  eligibility  under the "Select" or "Super  Select"
documentation program may be determined by use of a credit scoring model.

        The GMACM Underwriting  Guide also allows for streamlined  documentation
on portfolio  refinance  transactions  under its "Express"  and "Super  Express"
programs.   The  "Express"   option   requires  a  current  paystub  for  income
verification and one month's bank statement for asset verification. An appraisal
is not required under the "Express"  refinance  option.  The only  documentation
required under the "Super Express"  refinance  option is a mortgage history with
no more than one 30-day late in the last 12 months. No income  verification,  no
asset  verification  and no  appraisal  are required  under the "Super  Express"
program.

        The  underwriting  standards set forth in the GMACM  Underwriting  Guide
with respect to mortgage loans  originated or acquired by GMACM may be varied in
appropriate  cases.  There can be no  assurance  that  every  mortgage  loan was
originated  in  conformity  with the  applicable  underwriting  standards in all
material respects, or that the quality or performance of the mortgage loans will
be equivalent under all circumstances.

        GMACM's  underwriting  standards  include  a set  of  specific  criteria
pursuant to which the underwriting  evaluation is made. However, the application
of such underwriting  standards does not imply that each specific  criterion was
satisfied  individually.  Rather,  a  mortgage  loan  will be  considered  to be
originated in accordance with a given set of underwriting standards if, based on
an overall qualitative  evaluation,  the loan is in substantial  compliance with
such underwriting  standards.  For example, a mortgage loan may be considered to
comply  with a set of  underwriting  standards,  even  if one or  more  specific
criteria  included in such underwriting  standards were not satisfied,  if other
factors  compensated for the criteria that were not satisfied or if the mortgage
loan  is  considered  to be in  substantial  compliance  with  the  underwriting
standards.

 [PRIMARY MORTGAGE INSURANCE AND PRIMARY HAZARD INSURANCE

        Each  mortgage  loan is  required  to be covered  by a  standard  hazard
insurance policy,  which is referred to as a primary hazard insurance policy. In
addition, to the best of

                                        S-33
<PAGE>

the depositor's  knowledge,  each MORTGAGE LOAN WITH AN
LTV RATIO AT  ORIGINATION  IN EXCESS OF % will be insured by a primary  mortgage
guaranty  insurance policy,  which is referred to as a primary insurance policy,
covering at least

      % OF THE PRINCIPAL  BALANCE OF THE MORTGAGE LOAN AT ORIGINATION IF THE LTV
RATIO  IS  BETWEEN  % AND %,  AND AT  LEAST % of the  principal  balance  of the
mortgage loan at  origination if the LTV RATIO IS BETWEEN % AND %. An additional
___% of the mortgage loans are mortgage loans with a LTV ratio,  or combined LTV
ratio in the case of the junior loans,  at origination in excess of 80% that are
not insured by a primary insurance policy.

        Substantially  all of the  primary  insurance  policies  were  issued by
General Electric Mortgage  Insurance  Corporation,  Mortgage Guaranty  Insurance
Corporation,   United  Guaranty  Residential  Insurance  Company,  PMI  Mortgage
Insurance Company,  Commonwealth  Mortgage Assurance Company,  Republic Mortgage
Insurance  Company or Amerin Guaranty  Corporation,  which  collectively are the
primary  insurers.  Each primary  insurer has a claims paying ability  currently
acceptable  to the  rating  agencies  that  have  been  requested  to  rate  the
certificates;  however,  there is no assurance  as to the actual  ability of any
primary  insurer  to pay  claims.  See  "Insurance  Policies  on  Loans"  in the
prospectus.]

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        The description in this  prospectus  supplement of the mortgage pool and
the mortgaged  properties is based upon the mortgage pool as  constituted at the
close of business on the cut-off date,  as adjusted for the scheduled  principal
payments due on or before the cut-off date. Prior to the issuance of the offered
certificates,  mortgage  loans may be removed from the mortgage pool as a result
of incomplete  documentation  or otherwise,  if the depositor deems that removal
necessary or appropriate.  A limited number of other mortgage loans may be added
to the  mortgage  pool prior to the  issuance of the offered  certificates.  The
depositor  believes that the information in this  prospectus  supplement will be
substantially  representative of the  characteristics of the mortgage pool as it
will be constituted at the time the offered certificates are issued although the
range of mortgage  rates and maturities  and some other  characteristics  of the
mortgage loans in the mortgage pool may vary.

        A current  report on Form 8-K will be  available  to  purchasers  of the
offered certificates and will be filed,  together with the pooling and servicing
agreement, with the commission within fifteen days after the initial issuance of
the offered certificates.  In the event mortgage loans are removed from or added
to the mortgage  pool as described in the preceding  paragraph,  that removal or
addition will be noted in the current report.

                             THE SELLER AND SERVICER

GENERAL

        [GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation]  is the Seller and Servicer for all of the
mortgage  loans in the  mortgage  pool.  The Seller is an indirect  wholly-owned
subsidiary of [General Motors Acceptance Corporation].  The Seller is engaged in
the mortgage banking  business,  including the origination,  purchase,  sale and
servicing of residential mortgage loans.

                                        S-34
<PAGE>

        The certificates do not represent an interest in or an obligation of the
Seller or the  Servicer.  The  Seller's  only  obligations  with  respect to the
certificates will be pursuant to certain limited  representations and warranties
made by the Seller or as otherwise provided herein.

        The Seller  maintains its executive and principal  offices at 100 Witmer
Road, Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044. Its telephone number is (215) 682-1000.

        The Servicer will be  responsible  for  servicing the Mortgage  Loans in
accordance with the its program guide and the terms of the Servicing  Agreement.
The Custodian will be [________].

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

        The following  tables summarize the delinquency and loss experience [for
all closed-end home equity loans] originated by the Servicer. The data presented
in the following  tables are for  illustrative  purposes  only,  and there is no
assurance that the  delinquency and loss experience of the mortgage loans in the
mortgage pool will be similar to that described below.

        As used in this prospectus supplement, a loan is considered to be "30 to
59 days" or "30 or more  days"  delinquent  when a  payment  due on any due date
remains  unpaid as of the close of  business on the next  following  monthly due
date.  However,  since the  determination  as to  whether a loan falls into this
category is made as of the close of business  on the last  business  day of each
month, a loan with a payment due on July 1 that remained  unpaid as of the close
of business on July 31 would still be considered  current as of July 31. If that
payment remained unpaid as of the close of business on August 31, the loan would
then be  considered  to be 30 to 59  days  delinquent.  Delinquency  information
presented in this prospectus supplement as of the cut-off date is determined and
prepared as of the close of business on the last business day immediately  prior
to the cut-off date.

        There can be no  assurance  that the  delinquency  experience  described
below will be representative of the results that may be experienced with respect
to the mortgage loans in the mortgage pool.

                                        S-35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE

               MORTGAGE LOAN PORTFOLIO DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE (1)

=========================================================================================================
                        AT _____, 1999       AT DECEMBER 31,      AT DECEMBER 31,      AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1998                 1997                 1996

<S>                    <C>             <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
                       $ LOANS    % BY $    $ LOANS    % BY $    $ LOANS    % BY $    $ LOANS    % BY $
                       -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------
Number of Loans
Total Portfolio

Period of
Delinquency

   30-59 Days
   60-89 Days
   90+ Days

Total Loans

Foreclosure
Foreclosed
Total Loans in
Foreclosure

Total Delinquent
Loans

                      =========== ======== =========== ======== =========== ======== =========== ========

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=========================================================================================================
                      MORTGAGE LOAN PORTFOLIO LOSS AND FORECLOSURE EXPERIENCE (1)

=========================================================================================================
                       AT _______, 1999      AT DECEMBER 31,      AT DECEMBER 31,      AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1998                 1997                 1996

                       $ LOANS    % BY $    $ LOANS    % BY $    $ LOANS    % BY $    $ LOANS    % BY $
                       -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------
Number of Loans
Total Portfolio

Total Loans in
Foreclosure

Net Chargeoffs for
Period

                      =========== ======== =========== ======== =========== ======== =========== ========

(1) Performing loans in bankruptcy are not included in delinquency statistics.
</TABLE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

        THE SERIES -__  Mortgage  Asset-Backed  Pass-Through  Certificates  will
include the following three classes of Class A Certificates:

o        Class A-1 Certificates, or the Adjustable Rate Certificates
o        Class A-2 Certificates; and

o    Class A-3 Certificates, or the Lockout Certificates;  and together with the
     Class A-2 Certificates, the Fixed Rate Certificates

        In  addition  to the  Class A  Certificates,  the  Series  -__  Mortgage
Asset-Backed   Pass-Through  Certificates  will  also  include  two  classes  of
certificates  which  are  designated  as the Class SB  Certificates  and Class R
Certificates.  Only the Class A  Certificates  are  offered  by this  prospectus
supplement.  See  "Glossary" in the  prospectus  for the meanings of capitalized
terms and acronyms not otherwise defined in this prospectus supplement.

        The certificates will evidence the entire beneficial  ownership interest
in the trust fund.  The trust fund will consist of:

                                        S-36
<PAGE>

o the  mortgage  loans

o    the assets as from time to time that are identified as deposited in respect
     of the mortgage loans in the Custodial  Account and in the Payment  Account
     and belonging to the trust fund

o    property  acquired by  foreclosure of the mortgage loans or deed in lieu of
     foreclosure

o    any applicable  primary  insurance  policies and primary  hazard  insurance
     policies

o    the financial guaranty insurance policy; and

o    all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

        The Class A  Certificates  will be  available  only in  book-entry  form
through  facilities of The Depository  Trust  Company.  The Class A Certificates
will be issued,  maintained and transferred on the BOOK-ENTRY RECORDS OF DTC AND
ITS   PARTICIPANTS.   The  Class  A  Certificates  will  be  issued  in  minimum
denominations of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof.

        The Class A Certificates will be represented by one or more certificates
registered in the name of the nominee of DTC. The depositor has been informed by
DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. No  beneficial  owner will be entitled
to receive a  certificate  of any class in fully  registered  form, a definitive
certificate,   except  as  described  in  this   prospectus   supplement   under
"--Book-Entry  Registration  of Certain of the Offered  Certificates--Definitive
Certificates." Unless and until definitive certificates are issued for the Class
A  Certificates  under the limited  circumstances  described in this  prospectus
supplement:

o              all references to actions by  certificateholders  with respect to
               the Class A Certificates shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon
               instructions from its participants, and

o              all references in this  prospectus  supplement to  distributions,
               notices,   reports  and  statements  to  certificateholders  with
               respect to the Class A Certificates shall refer to distributions,
               notices, reports and statements to DTC or Cede, as the registered
               holder  of  the  Class  A  Certificates,   for   distribution  to
               beneficial owners by DTC in accordance with DTC procedures.

        DTC has advised the depositor that  management of DTC is aware that some
computer  applications,  systems  and the  like  for  processing  data  that are
dependent upon calendar dates,  including dates before,  on and after January 1,
2000, may encounter Y2K problems.  DTC has informed its  participants  and other
members of the financial community,  that it has developed and is implementing a
program so that its  systems,  as they  relate to DTC  services  like the timely
payment  of  distributions,   including   principal  and  income  payments,   to
securityholders,  book-entry  deliveries  and  settlement  of  trades  with DTC,
continue to function appropriately. This program includes a technical assessment
and a  remediation  plan,  each of which is complete.
                                        S-37
<PAGE>

Additionally,  DTC's plan includes a testing phase,  which,  DTC has advised its
participants, is expected to be completed within appropriate time frames.

        However,  DTC's  ability  to  perform  properly  its  services  is  also
dependent  upon other  parties,  including  but not limited to issuers and their
agents,  as well as DTC's  participants  and third party  vendors  from whom DTC
licenses  software and hardware,  and third party vendors on whom DTC relies for
information  or the  provision  of  services,  including  telecommunication  and
electrical  utility  service  providers,  among  others.  DTC has  informed  its
participants  that it is  contacting  and will  continue to contact  third party
vendors from whom DTC acquires  services to:

o    impress upon them the importance of those services being Y2K compliant; and

o    determine  the  extent  of  their  efforts  for  Y2K  remediation  and,  as
     appropriate, testing of their

               services.

        In addition,  DTC is in the process of developing any contingency  plans
as it deems appropriate.

        According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been
provided  for  informational  purposes  only and is not  intended  to serve as a
representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF CERTAIN OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

        GENERAL.  Beneficial  owners  that  are  not  participants  or  indirect
participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or
other interests in, the Class A Certificates may do so only through participants
and  indirect  participants.  In  addition,  beneficial  owners will receive all
distributions of principal of and interest on the Class A Certificates  from the
paying agent through DTC and  participants.  Accordingly,  beneficial owners may
experience  delays in their  receipt of  payments.  Unless and until  definitive
certificates are issued for the Class A Certificates, it is anticipated that the
only registered  certificateholder  of the Class A Certificates will be Cede, as
nominee of DTC.  Beneficial  owners will not be recognized by the trustee or the
servicer as certificateholders, as the term is used in the pooling and servicing
agreement,  and  beneficial  owners  will be  permitted  to receive  information
furnished to certificateholders and to exercise the rights of certificateholders
only indirectly through DTC, its participants and indirect participants.

        Under the rules,  regulations and procedures  creating and affecting DTC
and its operations,  DTC is required to make book-entry transfers of the Class A
Certificates  among  participants  and to receive and transmit  distributions of
principal  of, and  interest  on,  the Class A  Certificates.  Participants  and
indirect participants with which beneficial owners have accounts with respect to
the Class A Certificates similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and
receive and  transmit  distributions  on behalf of their  respective  beneficial
owners.  Accordingly,  although  beneficial  owners  will not  possess  physical
certificates evidencing their interests in the Class A Certificates, DTC's rules
provide a mechanism by which beneficial  owners,  through their participants and
indirect  participants,  will receive distributions and will be able to transfer
their interests in the Class A Certificates.

                                        S-38
<PAGE>

        None of the  depositor,  the  servicer  or the  trustee  will  have  any
liability  for any  actions  taken  by DTC or its  nominee,  including,  without
limitation,  actions for any aspect of the records  relating to or payments made
on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Class A Certificates held by
Cede,  as nominee for DTC, or for  maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

     DEFINITIVE   CERTIFICATES.   Definitive  certificates  will  be  issued  to
beneficial  owners or their  nominees,  respectively,  rather than to DTC or its
nominee,  only under the limited  conditions  described in the prospectus  under
"Description of the Securities--Form of Securities."

        Upon the occurrence of an event described in the prospectus in the third
paragraph under "Description of the Securities--Form of Securities," the trustee
is required to notify,  through DTC,  participants who have ownership of Class A
Certificates  as  indicated  on  the  records  of DTC  of  the  availability  of
definitive certificates for their Class A Certificates. Upon surrender by DTC of
the  definitive  certificates  representing  the Class A  Certificates  and upon
receipt of instructions from DTC for  re-registration,  the trustee will reissue
the Class A  Certificates  as definitive  certificates  issued in the respective
principal  amounts owned by individual  beneficial  owners,  and  thereafter the
trustee  and  the  servicer  will   recognize  the  holders  of  the  definitive
certificates as certificateholders under the pooling and servicing agreement.

        For  additional   information  regarding  DTC  and  the  DTC  registered
certificates,  see  "Description of the  Securities--Form  of Securities" in the
prospectus.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

        The following  terms are given the meanings shown below to help describe
the cash flows on the certificates:

        ACCRUED  CERTIFICATE  INTEREST - For any distribution  date and class of
Class A  Certificates,  an amount equal to interest  accrued  during the related
Interest Accrual Period on the Certificate Principal Balance of the certificates
of that  class  immediately  prior  to  that  distribution  date at the  related
pass-through rate less interest  shortfalls,  if any, allocated thereto for that
distribution  date,  to the  extent  not  covered  with  respect  to the Class A
Certificates  by  the  subordination  provided  by  the  Class  SB  Certificates
including:

               (i) any Prepayment  Interest  Shortfall to the extent not covered
        by the  servicer  as  described  in  this  prospectus  supplement  under
        "Description of the Certificates--Interest Distributions";

               (ii) the interest  portions of Realized Losses,  including Excess
        Special Hazard Losses,  Excess Fraud Losses,  Excess Bankruptcy  Losses,
        and Extraordinary Losses not allocated through subordination;

               (iii) the interest  portion of any  Advances  that were made with
        respect to  delinquencies  that were ultimately  determined to be Excess
        Special Hazard Losses,  Excess Fraud Losses, Excess Bankruptcy Losses or
        Extraordinary Losses; and
                                        S-39
<PAGE>



               (iv) any other interest  shortfalls not covered by subordination,
        including  interest  shortfalls  relating to the  Soldiers' and Sailors'
        Civil  Relief Act of 1940,  or Relief  Act,  or similar  legislation  or
        regulations, all allocated as described below.

Any  reductions   will  be  allocated  among  the  holders  of  all  classes  of
certificates  in proportion  to the  respective  amounts of Accrued  Certificate
Interest  that would have been  payable on that  distribution  date absent these
reductions.  In the  event  that  any  shortfall  described  in the  immediately
preceding  four clauses above is allocated to the offered  certificates,  or the
Available Distribution Amount on any distribution date is less than the Interest
Distribution  Amount due on any  distribution  date, the amount of any shortfall
will be drawn under the financial  guaranty  insurance policy and distributed to
the  holders of the Class A  Certificates.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if
payments are not made as required under the financial guaranty insurance policy,
any  interest  shortfalls  may be  allocated  to the  Class  A  Certificates  as
described above.  See "--Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy" below.  Accrued
Certificate  Interest on each class of Class A Certificates  will be distributed
on a pro rata basis. Accrued Certificate Interest on the Class A-2 and Class A-3
Certificates  is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of twelve
30-day months.  Accrued Certificate  Interest on the Class A-1 Certificates will
be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the Interest  Accrual
Period and a 360-day year.

AVAILABLE DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT - For any distribution date, an amount equal to:


o    the aggregate amount of scheduled payments on the mortgage loans due on the
     related  due date and  received  on or prior to the  related  determination
     date,  after deduction of the related  servicing fees and any  subservicing
     fees,  which are  collectively  referred to as the servicing  fees, and the
     premium payable on the financial guaranty insurance policy;

o              all unscheduled payments,  including mortgagor prepayments on the
               mortgage  loans,  Insurance  Proceeds,  Liquidation  Proceeds and
               proceeds from repurchases of and  substitutions  for the mortgage
               loans occurring during the preceding calendar month; and

o              all Advances made for that distribution date, in each case net of
               amounts   reimbursable   therefrom   to  the   servicer  and  any
               subservicer.

        In  addition  to the  foregoing  amounts,  with  respect to  unscheduled
collections,  not  including  mortgagor  prepayments,  the servicer may elect to
treat such  amounts as included  in the  Available  Distribution  Amount for the
distribution  date in the month of receipt,  but is not  obligated  to do so. As
described in this prospectus supplement under "--Principal  Distributions on the
Class A Certificates," any amount with respect to which such election is so made
shall be  treated  as  having  been  received  on the last day of the  preceding
calendar  month for the  purposes of  calculating  the amount of  principal  and
interest  distributions  to any  class  of  certificates.  With  respect  to any
distribution  date,  the due date is the first  day of the  month in which  that
distribution date occurs and the determination date is the 20th day of the month
in which that  distribution  date occurs or, if that day is not a business  day,
the immediately succeeding business day.

                                        S-40
<PAGE>

        On  any  distribution   date,  the  policy  premium  rate  is  equal  to
one-twelfth  of the product of the  percentage  specified in the  Insurance  and
Indemnity  Agreement,  dated as of  ______,  ____ among the  financial  guaranty
insurer,  the  depositor,  the  trustee,  the seller and the  servicer,  and the
aggregate Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A Certificates  immediately
prior to such distribution date.

        CERTIFICATE  PRINCIPAL  BALANCE - For any Class A Certificate  as of any
date of  determination,  an amount  equal to the initial  Certificate  Principal
Balance  of that  certificate,  reduced  by the  aggregate  of (a)  all  amounts
allocable to principal previously  distributed with respect to that certificate,
including amounts paid pursuant to the financial  guaranty insurance policy, and
(b) any  reductions in the  Certificate  Principal  Balance of that  certificate
deemed to have occurred in connection with allocations of Realized Losses in the
manner described in this prospectus supplement, other than any amounts that have
been paid pursuant to the financial guaranty insurance policy.

        CUMULATIVE  INSURANCE PAYMENTS - The aggregate of any payments made with
respect to the Class A Certificates by the financial  guaranty insurer under the
financial guaranty insurance policy.

     EXCESS  BANKRUPTCY  LOSSES - Bankruptcy  Losses in excess of the Bankruptcy
Amount.

        EXCESS CASH FLOW-On any  distribution  date, the excess of the Available
Distribution Amount over the sum of (a) the Interest Distribution Amount and (b)
the sum of the amounts  described in clauses [ ] of the  definition of Principal
Distribution Amount.

        EXCESS FRAUD LOSSES - Fraud Losses in excess of the Fraud Loss Amount.

        EXCESS  SPECIAL  HAZARD LOSSES - Special  Hazard Losses in excess of the
Special Hazard Amount.

        EXCESS  SUBORDINATED  AMOUNT - On any distribution  date, the excess, if
any,  of (a) the  Subordinated  Amount  on such  distribution  date over (b) the
Targeted Subordinated Amount.

        FINAL  DISPOSITION - A Final Disposition is deemed to have occurred upon
a  determination  by the servicer that it has received all  Insurance  Proceeds,
Liquidation  Proceeds and other payments or cash  recoveries  which the servicer
reasonably and in good faith expects to be finally recoverable with respect to a
defaulted mortgage loan.

        INTEREST ACCRUAL PERIOD - For the Class A-2 and Class A-3  Certificates,
the calendar month  preceding the month in which the  distribution  date occurs.
For the Class A-1  Certificates,  (a) for the  distribution  date in __________,
___, the period  commencing  on the closing date and ending on the day preceding
the distribution  date in ________ ___, and (b) with respect to any distribution
date after the distribution  date in _________ ___, the period commencing on the
distribution  date in the  month  immediately  preceding  the month in which the
distribution date occurs and ending on the day preceding the distribution date.

        INTEREST   DISTRIBUTION   AMOUNT  -  The  aggregate  amount  of  Accrued
Certificate   Interest  to  be  distributed  to  the  holders  of  the  Class  A
Certificates for that distribution date.

                                        S-41
<PAGE>


     LOCKOUT  PREPAYMENT  PERCENTAGE - For any distribution date occurring prior
to the distribution  date in , 0%. For any distribution date occurring after the
first five years following the

closing date, a percentage determined as follows:

o    for any  distribution  date during the sixth year after the  closing  date,
     30%;

o    for any  distribution  date during the seventh year after the closing date,
     40%;

o    for any  distribution  date during the eighth year after the closing  date,
     60%;

o    for any  distribution  date during the ninth year after the  closing  date,
     80%; and

o        for any distribution date thereafter, 100%.

        LOCKOUT       SCHEDULED PERCENTAGE - For any distribution date occurring
                      prior  to  the  distribution  date  in , 0%  and  for  any
                      distribution date thereafter, 100%.

        PRINCIPAL  DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT -On any distribution date, the lesser of
(a) the  balance  of the  Available  Distribution  Amount  remaining  after  the
Interest Distribution Amount has been distributed and (b) the sum of:

               (1) the principal  portion of all scheduled  monthly  payments on
        the mortgage  loans received or advanced with respect to the related due
        period;

               (2) the  principal  portion of all proceeds of the  repurchase of
        mortgage loans or, in the case of a substitution, amounts representing a
        principal  adjustment as required by the pooling and servicing agreement
        during the preceding calendar month;

               (3) the principal  portion of all other  unscheduled  collections
        received on the mortgage  loans during the preceding  calendar  month or
        deemed to be received  during the preceding  calendar  month  including,
        without limitation,  full and partial prepayments made by the respective
        mortgagors, to the extent not distributed in the preceding month;

               (4) the principal  portion of any Realized Losses incurred on the
        mortgage  loans for the preceding  calendar  month to the extent payable
        from Excess Cash Flow on such distribution date; and

               (5) the Subordination Increase Amount for such distribution date.

        SUBORDINATED  AMOUNT - On any distribution  date, the excess, if any, of
(a) the aggregate Stated  Principal  Balances of the mortgage loans after giving
effect to distributions of principal to be made on such  distribution  date over
(b) the  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the Class A Certificates  as of such
date,  after taking into account the payment to the Class A Certificates  of the
amounts  described in clauses [ ] of the  definition  of Principal  Distribution
Amount on such distribution date.

        SUBORDINATION  INCREASE AMOUNT - On any distribution date, any amount of
Excess Cash Flow actually applied as an accelerated  payment of principal on the
Class A Certificates.

                                        S-42
<PAGE>


        SUBORDINATION REDUCTION AMOUNT - On any distribution date, the lesser of
(a) the Excess Subordinated Amount and (b) the amount available for distribution
specified in clauses [ ] of the definition of Principal Distribution Amount.

        TARGETED  SUBORDINATED  AMOUNT - On any distribution  date, the required
level of the  Subordinated  Amount,  as set forth in the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

DISTRIBUTIONS

        Distributions on the Class A Certificates will be made by the trustee on
the 25th day of each month or, if that day is not a business  day, then the next
succeeding  business  day,  commencing  in _______  1999.  Distributions  on the
certificates  will be made to the  persons in whose names the  certificates  are
registered at the close of business on the day prior to each  distribution  date
or, if the certificates are no longer DTC registered certificates, on the record
date. See  "Description  of the  Securities--Distributions"  in the  prospectus.
Distributions  will be made by check or money order mailed,  or upon the request
of  a  certificateholder  owning  Class  A  Certificates  having  denominations,
aggregating at least $1,000,000,  by wire transfer or otherwise,  to the address
of the person entitled to the distribution, which, in the case of DTC registered
certificates,  will  be DTC or  its  nominee,  as it  appears  on the  trustee's
register in amounts calculated as described in this prospectus supplement on the
determination date. However, the final distribution relating to the certificates
will be made only upon  presentation and surrender  thereof at the office or the
agency of the trustee specified in the notice to certificateholders of the final
distribution.

A business day is any day other than:
        a Saturday or Sunday or

        a day  on  which  banking  institutions  in  the  State  of  California,
Minnesota,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Illinois  or  Delaware  are  required  or
authorized by law to be closed.

INTEREST DISTRIBUTIONS

        Holders  of each  class  of Class A  Certificates  will be  entitled  to
receive  interest  distributions  in an amount equal to the Accrued  Certificate
Interest on that class on each distribution date, to the extent of the Available
Distribution  Amount  for  that  distribution  date,  commencing  on  the  first
distribution date in the case of all classes of Class A Certificates entitled to
interest distributions.

        Prepayment   Interest   Shortfalls  will  result  because   interest  on
prepayments in full is distributed  only to the date of prepayment,  and because
no interest is distributed on prepayments in part, as these  prepayments in part
are applied to reduce the outstanding  principal balance of the related mortgage
loans as of the due date in the month of prepayment.

        However,  on any distribution date, any Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls
resulting from  prepayments in full during the preceding  calendar month will be
offset  by the  servicer,  but  only to the  extent  those  Prepayment  Interest
Shortfalls  do  not  exceed  the  amount  of  the  servicing  fee  due  on  such
distribution  date.   Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  resulting  from  partial
prepayments  will not be offset by the servicer from servicing  compensation  or
otherwise.  No assurance can be given that the servicing  compensation available
to  cover  Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  will be  sufficient  therefor.  See
"Pooling and Servicing  Agreement--Servicing  and Other Compensation and Payment
of Expenses" in this prospectus supplement.

                                        S-43
<PAGE>


        [If on any distribution date the Available  Distribution  Amount is less
than  Accrued  Certificate  Interest  on  the  Class  A  Certificates  for  that
distribution  date,  the  shortfall  will be allocated  among the holders of all
classes of Class A  Certificates  in  proportion  to the  respective  amounts of
Accrued Certificate Interest for that distribution date. In addition, the amount
of any such interest shortfalls that are covered by subordination, specifically,
interest  shortfalls not described in the  definition of Available  Distribution
Amount preceding paragraph, will be unpaid Accrued Certificate Interest and will
be  distributable  to holders of the  certificates of those classes  entitled to
those amounts on subsequent  distribution  dates,  in each case to the extent of
available  funds after  interest  distributions  as required in this  prospectus
supplement.

        These  shortfalls  could occur,  for example,  if  delinquencies  on the
mortgage loans were  exceptionally  high and were  concentrated  in a particular
month and Advances by the servicer did not cover the  shortfall.  Any amounts so
carried  forward will not bear  interest.  Any interest  shortfalls  will not be
offset  by a  reduction  in  the  servicing  compensation  of  the  servicer  or
otherwise,  except to the limited  extent  described in the preceding  paragraph
with respect to Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  resulting from  prepayments in
full.

        The  pass-through  rates on all classes of Class A  Certificates,  other
than the Class  A-1  Certificates,  ARE FIXED AND ARE  LISTED ON PAGE S- of this
prospectus supplement.

        The  pass-through  rates on the Class A-1 Certificates are calculated as
follows:

        The pass-through  rate on the Class A-1 Certificates with respect to the
initial  Interest  Accrual PERIOD IS % per annum, and as to any Interest Accrual
Period thereafter,  will be a per annum rate EQUAL TO % plus the arithmetic mean
of the  London  interbank  offered  rate  quotations  for  one-month  Eurodollar
deposits,  determined monthly as described in this prospectus supplement, with a
maximum rate of

        % PER ANNUM AND A MINIMUM RATE OF         % per annum.

        The pass-through rates on the Class A-1 Certificates for the current and
immediately preceding Interest Accrual Period may be obtained by telephoning the
trustee at __________.]

        [The pass-through  rates on all classes of the Class A Certificates will
increase  by  __%  per  annum  for  each   distribution  date  after  the  first
distribution  date on which the  servicer  and the  depositor  are  permitted to
exercise their option to purchase the mortgage loans from the trust as described
under  "Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement--Termination,"  in  this  prospectus
supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the pass-through rates on the Class A
Certificates  will not  increase as  described  above if proceeds  for  optional
termination are available for payment to the  certificateholders  on or prior to
any distribution date.]

        As  described in this  prospectus  supplement,  the Accrued  Certificate
Interest  allocable to each class of  certificates  is based on the  Certificate
Principal Balance of that class.

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

                                        S-44
<PAGE>


        LIBOR for any Interest Accrual Period after the initial Interest Accrual
Period will be determined as described in the three succeeding paragraphs.

        On each distribution date, LIBOR shall be established by the trustee and
as to any Interest  Accrual Period,  LIBOR will equal the rate for United States
dollar  deposits for one month which  appears on the Dow Jones  Telerate  Screen
Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M.,  London time, on the second LIBOR Business Day prior
to the first day of that  Interest  Accrual  Period--the  LIBOR rate  adjustment
date. Telerate Screen Page 3750 means the display designated as page 3750 on the
Telerate  Service or any other page as may replace page 3750 on that service for
the purpose of displaying  London interbank offered rates of major banks. If the
rate does not appear on that page or any other page as may replace  that page on
that  service,  or if the service is no longer  offered,  any other  service for
displaying  LIBOR or  comparable  rates as may be selected by the trustee  after
consultation with the servicer, the rate will be the reference bank rate.

        The reference  bank rate will be determined on the basis of the rates at
which  deposits in the U.S.  Dollars are offered by the reference  banks,  which
shall be three  major  banks  that are  engaged  in  transactions  in the London
interbank market,  selected by the trustee after consultation with the servicer.
The reference bank rate will be determined as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the
day  that  is  one  LIBOR  business  day  prior  to  the  immediately  preceding
distribution  date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period of
one month in amounts  approximately equal to the aggregate Certificate Principal
Balance of the Class A-1 Certificates then outstanding. The trustee will request
the  principal  London  office  of each of the  reference  banks  to  provide  a
quotation of its rate. If at least two quotations are provided, the rate will be
the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If on that date fewer than two quotations
are provided as  requested,  the rate will be the  arithmetic  mean of the rates
quoted by one or more major  banks in New York  City,  selected  by the  trustee
after  consultation with the servicer,  as of 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on
that date for loans in U.S.  Dollars to leading  European  banks for a period of
one month in amounts  approximately equal to the aggregate Certificate Principal
Balance of the Class A-1 Certificates then outstanding.  If no quotations can be
obtained, the rate will be LIBOR for the prior distribution date, or in the case
of the  first  LIBOR  RATE  ADJUSTMENT  DATE,  % with  respect  to the Class A-1
Certificates;  provided  however,  if, under the priorities listed previously in
this  paragraph,  LIBOR for a distribution  date would be based on LIBOR for the
previous  distribution  date for the third  consecutive  distribution  date, the
trustee shall select an alternative  comparable index over which the trustee has
no control,  used for  determining  one-month  Eurodollar  lending rates that is
calculated and published or otherwise  made  available by an independent  party.
LIBOR business day means any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday or (ii) a
day on which banking institutions in the city of London, England are required or
authorized by law to be closed.

        The  establishment of LIBOR by the trustee and the trustee's  subsequent
calculation of the  pass-through  rates applicable to the Class A-1 Certificates
for the relevant Interest Accrual Period, in the absence of manifest error, will
be final and binding.

 PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

        Except as provided  below,  holders of the Class A Certificates  will be
entitled to receive on each distribution date, in the priority described in this
prospectus  supplement  and  to  the  extent

                                        S-45
<PAGE>

of  the  portion  of the  Available  Distribution  Amount  remaining  after  the
distribution of the Interest Distribution Amount is distributed,  a distribution
allocable to principal equal to the Principal Distribution Amount.

        Distributions   of  principal  on  the  Class  A  Certificates  on  each
distribution date will be made, after distribution of the Interest  Distribution
Amount, as follows:

               (i)  the   Principal   Distribution   Amount  to  the  Class  A-3
        Certificates in reduction of its Certificate  Principal  Balance,  until
        its  Certificate  Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero, an amount
        equal to the sum of the following:

                      (A) the  Lockout  Scheduled  Percentage  of the  Class A-3
               Certificates' pro rata share, based on its Certificate  Principal
               Balance relative to the aggregate  Certificate  Principal Balance
               of all classes of  Certificates,  of the aggregate of the amounts
               described  in  clauses  [  ]  of  the   definition  of  Principal
               Distribution Amount; and

                      (B) the  Lockout  Prepayment  Percentage  of the Class A-3
               Certificates' pro rata share, based on its Certificate  Principal
               Balance relative to the aggregate  Certificate  Principal Balance
               of all classes of Class A  Certificates,  of the aggregate of the
               amounts  described in clause [ ] of the  definition  of Principal
               Distribution Amount;

PROVIDED  THAT if the  aggregate of the amounts set forth in the  definition  of
Principal  Distribution  Amount  is  more  than  the  balance  of the  Available
Distribution  Amount remaining after the Interest  Distribution  Amount has been
distributed, the amount paid to the Class A-3 Certificates under this clause (i)
shall be  reduced  by an amount  equal to the Class A-3  Certificates'  pro rata
share,  based on its aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance  relative to the
aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the Class A  Certificates  of that
difference; and

               (ii) the balance of the Principal  Distribution  Amount remaining
        after the distributions,  if any, described in clause (i) above shall be
        distributed in the following order of priority:

                      (A)   FIRST,   concurrently,   Class  A-1  and  Class  A-2
               Certificates,  on a  pro  rata  basis,  until  their  Certificate
               Principal Balances have been reduced to zero; and

                      (B)  SECOND,  to the  Class  A-3  Certificates  until  its
               Certificate Principal Balance has been reduced to zero.]

        On each  distribution  date,  the  financial  guaranty  insurer shall be
entitled  to receive,  after  payment to the Class A  Certificateholders  of the
Interest  Distribution  Amount and the  Principal  Distribution  Amount for such
distribution date, but before application of any Subordination  Increase Amount,
from the Excess Cash Flow to the extent available therefor, the aggregate of any
payments made with respect to the Class A Certificates by the financial guaranty
insurer  under  the  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  to the  extent  not
previously reimbursed, plus interest thereon.

                                        S-46
<PAGE>


OVERCOLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement requires that, on each distribution
date,  Excess  Cash Flow,  if any,  be applied on such  distribution  date as an
accelerated  payment  of  principal  on the  Class A  Certificates,  but only as
follows:  The Excess Cash Flow for any  distribution  date will derive primarily
from the amount of interest  accrued on the mortgage  loans in excess of the sum
of (a) interest at the related  pass-through rates on the Certificate  Principal
Balances of the Class A  Certificates,  (b) the premium payable on the financial
guaranty  insurance  policy in respect  of the  mortgage  loans and (c)  accrued
servicing fees in respect of the mortgage loans, in each case in respect of such
distribution  date. Excess Cash Flow will be applied on any distribution date as
follows:

O    FIRST,  to pay to the  holders of the Class A  Certificates  the  principal
     portion of Realized Losses incurred on the mortgage loans for the preceding
     calendar month;

O    SECOND, to pay to the financial  guaranty insurer any Cumulative  Insurance
     Payments;

O        THIRD, to pay any Subordination Increase Amount;

O           FOURTH, to pay the holders of the Class A Certificates the amount of
            any Prepayment Interest Shortfalls  allocated thereto, to the extent
            not covered by the Servicing Fee payable on such distribution date;

O           FIFTH, to pay the holders of the Class A Certificates any Prepayment
            Interest  Shortfalls  remaining unpaid from prior distribution dates
            together with interest thereon; and

O           SIXTH, to pay to the holders of the Class SB Certificates  and Class
            R Certificates any balance  remaining,  in accordance with the terms
            of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

The  application  of Excess Cash Flow to the payment of principal on the Class A
Certificates  has the effect of  accelerating  the  amortization  of the Class A
Certificates relative to the amortization of the mortgage loans.

        The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement requires that the Excess Cash Flow,
to the extent  available as described  above,  will be applied as an accelerated
payment of principal on the Class A Certificates to the extent that the Targeted
Subordinated  Amount  exceeds the  Subordinated  Amount as of such  distribution
date.

        SUBORDINATION   REDUCTION   AMOUNT:  In  the  event  that  the  Targeted
Subordinated  Amount is permitted  to decrease or "step down" on a  distribution
date  in the  future,  a  portion  of the  principal  that  would  otherwise  be
distributed to the holders of the Class A Certificates on such distribution date
shall not be  distributed  to the  holders of the Class A  Certificates  on such
distribution date. This has the effect of decelerating  principal  distributions
to the Class A Certificates  relative to the amortization of the mortgage loans,
and of reducing the  Subordinated

                                        S-47
<PAGE>

Amount.  If, on any  distribution  date,  the
Excess  Subordinated  Amount  is,  or,  after  taking  into  account  all  other
distributions to be made on such  distribution  date would be, greater than ZERO
(I.E.,  the  Subordinated  Amount  is or would  be  greater  than  the  Targeted
Subordinated  Amount),  then any  amounts  relating  to  principal  which  would
otherwise  be  distributed  to the holders of the Class A  Certificates  on such
distribution  date shall instead be  distributed  to the holders of the Class SB
Certificates in an amount equal to the  Subordination  Reduction Amount for such
distribution date.

FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY

        The following summary of the terms of the financial  guaranty  insurance
policy does not  purport to be  complete  and is  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to the financial guaranty insurance policy. The following  information
regarding  the  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy has been  supplied by the
financial guaranty insurer for inclusion in this prospectus supplement.

        GLOSSARY OF TERMS: As used in this section and in the financial guaranty
insurance policy, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

O          AGREEMENT  -  The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  dated  as  of
           _________,  _____, among the depositor,  the Seller, the Servicer and
           the trustee,  without  regard to any amendment or supplement  thereto
           unless such  amendment or supplement  has been approved in writing by
           the financial guaranty insurer.

O          BUSINESS  DAY - Any day other than a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on
           which banking  institutions  in New York City or in the city in which
           the corporate  trust office of the trustee under the Agreement or the
           financial  guaranty insurer is located are authorized or obligated by
           law or executive order to close.

O    DEFICIENCY  AMOUNT  - For  the  related  Class  A  Certificates  as of  any
     distribution  date,  (i) any shortfall in amounts  available in the Payment
     Account to pay interest  accrued during the Interest  Accrual Period on the
     Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A Certificates at the applicable
     Pass-Through  Rate, net of any interest  shortfalls  relating to the Relief
     Act  and  any  Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls  allocated  to the  Class A
     Certificates,  (ii) the principal portion of any Realized Loss allocated to
     the Class A Certificates and (iii) the Certificate Principal Balance of the
     Class A Certificates to the extent unpaid on the final distribution date or
     earlier  termination  of  the  trust  fund  pursuant  to the  terms  of the
     Agreement.  For purposes of determining  the Deficiency  Amount,  the final
     distribution date will be the distribution date in ____________.

O          HOLDER - Any person who is the registered or beneficial  owner of any
           Class A Certificate and who, on the applicable  distribution date, is
           entitled  under  the  terms of the Class A  Certificates  to  payment
           thereunder.

O        INSURED AMOUNT - As of any distribution date, any Deficiency Amount.

                                        S-48
<PAGE>


O          NOTICE - The telephonic or telegraphic notice,  promptly confirmed in
           writing by telecopy  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A attached
           to the financial  guaranty insurance policy, the original of which is
           subsequently  delivered  by  registered  or  certified  mail from the
           trustee specifying the Insured Amount which shall be due and owing on
           the applicable distribution date.

        Capitalized  terms used in the financial  guaranty  insurance policy and
not otherwise defined in the financial  guaranty insurance policy shall have the
meanings set forth in the Agreement as of the date of execution of the financial
guaranty insurance policy,  without giving effect to any subsequent amendment to
or modification of the Agreement  unless the amendment or modification  has been
approved in writing by the financial guaranty insurer.

        The financial  guaranty insurer,  in consideration of the payment of the
premium  and subject to the terms of the related  financial  guaranty  insurance
policy, thereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to any Holder that an
amount  equal  to each  full and  complete  Insured  Amount  will be paid to the
trustee or its  successor,  as trustee for the Holders.  The financial  guaranty
insurer's  obligations  under each  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy for a
particular  Insured  Amount shall be discharged to the extent funds equal to the
applicable Insured Amount are received by the trustee, whether or not such funds
are properly  applied by the trustee.  Insured Amounts shall be paid only at the
time set forth in each financial  guaranty  insurance policy, and no accelerated
Insured  Amounts  shall be paid  regardless of any  acceleration  of the Class A
Certificates,  unless such  acceleration  is at the sole option of the financial
guaranty  insurer.  The financial  guaranty  insurance policy does not cover any
interest   shortfalls   relating  to  the  Relief  Act  or  Prepayment  Interest
Shortfalls.

        Notwithstanding   the  foregoing   paragraph,   the  financial  guaranty
insurance  policy  does  not  cover  shortfalls,  if  any,  attributable  to the
liability of the trust fund, any REMIC or the trustee for withholding  taxes, if
any, including interest and penalties in respect of any such liability.

        The financial  guaranty  insurer will pay any amounts  payable under the
financial  guaranty  insurance  policy no later than 12:00  noon,  New York City
time,  on the later of the  distribution  date on which the  related  Deficiency
Amount,  as defined below,  is due or the Business Day following  receipt in New
York,  New York on a Business Day of a Notice;  provided  that if such Notice is
received  after 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Business Day, it will be
deemed to be received on the following Business Day. If any such Notice received
is not in proper form or is otherwise  insufficient  for the purpose of making a
claim under the financial  guaranty  insurance  policy it shall be deemed not to
have been received for purposes of this  paragraph,  and the financial  guaranty
insurer  shall  promptly  so advise the  trustee  and the  trustee may submit an
amended Notice.

        Insured  Amounts  due under the  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy,
unless otherwise stated in the financial  guaranty  insurance policy,  are to be
disbursed  by the  financial  guaranty  insurer to the  trustee on behalf of the
Holders by wire  transfer of  immediately  available  funds in the amount of the
Insured Amount.

     `                                  S-49
<PAGE>

        The  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  is being  issued  under and
pursuant  to and shall be  construed  under,  the laws of the State of New York,
without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

        The  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  is not  cancelable  for any
reason. The premium on the financial guaranty insurance policy is not refundable
for any reason including payment, or provision being made for payment,  prior to
maturity of the related Class A Certificates.

ALLOCATION OF LOSSES; SUBORDINATION

        Subject to the terms thereof,  the financial  guaranty  insurance policy
will  cover  all  Realized  Losses  allocated  to the Class A  Certificates.  If
payments are not made as required under the financial guaranty insurance policy,
Realized  Losses  will be  allocable  to the Class A  Certificates  based on the
following priorities.

        The  subordination  provided to the Class A Certificates by the Class SB
Certificates will cover Realized Losses on the mortgage loans that are Defaulted
Mortgage Losses, Fraud Losses,  Bankruptcy Losses and Special Hazard Losses. Any
Realized Losses which are not Excess Special Hazard Losses, Excess Fraud Losses,
Excess Bankruptcy Losses or Extraordinary Losses will be allocated as follows:

o        first, to the Excess Cash Flow for the related distribution date; and
o        second, to the Class SB Certificates

and the  remainder of the Realized  Losses  among all the  remaining  classes of
Class A Certificates on a pro rata basis.

        Any allocation of a Realized Loss, other than a Debt Service  Reduction,
to a certificate will be made by reducing:

o              its Certificate  Principal Balance,  in the case of the principal
               portion of the Realized Loss, in each case until the  Certificate
               Principal Balance of that class has been reduced to zero, and

o              the  Accrued  Certificate  Interest  thereon,  in the case of the
               interest portion of the Realized Loss, by the amount so allocated
               as of the distribution  date occurring in the month following the
               calendar month in which the Realized Loss was incurred.

In addition, any allocation of a Realized Loss to a Class A Certificate may also
be made  by  operation  of the  payment  priority  to the  Class A  Certificates
described under "--Principal  Distributions on the Class A Certificates" in this
prospectus supplement.

        As used in  this  prospectus  supplement,  subordination  refers  to the
provisions  discussed  above for the  sequential  allocation of Realized  Losses
among the various classes, as well as all provisions effecting those allocations
including the priorities for distribution of cash flows in the amounts described
in this prospectus supplement.

                                        S-50
<PAGE>

        As described in the prospectus,  in some  circumstances the servicer may
permit a servicing  modification--the  modification of a defaulted mortgage loan
to reduce the applicable  mortgage rate or to reduce its  outstanding  principal
amount. Any principal reduction of this type shall constitute a Realized Loss at
the time of the  reduction,  and the  amount by which  each  monthly  payment is
reduced by any mortgage rate reduction  shall  constitute a Realized Loss in the
month in which each such reduced monthly payment is due.

        Servicing  modification  reductions shall be allocated when incurred, as
provided above, in the same manner as other Realized Losses as described in this
prospectus supplement. Any Advances made on any mortgage loan will be reduced to
reflect any related servicing  modifications  previously made. The mortgage rate
and Net Loan Rate as to any  mortgage  loan will be deemed  not  reduced  by any
servicing modification,  so that the calculation of Accrued Certificate Interest
payable  on the  Class A  Certificates  will not be  affected  by the  servicing
modification.

        Any Excess Special Hazard Losses, Excess Fraud Losses, Excess Bankruptcy
Losses,  Extraordinary  Losses  or  other  losses  of  a  type  not  covered  by
subordination  will  be  allocated  on a  pro  rata  basis  among  the  Class  A
Certificates  and in an aggregate  amount equal to the  percentage  of that loss
equal  to the  then  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the  Class A
Certificates  divided  by the then  aggregate  Stated  Principal  Balance of the
mortgage loans, in each case subject to the limitations set forth in the Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement,  and the  remainder  of the  Realized  Losses will be
allocated to the Class SB Certificates.

        An allocation of a Realized Loss on a "pro rata basis" among two or more
classes  of  certificates  means  an  allocation  to each of  those  classes  of
certificates on the basis of its then outstanding  Certificate Principal Balance
prior to giving effect to distributions to be made on that  distribution date in
the case of an allocation of the principal  portion of a Realized Loss, or based
on the Accrued Certificate Interest thereon in respect of that distribution date
in the case of an allocation of the interest portion of a Realized Loss.

        In order to  maximize  the  likelihood  of  distribution  in full of the
Interest  Distribution  Amount  and  Principal   Distribution  Amount,  on  each
distribution date, holders of Class A Certificates have a right to distributions
of the Available  Distribution Amount that is prior to the rights of the holders
of the Class SB Certificates  and Class R Certificates,  to the extent necessary
to satisfy the Interest Distribution Amount and Principal Distribution Amount.

        THE SPECIAL HAZARD AMOUNT SHALL INITIALLY BE EQUAL TO $ . As of any date
of  DETERMINATION  FOLLOWING THE CUT-OFF DATE,  THE SPECIAL  HAZARD AMOUNT SHALL
EQUAL $ less the sum of (A) any amounts allocated through subordination relating
to Special Hazard Losses and (B) the Adjustment  Amount.  The Adjustment  Amount
will be equal to an  amount  calculated  under  the  terms  of the  pooling  and
servicing agreement.

     THE FRAUD LOSS AMOUNT  SHALL  INITIALLY BE EQUAL TO $_____ . As of any date
of  determination  after the cut-off date, the Fraud Loss Amount shall equal (X)
prior to the third  anniversary  of the cut-off date an amount equal to ____% of
the aggregate  principal  balance of all of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off
date minus the  aggregate  amounts  allocated  through  Subordination  for Fraud
Losses up to that date of determination and (Y) from the third to the

                                        S-51
<PAGE>

fifth  anniversary of the cut-off date, an amount equal to (1) the lesser of (a)
the Fraud Loss Amount as of the most recent  anniversary of the cut-off date and
(b) ____% of the aggregate  principal balance of all of the mortgage loans as of
the most recent  anniversary of the cut-off date minus (2) the aggregate amounts
allocated  through   subordination  for  Fraud  Losses  since  the  most  recent
anniversary of the cut-off date up to that date of  determination.  On and after
the fifth  anniversary  of the cut-off date, the Fraud Loss Amount shall be zero
and Fraud Losses shall not be allocated through subordination.

        THE  BANKRUPTCY  AMOUNT WILL INITIALLY BE EQUAL TO $ . As of any date of
determination  on or after  the  first  anniversary  of the  cut-off  date,  the
Bankruptcy  Amount will equal the  excess,  if any, of (1) the lesser of (a) the
Bankruptcy  Amount  as of the  business  day  next  preceding  the  most  recent
anniversary of the cut-off date and (b) an amount  calculated under the terms of
the pooling and servicing agreement, which amount as calculated will provide for
a  reduction  in the  Bankruptcy  Amount,  over  (2)  the  aggregate  amount  of
Bankruptcy  Losses  allocated  solely  to  the  Class  SB  Certificates  through
subordination since that anniversary.

        Realized Losses allocated to the Class A Certificates will be covered by
the financial  guaranty  insurance policy. In the event payments are not made as
required  under such  policy,  these  losses will be borne by the holders of the
Class A Certificates.

        With respect to any defaulted mortgage loan that is finally  liquidated,
through  foreclosure  sale,  disposition  of the related  mortgaged  property if
acquired on behalf of the certificateholders by deed in lieu of foreclosure,  or
otherwise,  the amount of loss  realized,  if any, will equal the portion of the
Stated Principal Balance  remaining,  if any, plus its interest through the last
day of the month in which  that  mortgage  loan was  finally  liquidated,  after
application  of all  amounts  recovered,  net  of  amounts  reimbursable  to the
servicer or the subservicer for expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees,  towards
interest and principal owing on the mortgage loan.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the provisions relating to subordination
will not be  applicable  in  connection  with a  Bankruptcy  Loss so long as the
servicer has notified the trustee in writing that:

o    the  servicer  is  diligently  pursuing  any  remedies  that  may  exist in
     connection  with the  representations  and  warranties  made  regarding the
     related mortgage loan and

o        either:

o    the related  mortgage  loan is not in default  with regard to payments  due
     thereunder or

o    delinquent  payments of principal and interest  under the related  mortgage
     loan and any premiums on any applicable primary hazard insurance policy and
     any  related  escrow  payments  relating  to that  mortgage  loan are being
     advanced on a current basis by the servicer or a subservicer.

                                        S-52
<PAGE>


        The Special Hazard Amount,  Fraud Loss Amount and Bankruptcy  Amount may
be further reduced as described in the prospectus  under  "Description of Credit
Enhancement--Subordination."

ADVANCES

        Prior to each  distribution  date,  the  servicer  is  required  to make
Advances which were due on the mortgage loans on the  immediately  preceding due
date and delinquent on the business day next preceding the related determination
date.

        These  Advances  are  required  to be made only to the  extent  they are
deemed  by  the  servicer  to be  recoverable  from  related  late  collections,
Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds. The purpose of making these Advances
is to  maintain a regular  cash flow to the  certificateholders,  rather than to
guarantee or insure  against  losses.  The servicer will not be required to make
any  Advances  for  reductions  in the  amount of the  monthly  payments  on the
mortgage loans due to Debt Service  Reductions or the  application of the Relief
Act or similar  legislation or regulations.  Any failure by the servicer to make
an Advance as required under the pooling and servicing agreement will constitute
an  event of  default  thereunder,  in which  case  the  trustee,  as  successor
servicer, will be obligated to make any Advance, in accordance with the terms of
the pooling and servicing agreement.

        All Advances will be  reimbursable  to the servicer on a first  priority
basis from  either (a) late  collections,  Insurance  Proceeds  and  Liquidation
Proceeds from the mortgage loan as to which such  unreimbursed  Advance was made
or (b) as to any Advance that remains unreimbursed in whole or in part following
the final  liquidation of the related mortgage loan, from any amounts  otherwise
distributable on any of the Class A Certificates.

                            YEAR 2000 CONSIDERATIONS

OVERVIEW OF THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

        The Y2K  issue is the term  generally  used to  describe  the  potential
failure of information technology components on or after January 1, 2000 because
existing computer programs, applications and microprocessors frequently use only
two digits to  identify a year.  Since the Year 2000 is also a leap year,  there
could be additional  business  disruptions  as a result of the inability of many
computer systems to recognize February 29, 2000.

        The failure to correct or replace  computer  programs,  applications and
microprocessors with Y2K-ready  alternatives may adversely impact the operations
of GMAC Mortgage  Corporation on or after January 1, 2000. The  responsibilities
of GMAC Mortgage  Corporation as the servicer include  collecting  payments from
the  subservicers  in respect of the mortgage  loans,  calculating the Available
Distribution  Amount for each  distribution  date,  remitting such amount to the
trustee prior to each distribution date, calculating the amount of principal and
interest  payments  to be made to the  certificateholders  on each  distribution
date, and preparing the monthly  statement to be sent to  certificateholders  on
each distribution date.

RISKS RELATED TO Y2K

                                        S-53
<PAGE>

        Although GMAC Mortgage Corporation's remediation efforts are directed at
eliminating its Y2K exposure,  there can be no assurance that these efforts will
fully  mitigate the effect of all Y2K  problems.  If GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation
fails to identify or correct any material Y2K  problem,  including  any problems
related  to  its  mission  critical  servicing  applications,   there  could  be
significant  disruptions in its normal business  operations.  These  disruptions
could have a material adverse effect on GMAC Mortgage  Corporation's  ability to
(i)  collect  (and  monitor any  subservicer's  collection  of)  payments on the
mortgage  loans,  (ii)  distribute  these  collections  to the trustee and (iii)
provide   reports  to   certificateholders   as  described  in  this  prospectus
supplement.  Furthermore, if any subservicer,  the trustee or any other business
partner or any of their respective  vendors or third party service providers are
not Y2K-ready, the ability to (a) service the mortgage loans, in the case of any
subservicer or any of their respective vendors or third party service providers,
and (b) make distributions to certificateholders,  in the case of the trustee or
any of its vendors or third  party  service  providers,  may be  materially  and
adversely affected.

        This   section    entitled   "Year   2000    Considerations"    contains
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities
Act. All statements in this section that are not  statements of historical  fact
are  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  made in this Y2K
discussion are subject to some risks and  uncertainties.  Important factors that
could cause results to differ  materially from such  forward-looking  statements
include,  among  other  things,  the  ability of GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation  to
successfully  identify  components  that may pose Y2K  problems,  the nature and
amount of  programming  required to fix the  affected  components,  the costs of
labor and consultants  related to these efforts,  the continued  availability of
resources,  both personnel and technology,  and the ability of business partners
that interface with GMAC Mortgage  Corporation to successfully address their Y2K
issues.

                         THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURER

        The following  information  has been supplied by the financial  guaranty
insurer for inclusion in this Prospectus  Supplement.  No representation is made
by the depositor, the underwriters or any of their affiliates as to the accuracy
or completeness of such information.

                                       [ ]

                   CERTAIN YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

        The yields to maturity and the aggregate  amount of distributions on the
Class A  Certificates  will be  affected  by the rate and  timing  of  principal
payments on the  mortgage  loans,  the amount and timing of  mortgagor  defaults
resulting in Realized Losses and by adjustments to the mortgage rates.  The rate
of default of mortgage loans secured by second liens may be greater than that of
mortgage loans secured by first liens. The yields may be adversely affected by a
higher or lower than  anticipated  rate of  principal  payments on the  mortgage
loans in the trust fund.  The rate of principal  payments on the mortgage  loans
will in turn be affected by the

                                        S-54
<PAGE>

amortization  schedules of the mortgage loans,  the rate and timing of mortgagor
prepayments on the mortgage loans by the  mortgagors,  liquidations of defaulted
mortgage  loans  and  repurchases  of  mortgage  loans due to  breaches  of some
representations and warranties.

        The  timing of  changes  in the rate of  prepayments,  liquidations  and
repurchases of the mortgage  loans may, and the timing of Realized  Losses will,
significantly  affect  the yield to an  investor,  even if the  average  rate of
principal  payments  experienced  over  time is  consistent  with an  investor's
expectation.  In addition, the rate of prepayments of the mortgage loans and the
yield to investors on the certificates may be affected by refinancing  programs,
which  may  include  general  or  targeted  solicitations,  as  described  under
"Maturity and Prepayment  Considerations" in the prospectus.  Since the rate and
timing of principal  payments on the mortgage loans will depend on future events
and on a variety of factors,  as described in this prospectus  supplement and in
the  prospectus  under  "Yield  Considerations"  and  "Maturity  and  Prepayment
Considerations,"  no  assurance  can be given as to the  rate or the  timing  of
principal payments on the Class A Certificates.

        The  amount  of  Excess  Cash  Flow  may be  adversely  affected  by the
prepayment of mortgage loans with higher mortgage  rates.  Any reduction of this
type will  reduce  the  amount of Excess  Cash Flow that is  available  to cover
Realized Losses, increase  overcollateralization on the related classes of Class
A Certificates and cover Prepayment  Interest  Shortfalls,  to the extent and in
the manner  described in this  prospectus  supplement.  See  "Description of the
Mortgage Pool--General," "Description of the Certificates--Overcollateralization
Provisions"  and  "--Allocation  of Losses;  Subordination"  in this  prospectus
supplement.

        The Class A Certificates  are subject to various  priorities for payment
of  principal  as  described in this  prospectus  supplement.  Distributions  of
principal  on classes of Class A  Certificates  having an  earlier  priority  of
payment will be affected by the rates of prepayment of the mortgage  loans early
in the life of the  mortgage  pool.  The  timing of  commencement  of  principal
distributions  and the weighted average lives of classes of Class A Certificates
with a later  priority of payment will be affected by the rates of prepayment of
the  mortgage  loans  both  before  and  after  the  commencement  of  principal
distributions on those classes. In addition,  the yield to maturity of the Class
A  Certificates  will depend on  whether,  to what  extent,  and the timing with
respect to which,  Excess Cash Flow is used to accelerate  payments of principal
on the Class A Certificates or any  Subordination  Reduction Amount is released.
See "Description of the Certificates--Overcollateralization  Provisions" in this
prospectus supplement.

        [A subservicer may allow the refinancing of a mortgage loan by accepting
prepayments on the mortgage loan and permitting a new loan secured by a mortgage
on the same property, which may be originated by the subservicer or the Servicer
or any of their respective affiliates or by an unrelated entity. In the event of
such a  refinancing,  the new loan  would  not be  included  in the  trust  and,
therefore, the refinancing would have the same effect as a prepayment in full of
the related mortgage loan. A subservicer or the Servicer may, from time to time,
implement   refinancing   or   modification   programs   designed  to  encourage
refinancing.  The programs may include,  without  limitation,  modifications  of
existing loans, general or targeted solicitations,  the offering of pre-approved
applications,  reduced  origination  fees or closing costs,  or other  financial
incentives.  Targeted  solicitations  may be  based  on a  variety  of  factors,
including the credit of the borrower or the location of the mortgaged  property.
In addition,  subservicers or the Servicer

                                   S-55
<PAGE>

may encourage assumptions of mortgage loans, including defaulted mortgage loans,
under which creditworthy borrowers assume the outstanding  indebtedness of those
mortgage  loans  which  may be  removed  from the  trust.  As a result  of these
programs,  the rate of principal prepayments of the mortgage loans may be higher
than would  otherwise  be the case,  and, in some cases,  the average  credit or
collateral quality of the mortgage loans remaining in the trust may decline.]

        The mortgage loans in most cases may be prepaid by the mortgagors at any
time without payment of any prepayment fee or penalty, although a portion of the
mortgage  loans  provide for payment of a  prepayment  charge,  which may have a
substantial  effect  on the rate of  prepayment  of those  mortgage  loans.  See
"Description  of the  Mortgage  Pool--Mortgage  Pool  Characteristics"  in  this
prospectus supplement.

        Most of the mortgage  loans contain  due-on-sale  clauses.  As described
under "Description of the  Certificates--Principal  Distributions on the Class A
Certificates" in this prospectus  supplement,  during specified periods all or a
disproportionately  large  percentage of principal  prepayments  on the mortgage
loans will be allocated among the Class A  Certificates,  other than the Lockout
Certificates,  and during  specified  periods no  principal  prepayments  on the
mortgage loans will be distributed to the Lockout Certificates.  Furthermore, if
the Certificate  Principal Balances of the Class A Certificates,  other than the
Lockout  Certificates,  have been reduced to zero, the Lockout Certificates may,
under some  circumstances,  receive all  mortgagor  prepayments  made during the
preceding calendar month.

        Prepayments,  liquidations  and  purchases  of the  mortgage  loans will
result in  distributions  to holders of the Class A  Certificates  of  principal
amounts which would  otherwise be  distributed  over the remaining  terms of the
mortgage  loans.   Factors   affecting   prepayment,   including   defaults  and
liquidations,  of mortgage loans include  changes in mortgagors'  housing needs,
job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors' net equity in the mortgaged properties,
changes  in the value of the  mortgaged  properties,  mortgage  market  interest
rates,  solicitations  and  servicing  decisions.  In  addition,  if  prevailing
mortgage  rates fell  significantly  below the  mortgage  rates on the  mortgage
loans,  the rate of prepayments,  including  refinancings,  would be expected to
increase.  Conversely, if prevailing mortgage rates rose significantly above the
mortgage  rates on the mortgage  loans,  the rate of prepayments on the mortgage
loans would be expected to decrease.  Furthermore,  since mortgage loans secured
by second liens are not generally viewed by borrowers as permanent financing and
generally  carry a high rate of interest,  the mortgage  loans secured by second
liens may  experience a higher rate of prepayment  than  traditional  first lien
mortgage loans. Prepayment of the related first lien may also affect the rate of
prepayments in the mortgage loans.

        The rate of defaults on the mortgage loans will also affect the rate and
timing of principal  payments on the  mortgage  loans.  In general,  defaults on
mortgage  loans are  expected  to occur with  greater  frequency  in their early
years.  The rate of default of mortgage  loans secured by second liens is likely
to be greater  than that of mortgage  loans  secured by  traditional  first lien
mortgage  loans,  particularly  in the case of mortgage loans with high combined
LTV ratios or low junior ratios. The rate of default on mortgage loans which are
refinance or reduced  documentation  mortgage loans,  and on mortgage loans with
high  LTV  ratios,  may be  higher  than for  other  types  of  mortgage  loans.
Furthermore,  the rate and timing of prepayments,  defaults and  liquidations on
the  mortgage  loans will be affected by the general  economic  condition of the

                                        S-56
<PAGE>


region of the country in which the related mortgaged properties are located. The
risk of  delinquencies  and loss is greater and  prepayments  are less likely in
regions where a weak or  deteriorating  economy exists,  as may be evidenced by,
among other factors,  increasing  unemployment or falling property  values.  See
"Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" in the prospectus. In addition, because
borrowers  of Balloon  Loans are  required  to make a  relatively  large  single
payment upon  maturity,  it is possible  that the default risk  associated  with
Balloon Loans is greater than that  associated  with  fully-amortizing  mortgage
loans. See "Risk Factors" in this prospectus supplement.

        To the extent that any losses are incurred on any of the mortgage  loans
that are not covered by the Excess Cash Flow,  a reduction  in the  Subordinated
Amount  or the  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy,  holders  of the Class A
Certificates  will bear the risk of losses resulting from default by mortgagors.
See "Risk  Factors--The  return on your  certificates  will be reduced if losses
exceed the credit enhancement available to your certificates" in this prospectus
supplement. Even where the financial guaranty insurance policy covers all losses
incurred on the mortgage loans, this coverage may accelerate  principal payments
on the Class A  Certificates,  thus  reducing the  weighted  average life of the
Class A Certificates.

        The periodic  increase in interest  paid by the  mortgagor of a Buy-Down
Loan may increase the risk of default with respect to the related mortgage loan.
See "Yield Considerations" in the prospectus.

        The  amount of  interest  otherwise  payable  to  holders of the Class A
Certificates  will be  reduced  by any  interest  shortfalls  to the  extent not
covered  by  subordination  or  the  servicer,   including  Prepayment  Interest
Shortfalls.  These shortfalls will not be offset by a reduction in the servicing
fees  payable  to the  servicer  or  otherwise,  except  as  described  in  this
prospectus  supplement with respect to some Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.  See
"Yield   Considerations"   in   the   prospectus   and   "Description   of   the
Certificates--Interest  Distributions"  in  this  prospectus  supplement  for  a
discussion of the effect of principal  prepayments  on the mortgage loans on the
yield to maturity of the Class A  Certificates  and possible  shortfalls  in the
collection of interest.

        In  addition,  the  yield  to  maturity  on each  class  of the  Class A
Certificates  will depend on, among other things,  the price paid by the holders
of the Class A  Certificates  and the related  pass-through  rate. The extent to
which  the  yield  to  maturity  of any  Class A  Certificate  is  sensitive  to
prepayments will depend,  in part, upon the degree to which it is purchased at a
discount or premium. In general, if a class of Class A Certificates is purchased
at a premium and  principal  distributions  thereon  occur at a rate faster than
assumed at the time of purchase, the investor's actual yield to maturity will be
lower than anticipated at the time of purchase.  Conversely, if a class of Class
A Certificates  is purchased at a discount and principal  distributions  thereon
occur at a rate  slower than  assumed at the time of  purchase,  the  investor's
actual yield to maturity will be lower than anticipated at the time of purchase.
For additional  considerations  relating to the yield on the  certificates,  see
"Yield  Considerations"  and "Maturity  and  Prepayment  Considerations"  in the
prospectus.

        Because the mortgage  rates on the mortgage  loans and the  pass-through
rates on the Class A Certificates  (other than the Class A-1  Certificates)  are
fixed,  the rates will not  change in  response  to  changes in market  interest
rates.  Accordingly,  if market  interest  rates or market yields for securities
similar  to the  offered  certificates  were to rise,  the  market  value of the
offered certificates may decline.

                                        S-57
<PAGE>


        The yield to investors on the Class A-1  Certificates  will be sensitive
to fluctuations in the level of LIBOR and the pass-through  rate will be capped.
See  "Risk  Factors--The  yield on your  certificates  will be  affected  by the
specific  characteristics that apply to that class,  discussed below - Class A-1
Certificates".  A number of factors affect the performance of any index, such as
LIBOR,  and may  cause  such  index to move in a  manner  different  from  other
indices.  To the extent that any index may reflect  changes in the general level
of  interest  rates  less  quickly  than  other  indices,  in a period of rising
interest rates,  increases in the yield to the Class A-1  Certificateholders due
to such rising  interest rates may occur later than that which would be produced
by other indices.  Moreover, an increase in the level of LIBOR will increase the
likelihood  that the  pass-through  rate on the Class A-1  Certificates  will be
limited  by the  weighted  average  Net  Loan  Rate  on the  mortgage  loans  in
accordance  with such index,  than of mortgage  loans which adjust in accordance
with other indices.

        CLASS A CERTIFICATES:  The rate and timing of principal  payments on and
the  weighted  average  lives  of the  Class A  Certificates  will  be  affected
primarily by the rate and timing of principal payments,  including  prepayments,
defaults, liquidations and purchases, on the mortgage loans.

        LOCKOUT  CERTIFICATES:  Investors in the Lockout  Certificates should be
aware that because the Lockout  Certificates do not receive any distributions of
payments of  principal  prior to the  distribution  date  OCCURRING IN , and may
receive a disproportionately small percentage of principal prepayments until the
distribution date occurring in ______, unless the Certificate Principal Balances
of the Class A  Certificates,  other than the  Lockout  Certificates,  have been
reduced to zero, the weighted average life of the Lockout  Certificates  will be
longer than would  otherwise be the case.  The effect on the market value of the
Lockout  Certificates  of changes in market  interest rates or market yields for
similar   securities  will  be  greater  than  for  other  classes  of  Class  A
Certificates entitled to principal distributions.

        ASSUMED FINAL  DISTRIBUTION  DATE: The assumed final  distribution  date
with  respect  to each class of THE CLASS A  CERTIFICATES  IS 25, , which is the
distribution date immediately  following the latest scheduled  maturity date for
any  mortgage  loan.  No  event  of  default,   change  in  the  priorities  for
distribution among the various classes or other provisions under the pooling and
servicing  agreement  will  arise or become  applicable  solely by reason of the
failure  to retire  the  entire  Certificate  Principal  Balance of any class of
certificates on or before its assumed final distribution date.

     The actual  final  distribution  date with respect to each class of Class A
Certificates   could  occur   significantly   earlier  than  the  assumed  final
distribution date for that class because:


o    Excess Cash Flow will be used to make  accelerated  payments of  principal,
     i.e.  Subordination  Increase  Amounts,  to  the  holders  of the  Class  A
     Certificates,  which  payments  will  have the  effect  of  shortening  the
     weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates of each class,

o    prepayments  are  likely to  occur,  which  will  also  have the  effect of
     shortening the weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates, and

                                        S-58
<PAGE>

o    the servicer may cause a termination of the trust when the aggregate Stated
     Principal  Balance of the  mortgage  loans in the trust is less than 10% of
     the aggregate cut-off date balance.

        WEIGHTED  AVERAGE  LIFE:  Weighted  average  life  refers to the average
amount of time that will  elapse  from the date of issuance of a security to the
date of distribution to the investor of each dollar  distributed in reduction of
principal of the security  assuming no losses.  The weighted average life of the
Class A  Certificates  will be influenced  by, among other  things,  the rate at
which  principal  of the  mortgage  loans is paid,  which  may be in the form of
scheduled amortization, prepayments or liquidations.

        Prepayments  on  mortgage  loans are  commonly  measured  relative  to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this prospectus supplement,  the
prepayment speed assumption, represents an assumed rate of prepayment each month
relative to the then  outstanding  principal  balance of a pool of new  mortgage
loans. A prepayment  assumption of 100% PSA assumes constant prepayment rates of
0.20% per annum of the then outstanding  principal balance of the mortgage loans
in the first month of the life of the mortgage loans and an additional 0.20% per
annum in each month thereafter until the 30th month. Beginning in the 30th month
and in each month  thereafter  during the life of the mortgage  loans , 100% PSA
assumes a constant  prepayment  rate of 6% per annum each month.  As used in the
table  below,  "0%  PSA"  assumes  prepayment  rates  equal  to  0%  of  PSA--NO
PREPAYMENTS.  CORRESPONDINGLY,  "100% PSA" AND " % PSA" assumes prepayment rates
equal  to 100% of PSA AND % of PSA,  respectively,  and so  forth.  PSA does not
purport to be a historical  description of prepayment experience or a prediction
of the anticipated  rate of prepayment of any pool of mortgage loans , including
the mortgage loans .

        The table captioned  "Percent of Initial  Certificate  Principal Balance
Outstanding at the Following  Percentages of PSA" has been prepared on the basis
of  assumptions  as listed in this  paragraph  regarding  the  weighted  average
characteristics  of the  Mortgage  loans that are expected to be included in the
trust  fund as  described  under  "Description  of the  Mortgage  Pool"  in this
prospectus  supplement and their  performance.  The table  assumes,  among other
things,  that: (i) as of the date of issuance of the Class A  Certificates,  the
mortgage loans have the following characteristics:

Aggregate principal balance       $                      $

Weighted average mortgage rate           %                                 %

Weighted average servicing fee           %                                 %

    rate

Weighted average original term
    to maturity (months)

Weighted average remaining term
    to maturity (months)

                                        S-59
<PAGE>


         (ii) except with  respect to the Balloon  Loans the  scheduled  monthly
payment  for  each  mortgage  loan has been  based on its  outstanding  balance,
mortgage  rate and  remaining  term to maturity,  so that the mortgage loan will
amortize in amounts  sufficient  for its repayment  over its  remaining  term to
maturity;  (iii) none of the unaffiliated sellers, the servicer or the depositor
will repurchase any mortgage loan, as described under "The Trusts--The  Mortgage
Loans"  and  "Description  of the  Securities--Assignment  of Loans and  Certain
Insolvency and Bankruptcy  Issues" in the  prospectus,  and neither the servicer
nor the  depositor  exercises  any option to  purchase  the  mortgage  loans and
thereby cause a termination of the trust fund;  (iv) there are no  delinquencies
or  Realized  Losses  on the  mortgage  loans , and  principal  payments  on the
mortgage loans will be timely received together with prepayments, if any, at the
respective  constant  percentages of PSA set forth in the table; (v) there is no
Prepayment Interest Shortfall or any other interest shortfall in any month; (vi)
payments  on the  certificates  will be  received on the 25th day of each month,
commencing  in  _________;   (vii)  payments  on  the  mortgage  loans  earn  no
reinvestment return;  (viii) there are no additional ongoing trust fund expenses
payable out of the trust fund;  and (ix) the  certificates  will be purchased on
_______________,  _______.  Clauses  (i)  through  (ix)  above are  collectively
referred to as the structuring assumptions.

        The actual  characteristics  and  performance of the mortgage loans will
differ from the  assumptions  used in  constructing  the table  below,  which is
hypothetical  in nature and is provided  only to give a general sense of how the
principal  cash flows might  behave  under  varying  prepayment  scenarios.  For
example,  it is very unlikely that the mortgage  loans will prepay at a constant
level of PSA until maturity or that all of the mortgage loans will prepay at the
same  level of PSA.  Moreover,  the  diverse  remaining  terms to  maturity  and
mortgage rates of the mortgage  loans could produce  slower or faster  principal
distributions than indicated in the table at the various constant percentages of
PSA  specified,  even if the  weighted  average  remaining  term to maturity and
weighted  average  mortgage  rate of the  mortgage  loans  are as  assumed.  Any
difference   between  the  assumptions  and  the  actual   characteristics   and
performance of the mortgage loans, or actual prepayment or loss experience, will
affect the percentages of initial  Certificate  Principal  Balances  outstanding
over time and the weighted average lives of the classes of Class A Certificates.

        In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  discussion  and  assumptions,  the
following  table  indicates  the weighted  average life of each class of Class A
Certificates,  and  sets  forth  the  percentages  of  the  initial  Certificate
Principal  Balance  of  each  class  of  Class  A  Certificates  that  would  be
outstanding after each of the distribution  dates at the various  percentages of
PSA shown.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         PERCENT OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING

                       AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF PSA

                                   Class A-1              Class A-2              Class A-3

<S>                            <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>                              <C>
DISTRIBUTION DATE               %      %       %      %       %       %      %       %      %
- -----------------------------
</TABLE>

                                        S-60
<PAGE>

Initial Percentage

- -----------------------------
Weighted Average Life in
Years (**)

- -----------------------------

- ------------

o        Indicates a number that is greater than zero but less than 0.5%.

O        (TABLE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE.)

**      The weighted average life of a certificate of any class is determined by
        (i) multiplying the net reduction,  if any, of the Certificate Principal
        Balance  by the  number  of  years  from  the  date of  issuance  of the
        certificate to the related  distribution  date, (ii) adding the results,
        and (iii)  dividing the sum by the aggregate of the net reduction of the
        Certificate Principal Balance described in (i) above.

        This  table  has been  prepared  based on the  structuring  assumptions,
including the assumptions relating to the characteristics and performance of the
mortgage loans,  which differ from their actual  characteristics,  and should be
read in conjunction therewith.

                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

GENERAL

        The certificates will be issued under a pooling and servicing  agreement
dated as of __________, ____, among the depositor, the seller, the servicer, and
__________,  as  trustee.  Reference  is made to the  prospectus  for  important
information  in  addition  to  that  described  in  this  prospectus  supplement
regarding the terms and  conditions  of the pooling and servicing  agreement and
the Class A Certificates.  The trustee will appoint ____________________to serve
as custodian in connection with the certificates.  The Class A Certificates will
be transferable  and  exchangeable at the corporate trust office of the trustee,
which will serve as certificate  registrar and paying agent.  The depositor will
provide a prospective or actual  certificateholder  without  charge,  on written
request,  a copy,  without  exhibits,  of the pooling and  servicing  agreement.
Requests  should be  addressed  to the  President,  Residential  Asset  Mortgage
Products,  Inc.,  8400  Normandale  Lake  Boulevard,   Suite  600,  Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55437.

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

        The  servicing  fees  for each  mortgage  loan  are  payable  out of the
interest  payments on that mortgage  LOAN.  THE SERVICING  FEES RELATING TO EACH
MORTGAGE  LOAN WILL BE AT LEAST % per annum and not more THAN % per annum of the
outstanding  principal  balance of that mortgage loan,  with a weighted  average
SERVICING FEE OF APPROXIMATELY % per annum.

        The servicer is obligated to pay some ongoing  expenses  associated with
the  trust  fund  and   incurred  by  the  servicer  in   connection   with  its
responsibilities under the pooling and servicing agreement. See "The Agreements"
in the prospectus for information  regarding other possible  compensation to the
servicer and subservicers and for information  regarding expenses payable by the
servicer.
                                        S-61
<PAGE>



[REFINANCING OF SENIOR LIEN

        The servicer may permit the refinancing of any existing lien senior to a
mortgage  loan,  provided  that some  conditions  described  in the  pooling and
servicing  agreement are satisfied and the resulting combined LTV ratio does not
exceed 100%.

COLLECTION AND LIQUIDATION PRACTICES; LOSS MITIGATION

        The servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called
for under the mortgage loans and will, consistent with the pooling and servicing
agreement,  follow such collection procedures which shall be normal and usual in
its  general  mortgage  servicing  activities  with  respect to  mortgage  loans
comparable to the mortgage loans. The servicer is authorized to engage in a wide
variety of loss mitigation  practices to the mortgage loans,  including waivers,
modifications,   payment  forbearances,   partial  forgiveness,   entering  into
repayment schedule arrangements,  and capitalization of arrearages;  provided in
any case that the servicer  determines that the action is not materially adverse
to the interests of the  certificateholders and is generally consistent with the
servicer's  policies with respect to similar  loans;  and provided  further that
some modifications,  including  reductions in the loan rate, partial forgiveness
or a maturity extension, may only be taken if the mortgage loan is in default or
if default is  reasonably  foreseeable.  For  mortgage  loans that come into and
continue  in  default,  the  servicer  may take a variety of  actions  including
foreclosure upon the mortgaged property, writing off the balance of the mortgage
loan as bad debt, taking a deed in lieu of foreclosure,  accepting a short sale,
permitting a short refinancing, arranging for a repayment plan, modifications as
described above, or taking an unsecured note. See "Description of the Securities
Servicing and Administration of Loans" in the prospectus.]

VOTING RIGHTS

        There  are  actions  specified  in the  prospectus  that may be taken by
holders of  certificates  evidencing  a specified  percentage  of all  undivided
interests in the trust fund and may be taken by holders of certificates entitled
in the  aggregate to that  percentage of the voting  rights.  ___% of all voting
rights will be allocated among all holders of the Class A Certificates,  ___% of
all  voting  rights  will  be  allocated  among  all  holders  of  the  Class  R
Certificates  and ___% of all voting rights will be allocated  among all holders
of the Class SB  Certificates,  respectively,  in each case in proportion to the
percentage interests evidenced by their respective certificates. The pooling and
servicing  agreement  may be amended  without  the consent of the holders of the
Class R Certificates in specified circumstances.

TERMINATION

        The circumstances under which the obligations created by the pooling and
servicing  agreement  will terminate  relating to the Class A  Certificates  are
described in "The  Agreements--Termination;  Retirement  of  Securities"  in the
prospectus. The servicer will have the option, on any distribution date on which
the aggregate Stated Principal Balance of the mortgage loans is

                                        S-62
<PAGE>

less than 10% of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the
cut-off date,  either to purchase all remaining  mortgage loans and other assets
in the trust fund, except for the policy,  thereby effecting early retirement of
the  Class  A  Certificates  or to  purchase,  in  whole  but not in  part,  the
certificates.  Any such purchase of mortgage loans and other assets of the trust
fund  shall  be made  at a price  equal  to the  sum of (a)  100% of the  unpaid
principal  balance of each mortgage loan or the fair market value of the related
underlying  mortgaged  properties with respect to defaulted mortgage loans as to
which title to such  mortgaged  properties has been acquired if such fair market
value is less  than  such  unpaid  principal  balance,  net of any  unreimbursed
Advance attributable to principal, as of the date of repurchase plus (b) accrued
interest  thereon at the Net Loan Rate to, but not  including,  the first day of
the month in which the repurchase  price is distributed plus (c) any amounts due
to the financial guaranty insurer under the insurance and indemnity agreement.

        Distributions on the certificates  relating to any optional  termination
will be paid,  first,  to the Class A Certificates  and second,  to the Class SB
Certificates  in the order of their payment  priority.  The proceeds of any such
distribution  may not be sufficient to distribute  the full amount to each class
of  certificates if the purchase price is based in part on the fair market value
of the underlying mortgaged property and the fair market value is less than 100%
of the unpaid  principal  balance of the related  mortgage loan. Any purchase of
mortgage  loans  and  termination  of the  trust  requires  the  consent  of the
financial  guaranty insurer if it would result in a draw on the policy. Any such
purchase  of the  certificates  will be made at a price  equal  to 100% of their
Certificate  Principal  Balance  plus  the  sum  of  interest  thereon  for  the
immediately   preceding   Interest   Accrual   Period  at  the   then-applicable
pass-through rate and any previously unpaid Accrued Certificate  Interest.  Upon
the purchase of such  certificates or at any time  thereafter,  at the option of
the servicer,  the mortgage loans may be sold, thereby effecting a retirement of
the  certificates  and the termination of the trust fund, or the certificates so
purchased may be held or resold by the servicer or the depositor.

        Upon   presentation  and  surrender  of  the  Class  A  Certificates  in
connection  with the termination of the trust fund or a purchase of certificates
under the circumstances  described in the two preceding paragraphs,  the holders
of the Class A  Certificates  will  receive an amount  equal to the  Certificate
Principal  Balance of that  class  plus  interest  thereon  for the  immediately
preceding Interest Accrual Period at the then-applicable pass-through rate, plus
any previously unpaid Accrued Certificate  Interest.  However,  distributions to
the holders of the most  subordinate  class of certificates  outstanding will be
reduced, as described in the preceding paragraph, in the case of the termination
of the trust fund resulting from a purchase of all the assets of the trust fund.

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     __________________,   counsel  to  the   depositor,   has  filed  with  the
depositor's  registration  statement  an opinion to the  effect  that,  assuming
compliance  with all  provisions  of the pooling and  servicing  agreement,  for
federal  income tax  purposes,  the trust fund will qualify as a REMIC under the
Internal Revenue Code.

For federal income tax purposes:

                                        S-63

<PAGE>

o    the  Class R  Certificates  will  constitute  the sole  class of  "residual
     interests" in the REMIC and

o    each  class of Class A  Certificates  and the  Class SB  Certificates  will
     represent ownership of "regular interests" in the REMIC and will be treated
     as debt instruments of the REMIC

        See "Material Federal Income Tax  Consequences--Classification of REMICs
and FASITs" in the prospectus.

        FOR        FEDERAL  INCOME TAX PURPOSES,  THE CLASS  Certificates  will,
                   [the Class  Certificates may] [and all other Classes of Class
                   A Certificates will not] be treated as

having been issued with original issue discount.  The prepayment assumption that
will be used in  determining  the rate of accrual of  original  issue  discount,
market  discount and premium,  if any, for federal  income tax purposes  will be
based on the assumption that,  subsequent to the date of any  determination  the
mortgage loans WILL PREPAY AT A RATE EQUAL TO % PSA. No  representation  is made
that the  mortgage  loans  will  prepay at that rate or at any other  rate.  See
"Material Federal Income Tax Consequences--General" and "--Taxation of Owners of
REMIC  and  FASIT  Regular   Certificates--Original   Issue   Discount"  in  the
prospectus.

        If the method for computing  original  issue  discount  described in the
prospectus  results  in a  negative  amount  for any  period  with  respect to a
certificateholder,  the amount of  original  issue  discount  allocable  to that
period would be zero and the certificateholder  will be permitted to offset that
negative  amount  only  against  future   original  issue   discount,   if  any,
attributable to those certificates.

        In some  circumstances  the OID regulations  permit the holder of a debt
instrument to recognize original issue discount under a method that differs from
that  used by the  issuer.  Accordingly,  it is  possible  that the  holder of a
certificate  may be able to  select  a method  for  recognizing  original  issue
discount that differs from that used by the servicer in preparing reports to the
certificateholders and the IRS.

        Some of the classes of Class A  Certificates  may be treated for federal
income tax  purposes as having  been issued at a premium.  Whether any holder of
one of those  classes of  certificates  will be treated as holding a certificate
with  amortizable bond premium will depend on the  certificateholder's  purchase
price and the distributions  remaining to be made on the certificate at the time
of its  acquisition  by the  certificateholder.  Holders  of  those  classes  of
certificates  should  consult their tax advisors  regarding the  possibility  of
making an election to amortize such premium.  See "Material  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences--Taxation  of Owners of REMIC and FASIT Regular  Certificates"  and
"--Premium" in the prospectus.

        The Class A Certificates  will be treated as assets described in Section
7701(a)(19)(C)  of the  Internal  Revenue Code and "real  estate  assets"  under
Section  856(c)(4)(A)  of the Internal  Revenue Code in the same proportion that
the assets of the trust fund would be so treated.  In addition,  interest on the
Class A  Certificates  will be treated as  "interest on  obligations  secured by
mortgages on real property" under Section  856(c)(3)(B) of the Internal  Revenue
Code to the extent that the Class A  Certificates  are  treated as "real  estate
assets" under Section 856(c)(4)(A)

                                        S-64
<PAGE>

of the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Moreover,  the  Class A  Certificates  will be
"qualified  mortgages" within the meaning of Section  860G(a)(3) of the Internal
Revenue Code if  transferred to another REMIC on its startup day in exchange for
a regular or residual interest therein. However,  prospective investors in Class
A Certificates that will be treated as assets described in Section 860G(a)(3) of
the Internal Revenue Code should note that,  notwithstanding that treatment, any
repurchase  of a  certificate  pursuant  to the  right  of the  servicer  or the
depositor to repurchase the Class A Certificates  may adversely affect any REMIC
that  holds  the  Class  A   Certificates   if  the  repurchase  is  made  under
circumstances giving rise to a Prohibited  Transaction Tax. See "The Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement--Termination"  in this prospectus  supplement and "Material
Federal   Income  Tax   Consequences--Taxation   of  Owners  of  REMIC  Residual
Certificates--Prohibited Transaction and Other Taxes" in the prospectus.

NEW WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS

        The  Treasury  Department  has  issued new  regulations  which make some
modifications to the withholding,  backup withholding and information  reporting
rules  described  above.  The new  regulations  attempt  to unify  certification
requirements and modify reliance  standards.  The new regulations will generally
be  effective  for  payments  made  after  December  31,  1999,  subject to some
transition  rules.  Prospective  investors  are urged to  consult  their own tax
advisors regarding the new regulations.

        For further  information  regarding  federal income tax  consequences of
investing  in the  Class  A  Certificates,  see  "Material  Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences--Taxation of Owners of REMIC and FASIT Regular Certificates" in the
prospectus.

                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

     In accordance with the terms and conditions of an  underwriting  agreement,
dated_____________,  _____________will  serve as  underwriter  and has agreed to
purchase  and the  depositor  has agreed to sell the Class A  Certificates.  The
certificates  being sold to the underwriter are referred to as the  underwritten
certificates. It is expected that delivery of the underwritten certificates will
be made only in book-entry form through the Same Day Funds Settlement  System of
DTC on or about _____________, against payment therefor in immediately available
funds.

        In connection with the  underwritten  certificates,  the underwriter has
agreed,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of the  underwriting
agreement,  to  purchase  all of  the  underwritten  certificates  if any of its
underwritten certificates are purchased thereby.

        The  underwriting   agreement  provides  that  the  obligations  of  the
underwriter to pay for and accept delivery of the underwritten  certificates are
subject  to,  among  other  things,  the  receipt of legal  opinions  and to the
conditions, among others, that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
depositor's  registration  statement shall be in effect, and that no proceedings
for that purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission.

        The distribution of the underwritten certificates by the underwriter may
be  effected  from  time  to time in one or  more  negotiated  transactions,  or
otherwise,  at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale.  Proceeds to
the depositor from the sale of the underwritten


                                   S-65
<PAGE>

certificates,  before  deducting  expenses  payable  BY THE  DEPOSITOR,  WILL BE
APPROXIMATELY  ____%  of the  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the
underwritten certificates plus accrued interest thereon from the cut-off date.

        The   underwriter   may  effect  these   transactions   by  selling  the
underwritten  certificates to or through dealers,  and those dealers may receive
compensation in the form of underwriting  discounts,  concessions or commissions
from the  underwriter for whom they act as agent. In connection with the sale of
the  underwritten  certificates,  the underwriter may be deemed to have received
compensation  from the depositor in the form of underwriting  compensation.  The
underwriter  and any  dealers  that  participate  with  the  underwriter  in the
distribution of the  underwritten  certificates may be deemed to be underwriters
and any profit on the resale of the underwritten certificates positioned by them
may be deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.

        The  underwriting  agreement  provides that the depositor will indemnify
the  underwriter,  and that under limited  circumstances  the  underwriter  will
indemnify the depositor,  against some liabilities  under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments required to be made in respect thereof.

        There is currently no secondary market for the Class A Certificates. The
underwriter intends to make a secondary market in the underwritten  certificates
but is not obligated to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary market
for the Class A Certificates  will develop or, if it does develop,  that it will
continue.  The  Class  A  Certificates  will  not be  listed  on any  securities
exchange.

        The primary source of information  available to investors concerning the
Class A Certificates will be the monthly statements  discussed in the prospectus
under "Description of the  Securities--Reports  to Securityholders,"  which will
include  information  as to the  outstanding  principal  balance  of the Class A
Certificates.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  additional  information
regarding the Class A Certificates  will be available  through any other source.
In  addition,  the  depositor  is not aware of any source  through  which  price
information  about the Class A  Certificates  will be  available  on an  ongoing
basis. The limited nature of this information regarding the Class A Certificates
may  adversely  affect  the  liquidity  of the Class A  Certificates,  even if a
secondary market for the Class A Certificates becomes available.

                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

     [Certain  legal matters with respect to the servicer and the seller will be
passed  upon by the  servicer  and the  seller by the  General  Counsel  to GMAC
Mortgage  Corporation.]  Certain legal matters relating to the CERTIFICATES WILL
BE PASSED UPON FOR THE DEPOSITOR BY  _____________ , and  _____________  FOR THE
UNDERWRITER BY________________,___________ .

                                     EXPERTS

        The consolidated  financial  statements of [financial  guaranty insurer]
____________ [and  subsidiaries],  as of December 31, 199_ and 199_ and for each
of the years in the three-year  period ended December 31, 199_ are  incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement and in the registration  statement in
reliance upon the report of _________, independent certified public accountants,
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement,  and upon the authority
of __________ as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                        S-66
<PAGE>

                                     RATINGS

     It is a condition of the issuance of the Class A Certificates  that they be
rated "AAA" by ___________AND __________________.

[  _____________'s  ratings on mortgage  pass-through  certificates  address the
likelihood of the receipt by  certificateholders  of payments required under the
pooling and servicing agreement.

______________'s  ratings  take into  consideration  the  credit  quality of the
mortgage pool,  structural and legal aspects  associated with the  certificates,
and the extent to which the payment  stream in the mortgage  pool is adequate to
make payments required under the certificates.

_______________'s  rating on the certificates  does not,  however,  constitute a
statement  regarding  frequency of  prepayments  on the mortgage s. See "Certain
Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus supplement. In addition,
the  ratings do not  address  the  likelihood  of the  receipt of any amounts in
respect of Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.

     THE RATINGS ASSIGNED BY ___________ to mortgage  pass-through  certificates
address the likelihood of the receipt by certificateholders of all distributions
to which they are entitled UNDER THE TRANSACTION STRUCTURE. __________'s ratings
reflect its analysis of the riskiness of the  underlying  mortgage loans and the
structure  of  the   transaction  as  described  in  the  operative   DOCUMENTS.
___________'s  ratings  do not  address  the effect on the  certificates'  yield
attributable to prepayments or recoveries on the underlying  mortgage loans . In
addition,  the  ratings do not  address  the  likelihood  of the  receipt of any
amounts in respect of Prepayment Interest Shortfalls.

     The depositor has not requested a rating on the Class A Certificates by any
rating agency other than ___________ AND _____________. However, there can be no
assurance  as to  whether  any  other  rating  agency  will  rate  the  Class  A
Certificates,  or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by any other rating
agency.  A rating on the  Certificates by another rating agency,  if assigned at
all,  may be lower than the  ratings  assigned  to the Class A  Certificates  by
__________ AND ___________.

        A  security  rating  is  not a  recommendation  to  buy,  sell  or  hold
securities  and may be  subject to  revision  or  withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning  rating  organization.   Each  security  rating  should  be  evaluated
independently  of any  other  security  rating.  In the event  that the  ratings
initially assigned to the Class A Certificates are subsequently  lowered for any
reason,  no person or entity is obligated to provide any  additional  support or
credit enhancement with respect to the Class A Certificates.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

        The  Class  A  Certificates   will  not  constitute   "mortgage  related
securities"  for purposes of SMMEA because the mortgage  pool includes  mortgage
loans that are secured by subordinate liens on the related mortgage properties.

                                        S-67
<PAGE>

        One or  more  classes  of the  Class A  Certificates  may be  viewed  as
"complex securities" under TB13a, which applies to thrift institutions regulated
by the OTS.

        The depositor makes no representations as to the proper characterization
of any class of the Class A Certificates for legal investment or other purposes,
or as to the ability of particular  investors to purchase any class of the Class
A  Certificates   under   applicable  legal   investment   restrictions.   These
uncertainties  may  adversely  affect  the  liquidity  of any  class  of Class A
Certificates. Accordingly, all investors whose investment activities are subject
to legal investment laws and  regulations,  regulatory  capital  requirements or
review by regulatory  authorities  should  consult with their legal  advisors in
determining  whether  and to what  extent any class of the Class A  Certificates
constitutes  a legal  investment or is subject to  investment,  capital or other
restrictions.

        See "Legal Investment Matters" in the prospectus.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        A fiduciary of any ERISA plan, any insurance  company,  whether  through
its general or  separate  accounts,  or any other  person  investing  ERISA plan
assets, as defined under "ERISA Considerations--ERISA Plan Asset Regulations" in
the  prospectus,  should  carefully  review with its legal advisors  whether the
purchase  or holding of Class A  Certificates  could give rise to a  transaction
prohibited  or not  otherwise  permissible  under  ERISA or Section  4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The purchase or holding of the Class A Certificates by or
on behalf of an ERISA plan or with ERISA plan assets may  qualify for  exemptive
relief    under    the   RFC    exemption,    as    described    under    "ERISA
Considerations--Prohibited  Transaction Exemptions" in the prospectus.  However,
the RFC  exemption  contains  a number of  conditions  which must be met for the
exemption to apply,  including  the  requirement  that any ERISA plan must be an
"accredited  investor"  as  defined in Rule  501(a)(1)  of  Regulation  D of the
Commission under the Securities Act.

        Insurance  companies  contemplating  the  investment of general  account
assets in the Class A Certificates should consult with their legal advisors with
respect to the  applicability  of Section  401(c) of ERISA,  as described  under
"ERISA  Considerations--Insurance  Company General  Accounts" in the prospectus.
[The DOL issued proposed  regulations under Section 401(c) on December 22, 1997,
but the required final  regulations  have not been issued as of the date of this
prospectus supplement.]

        Any  fiduciary or other  investor of ERISA plan assets that  proposes to
acquire  or hold the Class A  Certificates  on  behalf of an ERISA  plan or with
ERISA plan assets  should  consult with its counsel with respect to: (i) whether
the  specific  and  general  conditions  and the other  requirements  of the RFC
exemption  would be  satisfied,  or  whether  any other  prohibited  transaction
exemption  would  apply,  and (ii) the  potential  applicability  of the general
fiduciary  responsibility  provisions  of ERISA and the  prohibited  transaction
provisions  of  ERISA  and  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code to the
proposed investment. See "ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.

        The sale of any of the Class A  Certificates  to an ERISA  plan is in no
respect  a  representation  by the  depositor  or the  underwriter  that such an
investment  meets all relevant  legal  requirements  relating to  investments by
ERISA plans  generally or any particular  ERISA plan, or that such an investment
is appropriate for ERISA plans generally or any particular ERISA plan.

                                        S-68

<PAGE>


                    RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

                                        $



                 MORTGAGE ASSET-BACKED PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES

                              SERIES 200_ - GMACM_

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                              [NAME OF UNDERWRITER]

                                   UNDERWRITER

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE  INFORMATION  CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.  WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE
TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION.

WE ARE NOT OFFERING THE CERTIFICATES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER
IS NOT PERMITTED.

Dealers will be required to deliver a prospectus  supplement and prospectus when
acting as  underwriters of the  certificates  offered hereby and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.  In addition,  all dealers selling the
offered  certificates,  whether or not  participating  in this offering,  may be
required to DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS UNTIL _______, _____.





<PAGE>




SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DATED__________, 1999

 Prospectus supplement dated ____________, ____ (to prospectus
dated ____________, ____)

                               $ ____________________

                    RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

                                    DEPOSITOR

                            RAMP SERIES ___-__ TRUST

                                     ISSUER

                         RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION

                                 MASTER SERVICER

                   HOME LOAN ASSET-BACKED NOTES, SERIES ______

OFFERED                    NOTES The trust will issue notes  backed by a pool of
                           closed-end,  primarily  second  lien  fixed rate home
                           loans

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT         Credit enhancement for the notes consists of:

     o    excess interest and overcollateralization; and

     o    a financial guaranty insurance policy issued by ______________.

                                [Insurer's logo]

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOU SHOULD  CONSIDER  CAREFULLY  THE RISK FACTORS  BEGINNING ON PAGE S-_ IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NEITHER THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR ANY STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED OF THE OFFERED NOTES OR DETERMINED  THAT
THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  OR THE  PROSPECTUS  IS ACCURATE OR  COMPLETE.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

    THE ATTORNEY  GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED
THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

    _________  will  offer  the notes to the  public,  at  varying  prices to be
determined at the time of sale.  The proceeds to the depositor  from the sale of
the notes will be  approximately  _____% of the  principal  balance of the notes
plus accrued interest, before deducting expenses.

                              [NAME OF UNDERWRITER]

                                   UNDERWRITER


<PAGE>






                              S-2

IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION  PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND
THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

We provide  information  to you about the notes in two separate  documents  that
provide progressively more detail:

     o    the prospectus, which provides general information,  some of which may
          not apply to your series of
         notes; and

     o    this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of your
          series of notes.

IF THE DESCRIPTION OF YOUR NOTES IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DIFFERS FROM THE
RELATED  DESCRIPTION  IN THE  ACCOMPANYING  PROSPECTUS,  YOU SHOULD  RELY ON THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

The Depositor's principal offices are located at 8400 Normandale Lake Boulevard,
Suite 600, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55437 and its phone number is (612) 832-7000.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                        PAGE

Summary ..................................4

Risk Factors..............................9

  Risks Associated with the Home Loans....9
  Servicing Practices....................10
  Limited Obligations....................11
  Liquidity Risks........................11

  Special Yield and Prepayment
  Considerations.........................11
Introduction.............................13

Description of the Home Loan Pool........13
  General................................13

  Payments on the Simple Interest Home
  Loans..................................14
  Balloon Home Loans.....................14

  Home Loan Pool Characteristics.........15
  Credit Scores..........................21
  Underwriting Standards.................21
  The Initial Subservicers...............22
  Additional Information.................22

The Issuer...............................23
The Owner Trustee........................23
The Indenture Trustee....................23
The Financial Guaranty Insurer...........23
Year 2000 Considerations.................25

  Overview of the Year 2000 Issue........25

  Overview of Residential Funding's Y2K
  Project................................25
  Y2K Project Status.....................26

  Risks related to Y2K...................28
Description of the Securities............28

  General................................28
  Book-Entry Notes.......................28

  Payments............... ...............30
  Glossary of Terms......................31

  Interest Payments on the Notes.........33
  Principal Payments on the Notes........33
  Allocation of Payments on the Home Loans33
  The Paying Agent.......................34
  Maturity and Optional Redemption.......34

Description of the Financial Guaranty
  Insurance Policy.......................34
Certain Yield and Prepayment
  Considerations.................. ......35

General .................................35

Description of the Home Loan Purchase
  Agreement..............................38
  Purchase of Home Loans.................39

  Representations and Warranties.........39
Description of the Servicing Agreement...40

  The Master Servicer....................40
  Residential Funding Corporation........40

  Servicing and Other Compensation and
  Payment of Expenses....................41
  Principal and Interest Collections.....41
  Release of Lien; Refinancing of
  Senior Lien............................42
  Collection and Liquidation Practices;
  Loss Mitigation........................42
  Optional Repurchase of Defaulted
  Home Loans.............................43

Description of the Trust Agreement
  and Indenture..........................43
  The Trust Fund.........................43

  Reports To Holders.....................43
  Certain Covenants......................43
  Modification of Indenture..............44

  Certain Matters Regarding the Indenture
  Trustee and the Issuer.................45
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences.45

State and Other Tax Consequences.........49
ERISA Considerations.....................49
Legal Investment.........................50
Method of Distribution...................50
Experts .................................51
Legal Matters............................51
Ratings  ................................51

ANNEX I ..................................1


<PAGE>






                                     SUMMARY

    The  following  summary is a very general  overview of the offered notes and
does not contain all of the information  that you should consider in making your
investment  decision.  To  understand  the terms of the notes,  you should  read
carefully this entire document and the prospectus.

<TABLE>

<S>                                            <C>
Issuer or Trust.............................   RAMP Series ____-__ Trust.

Title of the offered securities.............   Home Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series ________.

Initial principal balance...................   $__________.

Note interest rate..........................   ____% per annum.

Ratings.....................................   When  issued,  the notes  will be rated  "____" by  ____________
                                               and "____" by ______________.

Depositor...................................   Residential  Asset  Mortgage  Products,  Inc.,  an  affiliate of
                                               Residential Funding Corporation.

Master servicer.............................   Residential Funding Corporation.

Owner trustee...............................   ______________.

Indenture trustee...........................   ______________.

Financial Guaranty Insurer..................   ______________.

Home loan pool..............................   _____  fixed  rate  home  loans  with  an  aggregate   principal
                                               balance  of  approximately  ______________  as of the  close  of
                                               business  on  the  day  prior  to  the  cut-off  date,   secured
                                               primarily  by second  liens on one- to  four-family  residential
                                               properties.

Cut-off date................................   ______________.

Closing date................................   On or about ______________.

Payment dates...............................   Beginning  in  ______________  on the ___ of each  month  or, if
                                               the ___ is not a business day, on the next business day.

Scheduled final payment date................   ______________.   The  actual   final   payment  date  could  be
                                               substantially earlier.

                                                 S-3
<PAGE>

Form of notes...............................   Book-entry.

                                               SEE  "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  SECURITIES--BOOK-ENTRY  NOTES" IN THIS
                                               PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

Minimum denominations.......................   $______________.


Legal investment............................   The  notes  will  not  be  "mortgage  related   securities"  for
                                               purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage  Market  Enhancement  Act of
                                               1984.

                                               SEE  "LEGAL  INVESTMENT"  IN THIS
                                               PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND "LEGAL
                                               INVESTMENT    MATTERS"   IN   THE
                                               PROSPECTUS.


</TABLE>

                                             S-4
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              NOTES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          INITIAL RATING
                                         INITIAL NOTE     (____/____)
       CLASS            NOTE RATE           BALANCE                         DESIGNATIONS

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CLASS A CERTIFICATES:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>   <C>            <C>              <C>                    <C>            <C>
      [A-I-1         ADJUSTABLE RATE  $                       Aaa/AAA        Senior/Adjustable
                                       -----------
                                                                             Rate/Sequential]
- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
      [A-I-2                    %     $                       Aaa/AAA          Senior/Fixed
                        --------       -----------
                                                                             Rate/Sequential]
- -------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
      [A-I-3                    %     $                       Aaa/AAA          Senior Fixed
                        --------       -----------
                                                                            Rate/Pass-Through]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Class A-I Notes:  ________%     $______________

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       [A-II               __%        $                       Aaa/AAA      Senior/Fixed-Rate/Pass-Through]
                                       -----------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Class A Notes:

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Notes:                           $_____________

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

OTHER INFORMATION:

CLASS A-I-1:

The note rate on the Class A-I-1 Notes on any payment date will equal the lesser
of:

o        [_____] plus ____%; and
o        ___% per annum.

CLASS A-I-3 AND CLASS A-II NOTES:

The note rate on the Class A-I-3 and Class A-II Notes will  increase by ___% per
annum on the first payment date after the optional terminate date.

                                        S-5

<PAGE>


THE TRUST

The depositor will  establish  RAMP Series  ____-__  Trust, a Delaware  business
trust, to issue the Home Loan Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series _____. The trust will
be established under a trust agreement.  The trust will issue the notes under an
indenture.  The assets of the trust will  consist of the home loans and  related
assets.

THE HOME LOAN POOL

______% of the home loans are secured by second  mortgages or deeds of trust and
the remainder are secured by first mortgages or deeds of trust. In addition, the
home loans have the following characteristics as of the cut-off date:

- --------------------------------------------

Minimum principal        $_____
balance
Maximum principal        $_____
balance
Average principal        _____
balance

Range of loan rates      _____% to _____%
Weighted Average loan    _____%
rate

  Range of original      _____ to _____
terms to maturity        months

  Weighted average       _____ months
original term to
maturity

  Range of remaining     _____ to _____
terms to maturity        months

  Weighted average       _____ months
remaining term to maturity

  Range of combined      _____% to _____%
loan-to-value ratios

  Weighted average       _____%
combined loan-to-value ratios

- --------------------------------------------

SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE HOME LOAN POOL" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

THE CERTIFICATES

The trust will also issue Home Loan  Asset-Backed  Certificates,  Series  _____,
which are not offered by this prospectus supplement.

PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES

AMOUNT  AVAILABLE FOR MONTHLY  DISTRIBUTION.  On each monthly  payment date, the
trustee  will  make  distributions  to  investors.  The  amounts  available  for
distribution include:

o collections of monthly payments on the home loans,  including  prepayments and
other unscheduled collections

                                      MINUS

o fees and expenses of the subservicers and the master servicer.

SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICING AGREEMENT--PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST COLLECTIONS"
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

PAYMENTS.  Payments to  noteholders  will be made from  principal  and  interest
collections as follows:

o  Distribution of interest to the notes

o  Distribution of principal to the notes

o  Distribution of principal to the notes to cover some losses

o    Payment to the  financial  guaranty  insurer its premium for the  financial
     guaranty insurance policy

o  Reimbursement to the financial  guaranty insurer for some prior draws made on
   the financial guaranty insurance policy

o  Distribution   of  additional   principal  to  the  notes  if  the  level  of
   overcollateralization falls below what is required

o  Payment to the financial guaranty insurer for any other amounts owed

o  Distribution of any remaining funds to the certificates

PRINCIPAL  PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES WILL BE AS DESCRIBED UNDER  "DESCRIPTION OF THE
SECURITIES--PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

In addition,  payments on the notes will be made on each payment date from draws
on the financial  guaranty  insurance  policy,  if  necessary.  Draws will cover
shortfalls in amounts available to pay interest on the

                                        S-6

<PAGE>

notes at the note rate plus any unpaid losses allocated to the notes.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

The credit enhancement for the benefit of the notes consists of:

EXCESS  INTEREST.  Because  more  interest  is  paid by the  mortgagors  than is
necessary  to pay the  interest  on the notes each  month,  there will be excess
interest.  Some of this excess interest may be used to protect the notes against
some losses,  by making an  additional  payment of principal up to the amount of
the losses.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION.  Although  the  aggregate  principal  balance of the home
loans is $__________,  the trust is issuing only $__________ aggregate principal
amount of notes.  The excess amount of the balance of the home loans  represents
overcollateralization,  which may absorb some  losses on the home loans,  if not
covered by excess interest.  If the level of  overcollateralization  falls below
what is required,  the excess interest  described above will also be paid to the
notes as principal.  This will reduce the principal  balance of the notes faster
than the  principal  balance  of the home  loans so that the  required  level of
overcollateralization is reached.

POLICY.  On the closing  date,  the  financial  guaranty  insurer will issue the
financial  guaranty  insurance  policy in favor of the  indenture  trustee.  The
financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  will   unconditionally  and  irrevocably
guarantee  interest  on the  notes at the note rate and will  cover  any  losses
allocated   to   the   notes   if   not   covered   by   excess    interest   or
overcollateralizations.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

On any  payment  date on which the  principal  balance of the home loans is less
than __% of the principal  balance as of the cut-off date,  the master  servicer
will have the option to purchase the remaining home loans.

Under an optional purchase,  the outstanding principal balance of the notes will
be paid in full with accrued interest.

RATINGS

When  issued,  the notes will  receive the  ratings  listed on page S-__ of this
prospectus supplement. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or
hold a security  and may be changed or  withdrawn  at any time by the  assigning
rating agency. The ratings also do not address the rate of principal prepayments
on the home  loans.  The  rate of  prepayments,  if  different  than  originally
anticipated, could adversely affect the yield realized by holders of the notes.

LEGAL INVESTMENT

The  notes  will  not be  "mortgage  related  securities"  for  purposes  of the
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984. You should consult your legal
advisors in determining  whether and to what extent the notes  constitute  legal
investments for you.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The notes may be eligible for purchase by persons  investing  assets of employee
benefit plans or individual  retirement  accounts.  Persons  investing assets of
such plans or accounts  should consult with their counsel before  purchasing the
notes.

SEE "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND IN THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS.

TAX STATUS

For federal  income tax purposes,  the notes will be treated as debt.  The trust
itself will not be subject to tax.

SEE "MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES" IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.

                                        S-7

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

    The notes are not suitable investments for all investors. In particular, you
should not purchase  the notes unless you  understand  the  prepayment,  credit,
liquidity and market risks associated with the notes.

    The notes are  complex  securities.  You  should  possess,  either  alone or
together with an  investment  advisor,  the expertise  necessary to evaluate the
information  contained  in  this  prospectus  supplement  and  the  accompanying
prospectus in the context of your financial situation and tolerance for risk.

    You should carefully consider,  among other things, the following factors in
connection with the purchase of the notes:

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE HOME LOANS

The return on your notes may be reduced by losses on the home  loans,  which are
more likely because a significant number of the home loans are secured by junior
liens on the mortgaged property.

               ______%  of the home  loans  included  in the home  loan pool are
               secured  by second  mortgages  or deeds of trust.  Proceeds  from
               liquidation of the property will be available to satisfy the home
               loans,  only if the  claims  of any  senior  mortgages  have been
               satisfied in full.  When it is  uneconomical  to foreclose on the
               mortgaged property or engage in other loss mitigation procedures,
               the master servicer may write off the entire outstanding  balance
               of  the  home  loan  as a  bad  debt.  The  foregoing  risks  are
               particularly  applicable  to home loans  secured by second  liens
               that have high combined loan-to-value ratios or low junior ratios
               because it is comparatively  more likely that the master servicer
               would determine foreclosure to be uneconomical. As of the cut-off
               date, the weighted  average combined  loan-to-value  ratio of the
               home  loans is  ______%,  and  approximately  ______% of the home
               loans  will  have  combined  loan-to-value  ratios  in  excess of
               ______%.

Delays in payment on your notes may result  because  the master  servicer is not
required to advance delinquent monthly payments on the home loans.

               The Master Servicer is not obligated to advance scheduled monthly
               payments  of  principal  and  interest  on home  loans  that  are
               delinquent or in default.  The rate of delinquency and default of
               second  mortgage loans may be greater than that of mortgage loans
               secured by first liens on comparable properties.


The return on your notes may be reduced in an economic downturn.

               Mortgage  loans  similar to those  included in the home loan pool
               have been  originated for a limited  period of time.  During this
               time, economic  conditions  nationally and in most regions of the
               country have been generally  favorable.  However, a deterioration
               in economic  conditions  could  adversely  affect the ability and
               willingness of mortgagors to repay their loans. No prediction can
               be made as to the effect of an  economic  downturn on the rate of
               delinquencies and losses on the home loans.


                                        S-8
<PAGE>
The origination disclosure practices for the home loans could create liabilities
that may affect your notes.

               ______%  of the home  loans  included  in the home  loan pool are
               subject  to  special  rules,  disclosure  requirements  and other
               regulatory   provisions   because   they  are  high  cost  loans:
               Purchasers or assignees of these home loans, including the trust,
               could be exposed to all claims and defenses  that the  mortgagors
               could assert against the originators of the home loans.  Remedies
               available to a mortgagor include monetary  penalties,  as well as
               rescission  rights if the appropriate  disclosures were not given
               as  REQUIRED.  SEE  "CERTAIN  LEGAL  ASPECTS OF THE LOANS" IN THE
               PROSPECTUS.

The  underwriting  standards  for the home loans  create  greater  risks to you,
compared to those for first lien loans.

               The  underwriting  standards under which the home loans were home
               underwritten  are  analogous  to  credit  lending,   rather  than
               mortgage  lending,   since  underwriting   decisions  were  based
               primarily on the borrower's  credit history and capacity to repay
               rather than on the value of the collateral upon foreclosure.  The
               underwriting  standards  allow loans to be approved with combined
               loan-to-value  RATIOS OF UP TO 125%. See "description of the home
               loan pool--underwriting standards" in this prospectus supplement.
               Because of the relatively high combined  loan-to-value  ratios of
               the home  loans and the fact that the home  loans are  secured by
               junior liens, losses on the home loans will likely be higher than
               on first lien mortgage loans.

The return on your notes may be particularly sensitive to changes in real estate
markets in specific areas.

               One risk of investing in the notes is created by concentration of
               the  related  mortgaged  properties  in  one or  more  geographic
               regions.  Approximately  ____%  of  the  cut-off  date  principal
               balance of the home loans are  located  in  [California].  If the
               regional economy or housing market weakens in [California], or in
               any  other  region  having  a  significant  concentration  of the
               properties  underlying the home loans,  the home loans related to
               properties in that region may  experience  high rates of loss and
               delinquency,  resulting  in losses  to  noteholders.  A  region's
               economic  condition and housing market may be adversely  affected
               by a variety  of  events,  including  natural  disasters  such as
               earthquakes,   hurricanes,   floods  and  eruptions,   and  civil
               disturbances such as riots.

Debt incurred by the borrowers in addition to the home loan could  increase your
risk.


               With   respect   to  home   loans   which   were  used  for  debt
               consolidation,  there can be no assurance  that the borrower will
               not incur  furtherdebt.  This  additional  debt could  impair the
               ability of borrowers to service their debts,  which in turn could
               result in higher rates of delinquency and loss on the home loans.

SERVICING PRACTICES

The release of a lien may increase your risk.

               The master  servicer may use a wide variety of practices to limit
               losses on the home loans.  The  servicing  agreement  permits the
               master  servicer  to  release  the lien on a  limited  number  of
               mortgaged properties securing the home loans, if the home loan is
               CURRENT IN PAYMENT.  SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICING  AGREEMENT
               RELEASE OF LIEN;  REFINANCING  OF SENIOR LIEN" AND "-  COLLECTION
               AND LIQUIDATION  PRACTICES;  LOSS  MITIGATION" IN THIS PROSPECTUS
               SUPPLEMENT.

                                        S-9
<PAGE>

LIMITED OBLIGATIONS

Payments on the home  loans,  together  with the  financial  guaranty  insurance
policy, are the sole source of payments on your notes.


               Credit      enhancement       includes      excess      interest,
               overcollateralization   and  the  financial   guaranty  insurance
               policy. None of the depositor,the master servicer or any of their
               affiliates  will have any obligation to replace or supplement the
               credit  enhancement,  or to take any other action to maintain any
               rating of the notes. If any losses are incurred on the home loans
               that are not  covered by the credit  enhancement,  the holders of
               the notes will bear the risk of these losses.

LIQUIDITY RISKS

You may have to hold your notes to maturity if their marketability is limited.

               A  secondary  market  for your notes may not  develop.  Even if a
               secondary market does develop, it may not continue,  or it may be
               illiquid.  Illiquidity  means you may not be able to find a buyer
               to buy your securities  readily or at prices that will enable you
               to  realize  a desired  yield.  Illiquidity  can have an  adverse
               effect on the market value of the notes.

SPECIAL YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

          The yield to maturity on your notes will vary depending on the rate of
          prepayments.


               The yield to  maturity  of your notes will depend on a variety of
               factors, Including:

                    o    the rate and timing of  principal  payments on the home
                         loans,    including    prepayments,     defaults    and
                         liquidations,   and  repurchases  due  to  breaches  of
                         representations  or warranties;  o the note rate; and o
                         the purchase  price you paid for your notes.  The rates
                         of  prepayments  and  defaults  are  two  of  the  most
                         important and least  predictable of these  factors.  In
                         general,  if you purchase a note at a price higher than
                         its   outstanding   principal   balance  and  principal
                         payments  occur  faster than you assumed at the time of
                         purchase,  your yield  will be lower than  anticipated.
                         Conversely,  if you  purchase  a note at a price  lower
                         than its  outstanding  principal  balance and principal
                         payments occur more slowly than you assumed at the time
                         of purchase, your yield will be lower than anticipated.


The rate of  prepayments  on the home loans will vary depending on future market
conditions, and other factors.


               Since  mortgagors  can  generally  prepay their home loans at any
               time, the rate and timing of principal  payments on the notes are
               highly uncertain. Generally, when market interest rates increase,
               mortgagors are less likely to prepay their home loans. This could
               result in a slower  return of principal to you at a time when you
               might have been able to reinvest  those funds at a higher rate of
               interest  than the note  rate.  On the other  hand,  when  market
               interest rates  decrease,  borrowers are generally more likely to
               prepay their home loans.  This could result in a faster return of
               principal to you at a time when you might not be able to reinvest
               those funds at an interest rate as high as

                                        S-10

<PAGE>

               the note  rate.

               Refinancing programs, which may involve soliciting all or some of
               the  mortgagors to refinance  their home loans,  may increase the
               rate of prepayments on the home loans.  ______% of the home loans
               provide for payment of a prepayment  charge.  Prepayment  charges
               may reduce the rate of prepayment on the home loans until the end
               of the period during which such  PREPAYMENT  CHARGES  APPLY.  SEE
               "DESCRIPTION    OF   THE   HOME   LOAN   POOL--HOME   LOAN   POOL
               CHARACTERISTICS" IN THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND "MATURITY AND
               PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS" IN THE PROSPECTUS.


                                        S-11

<PAGE>



                                  INTRODUCTION

    The trust will be formed under a trust agreement,  as amended by the amended
and restated trust  agreement,  to be dated as of the closing date,  between the
depositor and the owner trustee.  The issuer will issue  $___________  aggregate
principal amount of Home Loan Asset-Backed Notes, Series _________.  These notes
will be issued  under an  indenture,  to be dated as of the closing date between
the issuer and the indenture trustee. Under the trust agreement, the issuer will
issue ____ class[es] of Home Loan Asset-Backed Certificates,  _____________. The
notes and the  certificates  are  collectively  referred  to in this  prospectus
supplement  as the  securities.  Only the notes are  offered by this  prospectus
supplement.  On the closing date,  the  depositor  will transfer to the issuer a
pool of home  loans  that will be  secured  by first or junior  liens on one- to
four-family residential properties.

    You can find a listing of definitions for capitalized terms used both in the
prospectus and this prospectus supplement under the caption "Glossary" beginning
on  page  __ in  the  prospectus  and  under  the  caption  "Description  of the
Securities--Glossary of Terms" in this prospectus supplement.

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE HOME LOAN POOL

GENERAL

    The home loan pool will  consist  of home  loans  with an  aggregate  unpaid
principal  balance of  $___________  as of the close of business on the business
day prior to the  cut-off  date.  ___% of the home  loans are  secured by second
liens on fee simple or leasehold  interests in one- to  four-family  residential
properties  and the  remainder  are secured by first liens.  The home loans will
consist of conventional,  closed-end,  fixed-rate,  fully-amortizing  home loans
with  terms  to  maturity  of  approximately  five,  ten,  fifteen,   twenty  or
twenty-five  years with respect to __%, __%, __%, __% and __% of the home loans,
respectively,  from the date of origination or modification. The proceeds of the
home loans generally were used by the related borrowers for:

    o debt consolidation,

    o home improvement,

    o the partial refinancing of the related mortgaged property,

    o to provide a limited amount of cash to the borrower, or

    o a combination of the foregoing.

    As to each home loan the mortgagor  represented  at the time of  origination
that the related  mortgaged  property would be owner occupied as a primary home.
As to home  loans  which  have  been  modified,  references  in this  prospectus
supplement to the date of origination shall be deemed to be the date of the most
recent  modification.  All  percentages  of the  home  loans  described  in this
prospectus  supplement are  approximate  percentages  determined by cut-off date
balance, unless otherwise indicated.

    All of the home loans were acquired by Residential  Funding Corporation from
unaffiliated  sellers as  described  in this  prospectus  supplement  and in the
prospectus,  except in the case of __% of the home loans which were purchased by
the  seller  through  its  affiliate  HomeComings  Financial  Network,  Inc.  No
unaffiliated  seller sold more than __% of the home loans to Residential Funding
Corporation.  __% and __% of the home loans will be subserviced by GMAC Mortgage
Corporation,  an affiliate of the depositor and the master servicer,  and Master
Financial,  Inc., a California  corporation,  respectively.  See "--The  Initial
Subservicers" in this prospectus supplement.

     All of the home loans were, in most  instances,  underwritten  as described
under "--Underwriting Standards."

    The seller will make some  representations and warranties regarding the home
loans sold by it as of the date of  issuance of the notes.  Further,  the seller
will be required to repurchase or substitute  for any home loan sold by it as to
which a breach of its  representations and warranties relating to that home loan
occurs  if  the  breach  materially  adversely  affects  the  interests  of  the
securityholders  or the  financial  guaranty  insurer  in  the  home  loan.  See



                                        S-12
<PAGE>

"Description of the Home Loan Purchase Agreement" in this prospectus  supplement
and "Description of the  Securities--Representations  with Respect to Loans" and
"--Repurchases of Loans" in the prospectus.

    As to any  date,  the pool  balance  will be equal to the  aggregate  of the
Stated Principal  Balances of all home loans as of that date owned by the trust.
The Stated Principal  Balance of a home loan, other than a Liquidated Home Loan,
on any day is equal to the  cut-off  date  balance of the home  loan,  minus all
collections  credited against the Stated  Principal  Balance of the home loan in
accordance  with the related  mortgage  note after the cut-off date and prior to
that day. The Stated  Principal  Balance of a  Liquidated  Home Loan after final
recovery of  substantially  all of the related  Liquidation  Proceeds  which the
master servicer reasonably expects to receive shall be zero.

PAYMENTS ON THE SIMPLE INTEREST HOME LOANS

    __% of the home loans provide for simple interest  payments and are referred
to as the simple  interest  home loans which  require that each monthly  payment
consist of an  installment  of interest  which is  calculated  according  to the
simple interest method.  This method calculates  interest using the basis of the
outstanding  principal  balance of the home loan multiplied by the loan rate and
further  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the number of days
in the period  elapsed since the preceding  payment of interest was made and the
denominator  of which is the  number  of days in the  annual  period  for  which
interest  accrues on the home loan.  As payments are received on the home loans,
the amount received is applied first to interest  accrued to the date of payment
and the balance is applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.  Accordingly,
if a mortgagor pays a fixed monthly  installment  before its scheduled due date,
the  portion of the  payment  allocable  to  interest  for the period  since the
preceding  payment was made will be less than it would have been had the payment
been made as  scheduled,  and the portion of the  payment  applied to reduce the
unpaid principal  balance will be  correspondingly  greater.  However,  the next
succeeding  payment will result in a greater portion of the payment allocated to
interest if that payment is made on its scheduled due date.

    On the other hand, if a mortgagor pays a fixed monthly installment after its
scheduled  due date,  the portion of the payment  allocable  to interest for the
period since the  preceding  payment was made will be greater than it would have
been had the payment been made as scheduled,  and the remaining portion, if any,
of  the  payment  applied  to  reduce  the  unpaid  principal  balance  will  be
correspondingly  less.  If each  scheduled  payment  is made on or  prior to its
scheduled due date, the principal  balance of the home loan will amortize in the
manner  described  in  the  preceding  paragraph.   However,  if  the  mortgagor
consistently makes scheduled payments after the scheduled due date the home loan
will amortize more slowly than  scheduled.  Any  remaining  unpaid  principal is
payable on the final maturity date of the home loan.

    __% of the home loans are actuarial home loans, on which 30 days of interest
is owed each month irrespective of the day on which the payment is received.

BALLOON HOME LOANS

        __% of the home loans are balloon  home  loans,  which  require  monthly
payments  of  principal  based  on a  30-year  amortization  schedule  and  have
scheduled maturity dates of approximately fifteen years from the due date of the
first monthly payment, in each case leaving a balloon payment due and payable on
the respective  scheduled  maturity date. The existence of a balloon  payment in
most cases requires the related mortgagor to refinance the mortgage loan or sell
the mortgage property on or prior to the scheduled maturity date. The ability of
a  mortgagor  to  accomplish  either of these  goals will be affected by several
factors,  including the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale or
refinancing,  the  mortgagor's  equity in the  related  mortgage  property,  the
financial  condition of the mortgagor,  tax laws,  prevailing  general  economic
conditions  and the terms of any related first lien mortgage  loan.  None of the
depositor,  the master servicer,  the indenture  trustee or the owner trustee is
obligated to refinance any balloon home loan. The financial  guaranty  insurance
policy issued by the  financial  guaranty  insurer will provide  coverage on any
losses  allocable  to the notes  incurred  upon  liquidation  of a balloon  loan
arising  out of or in  connection  with the  failure of a  mortgagor  to make is
balloon payment.

                                        S-13
<PAGE>

HOME LOAN POOL CHARACTERISTICS

    The home loans have the following characteristics:

    o   The home loans will bear interest at the loan rate stated in the related
        mortgage  note which will be at least __% per annum but no more than __%
        per annum,  with a weighted average loan rate of  approximately  __% per
        annum as of the cut-off date.

     o    None of the home loans were originated prior to _______ or will have a
          maturity date later than _______________.

     o    No home loan will have a remaining term from  __________ to the stated
          maturity of the home loan of less than __ months.

     o    The  weighted  average  remaining  term of the  home  loans  as of the
          cut-off date will be approximately __ months.

o       The weighted  average original term to stated maturity of the home loans
        as of the cut-off date will be approximately __ months.

o       __%  of  the  home  loans  will  have  original  terms  to  maturity  of
        approximately  five years,  with a weighted  average  remaining  term of
        approximately __ months.

o       __%  of  the  home  loans  will  have  original  terms  to  maturity  of
        approximately  ten years,  with a  weighted  average  remaining  term of
        approximately __ months.

o       __%  of  the  home  loans  will  have  original  terms  of  maturity  of
        approximately  fifteen years,  with a weighted average remaining term of
        approximately __ months.

o       __%  of  the  home  loans  will  have  original  terms  of  maturity  of
        approximately  twenty years,  with a weighted average  remaining term of
        approximately __ months.

o       __%  of  the  home  loans  will  have  original  terms  to  maturity  of
        approximately  twenty-five years, with a weighted average remaining term
        of approximately __ months.

o       All of the home loans have  principal  and interest  payable  monthly on
        each due date specified in the mortgage note.

o       __% of the home loans will be secured by  mortgages or deeds of trust on
        property  in which the  borrower  has  little or no equity  because  the
        related combined LTV ratio at the time of origination exceeds 100%.

    As to each home loan,  the  combined LTV ratio,  in most cases,  will be the
ratio,  expressed as a percentage,  of (1) (A) the original principal balance of
the home loan, and (B) any outstanding  principal balance, at origination of the
home loan, of all other mortgage loans, if any, secured by senior or subordinate
liens on the related  mortgaged  property,  to (2) the appraised  value,  or, if
permitted by the  applicable  underwriting  guidelines,  the stated  value.  The
appraised  value for any home loan will be the  appraised  value of the  related
mortgaged  property  determined in the appraisal used in the  origination of the
home loan, which may have been obtained at an earlier time. If the home loan was
originated simultaneously with or not more than 12 months after a senior lien on
the related mortgaged  property,  the appraised value shall be the lesser of the
appraised  value at the  origination  of the senior lien and the sales price for
the mortgaged  property.  However,  for not more than __% of the home loans, the
stated  value  will be the  value  of the  property  as  stated  by the  related
mortgagor  in  his  or her  application.  See  "Description  of  the  Home  Loan
Pool--Underwriting Standards" in this prospectus supplement.

    In connection  with each home loan that is secured by a leasehold  interest,
the seller will have represented that, among other things:

    o the use of leasehold  estates for  residential  properties  is an accepted
      practice in the area where the related mortgaged property is located;

     o    residential  property in the area  consisting of leasehold  estates is
          readily marketable;

                                        S-14
<PAGE>

     o    the  lease is  recorded  and no party is in any way in  breach  of any
          provision of the lease;

    o the  leasehold is in full force and effect and is not subject to any prior
      lien or encumbrance by which the leasehold could be terminated; and

    o the remaining  term of the lease does not  terminate  less than five years
      after the maturity date of the home loan.

    Approximately  _____% of the home loans  provide for payment of a prepayment
charge,  if the loans  prepay  within a specified  time period.  The  prepayment
charge,  in most cases, is the maximum amount  permitted under  applicable state
law. Or, if no maximum  prepayment  charge is specified,  the prepayment  charge
generally is calculated in the following sentence.  __%, __%, __% and __% of the
home loans, by cut-off date balance of the home loans,  with a prepayment charge
provision  provide for payment of a prepayment  charge for full prepayments made
within   approximately  one  year,  two  years,  three  years  and  five  years,
respectively,  of the origination of the home loan calculated in accordance with
the terms of the related  mortgage  note.  As to the remainder of the home loans
with a prepayment  charge  provision,  the prepayment  charge is calculated in a
different  manner.  The initial  subservicers will be entitled to all prepayment
charges and late payment  charges  received on the home loans and these  amounts
will not be available for payment on the notes.

    As of the cut-off date,  no home loan will be 30 days or more  delinquent in
payment of principal and interest. As used in this prospectus supplement, a home
loan is considered to be "30 to 59 days" or "30 or more days"  delinquent when a
payment  due on any due date  remains  unpaid as of the close of business on the
next following monthly due date. However,  since the determination as to whether
a home loan falls into this  category is made as of the close of business on the
last  business day of each month,  a home loan with a payment due on July 1 that
remained unpaid as of the close of business on July 31 would still be considered
current  as of July 31.  If that  payment  remained  unpaid  as of the  close of
business  on August 31, the home loan  would then be  considered  to be 30 to 59
days delinquent. Delinquency information presented in this prospectus supplement
as of the cut-off date is determined and prepared as of the close of business on
the last business day immediately prior to the cut-off date.

    As of the  cut-off  date,  __% of the  home  loans  were  High  Cost  Loans.
Purchasers  or assignees of any High Cost Loan,  including  the trust,  could be
liable for all claims and subject to all defenses that the borrower could assert
against the originator of the High Cost Loan. Remedies available to the borrower
include  monetary  penalties,   as  well  as  recission  rights  if  appropriate
disclosures were not given as required. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with
the Home Loans" in this prospectus  supplement and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Loans--The Mortgage Loans--Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other Limitations on
Lenders" in the prospectus.

    As to __% of the home loans,  during a temporary period the monthly payments
received  on the home loans were  applied in a manner  that  reduced the rate of
principal amortization.  As a result, the home loan may have an unpaid principal
amount on its scheduled maturity date, assuming no prepayments,  of greater than
1 time and not more than 6 times the related  monthly  payment.  It is not clear
whether  the  related  mortgagor  will be  legally  obligated  to pay the unpaid
principal amount.

    All of the home loans were originated under full documentation programs.

    No home loan provides for deferred interest, negative amortization or future
advances.

    All  of  the   mortgaged   properties   underlying   the  home   loans  were
owner-occupied.

    Below is a description of some additional  characteristics of the home loans
as of the cut-off date unless otherwise  indicated.  All percentages of the home
loans are approximate percentages unless otherwise indicated by the cut-off date
balance.  Unless otherwise  specified,  all principal balances of the home loans
are as of the cut-off date and are rounded to the nearest dollar.

                                        S-15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          LOAN RATES

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                         NUMBER OF                          HOME LOAN POOL
RANGE OF                                   HOME          CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE
LOAN RATES(%)                              LOANS       PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                            <C>               <C>
                                                               $                 %














        Totals                                                 $                 %

    As of the cut-off  date,  the  weighted  average loan rate of the home loans
will be approximately __% per annum.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  ORIGINAL HOME LOAN STATED PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF

                                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       HOME LOAN POOL

   RANGE OF ORIGINAL                       HOME           PRINCIPAL           BY CUT-OFF

   STATED PRINCIPAL BALANCES               LOANS           BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                    <C>
                                                       $                         %










        Total                                          $                         %

    As of the  cut-off  date,  the  average  cut-off  date  balance  of the home  loans  will be  approximately

$__________________
 .
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 ORIGINAL COMBINED LTV RATIOS

                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                            HOME LOAN POOL

                                        NUMBER OF                          BY CUT-OFF DATE

RANGE OF COMBINED                         HOME          CUT-OFF DATE      STATED PRINCIPAL

LTV RATIOS(%)                             LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE

<S>                                                  <C>
                                                     $                          %


                                             S-16
<PAGE>




        Total                                        $                          %

    The weighted  average combined LTV ratio, or LTV ratio, as to the home loans
secured by first liens on the related  mortgaged  properties,  at origination of
the home loans will be approximately __%.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        JUNIOR RATIOS

                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                            HOME LOAN POOL

RANGE OF JUNIOR                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE

MORTGAGE RATIOS(%)                      HOME LOANS   PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                  <C>
                                                     $                          %












        Total                                        $                          %

    The preceding  table  excludes  home loans secured by first liens.  A Junior
ratio is the ratio of the  original  amount  of the home  loans  secured  by the
second lien to the sum of (1) the  original  amount of the home loan and (2) the
unpaid  principal  balance  of any senior  lien  balance at the time of the home
loan.

    The  weighted  average  junior  ratio  by  original  loan  balance  will  be
approximately __%.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             REMAINING TERM TO SCHEDULED MATURITY

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF

                                        NUMBER OF                           HOME LOAN POOL

RANGE OF MONTHS REMAINING                  HOME         CUT-OFF DATE        BY CUT-OFF DATE

TO SCHEDULED MATURITY                      LOANS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                  <C>
                                                     $                           %





                                        S-17
<PAGE>


        Total                                        $                           %

    The weighted average  remaining term to maturity as of the cut-off date will
be approximately __ months.
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     YEAR OF ORIGINATION

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                            HOME LOAN POOL

                                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE

YEAR OF ORIGINATION                     HOME LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                   <C>
                                                      $                          %



        Total                                         $                          %

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                            HOME LOAN POOL

                                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE

STATE                                   HOME LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                   <C>
                                                      $                          %

















        Total                                         $                          %

    The  reference to "Other" in the  preceding  table  includes  states and the
District of Columbia that contain mortgaged  properties for less than __% of the
home loan pool.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   MORTGAGED PROPERTY TYPES

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                            HOME LOAN POOL

                                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE

PROPERTY TYPE                           HOME LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------                           ----------    -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                   <C>
Single Family Residence                               $                          %
PUD Detached
Condominium
PUD Attached
Townhouse/Rowhouse Attached
Multifamily (2-4 Units)



                                                  S-18

<PAGE>
Townhouse/Rowhouse Detached
Manufactured Home

        Total                                         $                          %

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  LOAN PURPOSE

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                             HOME LOAN POOL

                                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE

PURPOSE                                  HOME LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                    <C>
Debt Consolidation                                     $                          %
Cash

        Home Improvement/Debt
Consolidation
Other
Rate/Term Refinance
Home Improvement
Convenience
Education
Purchase Money
Medical

               Total                                   $                          %
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                  LIEN PRIORITY

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                            HOME LOAN POOL

                                         NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE

LIEN PROPERTY                           HOME LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                   <C>
First Lien                                            $                          %
Second Lien

                      Total                           $                          %
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               DEBT-TO-INCOME RATIOS AS OF DATE OF ORIGINATION OF THE HOME LOAN

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                             HOME LOAN POOL

<S>                                      <C>             <C>               <C>
RANGE OF DEBT-TO-INCOME                                  CUT-OFF DATE          BY CUT-OFF

RATIOS AS OF DATE OF                     NUMBER OF           PRINCIPAL      DATE PRINCIPAL

ORIGINATION OF THE HOME LOAN (%)         HOME LOANS         BALANCE             BALANCE

                                                      $                           %


                      Total                           $                           %

    As of the cut-off date, the weighted average  debt-to-income ratio as of the
date of origination of the home loans will be approximately __%.
</TABLE>

                                        S-19
<PAGE>

CREDIT SCORES

    "Credit  Scores" are obtained by many lenders in  connection  with home loan
applications  to help assess a borrower's  creditworthiness.  Credit  Scores are
obtained from credit reports provided by various credit reporting organizations,
each of which may employ differing computer models and methodologies. The Credit
Score is designed to assess a  borrower's  credit  history at a single  point in
time,  using  objective  information  currently  on file for the  borrower  at a
particular  credit reporting  organization.  Information used to create a Credit
Score may  include,  among  other  things,  payment  history,  delinquencies  on
accounts, levels of outstanding indebtedness, length of credit history, types of
credit,  and  bankruptcy  experience.  The Credit Scores of the home loans range
from  approximately  350 to approximately  840, with higher scores indicating an
individual with a more favorable credit history compared to an individual with a
lower score.  However,  a Credit Score  purports only to be a measurement of the
relative degree of risk a borrower  represents to a lender,  that is, a borrower
with a higher  score is  statistically  expected to be less likely to default in
payment than a borrower  with a lower score.  In addition,  investors  should be
aware  that  Credit  Scores  were  developed  to  indicate  a level  of  default
probability over a two-year  period,  which does not correspond to the life of a
mortgage loan.  Furthermore,  Credit Scores were not developed  specifically for
use in connection with home loans, but for consumer loans in general, and assess
only the borrower's past credit history. Therefore, a Credit Score does not take
into  consideration  the  differences  between  home  loans and  consumer  loans
generally or the specific  characteristics of the related home loan for example,
the combined LTV ratio,  the collateral for the home loan, or the debt to income
ratio.  There can be no assurance that the Credit Scores of the mortgagors  will
be an accurate  predictor  of the  likelihood  of  repayment of the related home
loans.

    The  following  table  provides  information  as to the Credit Scores of the
related mortgagors as used in the origination of the home loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                         CREDIT SCORES AS OF THE DATE OF ORIGINATION OF THE HOME LOANS

                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF

RANGE OF CREDIT SCORES                                                       HOME LOAN POOL

AS OF THE DATE OF                        NUMBER OF       CUT-OFF DATE       BY CUT-OFF DATE
ORIGINATION OF THE HOME LOANS           HOME LOANS    PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<S>                                                   <C>
                                                      $                           %






                      Totals                          $                           %
</TABLE>

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

    The following is a brief description of the various  underwriting  standards
and procedures applicable to the home loans.

    In most cases, the underwriting standards of Residential Funding Corporation
as to the home loans  originated or purchased by it place a greater  emphasis on
the  creditworthiness  and debt  service  capacity of the  borrower  than on the
underlying  collateral in evaluating the likelihood that a borrower will be able
to repay the related home loan.

    Residential  Funding  Corporation relies on a number of guidelines to assist
underwriters  in the  credit  review  and  decision  process.  The  underwriting
criteria  provide  for the  evaluation  of a loan  applicant's  creditworthiness
through the use of a consumer  credit report,  verification  of employment and a
review of the debt-to-income ratio of the applicant.  Income is verified through
various  means,  including  without  limitation  applicant  interviews,  written
verifications with employers,  review of pay stubs or tax returns.  The borrower
must  demonstrate  sufficient  levels  of  disposable  income  to  satisfy  debt
repayment requirements.

    The underwriting standards require the home loans originated or purchased by
Residential  Funding  Corporation to have been fully  documented.  A prospective
borrower  is required to  complete a detailed  application  providing  pertinent
credit information.

                                        S-20
<PAGE>

    In determining the adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral for home
loans  included in the home loan pool,  an  appraisal  is made of each  property
considered  for financing or, if permitted by the  underwriting  standards,  the
value of the related mortgaged property will be the stated value. The home loans
purchased by Residential  Funding Corporation and included in the home loan pool
generally were originated  subject to a maximum  combined LTV ratio of 125%, and
the related  borrowers may have been permitted to retain a limited amount of the
proceeds of the home loans. In addition,  the home loans were generally  subject
to a maximum loan amount of $75,000 and a maximum total  monthly  debt-to-income
ratio of 55%.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  combined  LTV ratio or the
debt-to-income  ratio  for any home  loan  will  not  increase  from the  levels
established at origination.

    The underwriting  standards of Residential Funding Corporation may be varied
in appropriate cases. There can be no assurance that every home loan in the home
loan  pool  was  originated  in  conformity  with  the  applicable  underwriting
standards in all material  respects,  or that the quality or  performance of the
home loans will be equivalent under all circumstances.

THE INITIAL SUBSERVICERS

    Primary  servicing  for  __% of the  home  loans  will be  provided  by GMAC
Mortgage  Corporation  under a subservicing  agreement with the master servicer.
GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation  is an indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary of General
Motors  Acceptance  Corporation.  GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation  is engaged in the
mortgage  banking  business,  including  the  origination,  purchase,  sale  and
servicing of residential loans.

    GMAC  Mortgage  Corporation's  executive  offices  are located at 100 Witmer
Road, Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044-0963.

    Primary  servicing  for __% of the home loans will be provided by __________
under a subservicing  agreement with the __________.  __________ is a __________
corporation  that is a mortgage  lender engaged in the business of  originating,
purchasing,  selling  and  servicing  home  loans  generally  secured by one- to
four-family  residential  properties,  with an emphasis on non-conforming junior
lien loans.

    __________ has its principal offices at __________.

    Although _________ is not an affiliate of Residential  Funding  Corporation,
_________ has a lending arrangement with Residential Funding Corporation, and in
connection with that arrangement,  Residential Funding Corporation has the right
to acquire an equity interest in  _________________ in accordance with specified
terms and conditions.

    The initial subservicers have not had sufficient experience in servicing the
types of  mortgage  loans  comprising  the home loan pool to provide  meaningful
disclosure  of its  delinquency  and loss  experience  relating to the  mortgage
loans.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The description in this prospectus  supplement of the home loan pool and the
mortgaged  properties  is based  upon the home loan pool as  constituted  at the
close of business on the cut-off date,  except as otherwise noted.  Prior to the
issuance  of the notes,  home loans may be removed  from the home loan pool as a
result of incomplete  documentation  or otherwise,  if the depositor  deems that
removal  necessary or  appropriate.  A limited number of other home loans may be
added to the home loan pool prior to the  issuance of the notes.  The  depositor
believes  that  the   information  in  this   prospectus   supplement   will  be
substantially  representative of the characteristics of the home loan pool as it
will be constituted at the time the notes are issued  although the range of loan
rates and  maturities  and some other  characteristics  of the home loans in the
home loan pool may vary.

    A Current  Report on Form 8-K will be available to  purchasers  of the notes
and will be filed,  together with the servicing  agreement,  the indenture,  the
trust agreement and the home loan purchase agreement, with the Commission within
fifteen  days after the initial  issuance of the notes.  In the event home loans
are removed from or added to the home loan pool as  described  in the  preceding
paragraph,  that removal or addition will be noted in the Current Report on Form
8-K.

                                        S-21
<PAGE>

                                   THE ISSUER

    The RAMP Series  ____-__ Trust is a business  trust formed under the laws of
the State of Delaware  under the trust  agreement for the purposes  described in
this  prospectus  supplement.  The trust  agreement  constitutes  the "governing
instrument" under the laws of the State of Delaware relating to business trusts.
After its formation, the issuer will not engage in any activity other than:

     o    acquiring  and  holding  the home  loans and the  other  assets of the
          issuer and related proceeds,

     o    issuing the notes and the certificates,

     o    making payments on the notes and the certificates, and

     o    engaging  in  other   activities  that  are  necessary,   suitable  or
          convenient to accomplish the foregoing.

     The issuer's  principal offices are in _________,  in care of ____________,
as owner trustee, at ______________________.


                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

    ____________  is the owner  trustee  under the  trust  agreement.  The owner
trustee is a _________ banking corporation and its principal offices are located
at _________________.

    Neither the owner trustee nor any director, officer or employee of the owner
trustee will be under any liability to the issuer or the securityholders for any
action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith under
the trust agreement or for errors in judgment.  However,  that none of the owner
trustee  and any  director,  officer or employee  of the owner  trustee  will be
protected  against any liability  which would  otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful malfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties or by
reason  of  reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and  duties  under  the  trust
agreement.  All persons into which the owner trustee may be merged or with which
it may be consolidated or any person  resulting from the merger or consolidation
shall be the successor of the owner trustee under the trust agreement.

                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     _________________,  is the  indenture  trustee  under  the  indenture.  The
principal offices of the indenture trustee are located in _______________.

                         THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURER

    The following information has been supplied by _____________,  the financial
guaranty insurer, for inclusion in this prospectus supplement. No representation
is made by the depositor,  the master servicer,  the underwriter or any of their
affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of the information.

    [The financial  guaranty insurer is a  __________-domiciled  stock insurance
corporation  regulated  by the Office of the  Commissioner  of  Insurance of the
State of  _________  and  licensed to do business in 50 states,  the District of
Columbia,  the  Commonwealth  of Puerto Rico and Guam.  The  financial  guaranty
insurer  primarily  insures  newly  issued  municipal  and  structured   finance
obligations.  The  financial  guaranty  insurer is a wholly owned  subsidiary of
__________    (formerly,    _________)    a    100%    publicly-held    company.
_______________________________  have each  assigned  a  triple-A  claims-paying
ability rating to the financial guaranty insurer.

    The consolidated  financial statements of the financial guaranty insurer and
its  subsidiaries as of  ______________  and  ______________,  and for the three
years ended  ______________,  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting   principles,   included  in  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of
______________   (which  was  filed  with  the  Commission  on   ______________;
Commission File Number ______________) and the consolidated financial statements
of the financial  guaranty insurer and its subsidiaries as of ______________ and
for  the  periods  ending  ______________  and  ______________  included  in the
Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  of   ______________   for  the  period  ended
______________  (which was filed with the  Commission  on



                                        S-22
<PAGE>
______________),  are hereby  incorporated  by  reference  into this  prospectus
supplement and shall be deemed to be a part of this prospectus  supplement.  Any
statement contained in a document  incorporated in this prospectus supplement by
reference  shall be modified or superseded  for the purposes of this  prospectus
supplement  to  the  extent  that  a  statement  contained  in  this  prospectus
supplement  by  reference  in  this  prospectus   supplement  also  modifies  or
supersedes the statement.  Any statement so modified or superseded  shall not be
deemed,  except as so  modified  or  superseded,  to  constitute  a part of this
prospectus supplement.

    All  financial   statements  of  the  financial  guaranty  insurer  and  its
subsidiaries  included in documents filed by ______________  with the Commission
under Section 13(a),  13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,  subsequent to the
date of this prospectus  supplement and prior to the termination of the offering
of the  notes  shall  be  deemed  to be  incorporated  by  reference  into  this
prospectus  supplement  and to be a part  hereof  from the  respective  dates of
filing the documents.

    The   following   table  sets  forth  the   financial   guaranty   insurer's
capitalization  as  of   ______________,   ______________,   ______________  and
______________,  respectively,  in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION TABLE

                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

                                            [DATE]       [DATE]        [DATE]       [DATE]
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                          <C>
Unearned premiums........................
Other liabilities........................

   Total liabilities.....................
Stockholder's equity:

   Common Stock..........................

   Additional paid-in capital............

   Accumulated other comprehensive
      income.............................

   Retained earnings.....................
   Total stockholder's equity............
   Total liabilities and
      stockholder's equity...............
</TABLE>

    For  additional  financial  information  concerning  the financial  guaranty
insurer,  see the audited and  unaudited  financial  statements of the financial
guaranty insurer incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. Copies
of the financial  statements of the financial  guaranty insurer  incorporated in
this  prospectus  supplement by reference  and copies of the financial  guaranty
insurer's annual statement for the year ended ___________ prepared in accordance
with statutory  accounting  standards are available,  without  charge,  from the
financial  guaranty  insurer.  The address of the financial  guaranty  insurer's
administrative offices and its telephone number are ____________.

    The financial  guaranty insurer makes no representation  regarding the notes
or the  advisability  of  investing  in the notes  and  makes no  representation
regarding,  nor has it  participated  in the  preparation  of,  this  prospectus
supplement other than the information supplied by the financial guaranty insurer
and  presented  under  the  headings  "The  Financial   Guaranty   Insurer"  and
"Description of the Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy" and in the financial
statements incorporated in this prospectus supplement by reference.]

    THE POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE  PROPERTY/CASUALTY  INSURANCE SECURITY FUND
SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

                                        S-23

<PAGE>



                            YEAR 2000 CONSIDERATIONS

OVERVIEW OF THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

    The Y2K issue is the term generally  used to describe the potential  failure
of  information  technology  components  on or after  January  1,  2000  because
existing computer programs, applications and microprocessors frequently use only
two digits to  identify a year.  Since the Year 2000 is also a leap year,  there
could be additional  business  disruptions  as a result of the inability of many
computer systems to recognize February 29, 2000.

    The  failure  to  correct or replace  computer  programs,  applications  and
microprocessors with Y2K-ready  alternatives may adversely impact the operations
of  Residential  Funding on or after January 1, 2000.  The  responsibilities  of
Residential  Funding as the master servicer include collecting payments from the
subservicers  in  respect  of the  mortgage  loans,  calculating  the  Available
Distribution  Amount for each  distribution  date,  remitting such amount to the
trustee prior to each distribution date, calculating the amount of principal and
interest  payments  to be made to the  certificateholders  on each  distribution
date, and preparing the monthly  statement to be sent to  certificateholders  on
each distribution date.

OVERVIEW OF RESIDENTIAL FUNDING'S Y2K PROJECT

    In January 1997,  Residential Funding commenced  activities to determine the
impact of Y2K on its  critical  computer  systems.  In April  1998,  Residential
Funding  established  a formal Y2K project  team to address Y2K issues.  The Y2K
project team remains in place and continues to work on solving  problems related
to the Year 2000. In addition, the Y2K project team coordinates its efforts with
the Y2K  programs  established  by General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation  and
General Motors Corporation.

    Members of the Y2K project  team,  together  with  relevant  personnel  from
Residential Funding's business units, have developed and implemented a six-phase
management  strategy (as discussed below),  which has been, and will be, applied
to information  technology and non-information  technology components throughout
the  organization.  Residential  Funding's  components  primarily consist of the
following:

   - HARDWARE,  including  mainframe  computers,  desktop computers and network
devices;

    - FACILITIES  EQUIPMENT,  including  elevators,  telephone systems,  heating
systems and security systems;

    - SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS,  including vendor purchased applications,  in-house
developed applications and end-user developed applications;

    -  BUSINESS  PARTNER  COMMUNICATION  LINKS,  which  primarily  provide  data
transmissions to and from business partners; and

    -  BUSINESS  PARTNERS  DATA  SYSTEMS,   which  primarily  process  data  for
Residential Funding.

    The six phases by which the Y2K project team has sought,  and will seek,  to
achieve Y2K readiness throughout Residential Funding are as follows:

                                             S-24
<PAGE>

                   Phase                                 Objective

               Phase I - Awareness            To   promote   Y2K   awareness

                                          throughout   Residential  Funding.
                                          Emphasis   has  been   placed   on
                                          ensuring that components  recently
                                          purchased  (or to be purchased) by
                                          business   units   are   Y2K-ready
                                          prior  to  the  implementation  of
                                          such components.

               Phase                      II - Inventory To (i) create an
                                          inventory of all components and
                                          (ii)   assess   the  Y2K  risks
                                          associated       with      such
                                          components.

               Phase                      III   -   Assessment   To   (i)
                                          determine which  components are
                                          not  Y2K-ready  and (ii) decide
                                          whether such components  should
                                          be    replaced,    retired   or
                                          repaired.

               Phase                      IV  -  Renovation   To  execute
                                          component          replacement,
                                          retirement  or repair to ensure
                                          Y2K readiness.

               Phase V - Validation           To test  components  that have
                                          been   repaired   to  ensure   Y2K
                                          readiness  and  validate  "mission
                                          critical"   components  that  were
                                          assessed  as  Y2K-ready  in  Phase
                                          III.

               Phase                      VI -  Implementation  To deploy
                                          repaired     and      validated
                                          components.

    In order to execute the six-phase plan, a combination of internal  resources
and  external  contractors  has been,  and will be,  employed by the Y2K project
team.

Y2K PROJECT STATUS

    The Y2K project team has completed the six phases for its internal  "mission
critical"  components.  Additionally,  the Y2K project  team has  completed  the
renovation and validation of any  non-mission  critical  components that the Y2K
project  team  and  related  business  units  determined  to  be  necessary.  If
Residential  Funding  introduces  or  replaces,  prior to January  1, 2000,  any
"mission  critical"  components,  the Y2K  project  team will  ensure  that such
components conform to the requirements of the above six-phase plan.

    The  potential  impact on  Residential  Funding of problems  related to Y2K,
however, will not depend solely on the corrective measures undertaken by the Y2K
project team. The manner in which Y2K issues are addressed by

                                        S-25
<PAGE>

business  partners,  governmental  agencies and other entities that provide data
to, or receive data from,  Residential  Funding, or whose financial condition or
operational  capability is important to  Residential  Funding and its ability to
act as master servicer, will have a significant impact upon Residential Funding.
These entities include, among others,  subservicers,  the trustee, the custodian
and certain depositary  institutions,  as well as their respective suppliers and
vendors. Accordingly, Residential Funding has communicated, and will continue to
communicate,  with certain of these  parties to assess their Y2K  readiness  and
evaluate any potential impact on Residential Funding.

    Due to the various dates by which  Residential  Funding's  business partners
anticipate  being  Y2K-ready,  it is  expected  that the Y2K  project  team will
continue  to spend  significant  time  assessing  Y2K  business  partner  issues
throughout 1999. Any business  partner,  including any subservicer,  the trustee
and the custodian,  that (i) has not provided  Residential  Funding  appropriate
documentation  supporting  its Y2K efforts,  (ii) has not  responded in a timely
manner to Residential  Funding's  inquiries regarding their Y2K efforts or (iii)
did not expect to be Y2K-ready until after June 30, 1999, has been, and will be,
placed  in an "at  risk"  category.  Currently,  only a very  limited  number of
subservicers  have been placed in the "at risk"  category.  Residential  Funding
will  carefully  monitor  the efforts  and  progress  of its "at risk"  business
partners,  and if  additional  steps  are  necessary  Residential  Funding  will
reassess the risk and act accordingly.

    During 1998, Residential Funding also commenced a formal business continuity
plan that is designed  to address  potential  Y2K  problems  and other  possible
disruptions.  Residential  Funding's business  continuity plan has the following
four phases:

         Phase                                 Objective


     Phase -   Business   Impact       To  assess  the  impact   upon
               Assessment              Residential    Funding    business
                                       units   if   "mission    critical"
                                       components   were   suddenly   not
                                       available     or     significantly
                                       impaired  as a result of a natural
                                       disaster    or   other   type   of
                                       disruption  (including as a result
                                       of Y2K).

     Phase II -                        Strategic  Development  To
                                       develop broad,  strategic plans
                                       regarding  the  manner in which
                                       Residential     Funding    will
                                       operate in the  aftermath  of a
                                       natural  disaster or other type
                                       of  disruption  (including as a
                                       result of Y2K).

     Phase III - Business  Continuity  To      develop       detailed
 Planning                              procedures   on  how   Residential
                                       Funding and individual business
                                       units will  continue to operate
                                       in the  aftermath  of a natural
                                       disaster   or  other   type  of
                                       disruption   (including   as  a
                                       result of Y2K).

     Phase   IV -                      Validation  To  test  the
                                       plans  developed  in  Phases II
                                       and III above.



                              S-26
<PAGE>

    As of March 31, 1999, Residential Funding had substantially completed Phases
I, II and III of its business continuity plan. As of June 30, 1999,  Residential
Funding had substantially completed Phase IV of such plan.

RISKS RELATED TO Y2K

    Although   Residential   Funding's   remediation  efforts  are  directed  at
eliminating its Y2K exposure,  there can be no assurance that these efforts will
fully mitigate the effect of all Y2K problems.  If Residential  Funding fails to
identify or correct any material Y2K problem,  including any problems related to
its mission critical master servicing  applications,  there could be significant
disruptions in its normal business  operations.  These  disruptions could have a
material  adverse  effect on Residential  Funding's  ability to (i) collect (and
monitor any  subservicer's  collection of) payments on the mortgage loans,  (ii)
distribute  these  collections  to the  trustee  and (iii)  provide  reports  to
certificateholders as described in this prospectus supplement.  Furthermore,  if
any  subservicer,  the  trustee  or any other  business  partner or any of their
respective  vendors or third party  service  providers  are not  Y2K-ready,  the
ability to (a) service the mortgage loans, in the case of any subservicer or any
of their  respective  vendors or third  party  service  providers,  and (b) make
distributions  to  certificateholders,  in the case of the trustee or any of its
vendors or third  party  service  providers,  may be  materially  and  adversely
affected.

    This section entitled "Year 2000  Considerations"  contains  forward-looking
statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A of the  Securities  Act.  All
statements  in this  section  that are not  statements  of  historical  fact are
forward-looking   statements.   Forward-looking  statements  made  in  this  Y2K
discussion are subject to some risks and  uncertainties.  Important factors that
could cause results to differ  materially from such  forward-looking  statements
include,  among other things, the ability of Residential Funding to successfully
identify  components  that may pose Y2K  problems,  the  nature  and  amount  of
programming  required  to fix the  affected  components,  the costs of labor and
consultants related to these efforts,  the continued  availability of resources,
both  personnel  and  technology,  and the  ability of  business  partners  that
interface with Residential Funding to successfully address their Y2K issues.

                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

    The notes will be issued under to the Indenture.  The  certificates  will be
issued under the trust agreement. The following summaries describe provisions of
the  securities,  the  indenture and the trust  agreement.  The summaries do not
purport to be complete and are subject to, and  qualified  in their  entirety by
reference to, the provisions of the applicable agreement.

    The notes will be  secured by the assets of the trust  pledged by the issuer
to the indenture trustee under the indenture which will consist of:

    o the home loans;

    o all amounts on deposit in the Payment Account;

    o the financial guaranty insurance policy; and

    o proceeds of the foregoing.

BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

    The notes will initially be issued as book-entry notes. Noteowners may elect
to hold their notes through DTC in the United States, or Cedelbank or Euroclear,
in Europe if they are  participants  of their  systems,  or  indirectly  through
organizations which are participants in their systems. The book-entry notes will
be issued in one or more securities which equal the aggregate  principal balance
of the notes and will  initially  be  registered  in the name of Cede & Co., the
nominee of DTC. Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of
their  participants  through customers'  securities  accounts in Cedelbank's and
Euroclear's  names on the books of their respective  depositaries  which in turn
will hold the positions in customers'  securities  accounts in the depositaries'


                                        S-27
<PAGE>

names on the books of DTC.  Investors may hold the  beneficial  interests in the
book-entry notes in minimum  denominations of $25,000 and in integral  multiples
of $1 in excess of $25,000.  Except as described  below, no beneficial  owner of
the notes will be  entitled  to receive a physical  certificate,  or  definitive
note,  representing the security.  Unless and until definitive notes are issued,
it is  anticipated  that the only  holder  of the notes  will be Cede & Co.,  as
nominee  of DTC.  Note  owners  will not be  holders as that term is used in the
indenture.

    The beneficial  owner's  ownership of a book-entry  note will be recorded on
the records of the brokerage firm, bank,  thrift  institution or other financial
intermediary that maintains the beneficial owner's account for that purpose.  In
turn, the financial  intermediary's  ownership of the  book-entry  notes will be
recorded on the records of DTC,  or of a  participating  firm that acts as agent
for the financial  intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the
records of DTC, if the beneficial  owner's  financial  intermediary is not a DTC
participant and on the records of Cedelbank or Euroclear, as appropriate.

    Note owners will receive all payments of principal and interest on the notes
from the indenture trustee through DTC and DTC participants. While the notes are
outstanding,  except  under the  circumstances  described  below,  under the DTC
rules, regulations and procedures,  DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
among  participants  on whose behalf it acts in connection with the notes and is
required  to receive and  transmit  payments of  principal  and  interest on the
notes.

    Participants and indirect  participants  with whom note owners have accounts
for notes are similarly  required to make  book-entry  transfers and receive and
transmit the payments on behalf of their  respective  note owners.  Accordingly,
although  note  owners  will not possess  physical  certificates,  the DTC rules
provide a mechanism by which note owners will receive  payments and will be able
to transfer their interest.

    Note owners will not  receive or be  entitled  to receive  definitive  notes
representing their respective  interests in the notes,  except under the limited
circumstances  described  below.  Unless and until  definitive notes are issued,
note  owners  who are not  participants  may  transfer  ownership  of notes only
through  participants and indirect  participants by instructing the participants
and indirect participants to transfer the notes, by book-entry transfer, through
DTC for the account of the purchasers of the notes,  which account is maintained
with their respective  participants.  Under the DTC rules and in accordance with
DTC's  normal  procedures,  transfers  of  ownership  of notes will be  executed
through  DTC and the  accounts  of the  respective  participants  at DTC will be
debited and credited. Similarly, the participants and indirect participants will
make  debits or credits,  as the case may be, on their  records on behalf of the
selling and purchasing note owners.

    Under a book-entry  format,  beneficial  owners of the book-entry  notes may
experience  some delay in their receipt of payments,  since the payments will be
forwarded by the indenture  trustee to Cede & Co. Payments on notes held through
Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  will be  credited to the cash  accounts  of  Cedelbank
participants or Euroclear  participants in accordance with the relevant system's
rules and  procedures,  to the extent received by the relevant  depositary.  The
payments  will be subject to tax reporting in  accordance  with relevant  United
States tax laws and regulations. Because DTC can only act on behalf of financial
intermediaries,  the ability of a beneficial owner to pledge book-entry notes to
persons  or  entities  that do not  participate  in the  depositary  system,  or
otherwise take actions  relating to the book-entry  notes, may be limited due to
the  lack of  physical  certificates  for the  book-entry  notes.  In  addition,
issuance of the book-entry  notes in book-entry form may reduce the liquidity of
the  notes  in the  secondary  market  since  some  potential  investors  may be
unwilling  to  purchase   securities  for  which  they  cannot  obtain  physical
certificates.

    DTC has advised the  indenture  trustee  that,  unless and until  definitive
notes are issued,  DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders
of the book-entry notes under the indenture only at the direction of one or more
financial  intermediaries  to  whose  DTC  accounts  the  book-entry  notes  are
credited,  to the  extent  that the  actions  are taken on  behalf of  financial
intermediaries  whose holdings  include the book-entry  notes.  Cedelbank or the
Euroclear operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by noteholders under the indenture on behalf of a Cedelbank participant
or  Euroclear  participant  only in  accordance  with  its  relevant  rules  and
procedures  and subject to the ability of the relevant  depositary to effect the
actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the direction of the
related  participants,  with respect to some notes which  conflict  with actions
taken relating to other notes.

    Definitive  notes  will be issued  to  beneficial  owners of the  book-entry
notes,  or their  nominees,  rather  than to DTC, if (a) the  indenture  trustee
determines  that the DTC is no longer  willing,  qualified  or able to discharge


                                        S-28
<PAGE>

properly  its  responsibilities  as nominee and  depository  with respect to the
book-entry  notes and the  indenture  trustee  is  unable to locate a  qualified
successor,  (b) the indenture  trustee  elects to terminate a book-entry  system
through  DTC or (c)  after  the  occurrence  of an event of  default  under  the
indenture,  beneficial owners having percentage interests aggregating at least a
majority of the note balance of the notes  advise the DTC through the  financial
intermediaries  and the DTC  participants in writing that the  continuation of a
book-entry  system  through DTC, or a successor to DTC, is no longer in the best
interests of beneficial owners.

    Upon  the  occurrence  of any of the  events  described  in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the  indenture  trustee  will be  required  to notify all
beneficial  owners of the occurrence of this event and the availability  through
DTC of definitive  notes.  Upon  surrender by DTC of the global  certificate  or
certificates   representing   the   book-entry   notes  and   instructions   for
re-registration,  the indenture  trustee will issue and authenticate  definitive
notes, and subsequently, the indenture trustee will recognize the holders of the
definitive notes as holders under the indenture.

    Although  DTC,   Cedelbank  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of notes among participants of DTC,
Cedelbank and Euroclear,  they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform the procedures and the procedures may be  discontinued  at any time. See
Annex I to this prospectus supplement.

    DTC has  advised the  depositor  that  management  of DTC is aware that some
computer  applications,  systems  and the  like  for  processing  data  that are
dependent upon calendar dates,  including dates before,  on and after January 1,
2000, may encounter Year 2000 problems.  DTC has informed its  participants  and
other  members  of  the  financial  community  that  it  has  developed  and  is
implementing a program so that its systems, as they relate to the timely payment
of distributions,  including principal and income payments,  to securityholders,
book-entry  deliveries  and  settlement  of trades with DTC continue to function
appropriately.  This program  includes a technical  assessment and a remediation
plan,  each of which is complete.  Additionally,  DTC's plan  includes a testing
phase,  which,  DTC has  advised  its  participants  and  other  members  of the
financial community, is expected to be completed within appropriate time frames.

    However,  DTC's ability to perform  properly its services is also  dependent
upon other  parties,  including but not limited to issuers and their agents,  as
well as DTC's  participants  and third  party  vendors  from  whom DTC  licenses
software  and  hardware,  and  third  party  vendors  on  whom  DTC  relies  for
information  or the  provision  of  services,  including  telecommunication  and
electrical  utility  service  providers,  among  others.  DTC has  informed  its
participants and other members of the financial  community that it is contacting
and will continue to contact third party vendors from whom DTC acquires services
to:

    o  impress  upon  them the  importance  of those  services  being  Year 2000
compliant; and

    o determine  the extent of their efforts for Year 2000  remediation  and, as
      appropriate, testing of their services.

    In addition, DTC is in the process of developing any contingency plans as it
deems appropriate.

    According to DTC, the foregoing  information  about DTC has been provided to
its participants and other members of the financial  community for informational
purposes  only and is not  intended  to serve as a  representation,  warranty or
contract modification of any kind.

    None of the  depositor,  the master  servicer or the indenture  trustee will
have any  liability  for any  actions  taken by DTC or its  nominee,  including,
without  limitation,  actions  for any  aspect  of the  records  relating  to or
payments made on account of beneficial  ownership interests in the notes held by
Cede,  as nominee for DTC, or for  maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any
records relating to the beneficial ownership interests.

    For  additional  information  regarding  DTC,  Cedelbank,  Euroclear and the
notes,  see  "Description  of  the   Securities--Form   of  Securities"  in  the
prospectus.

PAYMENTS

    Payments  on the notes will be made by the  indenture  trustee or the paying
agent on the 25th day of each  month or, if not a  business  day,  then the next
succeeding  business  day,  commencing  in  _______________,  each of  which  is
referred to as a payment date. Payments on the notes will be made to the persons
in whose  names the notes are  registered  at the close of  business  on the day
prior to each payment date or, if the notes are no longer  book-entry

                                        S-29
<PAGE>

notes,  on the record date.  See  "Description  of the  Securities--Payments  on
Loans" in the prospectus. Payments will be made by check or money order, mailed,
or upon the request of a holder owning notes having denominations aggregating at
least  $1,000,000,  by wire transfer or otherwise,  to the address of the person
which, in the case of book-entry notes, will be DTC or its nominee as it appears
on the security  register in amounts  calculated as described in this prospectus
supplement on the determination date. However, the final payment relating to the
notes  will be made only upon  presentation  and  surrender  of the notes at the
office or the agency of the indenture trustee specified in the notice to holders
of the final payment.  A business day is any day other than a Saturday or Sunday
or a day on which banking  institutions  in the State of California,  Minnesota,
New York,  Pennsylvania,  Illinois or Delaware are required or authorized by law
to be closed.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

    The following  terms are given the meanings shown below to help describe the
cash flows on the notes:

    EXCESS LOSS  AMOUNT--As  of any payment date, an amount will be equal to the
sum of:

    - ANY  LIQUIDATION  LOSS AMOUNTS,  OTHER THAN AS DESCRIBED IN CLAUSES SECOND
      THROUGH FOURTH below, for the related  collection period which, when added
      to the  aggregate  of the  Liquidation  Loss  Amounts  for  all  preceding
      collection periods exceed $_________,

    - any Special Hazard Losses in excess of the Special Hazard Amount,

    - any Fraud Losses in excess of the Fraud Loss Amount, and

    - some losses  occasioned  by war,  civil  insurrection,  some  governmental
      actions,  nuclear  reaction  and  some  other  risks as  described  in the
      indenture.

Excess Loss Amounts  will not be covered by any  Liquidation  Loss  Distribution
Amount or by a reduction  in the  Outstanding  Reserve  Amount.  Any Excess Loss
Amounts however, will be covered by the financial guaranty insurance policy, and
in the event  payments  are not made as required  under the  financial  guaranty
insurance policy, the losses will be allocated to the notes.

    FRAUD  LOSS  AMOUNT--An  amount  equal  to  $_________.  As of any  date  of
determination after the cut-off date, the Fraud Loss Amount shall equal:

    o prior to the first  anniversary of the cut-off date, an amount equal to 5%
      of the aggregate of the Stated Principal  Balances of the home loans as of
      the cut-off date minus the  aggregate of any  Liquidation  Loss Amounts on
      the home loans due to Fraud Losses up to the date of determination;

    o from the first to the second  anniversary  of the cut-off  date, an amount
      equal to (1) the lesser of (a) the Fraud Loss Amount as of the most recent
      anniversary  of the cut-off date and (b) 3% of the aggregate of the Stated
      Principal  Balances of the home loans as of the most recent anniversary of
      the cut-off date minus (2) the aggregate of any  Liquidation  Loss Amounts
      on the home loans due to Fraud Losses since the most recent anniversary of
      the cut-off date up to the date of determination; and

    o from the second to the fifth  anniversary  of the cut-off  date, an amount
      equal to (1) the lesser of (a) the Fraud Loss Amount as of the most recent
      anniversary  of the cut-off date and (b) 2% of the aggregate of the Stated
      Principal  Balances of the home loans as of the most recent anniversary of
      the cut-off date minus (2) the aggregate of any  Liquidation  Loss Amounts
      on the home loans due to Fraud Losses since the most recent anniversary of
      the cut-off date up to the date of  determination.  On and after the fifth
      anniversary of the cut-off date, the Fraud Loss Amount shall be zero.

    LIQUIDATED HOME LOAN--As to any payment date, any home loan which the master
servicer has  determined,  based on the  servicing  procedures  specified in the
servicing  agreement,  as of the end of the preceding collection period that all
liquidation  proceeds  which  it  expects  to  recover  in  connection  with the
disposition of the related  mortgaged  property have been recovered.  The master
servicer will treat any home loan that is 180 days or more  delinquent as having
been finally liquidated.

                                        S-30
<PAGE>

    LIQUIDATION  LOSS  AMOUNT--As to any Liquidated  Home Loan, the  unrecovered
Stated  Principal  Balance  of the  Liquidated  Home Loan and any of its  unpaid
accrued interest at the end of the related  collection  period in which the home
loan became a Liquidated  Home Loan,  after giving effect to the Net Liquidation
Proceeds allocable to the Stated Principal Balance.  Any Liquidation Loss Amount
shall not be required to be paid to the extent  that a  Liquidation  Loss Amount
was paid on the  notes by means of a draw on the  financial  guaranty  insurance
policy or was reflected in the reduction of the Outstanding Reserve Amount.

    LIQUIDATION  LOSS  DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT--As  to any payment  date, an amount
equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the  Liquidation  Loss  Amounts,  other than any
Excess Loss Amounts, on the payment date, plus (B) any Liquidation Loss Amounts,
other than any Excess Loss Amounts,  remaining  undistributed from any preceding
payment date,  together with its interest from the date initially  distributable
to the date paid.

    NET LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS--As to a home loan, the proceeds, excluding amounts
drawn on the financial  guaranty  insurance policy,  received in connection with
the liquidation of any home loan,  whether through  trustee's sale,  foreclosure
sale or otherwise,  reduced by related expenses,  but not including the portion,
if any, of the amount that exceeds the Stated Principal Balance of the home loan
at the end of the collection period immediately  preceding the collection period
in which the home loan became a Liquidated Home Loan.

    OUTSTANDING  RESERVE AMOUNT--an amount initially be approximately  _____% of
the cut-off date balance.  The  Outstanding  Reserve Amount will be increased by
distributions  of the Reserve  Increase  Amount,  if any, to the notes.  On each
payment date, the Outstanding  Reserve Amount, as in effect immediately prior to
the payment  date,  if any,  shall be deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to
any  Liquidation  Loss  Amounts,  other than any Excess  Loss  Amounts,  for the
payment date, except to the extent that Liquidation Loss Amounts were covered on
the payment date by a Liquidation Loss Distribution  Amount,  which amount would
be so distributed,  if available,  from any excess interest collections for that
payment  date.  Any  Liquidation  Loss Amounts not so covered will be covered by
draws on the financial  guaranty insurance policy to the extent provided in this
prospectus  supplement.  However,  any Excess Loss  Amounts  are  required to be
covered  by a draw on the  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy in all  cases,
without regard to the  availability of the Outstanding  Reserve Amount,  and the
Outstanding  Reserve  Amount will not be reduced by any Excess Loss Amount under
any circumstances.  The Outstanding Reserve Amount available on any payment date
is the  amount,  if any,  by which the pool  balance,  after  applying  payments
received in the related collection period, exceeds the aggregate note balance of
the notes on the payment date,  after  application of principal  collections for
that date.

    To the extent that the  Outstanding  Reserve Amount is  insufficient  or not
available  to  absorb  Liquidation  Loss  Amounts  that are not  covered  by the
Liquidation  Loss  Distribution  Amount,  and if payments are not made under the
financial guaranty insurance policy as required, a noteholder may incur a loss.

    PRINCIPAL COLLECTION  DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT--As to any payment date, an amount
equal to principal  collections for that payment date;  provided however, on any
payment  date as to which the  Outstanding  Reserve  Amount  that  would  result
without regard to this proviso exceeds the Reserve Amount Target,  the Principal
Collection Distribution Amount will be reduced by the amount of the excess until
the Outstanding  Reserve Amount equals the Reserve Amount Target.  To the extent
the Reserve  Amount  Target  decreases  on any payment  date,  the amount of the
Principal  Collection  Distribution  Amount will be reduced on that payment date
and on each  subsequent  payment  date to the extent the  remaining  Outstanding
Reserve  Amount is in excess of the  reduced  Reserve  Amount  Target  until the
Outstanding Reserve Amount equals the Reserve Amount Target.

    RESERVE AMOUNT TARGET--As to any payment date prior to the Stepdown Date, an
amount  equal to _____% of the cut-off  date  balance.  On or after the Stepdown
Date,  the Reserve  Amount Target will be equal to the lesser of (a) the Reserve
Amount  Target as of the cut-off date and (b) _____% of the pool balance  before
applying payments received in the related  collection period, but not lower than
$__________, which is _____% of the cut-off date balance. However, any scheduled
reduction to the Reserve Amount Target described in the preceding sentence shall
not be made as of any payment date unless:

    o (a) the aggregate  cumulative  Liquidation  Loss Amounts on the home loans
      prior to any payment date occurring during the first year, the second year
      or the third year,  or any year  thereafter,  after the Stepdown  Date are
      less than ____%,  ____% and ____%  respectively,  of the cut-off date pool
      balance or (b) the average  Liquidation  Loss Amount on the home loans for
      the  current  and five  previous  payment  dates is less  than half of the
      amount  remaining  in the Payment  Account on the payment  date  following
      DISTRIBUTIONS  UNDER CLAUSES

                                        S-31
<PAGE>

      FIRST THROUGH FIFTH of the second  paragraph under  "--Allocation  of
      Payments ON THE HOME  LOANS"  BELOW,  OTHER THAN CLAUSE THIRD in that
      section, and

    o there has been no draw on the financial  guaranty  insurance policy on the
      payment date that remains  unreimbursed.  In addition,  the Reserve Amount
      Target  may be reduced  with the prior  written  consent of the  financial
      guaranty insurer and the rating agencies.

    RESERVE  INCREASE  AMOUNT--As to any payment date,  the amount  necessary to
bring the Outstanding Reserve Amount up to the Reserve Amount Target.

    SPECIAL  HAZARD  AMOUNT--An  amount  equal to  $________.  As of any date of
determination  following the cut-off date, the Special Hazard Amount shall equal
the  initial  Special  Hazard  Amount less the sum of (A) the  aggregate  of any
Liquidation  Loss Amounts on the home loans due to Special Hazard Losses and (B)
the  Adjustment  Amount.  The  Adjustment  Amount  will be  equal  to an  amount
calculated under the terms of the indenture.

    STEPDOWN DATE--The later of:

    o the payment date in ________________, and

    o the  payment  date on which  the pool  balance  before  applying  payments
      received in the related  collection period is less than 50% of the cut-off
      date balance.

INTEREST PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES

    Interest payments will be made on the notes on each payment date at the note
rate. The note rate for the notes will be _____% per annum.

    Interest  on the notes  relating  to any  payment  date will  accrue for the
related  accrual period on the note balance.  The accrual period for any payment
date will be the calendar month preceding the month in which the related payment
date occurs,  or in the case of the first payment date  beginning on the closing
date and  ending  the last day of the month in which the  closing  date  occurs.
Interest will be based on a 30-day month and a 360-day year.  Interest  payments
on the notes will be funded from  payments on the home loans and, if  necessary,
from draws on the financial guaranty insurance policy.

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES

    On each  payment  date,  other  than  the  payment  date  in  _____________,
principal  payments  will be due and payable on the notes in an amount  equal to
the aggregate of the Principal Collection Distribution Amount, together with any
Reserve  Increase  Amounts and  Liquidation  Loss  Distribution  Amounts for the
payment  date,  as and to the extent  described  below.  On the payment  date in
___________,  principal will be due and payable on the notes in amounts equal to
the note balance,  if any. In no event will  principal  payments on the notes on
any payment date exceed the note balance on that date.

ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS ON THE HOME LOANS

    The master  servicer on behalf of the trust will establish a Payment Account
into which the master servicer will deposit  principal and interest  collections
for each  payment  date on the  business  day prior to that  payment  date.  The
Payment  Account  will be an  Eligible  Account  and  amounts  on deposit in the
Payment Account will be invested in permitted investments.

    On each payment date,  principal and interest  collections will be allocated
from the Payment Account in the following order of priority:

    O FIRST, to pay accrued interest due on the note balance of the notes;

    O SECOND,  to pay principal in an amount equal to the  Principal  Collection
      Distribution Amount for that payment date on the notes;

     O    THIRD,  to pay as  principal  on the  notes,  an  amount  equal to the
          Liquidation Loss Distribution Amount;

                                        S-32
<PAGE>

    O FOURTH,  to pay  the  financial  guaranty  insurer  the  premium  for  the
      financial guaranty insurance policy and any previously unpaid premiums for
      the financial guaranty insurance policy, with its interest;

    O FIFTh, to reimburse the financial guaranty insurer for prior draws made on
      the financial guaranty insurance policy,  other than those attributable to
      Excess Loss Amounts, with its interest;

    O SIXTH, to pay principal on the notes, the Reserve Increase Amount;

    O SEVENTH,  to pay the  financial  guaranty  insurer any other  amounts owed
under the insurance agreement; and

    O EIGHTH, any remaining amounts to the holders of the certificates.

THE PAYING AGENT

    The paying agent shall initially be the indenture trustee, together with any
successor  thereto.  The paying agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw
funds  from the  Payment  Account  for the  purpose  of making  payments  to the
noteholders.

MATURITY AND OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

    The notes will be payable in full on the payment date in __________,  to the
extent of the  outstanding  note balance on that date,  if any. In  addition,  a
principal  payment may be made in partial or full  redemption of the notes after
the aggregate Stated Principal  Balance after applying  payments received in the
related  collection  period  is  reduced  to an  amount  less  than or  equal to
$_____________,  which is 10% of the cut-off date balance,  upon the exercise by
the master servicer of its option to purchase all or a portion of the home loans
and related assets. In the event that all of the home loans are purchased by the
master servicer,  the purchase price will be equal to the sum of the outstanding
pool balance and its accrued and unpaid interest at the weighted  average of the
loan rates  through the day  preceding  the payment  date on which the  purchase
occurs  together  with  all  amounts  due and  owing to the  financial  guaranty
insurer.

    In the event that a portion of the home  loans are  purchased  by the master
servicer,  the purchase  price will be equal to the sum of the aggregate  Stated
Principal  Balances  of the home loans so  purchased  and its accrued and unpaid
interest at the  weighted  average of the  related  loan rates on the home loans
through  the day  preceding  the  payment  date on which  the  purchase  occurs,
together  with all amounts due and owing to the  financial  guaranty  insurer in
connection  with the home loans so  purchased.  Any purchase  will be subject to
satisfaction of some conditions specified in the servicing agreement, including:

    o the master  servicer shall have delivered to the indenture  trustee a home
      loan schedule  containing a list of all home loans  remaining in the trust
      after removal;

    o the  master  servicer  shall  represent  and  warrant  that  no  selection
      procedures reasonably believed by the master servicer to be adverse to the
      interests of the  securityholders  or the financial  guaranty insurer were
      used by the master servicer in selecting the home loans; and

    o each rating agency shall have been notified of the proposed retransfer and
      shall not have  notified the master  servicer  that the  retransfer  would
      result in a reduction or  withdrawal  of the ratings of the notes  without
      regard to the financial guaranty insurance policy.

             DESCRIPTION OF THE FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY

    On the closing date, the financial guaranty insurer will issue the financial
guaranty  insurance  policy in favor of the  indenture  trustee on behalf of the
issuer.  The  financial  guaranty  insurance  policy  will  unconditionally  and
irrevocably  guarantee most payments on the notes.  On each payment date, a draw
will be made on the financial guaranty insurance policy equal to the sum of:

    o the amount by which accrued interest on the notes at the note rate on that
      payment  date  exceeds  the  amount  on  deposit  in the  Payment  Account
      available for interest distributions on that payment date,

                                        S-33
<PAGE>

    o any Liquidation Loss Amount,  other than any Excess Loss Amount,  for that
      payment date, to the extent not  currently  covered by a Liquidation  Loss
      Distribution Amount or a reduction in the Outstanding Reserve Amount and

    o any Excess Loss Amount for that payment date.

    For purposes of the foregoing,  amounts in the Payment Account available for
interest  distributions  on any  payment  date  shall be deemed to  include  all
amounts  available in the Payment Account for that payment date,  other than the
Principal  Collection  Distribution Amount and the Liquidation Loss Distribution
Amount,  if any.  Under the terms of the  indenture,  draws under the  financial
guaranty  insurance  policy relating to any Liquidation Loss Amount will be paid
to the notes by the paying agent,  as  principal,  to the extent the notes would
have been paid that amount.  In addition,  a draw will be made on the  financial
guaranty  insurance policy to cover some shortfalls in amounts  allocable to the
noteholders  following the sale,  liquidation or other disposition of the assets
of the trust in connection  with the  liquidation of the trust fund as permitted
under the  indenture  following  an event of  default  under the  indenture.  In
addition,  the financial guaranty insurance policy will guarantee the payment of
the outstanding note balance of each note on the payment date in ___________. In
the  absence  of  payments  under  the  financial   guaranty  insurance  policy,
noteholders will directly bear the credit risks associated with their investment
to the extent the risks are not  covered by the  Outstanding  Reserve  Amount or
otherwise.

                   CERTAIN YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

    The yields to maturity  and the  aggregate  amount of  distributions  on the
notes will be affected by the rate and timing of principal  payments on the home
loans and the amount and timing of mortgagor  defaults  resulting in Liquidation
Loss  Amounts.  The rate of default of home loans secured by second liens may be
greater than that of home loans secured by first liens. In addition,  yields may
be adversely  affected by a higher or lower than  anticipated  rate of principal
payments on the home loans in the trust fund. The rate of principal  payments on
the home loans will in turn be affected  by the  amortization  schedules  of the
home loans, the rate and timing of its principal  prepayments by the mortgagors,
liquidations  of  defaulted  home  loans and  repurchases  of home  loans due to
breaches of representations.

    The  timing  of  changes  in  the  rate  of  prepayments,  liquidations  and
repurchases  of the home loans may, and the timing of  Liquidation  Loss Amounts
will, significantly affect the yield to an investor, even if the average rate of
principal  payments  experienced  over  time is  consistent  with an  investor's
expectation.  Since the rate and timing of principal  payments on the home loans
will depend on future  events and on a variety of  factors,  as  described  more
fully  in  this  prospectus  supplement  and  in  the  prospectus  under  "Yield
Considerations" and "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" no assurance can be
given as to the rate or the timing of principal payments on the notes.

    The home loans in most cases may be prepaid by the  mortgagors  at any time.
However,  in some  circumstances,  some of the home  loans  will be subject to a
prepayment  charge.  See  "Description of the Home Loan Pool" in this prospectus
supplement.  In  addition,  as  described  under  "Description  of the Home Loan
Pool--Home Loan Pool  Characteristics,"  some of the home loans may be assumable
under the terms of the mortgage note, and the remainder are subject to customary
due-on-sale provisions. The master servicer shall enforce any due-on-sale clause
contained  in any  mortgage  note or  mortgage,  to the extent  permitted  under
applicable law and  governmental  regulations.  However,  if the master servicer
determines that it is reasonably likely that any mortgagor will bring, or if any
mortgagor  does  bring,  legal  action to  declare  invalid or  otherwise  avoid
enforcement of a due-on-sale  clause contained in any mortgage note or mortgage,
the master servicer shall not be required to enforce the  due-on-sale  clause or
to contest the action. The extent to which some of the home loans are assumed by
purchasers  of the  mortgaged  properties  rather  than  prepaid by the  related
mortgagors in connection with the sales of the mortgaged  properties will affect
the weighted average life of the notes and may result in a prepayment experience
on the home loans that differs from that on other  conventional  home loans. See
"Yield  Considerations"  and "Maturity  and  Prepayment  Considerations"  in the
prospectus.


                                        S-34
<PAGE>


    Prepayments,  liquidations  and  purchases  of the home loans will result in
distributions to holders of the notes of principal amounts which would otherwise
be distributed  over the remaining  terms of the home loans.  Factors  affecting
prepayment,  including defaults and liquidations,  of home loans include changes
in mortgagors'  housing  needs,  job transfers,  unemployment,  mortgagors'  net
equity  in the  mortgaged  properties,  changes  in the  value of the  mortgaged
properties,   mortgage  market  interest  rates,   solicitations  and  servicing
decisions.  In addition,  if prevailing  mortgage rates fell significantly below
the  loan  rates  on  the  home  loans,  the  rate  of  prepayments,   including
refinancings,  would be expected to increase. Conversely, if prevailing mortgage
rates rose  significantly  above the loan rates on the home  loans,  the rate of
prepayments on the home loans would be expected to decrease.  Furthermore, since
home loans  secured by second  liens are not  generally  viewed by  borrowers as
permanent financing and generally carry a high rate of interest,  the home loans
secured  by  second  liens  may  experience  a higher  rate of  prepayment  than
traditional first lien home loans. Prepayment of the related first lien may also
affect the rate of prepayments on the home loans.

    The yield to maturity of the notes will depend, in part, on whether, to what
extent,  and the timing with respect to which,  any Reserve  Amount  Increase is
used to  accelerate  payments of  principal  on the notes or the Reserve  Amount
Target is reduced. See "Description of the Securities--Allocation of Payments on
the Home Loans" in this prospectus supplement.

    The rate of  defaults on the home loans will also affect the rate and timing
of principal payments on the home loans. In general,  defaults on home loans are
expected  to occur with  greater  frequency  in their early  years.  The rate of
default of home loans  secured by second liens is likely to be greater than that
of home  loans  secured by first  liens on  comparable  properties.  The rate of
default on home loans which are  refinance  home  loans,  and on home loans with
high  combined  LTV  ratios,  may be higher  than for other types of home loans.
Furthermore,  the rate and timing of prepayments,  defaults and  liquidations on
the home loans will be affected by the general economic  condition of the region
of the country in which the related mortgaged  properties are located.  The risk
of delinquencies  and loss is greater and prepayments are less likely in regions
where a weak or  deteriorating  economy  exists,  as may be evidenced  by, among
other factors,  increasing  unemployment or falling property values.  See "Yield
Considerations" and "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" in the prospectus.

    Because  the loan rates on the home loans and the note rate on the notes are
fixed, the rate will not change in response to changes in market interest rates.
Accordingly, if market interest rates or market yields for securities similar to
the notes were to rise, the market value of the notes may decline.

    In addition,  the yield to maturity on the notes will depend on, among other
things, the price paid by the holders of the notes and the note rate. The extent
to which  the yield to  maturity  of a note is  sensitive  to  prepayments  will
depend,  in part,  upon the degree to which it is  purchased  at a  discount  or
premium.  In most  cases,  if notes are  purchased  at a premium  and  principal
distributions  on the notes occur at a rate  faster than  assumed at the time of
purchase,  the  investor's  actual  yield to  maturity  will be lower  than that
anticipated  at the time of purchase.  Conversely,  if notes are  purchased at a
discount and  principal  distributions  on the notes occur at a rate slower than
that assumed at the time of purchase,  the  investor's  actual yield to maturity
will be lower than that  anticipated  at the time of  purchase.  For  additional
considerations  relating to the yield on the notes,  see "Yield  Considerations"
and "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations" in the prospectus.

    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE: Weighted average life refers to the average amount of
time that will  elapse  from the date of  issuance  of a security to the date of
distribution  to the  investor  of  each  dollar  distributed  in  reduction  of
principal of the security,  assuming no losses. The weighted average life of the
notes will be influenced by, among other things,  the rate at which principal of
the home  loans is paid,  which  may be in the form of  scheduled  amortization,
prepayments or liquidations.

    [The  prepayment  model used in this  prospectus  supplement,  or prepayment
assumption,  represents an assumed rate of prepayment each month relative to the
then  outstanding  principal  balance of a pool of home loans. A 100% prepayment
assumption  assumes  a  constant  prepayment  rate of 2% per  annum  of the then
outstanding  principal  balance of the home loans in the first month of the life
of the home loans and an additional  0.9286% per annum in each month  thereafter
until the fifteenth  month.  Beginning in the fifteenth  month and in each month
thereafter  during  the life of the home  loans,  a 100%  prepayment  assumption
assumes a constant  prepayment rate of 15% per annum each month.] As used in the
table below, a 50% prepayment  assumption  assumes prepayment rates equal to 50%
of the prepayment  assumption.  Correspondingly,  a 150%  prepayment  assumption
assumes  prepayment  rates equal to 150% of the  prepayment  assumption,  and so
forth. The prepayment assumption does not purport to be a

                                   S-35

<PAGE>

historical   description  of  prepayment  experience  or  a  prediction  of  the
anticipated  rate of  prepayment  of any pool of home loans,  including the home
loans.

    The table below has been prepared on the basis of  assumptions  as described
below in this paragraph  regarding the weighted average  characteristics  of the
home loans that are  expected  to be included  in the trust as  described  under
"Description  of the Home  Loan  Pool"  in this  prospectus  supplement  and the
performance of the home loans. The table assumes, among other things, that:

    o The home loan pool  consists  of ten groups of home  loans,  with the home
      loans in each group having the following  aggregate  characteristics as of
      the cut-off date:

            AGGREGATE
              STATED                              ORIGINAL TERM
            PRINCIPAL                NET LOAN           TO       REMAINING TERM
  GROUP      BALANCE     LOAN RATE      RATE        MATURITY       TO MATURITY

          $                   %              %

    o the tenth group above  consists of balloon loans with a remaining  term to
      stated maturity of [179] months;

    o the  scheduled  monthly  payment  for each home loan has been based on its
      outstanding balance, interest rate and remaining term to maturity, so that
      the home loan will amortize in amounts  sufficient  for its repayment over
      its remaining term to maturity;

    o none of the seller,  the master  servicer or the depositor will repurchase
      any home loan, as described under "The Trusts--Representations Relating to
      Trust Assets", "The  Trusts--Repurchases of Loans" and "Description of the
      Securities--Assignment  of Loans and  Certain  Insolvency  and  Bankruptcy
      Issues" in the  prospectus,  and the master servicer does not exercise its
      option to purchase the home loans and, as a result, cause a termination of
      the trust except as indicated in the table;

    o there are no  delinquencies or Liquidation Loss Amounts on the home loans,
      and principal  payments on the home loans will be timely received together
      with  prepayments,  if  any,  on the  last  day of  the  month  and at the
      respective constant percentages of the prepayment assumption in the table;

     o    there  is no  prepayment  interest  shortfall  or any  other  interest
          shortfall in any month;

    o the home loans, including the simple interest home loans, pay on the basis
      on a 30-day month and a 360-day year;

     o    payments  on the notes will be received on the 25th day of each month,
          commencing in ______________;

    o payments on the home loans earn no reinvestment return;

    o there are no additional ongoing trust expenses payable out of the trust;

    o the notes will be purchased on ______________; and

    o the amount of interest  collected on the home loans during the  collection
      period for the first payment date is $____________

    The  foregoing  list  of  assumptions  are  referred  to as the  structuring
assumptions.

                                        S-36
<PAGE>

    The actual  characteristics  and  performance  of the home loans will differ
from the assumptions used in constructing the table below, which is hypothetical
in nature and is provided only to give a general sense of how the principal cash
flows might behave under varying prepayment  scenarios.  For example, it is very
unlikely that the home loans will prepay at a constant  level of the  prepayment
assumption  until maturity or that all of the home loans will prepay at the same
level of the prepayment  assumption.  Moreover,  the diverse  remaining terms to
maturity  of  the  home  loans  could   produce   slower  or  faster   principal
distributions than indicated in the table at the various constant percentages of
the prepayment assumption specified, even if the weighted average remaining term
to  maturity  of the home  loans  is as  assumed.  Any  difference  between  the
assumptions and the actual characteristics and performance of the home loans, or
actual prepayment or loss experience, will affect the percentage of initial note
balance outstanding over time and the weighted average lives of the notes.

    Subject to the foregoing  discussion and  assumptions,  the following  table
indicates the weighted  average life of the notes,  and lists the  percentage of
the initial  note balance of the notes that would be  outstanding  after each of
the payment dates shown at various percentages of the prepayment assumption.

                PERCENT OF INITIAL STATED PRINCIPAL BALANCE OUTSTANDING AT THE
                      FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF THE PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAYMENT DATE              0%       50%       100%       150%        200%

Initial Percentage

==========
==========
==========
==========
==========
==========
==========
Weighted Average Life to Maturity in Years
Weighted Average Life Assuming
Optional Repurchase in Years

    The weighted average life of a note is determined by:

    o multiplying  the net reduction,  if any, of the note balance by the number
      of years  from the date of  issuance  of the note to the  related  payment
      date,

    o adding the results, and

    o dividing  the sum by the  aggregate  of the  net  reductions  of the  note
      balance described in the first clause above.

    This  table has been  prepared  based on the  assumptions  described  in the
fourth paragraph preceding this table,  including the assumptions  regarding the
characteristics  and  performance  of the home  loans,  which  differ from their
actual  characteristics  and  performance,  and  should  be read in  conjunction
therewith.

                 DESCRIPTION OF THE HOME LOAN PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    The home  loans  to be  deposited  in the  trust  by the  depositor  will be
purchased  by the  depositor  from  the  seller  under  the home  loan  purchase
agreement dated as of ______________  between the seller and the depositor.  The


                                        S-37
<PAGE>

following summary  describes some terms of the home loan purchase  agreement and
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the home loan purchase agreement.

PURCHASE OF HOME LOANS

    Under the home loan purchase agreement,  the seller will transfer and assign
to the depositor  all of its right,  title and interest in and to the home loans
and the mortgage  notes,  mortgages  and other related  documents.  The purchase
prices for the home loans are  specified  percentages  of its face amounts as of
the time of transfer  and are payable by the  depositor  as provided in the home
loan purchase agreement.

    The home loan purchase  agreement will require that,  within the time period
specified in this  prospectus  supplement,  the seller  deliver to the indenture
trustee,  or the  custodian,  the home loans sold by the seller and the  related
documents  described in the preceding  paragraph for the home loans.  In lieu of
delivery of original  mortgages,  the seller may deliver true and correct copies
of the mortgages which have been certified as to authenticity by the appropriate
county recording office where the mortgage is recorded.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    The seller will also  represent  and warrant  with respect to the home loans
that, among other things:

    o the information with respect to the home loans in the schedule attached to
      the home loan  purchase  agreement  is true and  correct  in all  material
      respects, and

    o immediately  prior  to the sale of the home  loans to the  depositor,  the
      seller  was the sole  owner and holder of the home loans free and clear of
      any and all liens and security interests.

    The seller will also represent and warrant that,  among other things,  as of
the closing date:

    o the home loan purchase  agreement  constitutes a legal,  valid and binding
obligation of the seller, and

    o the  home  loan  purchase  agreement  constitutes  a  valid  transfer  and
      assignment  of all right,  title and  interest of the seller in and to the
      home loans and the proceeds of the home loans.

    The benefit of the representations and warranties made by the seller will be
assigned by the depositor to the indenture trustee.

    Within 90 days of the closing date,  _________________  the  custodian  will
review or cause to be reviewed the home loans and the related documents,  and if
any home loan or  related  document  is found to be  defective  in any  material
respect, which may materially and adversely affect the value of the related home
loan, or the interests of the indenture  trustee,  as pledgee of the home loans,
the  securityholders  or the financial guaranty insurer in the home loan and the
defect is not cured within 90 days following  notification  of the defect to the
seller and the trust by the  custodian,  the seller will be obligated  under the
home loan purchase  agreement to deposit the repurchase price into the Custodial
Account.  In  lieu  of any  deposit,  the  seller  may  substitute  an  eligible
substitute  loan;  provided that the substitution may be subject to the delivery
of an opinion of counsel  regarding  tax matters.  Any purchase or  substitution
will  result in the  removal of the home loan  required  to be removed  from the
trust.  The removed home loans are referred to as deleted loans.  The obligation
of the  seller to  remove  deleted  loans  sold by it from the trust is the sole
remedy  regarding  any  defects in the home loans sold by the seller and related
documents for the home loans available against the seller.

    As to any home loan,  the  repurchase  price  referred  to in the  preceding
paragraph is equal to the Stated Principal  Balance of the home loan at the time
of any removal described in the preceding  paragraph plus its accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of  removal.  In  connection  with the  substitution  of an
eligible  substitute  loan,  the  seller  will be  required  to  deposit  in the
Custodial  Account a substitution  adjustment  amount equal to the excess of the
Stated  Principal  Balance of the related  deleted  loan to be removed  from the
trust over the Stated Principal Balance of the eligible substitute loan.

    An eligible  substitute loan is a home loan  substituted by the seller for a
deleted loan which must, on the date of the substitution:


                                        S-38
<PAGE>

    o have  an  outstanding  Stated  Principal  Balance,  or in  the  case  of a
      substitution  of more than one home loan for a deleted  loan, an aggregate
      Stated Principal  Balance,  not in excess of the Stated Principal  Balance
      relating to the deleted loan;

    o have a mortgage  and a Net Loan Rate not less than,  and not more than one
      percentage  point  greater  than,  the  mortgage  rate and Net Loan  Rate,
      respectively, of the deleted loan;

    o have a combined LTV ratio at the time of  substitution no higher than that
      of the deleted loan at the time of substitution;

    o have,  at the time of  substitution,  a  remaining  term to  maturity  not
      greater  than,  and not more than one year less than,  that of the deleted
      loan;

    o be secured by mortgaged property located in the United States;

    o comply with each  representation  and warranty as to the home loans in the
      home  loan  purchase  agreement,  deemed  to be  made  as of the  date  of
      substitution;

    o be  ineligible  for  inclusion  in a REMIC if the deleted loan was a REMIC
      ineligible  loan,  generally,  because (a) the value of the real  property
      securing the deleted loan was not at least equal to eighty  percent of the
      original principal balance of the deleted loan,  calculated by subtracting
      the amount of any liens  that are  senior to the loan and a  proportionate
      amount of any lien of equal  priority  from the value of the property when
      the loan was originated and (b)  substantially  all of the proceeds of the
      deleted  loan were not used to acquire,  improve or protect an interest in
      the real property securing the loan; and

    o satisfy some other conditions specified in the indenture.

    In addition, the seller will be obligated to deposit the repurchase price or
substitute  an eligible  substitute  loan for a home loan as to which there is a
breach of a representation  or warranty in the home loan purchase  agreement and
the breach is not cured by the seller  within the time provided in the home loan
purchase agreement.

                     DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICING AGREEMENT

    The following summary describes terms of the servicing  agreement,  dated as
of _____________ among the Trust, the indenture trustee and the master servicer.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and  qualified in
its  entirety  by  reference  to, the  provisions  of the  servicing  agreement.
Whenever  particular  defined terms of the servicing  agreement are referred to,
the defined terms are  incorporated in this prospectus  supplement by reference.
See "The Agreements" in the prospectus.

THE MASTER SERVICER

    Residential Funding Corporation, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GMAC
Mortgage  Corporation  and an  affiliate  of the  depositor,  will act as master
servicer  for the home  loans  under  the  servicing  agreement.  For a  general
description of Residential Funding Corporation and its activities, see "The Home
Loan  Pool--Residential  Funding Corporation" in this prospectus  supplement and
"Residential Funding Corporation" in the prospectus.

RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION

    Residential Funding Corporation will be responsible for master servicing the
home loans. Responsibilities of Residential Funding Corporation will include the
receipt of funds from subservicers,  the  reconciliation of servicing  activity,
investor  reporting,  remittances to the indenture trustee and the owner trustee
to accommodate  payments to securityholders  and consulting with subservicers of
home loans that are delinquent and as to the related servicing policies, notices
and other  responsibilities.  Management and liquidation of mortgaged properties
acquired by  foreclosure or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,  as well as other loss
mitigation  procedures  conducted  by  any  subservicer,  will  be  reviewed  by
Residential Funding Corporation. Neither the master servicer nor any subservicer
will be required to make advances  relating to delinquent  payments of principal
and interest on the home loans.

                                        S-39
<PAGE>

    For information  regarding foreclosure  procedures,  see "Description of the
Securities--Servicing  and Administration of Loans -- Realization Upon Defaulted
Loans" in the  prospectus.  Servicing  and  charge-off  policies and  collection
practices  may  change  over  time  in  accordance  with   Residential   Funding
Corporation's  business judgment,  changes in Residential Funding  Corporation's
portfolio  of home  loans of the  types  included  in the home loan pool that it
services  for its  clients  and  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  and  other
considerations.

    [Delinquency and Loss Experience, as appropriate]

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    The Servicing Fee for each home loan is payable out of the interest payments
on the home loan. The weighted average  Servicing Fee as of the cut-off date for
each  home  loan  will be  approximately  ____%  per  annum  of the  outstanding
principal  balance of the home loan. The Servicing Fees consist of (a) servicing
compensation  payable to the master  servicer  relating to its master  servicing
activities,  and (b) subservicing and other related  compensation payable to the
Subservicer,  including  the  compensation  paid to the master  servicer  as the
direct  servicer of a home loan for which there is no  subservicer.  The primary
compensation to be paid to the master servicer  relating to its master servicing
activities will be _____% per annum of the outstanding principal balance of each
home  loan.  The master  servicer  is  obligated  to pay some  ongoing  expenses
associated with the trust and incurred by the master servicer in connection with
its  responsibilities  under the servicing  agreement.  See  "Description of the
Securities--Servicing  and  Administration  of  Loans  " in the  prospectus  for
information regarding other possible compensation to the master servicer and the
subservicer  and  for  information  regarding  expenses  payable  by the  master
servicer.

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST COLLECTIONS

    The master  servicer  shall  establish  and maintain a Custodial  Account in
which the master  servicer  shall  deposit or cause to be deposited  any amounts
representing payments on and any collections received relating to the home loans
received by it subsequent to the cut-off date. The Custodial Account shall be an
Eligible Account. On the 20th day of each month or if that day is not a business
day, the next succeeding business day, which is referred to as the determination
date, the master servicer will notify the paying agent and the indenture trustee
of the amount of aggregate  amounts  required to be withdrawn from the Custodial
Account and deposited into the Payment Account prior to the close of business on
the business day next succeeding each determination date.

    Permitted  investments  are  specified in the  servicing  agreement  and are
limited to investments  which meet the criteria of the rating agencies from time
to time as being consistent with their then-current ratings of the securities.

    The master servicer will make the following  withdrawals  from the Custodial
Account and deposit the amounts as follows:

    o to the Payment  Account,  an amount  equal to the  principal  and interest
      collections on the business day prior to each payment date; and

    o to  pay  to  itself  or  the  subservicer   the  Servicing  Fee,   various
      reimbursement  amounts  and other  amounts as  provided  in the  servicing
      agreement.

    All  collections on the home loans will generally be allocated in accordance
with the  mortgage  notes  between  amounts  collected  relating to interest and
amounts  collected  relating  to  principal.  As to any payment  date,  interest
collections will be equal to the sum of:

    o the portion allocable to interest of all scheduled monthly payments on the
      home  loans  received  during the  related  collection  period,  minus the
      Servicing Fees and the fees payable to the owner trustee and the indenture
      trustee, which are collectively referred to as the administrative fees,

    o the interest portion of all Net Liquidation Proceeds allocated to interest
      under the terms of the mortgage notes,  reduced by the administrative fees
      for that collection period, and

    o the interest portion of the repurchase price for any deleted loans and the
      cash purchase price paid in connection  with any optional  purchase of the
      home loans by the master servicer.

                                        S-40
<PAGE>

    However,  on the first payment date, an amount,  referred to as the excluded
interest amount, will be excluded from the interest collections equal to the sum
of 70% of first and second listed item above. As to any payment date,  principal
collections will be equal to the sum of:

    o the principal  portion of all scheduled monthly payments on the home loans
      received in the related collection period; and

    o some  unscheduled  collections,   including  full  and  partial  mortgagor
      prepayments on the home loans,  Insurance Proceeds,  Liquidation  Proceeds
      and proceeds from  repurchases of, and some amounts received in connection
      with any  substitutions  for, the home loans,  received or deemed received
      during the  related  collection  period,  to the extent  the  amounts  are
      allocable to principal.

    As to unscheduled  collections,  the master  servicer may elect to treat the
amounts as included in interest  collections  and principal  collections for the
payment  date  in the  month  of  receipt,  but is not  obligated  to do so.  As
described   in   this   prospectus   supplement   under   "Description   of  the
Securities--Principal  Payments on the Notes," any amount for which the election
is so made  shall be  treated  as having  been  received  on the last day of the
related  collection  period  for the  purposes  of  calculating  the  amount  of
principal and interest distributions to the notes.

    As to any payment date other than the first  payment  date,  the  collection
period is the calendar month preceding the month of that payment date.

RELEASE OF LIEN; REFINANCING OF SENIOR LIEN

    The servicing  agreement  permits the master servicer to release the lien on
the mortgaged  property  securing a home loan under some  circumstances,  if the
home loan is current  in  payment.  A release  may be made in any case where the
borrower  simultaneously delivers a mortgage on a substitute mortgaged property,
if the  combined  LTV ratio is not  increased.  A release  may also be made,  in
connection with a simultaneous  substitution of the mortgaged  property,  if the
combined  LTV ratio would be  increased  to not more than the lesser of (a) 125%
and (b) 105% times the combined LTV ratio  previously  in effect,  if the master
servicer   determines  that  appropriate   compensating   factors  are  present.
Furthermore,  a  release  may also be  permitted  in cases  where no  substitute
mortgaged  property  is  provided,  causing  the home loan to become  unsecured,
subject  to some  limitations  in the  servicing  agreement.  At the time of the
release,  some  terms of the home loan may be  modified,  including  a loan rate
increase or a maturity extension,  and the terms of the home loan may be further
modified in the event that the  borrower  subsequently  delivers a mortgage on a
substitute mortgaged property.

    The master  servicer may permit the  refinancing of any existing lien senior
to a home loan,  provided that the  resulting  combined LTV ratio may not exceed
the greater of (a) the combined LTV ratio  previously in effect,  or (b) 70% or,
if the borrower satisfies credit score criteria, 80%.

COLLECTION AND LIQUIDATION PRACTICES; LOSS MITIGATION

    The  master  servicer  is  authorized  to engage in a wide  variety  of loss
mitigation  practices  with  respect  to  the  home  loans,  including  waivers,
modifications,   payment  forbearances,   partial  forgiveness,   entering  into
repayment schedule arrangements,  and capitalization of arrearages;  provided in
any case that the master  servicer  determines that the action is not materially
adverse to the  interests  of the  indenture  trustee as pledgee of the mortgage
loans  and the  securityholders  and is  generally  consistent  with the  master
servicer's  policies with respect to similar  loans;  and provided  further that
some modifications,  including  reductions in the loan rate, partial forgiveness
or a maturity extension,  may only be taken if the home loan is in default or if
default is reasonably foreseeable. For home loans that come into and continue in
default, the master servicer may take a variety of actions including foreclosure
upon the  mortgaged  property,  writing  off the balance of the home loan as bad
debt, taking a deed in lieu of foreclosure, accepting a short sale, permitting a
short  refinancing,  arranging for a repayment plan,  modifications as described
above,    or   taking   an   unsecured    note.   See    "Description   of   the
Securities--Servicing and Administration of Loans" in the prospectus.

                                        S-41
<PAGE>

OPTIONAL REPURCHASE OF DEFAULTED HOME LOANS

    Under the servicing  agreement,  the master servicer will have the option to
purchase  from the trust any home loan which is 60 days or more  delinquent at a
purchase price equal to its Stated Principal Balance plus its accrued interest.

                DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT AND INDENTURE

    The  following  summary  describes  terms  of the  trust  agreement  and the
indenture.  The summary  does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the trust agreement
and the  indenture.  Whenever  particular  defined  terms of the  indenture  are
referred to, the defined terms are  incorporated by reference in this prospectus
supplement. See "The Agreements" in the prospectus.

THE TRUST FUND

    Simultaneously  with the  issuance of the notes,  the issuer will pledge the
trust fund to the indenture  trustee as collateral for the notes.  As pledgee of
the home loans,  the  indenture  trustee will be entitled to direct the trust in
the  exercise of all rights and  remedies of the trust  against the seller under
the home loan  purchase  agreement  and  against the master  servicer  under the
servicing agreement.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

    The  indenture  trustee  will mail to each  holder of notes,  at its address
listed on the security register  maintained with the indenture trustee, a report
setting forth amounts  relating to the notes for each payment date,  among other
things:
<TABLE>

<S>     <C>
    o  the amount of principal payable on the payment date to the holders of securities;

    o  the amount of interest payable on the payment date to the holders of securities;

    o  the  aggregate  note balance of the notes after giving  effect to the payment of principal on the payment
      date;

    o  principal and interest collections for the related collection period;

    o  the  aggregate  Stated  Principal  Balance  of the home loans as of the end of the  preceding  collection
      period;

    o  the Outstanding Reserve Amount as of the end of the related collection period; and

    o the amount paid, if any, under the financial guaranty insurance policy for
          the payment date.
</TABLE>

    In the case of  information  furnished  under first and second listed clause
above  relating to the notes,  the amounts shall be expressed as a dollar amount
per $1,000 in face amount of notes.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

    The indenture will provide that the issuer may not consolidate with or merge
into any other entity, unless:

    o the entity formed by or surviving the consolidation or merger is organized
      under  the  laws of the  United  States,  any  state  or the  District  of
      Columbia;

    o the  entity  expressly  assumes,  by  an  indenture  supplemental  to  the
      indenture,  the issuer's obligation to make due and punctual payments upon
      the notes and the  performance or observance of any agreement and covenant
      of the issuer under the indenture;

     o    no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing  immediately
          after the merger or consolidation;

                                        S-42
<PAGE>

    o the issuer has received consent of the financial  guaranty insurer and has
      been advised  that the ratings of the  securities,  without  regard to the
      financial guaranty  insurance policy,  then in effect would not be reduced
      or  withdrawn  by  any  rating  agency  as  a  result  of  the  merger  or
      consolidation;

     o    any  action  that is  necessary  to  maintain  the lien  and  security
          interest created by the indenture is taken;

    o the issuer  has  received  an  opinion  of counsel to the effect  that the
      consolidation  or merger would have no material adverse tax consequence to
      the issuer or to any noteholder or certificateholder; and

    o the issuer has delivered to the indenture trustee an officer's certificate
      and an opinion of counsel each stating  that the  consolidation  or merger
      and the  supplemental  indenture  comply with the  indenture  and that all
      conditions  precedent,  as  provided  in the  indenture,  relating  to the
      transaction have been complied with.

    The issuer will not, among other things;

     o    except  as  expressly  permitted  by the  indenture,  sell,  transfer,
          exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the issuer;

    o claim any credit on or make any deduction  from the principal and interest
      payable  relating  to the notes,  other than  amounts  withheld  under the
      Internal Revenue Code or applicable state law, or assert any claim against
      any  present or former  holder of notes  because  of the  payment of taxes
      levied or assessed upon the issuer;

    o permit the validity or  effectiveness  of the  indenture to be impaired or
      permit any person to be released  from any covenants or  obligations  with
      respect  to the notes  under  the  indenture  except  as may be  expressly
      permitted by the indenture; or

    o permit any lien, charge,  excise,  claim,  security interest,  mortgage or
      other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or
      burden the assets of the issuer or any part of its  assets,  or any of its
      interest or the proceeds of its assets, other than under the indenture.

    The issuer may not engage in any activity other than as specified under "The
Issuer" in this prospectus supplement.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

    With the consent of the holders of a majority of the  outstanding  notes and
the financial guaranty insurer, the issuer and the indenture trustee may execute
a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate
any provisions of, the indenture,  or modify,  except as provided  below, in any
manner the rights of the noteholders.  Without the consent of the holder of each
outstanding  note  affected  by that  modification  and the  financial  guaranty
insurer, however, no supplemental indenture will:

     o    change the due date of any  installment of principal of or interest on
          any note or reduce its principal  amount,  its interest rate specified
          or change any place of payment  where or the coin or currency in which
          any note or any of its interest is payable;

     o    impair  the  right  to  institute  suit  for the  enforcement  of some
          provisions of the indenture regarding payment;

     o    reduce  the  percentage  of the  aggregate  amount of the  outstanding
          notes,  the  consent  of the  holders  of  which is  required  for any
          supplemental  indenture  or the  consent  of the  holders  of which is
          required  for any waiver of  compliance  with some  provisions  of the
          indenture or of some defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as
          provided for in the indenture;

     o    modify or alter the  provisions of the indenture  regarding the voting
          of notes held by the issuer,  the  depositor or an affiliate of any of
          them;

     o    decrease the  percentage  of the aggregate  principal  amount of notes
          required to amend the  sections  of the  indenture  which  specify the
          applicable  percentage  of  aggregate  principal  amount  of the notes
          necessary to amend the indenture or some other related agreements;

                                        S-43
<PAGE>

     o    modify any of the provisions of the indenture in a manner as to affect
          the  calculation of the amount of any payment of interest or principal
          due on any note,  including the  calculation  of any of the individual
          components of the calculation; or

     o    permit  the  creation  of any  lien  ranking  prior to or,  except  as
          otherwise contemplated by the indenture,  on a parity with the lien of
          the indenture  with respect to any of the collateral for the notes or,
          except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the  indenture,
          terminate the lien of the  indenture on any  collateral or deprive the
          holder  of any  note  of the  security  afforded  by the  lien  of the
          indenture.

    The  issuer and the  indenture  trustee  may also  enter  into  supplemental
indentures,  with the  consent of the  financial  guaranty  insurer  and without
obtaining  the  consent of the  noteholders,  for the  purpose  of,  among other
things, curing any ambiguity or correcting or supplementing any provision in the
indenture that may be  inconsistent  with any other provision in this prospectus
supplement.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER

    Neither the indenture  trustee nor any director,  officer or employee of the
indenture  trustee  will be under any  liability  to the  issuer or the  related
noteholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action
in good  faith  under  the  indenture  or for  errors in  judgment.  None of the
indenture trustee and any director, officer or employee of the indenture trustee
will be  protected  against any  liability  which would  otherwise be imposed by
reason of willful  malfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the  performance  of
duties or by reason of reckless  disregard of  obligations  and duties under the
indenture.  Subject to limitations in the indenture,  the indenture  trustee and
any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the  indenture  trustee  shall be
indemnified  by the issuer and held  harmless  against  any loss,  liability  or
expense  incurred  in  connection  with  investigating,  preparing  to defend or
defending any legal action,  commenced or threatened,  relating to the indenture
other  than any loss,  liability  or  expense  incurred  by  reason  of  willful
malfeasance,  bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under the
indenture or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under
the  indenture.  All persons into which the  indenture  trustee may be merged or
with  which it may be  consolidated  or any  person  resulting  from a merger or
consolidation  shall  be  the  successor  of the  indenture  trustee  under  the
indenture.

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    The following is a general discussion of anticipated material federal income
tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes offered
under this  prospectus.  This  discussion  has been  prepared with the advice of
[Thacher  Proffitt & Wood]  [Orrick,  Herrington  &  Sutcliffe  LLP]  [Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP] as counsel to the  depositor.  This  discussion is directed
solely to  noteholders  that hold the notes as capital assets within the meaning
of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code and does not purport to discuss all
federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to particular  categories
of investors,  some of which may be subject to special rules,  including  banks,
insurance companies,  foreign investors,  tax-exempt  organizations,  dealers in
securities or currencies,  mutual funds, real estate investment trusts,  natural
persons, cash method taxpayers,  S corporations,  estates and trusts,  investors
that hold the notes as part of a hedge, straddle or, an integrated or conversion
transaction,  or holders  whose  "functional  currency" is not the United States
dollar.  Also, it does not address  alternative  minimum tax consequences or the
indirect  effects on the holders of equity  interests in a noteholder.  Further,
the authorities on which this discussion, and the opinion referred to below, are
based are  subject to change or  differing  interpretations,  which  could apply
retroactively. Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns should be aware that under
applicable  Treasury  regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of law
is not considered an income tax return  preparer  unless the advice (a) is given
as to events that have  occurred  at the time the advice is rendered  and is not
given  as to the  consequences  of  contemplated  actions,  and (b) is  directly
relevant  to  the  determination  of  an  entry  on a tax  return.  Accordingly,
taxpayers should consult their tax advisors and tax return  preparers  regarding
the  preparation  of any item on a tax return,  even where the  anticipated  tax
treatment  has been  discussed  in this  prospectus.  In addition to the federal
income tax consequences described in this prospectus, potential investors should
consider  the  state  and  local  tax  consequences,  if any,  of the  purchase,
ownership and disposition of the notes. See "State and Other Tax  Consequences."
Noteholders  are advised to consult their tax advisors  concerning  the federal,
state,  local or other tax  consequences to them of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the notes offered under this prospectus.

                                        S-44
<PAGE>

    In the opinion of  _________________,  as tax counsel to the depositor,  for
federal  income tax purposes,  assuming  compliance  with all  provisions of the
indenture,  trust agreement and related documents, (a) the notes will be treated
as indebtedness and (b) the issuer, as created under the terms and conditions of
the trust agreement,  will not be  characterized as an association,  or publicly
traded  partnership  within the meaning of Internal  Revenue Code section  7704,
taxable as a  corporation  or as a taxable  mortgage  pool within the meaning of
Internal Revenue Code section 7701(i). The following discussion is based in part
upon the rules governing  original issue discount that are described in Internal
Revenue Code sections 1271-1273 and 1275 and in the Treasury  regulations issued
under these sections, referred to as the OID Regulations. The OID Regulations do
not adequately address various issues relevant to, and in some instances provide
that they are not applicable to,  securities such as the notes.  For purposes of
this tax  discussion,  references  to a  "noteholder"  or a "holder"  are to the
beneficial owner of a note.

    STATUS AS REAL PROPERTY LOANS

    Notes held by a domestic  building and loan  association will not constitute
"loans . . . secured by an  interest  in real  property"  within the  meaning of
Internal Revenue Code section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v); and notes held by a real estate
investment  trust will not constitute "real estate assets" within the meaning of
Internal  Revenue  Code section  856(c)(4)(A)  and interest on notes will not be
considered  "interest on  obligations  secured by  mortgages  on real  property"
within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code section 856(c)(3)(B).

    ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

    [For federal  income tax  purposes,  the notes will not be treated as having
been issued with original issue discount since the principal amount of the notes
will not exceed their issue price by more than a de minimis  amount.  The stated
interest  thereon will be taxable to a noteholder  as ordinary  interest  income
when  received  or accrued in  accordance  with the  noteholder's  method of tax
accounting.  Under  the OID  Regulations,  a holder of a note  issued  with a de
minimis  amount of original  issue discount must include the discount in income,
on a pro  rata  basis,  as  principal  payments  are made on the  note.  The OID
Regulations  also  would  permit a  noteholder  to elect to  accrue  de  minimis
original issue discount into income  currently based on a constant yield method.
See  "--Market  Discount"  for a  description  of the  election  under  the  OID
Regulations.]

    [For federal  income tax purposes,  the notes will be treated as having been
issued with original  issue  discount,  because the stated  redemption  price at
maturity  for the notes will exceed  their issue price by more than a de minimis
amount.  The original  issue discount on a note will be the excess of its stated
redemption  price at  maturity  over  its  issue  price.  The  issue  price of a
particular  class of notes will be the first  cash price at which a  substantial
amount of notes of that class is sold,  excluding sales to bond houses,  brokers
and  underwriters,  on the closing date. If less than a substantial  amount of a
particular  class of notes is sold for cash on or prior to the closing date, the
issue price of the class will be treated as the fair market  value of that class
on the closing date. Under the OID Regulations, the stated redemption price of a
note is equal to the total of all  payments  to be made on the note  other  than
"qualified stated interest."  "Qualified stated interest" includes interest that
is  unconditionally  payable at least annually at a single fixed rate, or in the
case of a variable  rate debt  instrument,  at a "qualified  floating  rate," an
"objective  rate,"  a  combination  of a  single  fixed  rate  and  one or  more
"qualified  floating  rates"  or one  "qualified  inverse  floating  rate," or a
combination of "qualified  floating  rates" that typically does not operate in a
manner that accelerates or defers interest payments on the note.]

    [For notes bearing  adjustable note rates,  the  determination  of the total
amount of original  issue  discount and the timing of the  inclusion of original
issue  discount  will vary  according to the  characteristics  of the notes.  In
general terms  original  issue  discount is accrued by treating the note rate of
the notes as fixed and making adjustments to reflect actual note rate payments.]

    [Some classes of the notes provide for the first  interest  payment on these
notes to be made more than one month after the date of issuance,  a period which
is longer than the  subsequent  monthly  intervals  between  interest  payments.
Assuming the "accrual  period",  as defined in the fourth  paragraph  below, for
original issue discount is each monthly period that ends on a distribution date,
in some cases, as a consequence of this "long first accrual period," some or all
interest  payments may be required to be included in the stated redemption price
of the note and accounted for as original issue discount.]

                                        S-45
<PAGE>

    [In addition,  for those classes of the notes where the accrued  interest to
be paid on the first  distribution  date is  computed  for a period  that begins
prior to the closing date, a portion of the purchase  price paid for a note will
reflect  the  accrued  interest.  In those  cases,  information  returns  to the
noteholders  and the IRS will be based on the  position  that the portion of the
purchase price paid for the interest accrued during periods prior to the closing
date is treated as part of the overall  purchase price of the note, and not as a
separate asset the purchase price of which is recovered entirely out of interest
received on the next distribution date, and that portion of the interest paid on
the first  distribution  date in excess of interest accrued for a number of days
corresponding  to the  number  of  days  from  the  closing  date  to the  first
distribution date should be included in the stated redemption price of the note.
However,  the OID  Regulations  state that all or some  portion  of the  accrued
interest  may be  treated  as a  separate  asset the cost of which is  recovered
entirely out of interest paid on the first  distribution date. It is unclear how
an  election  to do so would be made under the OID  Regulations  and whether the
election could be made unilaterally by a noteholder.]

    [The holder of notes  issued with more than a de minimis  amount of original
issue  discount  must  include in  ordinary  gross  income the sum of the "daily
portions"  of original  issue  discount  for each day during its taxable year on
which  it  held  the  note,  including  the  purchase  date  but  excluding  the
disposition  date.  In the  case of an  original  holder  of a note,  the  daily
portions of original issue discount will be determined as follows.]

    [As to each  "accrual  period,"  that is,  unless  otherwise  stated  in the
accompanying  prospectus  supplement,  each  period  that  ends  on a date  that
corresponds  to a  distribution  date and begins on the first day  following the
immediately preceding accrual period, or in the case of the first period, begins
on the closing date, a  calculation  will be made of the portion of the original
issue discount that accrued during this accrual period.  The portion of original
issue discount that accrues in any accrual period will equal the excess, if any,
of (1) the sum of (A) the present value, as of the end of the accrual period, of
all of the  distributions  remaining  to be made on the note,  if any, in future
periods and (B) the distributions  made on the note during the accrual period of
amounts  included in the stated  redemption  price,  over (2) the adjusted issue
price of the note at the beginning of the accrual  period.  The present value of
the  remaining  distributions  referred  to in the  preceding  sentence  will be
calculated  using a discount rate equal to the original yield to maturity of the
notes, and possibly assuming that  distributions on the note will be received in
future  periods  based on the trust  assets  being  prepaid at a rate equal to a
prepayment assumption. For these purposes, the original yield to maturity of the
note would be  calculated  based on its issue price and possibly  assuming  that
distributions on the note will be made in all accrual periods based on the trust
assets being  prepaid at a rate equal to a prepayment  assumption.  The adjusted
issue  price of a note at the  beginning  of any  accrual  period will equal the
issue price of the note,  increased by the  aggregate  amount of original  issue
discount that accrued on the note in prior accrual  periods,  and reduced by the
amount of any distributions made on the note in prior accrual periods of amounts
included in its stated  redemption  price. The original issue discount  accruing
during any  accrual  period,  computed as  described  above,  will be  allocated
ratably to each day during the accrual  period to determine the daily portion of
original  issue  discount  for that day.  Although  the  issuer  will  calculate
original  issue  discount,  if any,  based on its  determination  of the accrual
periods,  a noteholder may,  subject to some  restrictions,  elect other accrual
periods.]

    [A  subsequent  purchaser  of a note  that  purchases  the  note at a price,
excluding  any portion of the price  attributable  to accrued  qualified  stated
interest,  less than its remaining stated redemption price will also be required
to include in gross  income the daily  portions of any original  issue  discount
relating to the note.  However,  each daily portion will be reduced, if the cost
is in excess of its  "adjusted  issue  price," in  proportion  to the ratio that
excess bears to the aggregate original issue discount remaining to be accrued on
the note. The adjusted issue price of a note on any given day equals:

o    the adjusted issue price, or, in the case of the first accrual period,  the
     issue  price,  of the note at the  beginning  of the accrual  period  which
     includes that day, plus

o    the daily  portions  of  original  issue  discount  for all days during the
     accrual period prior to that day, less

o    any  principal  payments  made  during the accrual  period  relating to the
     note.]

                                        S-46
<PAGE>

    MARKET DISCOUNT

    A noteholder that purchases a note at a market  discount,  that is, assuming
the note is issued  without  original issue  discount,  at a purchase price less
than its remaining stated principal amount,  will recognize gain upon receipt of
each distribution  representing stated principal. In particular,  under Internal
Revenue  Code section 1276 the  noteholder,  in most cases,  will be required to
allocate the portion of each distribution representing stated principal first to
accrued  market  discount not  previously  included in income,  and to recognize
ordinary income to that extent.

    A noteholder may elect to include market discount in income  currently as it
accrues  rather than  including it on a deferred  basis in  accordance  with the
foregoing.  If made,  the  election  will  apply to all  market  discount  bonds
acquired by the  noteholder  on or after the first day of the first taxable year
to which  the  election  applies.  In  addition,  the OID  Regulations  permit a
noteholder  to elect to accrue  all  interest,  discount,  including  de minimis
market or original issue discount, and premium in income as interest, based on a
constant  yield  method.  If this  election  were  made for a note  with  market
discount,  the  noteholder  would be deemed to have made an  election to include
currently market discount in income for all other debt instruments having market
discount that the noteholder acquires during the taxable year of the election or
after that year, and possibly  previously  acquired  instruments.  Similarly,  a
noteholder  that made this  election  for a note that is  acquired  at a premium
would be deemed to have made an election to amortize  bond  premium for all debt
instruments  having  amortizable  bond  premium  that  the  noteholder  owns  or
acquires. See "--Premium." Each of these elections to accrue interest,  discount
and premium for a note on a constant yield method would be irrevocable.

    However,  market discount for a note will be considered to be de minimis for
purposes  Internal Revenue Code section 1276 if the market discount is less than
0.25% of the remaining  principal amount of the note multiplied by the number of
complete  years  to  maturity  remaining  after  the  date of its  purchase.  In
interpreting a similar rule for original  issue discount on obligations  payable
in installments,  the OID Regulations  refer to the weighted average maturity of
obligations,  and it is likely  that the same rule will be  applied  for  market
discount,  possibly  taking  into  account a  prepayment  assumption.  If market
discount is treated as de minimis  under this rule,  it appears  that the actual
discount would be treated in a manner similar to original issue discount of a de
minimis amount. See "--Original Issue Discount."

    Internal  Revenue  Code  section  1276(b)(3)   specifically  authorizes  the
Treasury  Department to issue regulations  providing for the method for accruing
market discount on debt  instruments,  the principal of which is payable in more
than one installment.  Until regulations are issued by the Treasury  Department,
some rules  described in the  legislative  history to the Internal  Revenue Code
section 1276, or the Committee  Report,  apply.  The Committee  Report indicates
that in each  accrual  period  market  discount on notes should  accrue,  at the
noteholder's  option: (a) on the basis of a constant yield method, or (b) in the
case of a note issued without  original issue discount,  in an amount that bears
the same ratio to the total  remaining  market  discount as the stated  interest
paid in the  accrual  period  bears  to the  total  amount  of  stated  interest
remaining  to be paid on the notes as of the  beginning  of the accrual  period.
Moreover,  any prepayment assumption used in calculating the accrual of original
issue  discount  is also used in  calculating  the  accrual of market  discount.
Because the regulations  referred to in this paragraph have not been issued,  it
is not possible to predict what effect these  regulations  might have on the tax
treatment of a note purchased at a discount in the secondary market. Further, it
is uncertain  whether a prepayment  assumption  would be required to be used for
the notes if they were issued with original issue discount.

    To the extent that notes provide for monthly or other periodic distributions
throughout  their  term,  the  effect of these  rules may be to  require  market
discount to be includible in income at a rate that is not  significantly  slower
than the rate at which  the  discount  would  accrue if it were  original  issue
discount.  Moreover,  in any event a holder of a note typically will be required
to treat a portion of any gain on the sale or  exchange  of the note as ordinary
income to the extent of the market  discount  accrued to the date of disposition
under one of the foregoing methods,  less any accrued market discount previously
reported as ordinary income.

    Further,  under Internal Revenue Code section 1277 a holder of a note may be
required to defer a portion of its  interest  deductions  for the  taxable  year
attributable  to any  indebtedness  incurred or continued to purchase or carry a
note purchased with market  discount.  For these  purposes,  the de minimis rule
referred to in the third  preceding  paragraph  applies.  Any deferred  interest
expense would not exceed the market  discount  that accrues  during that taxable
year and is, in most cases,  allowed as a  deduction  not later than the year in
which the market  discount  is  includible  in income.  If the holder  elects to
include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all market


                                        S-47
<PAGE>

discount  instruments acquired by that holder in that taxable year or after that
year, the interest deferral rule described above will not apply.

    PREMIUM

    If a  holder  purchases  a note for an  amount  greater  than its  remaining
principal amount,  the holder will be considered to have purchased the note with
amortizable  bond  premium  equal in  amount  to the  excess,  and may  elect to
amortize the premium using a constant  yield method over the  remaining  term of
the note and to offset  interest  otherwise  to be  required  to be  included in
income  relating to that note by the premium  amortized in that taxable year. If
this election is made, it will apply to all debt instruments  having amortizable
bond premium that the holder owns or subsequently  acquires. The OID Regulations
also permit  noteholders to elect to include all interest,  discount and premium
in income  based on a  constant  yield  method.  See  "--Market  Discount."  The
Committee  Report  states  that the same  rules  that apply to accrual of market
discount,  which rules may require use of a  prepayment  assumption  in accruing
market  discount  for notes  without  regard to whether the notes have  original
issue  discount,  would also apply in  amortizing  bond premium  under  Internal
Revenue Code section 171.

    REALIZED LOSSES

    Under  Internal  Revenue Code section 166 both  corporate  and  noncorporate
holders of the notes that  acquire  those  notes in  connection  with a trade or
business should be allowed to deduct,  as ordinary losses,  any losses sustained
during a taxable year in which their notes become wholly or partially  worthless
as the result of one or more Realized  Losses on the trust assets.  However,  it
appears that a  noncorporate  holder that does not acquire a note in  connection
with a trade or business will not be entitled to deduct a loss under Section 166
of the Internal  Revenue Code until the holder's note becomes wholly  worthless,
that is, until its outstanding  principal  balance has been reduced to zero, and
that the loss will be characterized as a short-term capital loss.

    Each holder of a note will be required to accrue interest and original issue
discount for that note, without giving effect to any reductions in distributions
attributable  to defaults or  delinquencies  on the trust assets until it can be
established that any reduction ultimately will not be recoverable.  As a result,
the  amount of  taxable  income  reported  in any period by the holder of a note
could exceed the amount of economic  income  actually  realized by the holder in
that period.  Although the holder of a note  eventually will recognize a loss or
reduction in income attributable to previously accrued and included income that,
as the result of a Realized Loss,  ultimately  will not be realized,  the law is
unclear as to the timing and character of the loss or reduction in income.

    SALES OF NOTES

    If a note is sold, the selling  noteholder will recognize gain or loss equal
to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and its adjusted basis
in the note. The adjusted basis of a note, in most cases, will equal the cost of
that note to that  noteholder,  increased  by the amount of any  original  issue
discount or market discount  previously reported by the noteholder for that note
and reduced by any amortized  premium and any principal  payment received by the
noteholder.  Except as provided in the following three  paragraphs,  any gain or
loss will be capital gain or loss, provided the note is held as a capital asset,
in most  cases,  property  held for  investment,  within the meaning of Internal
Revenue Code section 1221.

    Gain  recognized on the sale of a note by a seller who purchased the note at
a market  discount will be taxable as ordinary income in an amount not exceeding
the portion of the discount that accrued  during the period the note was held by
the holder,  reduced by any market  discount  included in income under the rules
described above under "--Market Discount" and "--Premium."

        A portion  of any gain from the sale of a note that might  otherwise  be
capital  gain may be treated as  ordinary  income to the extent that the note is
held as part of a "conversion transaction" within the meaning of Section 1258 of
the Internal  Revenue Code. A conversion  transaction  generally is one in which
the  taxpayer has taken two or more  positions  in the same or similar  property
that reduce or eliminate  market risk, if  substantially  all of the  taxpayer's
return is attributable to the time value of the taxpayer's net investment in the
transaction.  The amount of gain so realized in a conversion transaction that is
recharacterized  as  ordinary  income  generally  will not  exceed the amount of
interest that would have accrued on the taxpayer's net investment at 120% of the
appropriate  "applicable  Federal  rate",  which rate is computed and  published
monthly  by the IRS,  at the  time  the  taxpayer  enters  into  the  conversion
transaction,  subject to appropriate  reduction for prior  inclusion of interest
and other ordinary income items from the transaction.

                                        S-48
<PAGE>

    Finally,  a taxpayer  may elect to have net  capital  gain taxed at ordinary
income rates rather than capital gains rates in order to include any net capital
gain in total net  investment  income for the taxable year,  for purposes of the
rule that limits the deduction of interest on indebtedness  incurred to purchase
or carry property held for investment to a taxpayer's net investment income.

    BACKUP WITHHOLDING

    Payments of interest and principal, as well as payments of proceeds from the
sale of notes, may be subject to the "backup withholding tax" under Section 3406
of the Internal Revenue Code at a rate of 31% if recipients of the payments fail
to furnish to the payor  information,  including  their taxpayer  identification
numbers,  or otherwise  fail to establish an exemption from the tax. Any amounts
deducted and withheld from a distribution  to a recipient  would be allowed as a
credit against the recipient's federal income tax. Furthermore, penalties may be
imposed  by the IRS on a  recipient  of  payments  that is  required  to  supply
information but that does not do so in the proper manner.

    The issuer will report to the holders and to the IRS for each  calendar year
the amount of any "reportable  payments"  during that year and the amount of tax
withheld, if any, relating to payments on the notes.

    TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

    Interest  paid  on  a  note  to  a  nonresident  alien  individual,  foreign
partnership or foreign corporation that has no connection with the United States
other than  holding  notes,  known as  nonresidents,  will  normally  qualify as
portfolio  interest  and will be exempt  from  federal  income tax,  except,  in
general, where (a) the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10%
or more of the capital or profits  interest in the issuer,  or (b) the recipient
is a controlled  foreign  corporation  to which the issuer is a related  person.
Upon receipt of appropriate  ownership  statements,  the issuer normally will be
relieved  of  obligations  to withhold  tax from the  interest  payments.  These
provisions  supersede the generally  applicable  provisions of United States law
that would otherwise  require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate,  unless this
rate were reduced or  eliminated by an  applicable  tax treaty,  on, among other
things, interest and other fixed or determinable, annual or periodic income paid
to nonresidents. For these purposes a noteholder may be considered to be related
to the issuer by holding a certificate  or by having common  ownership  with any
other holder of a certificate or any affiliate of that holder.

    NEW WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS

    The Treasury  Department has issued new  regulations  referred to as the New
Withholding  Regulations,  which make  modifications to the withholding,  backup
withholding  and  information  reporting  rules  described  above  in the  three
preceding  paragraphs.   The  New  Withholding   Regulations  attempt  to  unify
certification  requirements and modify reliance  standards.  The New Withholding
Regulations  will  generally be effective for payments  made after  December 31,
1999,  subject to transition rules.  Prospective  investors are urged to consult
their tax advisors regarding the New Withholding Regulations.

                        STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES

        In  addition  to  the  federal  income  tax  consequences  described  in
"Material Federal Income Tax Consequences,"  potential investors should consider
the  state  and  local  tax  consequences  of the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition  of the notes offered by this  prospectus.  State tax law may differ
substantially  from the corresponding  federal tax law, and the discussion above
does not  purport to  describe  any aspect of the tax laws of any state or other
jurisdiction. Therefore, prospective investors should consult their tax advisors
about the various tax  consequences  of investments in the notes offered by this
prospectus.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    Any  fiduciary  or other  investor  of ERISA plan  assets  that  proposes to
acquire or hold the notes on behalf of or with  ERISA  plan  assets of any ERISA
plan should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential applicability
of  the  fiduciary  responsibility   provisions  of  ERISA  and  the  prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code to
the proposed investment. See "ERISA Considerations" in the prospectus.


                                        S-49
<PAGE>

    Each purchaser of a note, by its acceptance of the note,  shall be deemed to
have  represented  that the  acquisition  of the note by the purchaser  does not
constitute or give rise to a prohibited  transaction  under Section 406 of ERISA
or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, for which no statutory, regulatory
or administrative exemption is available. See "ERISA  Considerations--Prohibited
Transaction Exemptions--Notes" in the prospectus.

    The  notes may not be  purchased  with the  assets  of an ERISA  plan if the
depositor,  the master servicer, the indenture trustee, the owner trustee or any
of their affiliates:

     o    has investment or administrative  discretion with respect to the ERISA
          plan assets;

    o has authority or  responsibility  to give, or regularly gives,  investment
      advice  regarding the ERISA plan assets,  for a fee and under an agreement
      or  understanding  that the  advice  will  serve as a  primary  basis  for
      investment  decisions regarding the ERISA plan assets and will be based on
      the particular investment needs for the ERISA plan; or

    o  is an employer maintaining or contributing to the ERISA plan.

    The  sale  of  any  of  the  notes  to an  ERISA  plan  is in no  respect  a
representation by the depositor or the underwriter that such an investment meets
all relevant legal requirements relating to investments by ERISA plans generally
or any  particular  ERISA plan, or that such an investment  is  appropriate  for
ERISA plans generally or any particular ERISA plan.

                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

    The notes will not constitute  "mortgage related securities" for purposes of
SMMEA. Accordingly, many institutions with legal authority to invest in mortgage
related  securities  may not be legally  authorized  to invest in the notes.  No
representation  is made in this  prospectus  supplement  as to whether the notes
constitute legal investments for any entity under any applicable  statute,  law,
rule,  regulation  or order.  Prospective  purchasers  are urged to consult with
their counsel  concerning the status of the notes as legal  investments  for the
purchasers prior to investing in notes.

                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

    Subject to the terms and  conditions  of an  underwriting  agreement,  dated
_________________ between  ____________________,  as the underwriter, has agreed
to purchase and the depositor has agreed to sell the notes.  It is expected that
delivery of the notes will be made only in book-entry  form through the Same Day
Funds Settlement  System of DTC on or about  __________________  against payment
therefor in immediately available funds.

    In connection with the notes,  the  underwriter  has agreed,  subject to the
terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, to purchase all of its notes
if any of its notes are purchased by the underwriting agreement.

    In addition,  the underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the
underwriter  to pay for and accept  delivery of the notes is subject  to,  among
other things, the receipt of legal opinions and to the conditions, among others,
that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the depositor's  Registration
Statement shall be in effect,  and that no proceedings for that purpose shall be
pending before or threatened by the Commission.

    The  distribution  of the notes by the underwriter may be effected from time
to time in one or more negotiated transactions,  or otherwise, at varying prices
to be determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to the depositor from the sale of
the  notes,  before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  depositor,  will  be
approximately  _______% of the aggregate Stated  Principal  Balance of the notes
plus its accrued interest from the cut-off date.

    The  underwriter  may effect these  transactions  by selling the notes to or
through  dealers,  and those  dealers  may receive  compensation  in the form of
underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriter for whom
they act as agent. In connection with the sale of the notes, the underwriter may
be  deemed  to have  received  compensation  from the  depositor  in the form of
underwriting compensation. The underwriter and any dealers that participate with
the  underwriter  in the  distribution  of the related notes may be deemed to be
underwriters and any profit on the resale of the notes positioned by them may be
deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

                                        S-50
<PAGE>

    The depositor has been advised by the underwriter that it presently  intends
to make a market in the notes offered hereby; however, it is not obligated to do
so,  any  market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time,  and there can be no
assurance that an active public market for the notes will develop.

    The  underwriting  agreement  provides that the depositor will indemnify the
underwriter and that under limited  circumstances the underwriter will indemnify
the  depositor  against  some  liabilities,   including  liabilities  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  or  contribute  to  payments  the  underwriter  may be
required to make for these liabilities.

                                     EXPERTS

    The consolidated  financial statements of _____________,  as of December 31,
199_ and 199_ and for each of the years in the three-year  period ended December
31, 199_ are incorporated by reference in this prospectus  supplement and in the
registration   statement  in  reliance   upon  the  report  of   ______________,
independent  certified  public  accountants,  incorporated  by reference in this
prospectus  supplement,  and  upon  the  authority  of the  firm as  experts  in
accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

    Legal matters  concerning the notes will be passed upon for the depositor by
_________, New York, New York and for the underwriter by _________________,  New
York, New York.

                                     RATINGS

    It is a condition to issuance that the notes be rated "___" by _________ and
"____" by  __________________.  The  depositor has not requested a rating on the
notes by any rating  agency other than  ___________  and  ___________.  However,
there can be no assurance  as to whether any other  rating  agency will rate the
notes, or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by any other rating agency.
A rating on the notes by another rating agency, if assigned at all, may be lower
than the  ratings  assigned to the notes by  ____________  and  ____________.  A
securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by holders of notes of
distributions  on the home  loans.  The  rating  takes  into  consideration  the
structural and legal aspects associated with the notes. The ratings on the notes
do not, however,  constitute  statements  regarding the possibility that holders
might  realize a lower than  anticipated  yield.  A  securities  rating is not a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or
withdrawal at any time by the assigning  rating  organization.  Each  securities
rating  should be  evaluated  independently  of  similar  ratings  on  different
securities.

                                        S-51
<PAGE>




                                     ANNEX I

          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

        Except in limited circumstances,  the globally offered Residential Asset
Mortgage  Products,  Inc., Home Loan Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series  ____________,
which are  referred  to as the  global  securities,  will be  available  only in
book-entry  form.  Investors  in the  global  securities  may  hold  the  global
securities  through any of DTC,  Cedelbank or Euroclear.  The global  securities
will be  tradeable  as home market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.
domestic  markets.  Initial  settlement and all secondary  trades will settle in
same-day funds.

        Secondary  market  trading  between   investors  through  Cedelbank  and
Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in  accordance  with the normal
rules and operating procedures of Cedelbank and Euroclear and in ACCORDANCE WITH
CONVENTIONAL EUROBOND PRACTICE, THAT IS, seven calendar day settlement.

        Secondary market trading between investors through DTC will be conducted
according  to DTC's  rules and  procedures  applicable  to U.S.  corporate  debt
obligations.

        Secondary  cross-market  trading between  Cedelbank or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding notes will be effected on a delivery-against-payment  basis
through  the  respective  depositaries  of  Cedelbank  and  Euroclear,  in  that
capacity, and as DTC participants.

     Non-U.S.  holders of global securities will be subject to U.S.  withholding
taxes unless the holders meet some requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax
documents to the securities clearing organizations or

their participants.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

        All global securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC.  Investors'  interests in the global securities
will be represented  through  financial  institutions  acting on their behalf as
direct and indirect  participants  in DTC. As a result,  Cedelbank and Euroclear
will hold  positions  on behalf of their  participants  through  their  relevant
depositary  which in turn will hold these  positions  in their  accounts  as DTC
participants.

        Investors  electing  to hold their  global  securities  through DTC will
follow DTC settlement  practices.  Investor  securities custody accounts will be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.

        Investors  electing to hold their global securities through Cedelbank or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

<PAGE>

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

        Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

        TRADING BETWEEN DTC  PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market trading between DTC
participants will be settled using the procedures  applicable to prior home loan
asset-backed  notes issues in same-day funds.  Trading between  Cedelbank and/or
Euroclear participants.  Secondary market trading between Cedelbank participants
or Euroclear  participants  will be settled using the  procedures  applicable to
conventional  eurobonds  in same-day  funds.  Trading  between  DTC,  seller and
Cedelbank  or  Euroclear   participants.   When  global  securities  are  to  be
transferred  from the account of a DTC participant to the account of a Cedelbank
participant or a Euroclear participant,  the purchaser will send instructions to
Cedelbank or Euroclear through a Cedelbank  participant or Euroclear participant
at least one business  day prior to  settlement.  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  will
instruct  the  relevant  depositary,  as the case may be, to receive  the global
securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the global
securities  from and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the
settlement  date,  on the basis of the  actual  number  of days in that  accrual
period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days. For  transactions  settling on
the 31st of the month,  payment will include  interest  accrued to and excluding
the first day of the following month.  Payment will then be made by the relevant
depositary  to the DTC  participant's  account  against  delivery  of the global
securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the global securities will be
credited  to the  respective  clearing  system and by the  clearing  system,  in
accordance  with  its  usual  procedures,  to  the  Cedelbank  participant's  or
Euroclear participant's account. The securities credit will appear the next day,
European time, and the cash debt will be back-valued to, and the interest on the
global securities will accrue from, the value date, which would be the preceding
day when settlement  occurred in New York. If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date, i.e., the trade fails, the Cedelbank or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

        Cedelbank  participants  and  Euroclear  participants  will need to make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds  settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within  Cedelbank or Euroclear.  Under
this approach,  they may take on credit exposure to Cedelbank or Euroclear until
the global  securities  are  credited  to their  account  one day  later.  As an
alternative,  if Cedelbank  or Euroclear  has extended a line of credit to them,
Cedelbank  participants or Euroclear  participants  can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon to finance  settlement.  Under
this  procedure,  Cedelbank  participants or Euroclear  participants  purchasing
global  securities  would incur  overdraft  charges for one day,  assuming  they
cleared  the  overdraft  when  the  global  securities  were  credited  to their
accounts. However, interest on the global securities would accrue from the value
date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on the global securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially  reduce or offset the amount
of the  overdraft  charges,  although  the result will depend on each  Cedelbank
participant's  or Euroclear  participant's  particular cost of funds.  Since the
settlement is taking place during New York business hours,  DTC participants can
employ their usual procedures for crediting global  securities to the respective
European  depositary  for the benefit of  Cedelbank  participants  or  Euroclear
participants.  The sale  proceeds  will be  available  to the DTC

                                        I-2
<PAGE>


seller on the  settlement  date.  Thus, to the DTC  participants  a cross-market
transaction   will  settle  no   differently   than  a  trade  between  two  DTC
participants.

        TRADING BETWEEN CEDELBANK OR EUROCLEAR SELLER AND DTC PURCHASER.  Due to
time zone  differences  in their favor,  Cedelbank  participants  and  Euroclear
participants  may employ their  customary  procedures for  transactions in which
global  securities  are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing  system,
through the respective  depositary,  to a DTC participant.  The seller will send
instructions  to  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  through a Cedelbank  participant  or
Euroclear  participant at least one business day prior to  settlement.  In these
cases  Cedelbank  or  Euroclear  will  instruct the  respective  depositary,  as
appropriate,  to credit the global securities to the DTC  participant's  account
against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the global securities
from and including the last coupon payment to and excluding the settlement  date
on the basis of the  actual  number of days in that  accrual  period  and a year
assumed to consist to 360 days.  For  transactions  settling  on the 31st of the
month,  payment will include  interest accrued to and excluding the first day of
the  following  month.  The  payment  will then be  reflected  in the account of
Cedelbank participant or Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of
the cash  proceeds in the  Cedelbank  participant's  or Euroclear  participant's
account  would be  back-valued  to the value date,  which would be the preceding
day, when settlement  occurred in New York. Should the Cedelbank  participant or
Euroclear  participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system
and elect to be in debt in  anticipation  of receipt of the sale proceeds in its
account,  the  back-valuation  will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that
one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date, i.e.,
the trade fails, receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedelbank  participant's or
Euroclear  participant's  account  would  instead  be  valued  as of the  actual
settlement date.

        Finally,  day traders that use  Cedelbank or Euroclear and that purchase
global  securities from DTC participants for delivery to Cedelbank  participants
or Euroclear participants should note that these trades would automatically fail
on the sale side unless  affirmative  action is taken. At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

               (a) borrowing  through  Cedelbank or Euroclear for one day, until
        the  purchase  side of the  trade is  reflected  in their  Cedelbank  or
        Euroclear  accounts,  in accordance with the clearing system's customary
        procedures;

               (b)  borrowing  the  global  securities  in the  U.S.  from a DTC
        participant no later than one day prior to settlement,  which would give
        the global securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedelbank
        or Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

               (c)  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the
        trade so that the value date for the purchase  from the DTC  participant
        is at  least  one day  prior  to the  value  date  for  the  sale to the
        Cedelbank participant or Euroclear participant.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

        A  beneficial  owner of global  securities  holding  securities  through
Cedelbank or Euroclear,  or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the
U.S., will be subject to the 30% U.S.  withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest,  including  original issue  discount,  on registered  debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless:

                                        I-3
<PAGE>

          each clearing system,  bank or other financial  institution that holds
          customers'  securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
          in the chain of  intermediaries  between the beneficial  owner and the
          U.S.   entity  required  to  withhold  tax  complies  with  applicable
          certification requirements, and

          the  beneficial  owner takes one of the  following  steps to obtain an
          exemption or reduced tax rate:  Exemption  for Non-U.S.  Persons (Form
          W-8).

Beneficial  holders of global securities that are Non-U.S.  persons can obtain a
complete  exemption  from  the  withholding  tax by  filing  a  signed  Form W-8
(Certificate of Foreign Status). If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a
new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of the change.

     Exemption  for Non-U.S.  persons with  effectively  connected  income (Form
4224). A Non-U.S. person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United  States,  can obtain an exemption  from the
withholding  tax by filing Form 4224, the Exemption  from  Withholding of Tax on
Income  Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade or  Business in the
United States.

        Exemption  or  reduced  rate for  Non-U.S.  persons  resident  in treaty
countries  (Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  persons  residing in a country that has a tax
treaty  with the  United  States can obtain an  exemption  or reduced  tax rate,
depending on the treaty  terms,  by filing Form 1001,  Holdership,  Exemption or
Reduced  Rate  Certificate.  If the  treaty  provides  only for a reduced  rate,
withholding  tax will be  imposed at that rate  unless  the filer  alternatively
files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by note holders or their agent. Exemption
for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete  exemption from
the  withholding  tax by filing  Form W-9,  the  Payer's  Request  for  Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification.

        U.S.  Federal  Income Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The holder of a global
security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer,  his agent,  files
by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through  whom it holds the
security,  the clearing  agency,  in the case of persons holding directly on the
books of the clearing  agency.  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are  effective  for three
calendar  years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year. The term "U.S.
person" means:

         a citizen or resident of the United States,

         a corporation,  partnership  or other entity  organized in or under the
        laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions,  unless,
        in the  case  of a  partnership,  future  Treasury  regulations  provide
        otherwise,

          an estate that is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the
          source of its income, or

         a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
        supervision  of the  administration  of the trust and one or more United
        States persons have the authority to control all  substantial  decisions
        of the trust.
                                        I-4

<PAGE>

Some trusts not  described  in last clause above in existence on August 20, 1996
that elect to be treated as a United States  Person will also be a U.S.  Person.
The term  "Non-U.S.  Person"  means any  person who is not a U.S.  Person.  This
summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S.  Federal  income tax  withholding
that may be relevant to foreign holders of the global securities.  Investors are
advised to consult  their own tax advisors  for  specific tax advice  concerning
their holding and disposing of the global securities.




                              I-5


<PAGE>

                    RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

                                  $___________


                          Home Loan Asset-Backed Notes,

                                 Series _______

                              Prospectus Supplement

                              ______________________

                                  [Underwriter]

You should rely only on the  information  contained or incorporated by reference
in this  prospectus  supplement  and the  accompanying  prospectus.  We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

We are not offering the notes offered in this prospectus supplement in any state
where the offer is not permitted.

Dealers will be required to deliver a prospectus  supplement and prospectus when
acting as  underwriters  of the notes  offered  hereby and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.  In addition, all dealers selling the notes,
whether or not  participating  in this  offering,  may be  required to deliver a
prospectus supplement and prospectus until _____________.





<PAGE>

                           PART II
           INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution (Item 14 of Form S-3).

     The expenses  expected to be incurred in  connection  with the issuance and
distribution  of  the  Securities  being  registered,  other  than  underwriting
compensation,  are as set forth below. All such expenses,  except for the filing
fee, are estimated.

Filing Fee for Registration      $    ^ 792,014
Statement
Legal Fees and Expenses          $    1,000,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses     $      750,000
Trustee's Fees and Expenses      $      100,000

   (including counsel fees)
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses       $       70,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses  $      300,000
Rating Agency Fees               $    2,000,000
Insurance Fees and Expenses      $      250,000
Miscellaneous                    $      100,000

Total                            $  ^ 5,362,014


Indemnification of Directors and Officers (Item 15 of Form S- 3).

     The  Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreements  or  the  Trust  Agreements,   as
applicable,  will provide that no  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the
Registrant  is liable to the Trust  Fund or the  Certificateholders,  except for
such  person's  own willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross  negligence  in the
performance  of duties or reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and duties.  The
Pooling and Servicing  Agreements or the Trust Agreements,  as applicable,  will
further  provide that,  with the exceptions  stated above, a director,  officer,
employee or agent of the  Registrant is entitled to be  indemnified  against any
loss,  liability or expense incurred in connection with legal action relating to
such Pooling and Servicing  Agreements or the Trust  Agreements,  as applicable,
and related Certificates other than such expenses related to particular Mortgage
Loans or Contracts.

     Any underwriters who execute an Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as
Exhibit  1.1 or  EXHIBIT  1.2 to  this  Registration  Statement  will  agree  to
indemnify  the   Registrant's   directors  and  its  officers  who  signed  this
Registration  Statement against certain  liabilities which might arise under the
Securities Act of 1933 from certain  information  furnished to the Registrant by
or on behalf of such indemnifying party.

<PAGE>

     Subsection  (a) of Section 145 of the General  Corporation  Law of Delaware
empowers  a  corporation  to  indemnify  any  person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,
suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative
(other  than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, employee or agent of the corporation or is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,  officer,  employee
or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise,  against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with such action,  suit or  proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he  reasonably  believed  to be in or not opposed to the best  interests  of the
corporation,  and,  with respect to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Subsection  (b) of Section 145  empowers a  corporation  to  indemnify  any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending  or  completed  action  or suit by or in the  right  of the
corporation  to procure a judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person  acted  in  any of the  capacities  set  forth  above,  against  expenses
(including   attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification may be made
in respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery  or the court in which such  action or suit was brought  shall
determine that despite the  adjudication  of liability such person is fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such  expenses  which the court shall deem
proper.

     Section  145  further  provides  that to the  extent a  director,  officer,
employee or agent of a  corporation  has been  successful  in the defense of any
action,  suit or  proceeding  referred to in  subsections  (a) and (b) or in the
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein,  he shall be indemnified  against
expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection  therewith;  that indemnification or advancement of expenses provided
for by Section 145 shall not be deemed  exclusive  of any other  rights to which
the indemnified party may be entitled;  and empowers the corporation to purchase
and maintain  insurance on behalf of a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
the corporation against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in
any such  capacity  or  arising  out of his  status as such  whether  or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liabilities under
Section 145.

     The By-Laws of the Registrant  provide,  in effect,  that to the extent and
under the  circumstances  permitted by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of
the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  the Registrant (i) shall
indemnify  and hold  harmless each person who was or is a party or is threatened
to be made a party to any action,  suit or proceeding  described in  subsections
(a) and (b) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director  or  officer,  or
his  testator or  intestate  is or was a director or officer of the  Registrant,
against  expenses,  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in  settlement,  and (ii)
shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  each  person  who was or is a party or is
threatened  to be made a party to any such action,  suit or

<PAGE>

proceeding if such person is or was serving at the request of the  Registrant as
a  director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

     Certain  controlling  persons of the  Registrant  may also be  entitled  to
indemnification from General Motors Acceptance  Corporation,  an indirect parent
of the Registrant.  Under Section 145, General Motors Acceptance Corporation may
or shall, subject to various exceptions and limitations, indemnify its directors
or officers and may purchase and maintain insurance as follows:

          (a) The Certificate of  Incorporation,  as amended,  of General Motors
Acceptance  Corporation  provides that no director shall be personally liable to
General Motors  Acceptance  Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any
breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to  General  Motors   Acceptance
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174, or any successor  provision  thereto,  of the Delaware  Corporation
Law, or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the  director  derived an improper
personal benefit.

          (b)  Under  Article  VI of  its  By-Laws,  General  Motors  Acceptance
Corporation  shall indemnify and advance  expenses to every director and officer
(and  to  such  person's  heirs,   executors,   administrators  or  other  legal
representatives)  in the manner and to the full extent  permitted by  applicable
law as it presently  exists,  or may  hereafter be amended,  against any and all
amounts (including judgments, fines, payments in settlement, attorneys' fees and
other expenses) reasonably incurred by or on behalf of such person in connection
with any threatened,  pending or completed action,  suit or proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal administrative or investigative (a "proceeding"),  in which such
director  or officer  was or is made or is  threatened  to be made a party or is
otherwise  involved  by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director
or officer of General Motors Acceptance Corporation, or is or was serving at the
request  of General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation,  as a  director,  officer,
employee,  fiduciary  or  member of any other  corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture,  trust,  organization or other  enterprise.  General Motors  Acceptance
Corporation  shall not be required to  indemnify a person in  connection  with a
proceeding  initiated by such person if the proceeding was not authorized by the
Board of Directors of General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation.  General  Motors
Acceptance Corporation shall pay the expenses of directors and officers incurred
in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition ("advancement of
expenses");  provided,  however,  that the  payment of  expenses  incurred  by a
director or officer in advance of the final  disposition of the proceeding shall
be made only upon receipt of an  undertaking by the director or officer to repay
all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately  determined that the director or
officer is not  entitled to be  indemnified  under  Article VI of the By-Laws or
otherwise.  If a claim for  indemnification  or  advancement  of  expenses by an
officer or director  under  Article VI of the By-Laws is not paid in full within
ninety days after a written claim  therefor has been received by General  Motors
Acceptance Corporation,  the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount
of such claim,  and if successful in whole or in part,  shall be entitled to the
requested  indemnification  or advancement of expenses under applicable law. The
rights  conferred  on any  person  by  Article  VI of the  By-Laws  shall not be
exclusive of any other  rights  which such person may have or hereafter  acquire
under any  statute,  provision of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,

<PAGE>


By-Laws,  agreement,  vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of General
Motors Acceptance Corporation or otherwise.  The obligation,  if any, of General
Motors  Acceptance  Corporation to indemnify any person who was or is serving at
its  request  as  a  director,  officer  or  employee  of  another  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture,  trust,  organization or other  enterprise shall be
reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other
corporation,   partnership,   joint  venture,   trust,   organization  or  other
enterprise.

          (c) A  director  or officer  who has been  wholly  successful,  on the
merits or otherwise,  in the defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding
of the character  described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, shall be entitled to
indemnification as authorized in such paragraphs.

     As a subsidiary of General Motors  Corporation,  General Motors  Acceptance
Corporation is insured against  liabilities  which it may incur by reason of the
foregoing  provisions of the Delaware General  Corporation Law and directors and
officers of General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation  are insured  against  some
liabilities  which  might  arise out of their  employment  and not be subject to
indemnification under said General Corporation Law.

     Pursuant to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of General Motors
Corporation,  that  company to the  fullest  extent  permissible  under law will
indemnify,  and has purchased  insurance on behalf of,  directors or officers of
the  company,  or  any of  them,  who  incur  or are  threatened  with  personal
liability,  including expenses, under Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 or any amendatory or comparable legislation or regulation thereunder.

Exhibits (Item 16 of Form S-3).

*1.1 Form of  Underwriting  Agreement  for  Mortgage  Asset-Backed  Pass-Through
     Certificates.

*1.2 Form of Underwriting Agreement for Asset- Backed Notes.

*3.1 Certificate of Incorporation.

*3.2 By-Laws.

*4.1 Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

*4.2 Form of Trust Agreement.

*4.3 Form of Indenture.

*5.1 Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP with respect to legality.

*5.2 Opinion of Thacher Proffitt & Wood with respect to legality.

*5.3 Opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP with respect to legality.

*8.1 Opinion of Orrick,  Herrington & Sutcliffe  LLP with respect to certain tax
     matters.

<PAGE>


*8.2 Opinion of  Thacher  Proffitt & Wood with  respect to certain  tax  matters
     (included as part of Exhibit 5.2).

*8.3 Opinion  of  Stroock  & Stroock & Lavan LLP with  respect  to  certain  tax
     matters (included as part of Exhibit 5.3).

*10.1 Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement.

*10.2 Form of Servicing Agreement.

*23.1Consent of Orrick,  Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (included as part of Exhibit
     5.1 and Exhibit 8.1).

*23.2 Consent of Thacher Proffitt & Wood (included as part of Exhibit 5.2).

*23.3Consent  of  Stroock & Stroock & Lavan  LLP  (included  as part of  Exhibit
     5.3).

*24.1 Power of Attorney.

*24.2Certified  Copy  of  the  Resolutions  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the
     Registrant.

- --------------------

 * As previously filed with this Registration Statement.

Undertakings (Item 17 of Form S-3).

     The Registrant hereby undertakes:

     (a)(1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

               (i)  to include any prospectus required by
          Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii) to reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising
          after the effective date of this  Registration  Statement (or the most
          recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
          aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
          in this Registration  Statement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any
          increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total
          dollar  value of  securities  offered  would not exceed that which was
          registered)  and  any  deviation  from  the  low  or  high  end of the
          estimated  maximum  offering  range  may be  reflected  in the form of
          prospectus  filed with the  Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in
          the aggregate,  the changes in volume and price represent no more than
          20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in
          the   "Calculation  of  Registration   Fee"  table  in  the  effective
          registration statement; and

<PAGE>

               (iii) to include any  material  information  with  respect to the
          plan of  distribution  not previously  disclosed in this  Registration
          Statement  or  any  material  change  to  such   information  in  this
          Registration Statement;

          (2) That,  for the  purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed
     to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to the  securities  offered
     therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
     termination of the offering.

     (b) The Registrant  hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any
liability  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  each filing of the  Registrant's
annual  report  pursuant  to Section  13(a) or Section  15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,  each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in this Registration  Statement shall be
deemed to be a new  Registration  Statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,   or  otherwise,  the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the
Securities  Act of 1933 and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the  Registrant  of  expenses  incurred  or  paid  by  a  director,  officer  or
controlling  person of the Registrant in the  successful  defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless
in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the matter  has been  settled  by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such  indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


<PAGE>
                         SIGNATURES

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that
it meets all of the  requirements  for filing on Form S-3,  reasonably  believes
that the security rating requirement referred to in Transaction  Requirement B.2
or B.5 of Form S-3 will be met by the time of sale of the securities  registered
hereby,  and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration  Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on ^ December 7, 1999.

                                 RESIDENTIAL ASSET MORTGAGE PRODUCTS, INC.

                              By:/s/ Bruce J. Paradis*
                                 Bruce J. Paradis
                                 President and Chief
                                 Executive Officer

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended,  this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration  Statement has been signed by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Signature                          Title                    Date

<S>                                     <C>
/s/Bruce J. Paradis*                    Director, President and  ^ December 6, 1999
Bruce J. Paradis                        Chief Executive Officer
                                        (Principal Executive
                                        Officer)

/s/Davee L. Olson*                      Director and Chief       ^ December 6, 1999
Davee L. Olson                          Financial Officer
                                        (Principal Financial
                                        Officer)

/s/Jack Katzmark*                       Treasurer and Controller ^ December 6, 1999
Jack Katzmark                           (Principal Accounting
                                        Officer)

/s/Dennis W. Sheehan, Jr.*              Director                 ^ December 6, 1999
Dennis W. Sheehan, Jr.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


* BY: /S/ DIANE S. WOLD
     DIANE S. WOLD
     ATTORNEY-IN-FACT PURSUANT
     TO A POWER OF ATTORNEY FILED
     WITH THE REGISTRATION
     STATEMENT


<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission